Balochistan Review” ISSN: 1810-2174 Publication Of: Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta-Pakistan

Home , Atta Shad, Barech, Dhuwan, Drought in Pakistan, Geo TV, Hafiz Liaqat Manzoor

- I -

vISSN: 1810-2174 Balochistan

Review Volume XL No. 1, 2019

Recognized by Higher Education Commission of Pakistan

Editor: Abdul Qadir Mengal

BALOCHISTAN STUDY CENTRE UNIVERSITY OF BALOCHISTAN, QUETTA-PAKISTAN

- II -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “Balochistan Review” ISSN: 1810-2174 Publication of: Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta-Pakistan.

@ Balochistan Study Centre 2019-1

Subscription rate in Pakistan: Institutions: Rs. 300/- Individuals: Rs. 200/-

For the other countries: Institutions: US$ 15 Individuals: US$ 12

For further information please Contact:

Abdul Qadir Mengal Assistant Professor & Editor Balochistan Review Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta-Pakistan. Tel: (92) (081) 9211255 Facsimile: (92) (081) 9211255 E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.uob.edu.pk/journals/bsc.htm

No responsibility for the views expressed by authors and reviewers in Balochistan Review is assumed by the Editor, Assistant Editor, and the Publisher.

- III -

Editorial Board

Patron in Chief: Prof. Dr. Javeid Iqbal Vice Chancellor, University of Balochistan, Quetta-Pakistan. Patron Prof. Dr. Abdul Haleem Sadiq Director, Balochistan Study Centre, UoB, Quetta-Pakistan. Editor Abdul Qadir Mengal Asstt Professor, International Realation Department, UoB, Quetta-Pakistan. Assistant Editor Dr. Waheed Razzaq Assistant Professor, Brahui Department, UoB, Quetta-Pakistan. Members: Prof. Dr. Andriano V. Rossi Vice Chancellor & Head Dept of Asian Studies, Institute of Oriental Studies, Naples, Italy. Prof. Dr. Saad Abudeyha Chairman, Dept. of Political Science, University of Jordon, Amman, Jordon. Prof. Dr. Bertrand Bellon Professor of Int’l, Industrial Organization & Technology Policy, University de Paris Sud, France. Dr. Carina Jahani Inst. of Iranian & African Studies, Uppsala University, Sweden. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Ashraf Khan Director, Taxila Institute of Asian Civilizations, Quaid-i-Azam University Islamabad, Pakistan. Mr. Ayub Baloch Member, Balochistan Public Service Commission, Quetta. Prof. Dr. Mehmood Ali Shah Professor Emeritus, University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- IV -

Guidelines/Parameters for Contributors:

Following are the Guidelines/Parameters for the scholars/researchers contributing articles to the bi-annual research journal of BSC “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW ISSN: 1810-2174”.

The title should appear at the middle position of the first page The brief title (5 to 7 words) with author’s name also appearing in the top-left header position in the rest of the pages (running head). All authors’ full name and affiliations should also be explicit on the first page with the corresponding author’s postal and email addresses. The article should comprise an abstract, introduction (including review literature and rationale), results, discussion (including limitations and suggestions), and the references. The abstract should be of about 150-170 words. The article should be of maximum 4000 words in New Times Roman, font 12 with 1 line Spacing. Main heading should be bold with italic subheadings. Tables and figures should be in a separate file, in a ready to print form with sources given below the tables. All statistical symbols present in the article should be italic. References should be in author/date style throughout the text in the APA format. The article should be in composed form Authors are entitled to five free off-prints and a copy of the issue in which their article is published. The articles should accompany a soft copy as well; to be sent through email preferably in MS word file format. Articles must focus on latest researches made in different fields/areas i.e. arts and crafts, architecture, archaeology, literature, language, economy, management, heritage and culture, politics, media, history etc. relevant to Balochistan. Any queries regarding the publication or acceptance of the article can be sought at the given address: Editor “Balochistan Review” Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta-Pakistan [email protected]

- V -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Contents Page No Education & Humanities

Potential and Challenges in the Implementation of Sustainable 01 Development Goals (SDGs) in Balochistan: A Case Study of “Quality Education” in Government Primary Schools in Quetta Bibi Feroza & Dr. Mumtaz A. Baloch Impacts of Physical Punishment on The Students of Public 11 Secondary School’s at Quetta Sajida Naureen (Ph.D.)

Impacts of Educational Supervision on Proficient Improvement 30 Regarding Gender Prospect: Impression of Government School Teachers at Quetta District, Balochistan Asma Rasheed & Shahida Habib Alizai

Literature & Languages

Maliku'sh Shu'ara Bahar 41 Dr. Bilal Ahmed Sasoli, Shabir Ahemd Shahwani & Abida Baloch

While money can't buy happiness, it certainly lets you choose 56 your own misery: A postcolonial investigation of How It Happened as a Rewriting of Pride and Prejudice Zainab Akram

Media and Journalism

Evolution of Balochi Broadcast Media 65 Zakir Hussain, Jeeyand Kashif Sajidi Abdul Naeem Sadiq & Tahir Jamaldini

Role of PTV Bolan in Promoting Baloch Culture: An Analysis 77 Anayat Ur Rahman, Prof. Dr. Seemi Naghmana Tahir & Prof. Dr. Abdul Haleem Sadiq

- VI -

Management Sciences

Role of Social Support at Workplce: Myth or Reality 86 Beenish Malik, PhD Tayyba Noreen & Dr. Sadia Barech

Application of Markov Chain to Model and Predict Share 100 Price Movements: A Study of HBL Share Price Movements in Pakistan’s Stock Market Qurat-ul-Ain Sultan, Kaneez Fatima, Jameel Ahmed

Social Sciences

The Treaty of 1876: A Case Study of British Occupation 114 of Balochistan Dr. Mumtaz Baloch, Abdul Saeed, Muhammad Javed Sarparah & Chaker Hyder

Periphery of a periphery: A critical analysis of Balochistan’s 130 underdevelopment Salar Hamid, Zahoor Shah Dr. Aurangzaib Alamgir & Abdul Wadood

Baloch Origin in Balochistan 150 Durdana, Zahid Dashti & Nasreen Gul

Reproductive Health Knowledge, Nature and Extent 159 amongst College Youth in Balochistan Sadia Barrech & Dr Benish Malik

Geo Strategic Significance of Pakistan 175 Javad Jehan, Dr. Mirwais Kasi & Abdul Qadir

CPEC and Geo-Strategic Paradigm of Gawdadar 184 Dr. Hussan Ara magsi & Dr. Zaib –un-Nisa Magsi & Dr. Fida Bazai

The Current Dynamics of Pakistan-Us Relationship: 192 Morphing from Being a Strategic Alliance to Transactional Relationship (An Overview) Dr. Adil Zaman

- VII -

A Review of Potential Adaptation Strategies for 204 Climate-Smart Sustainable Agricultural Development Abdul Khaliq, Dr. Ghulam Murtaza Dr. Mohammad Ashraf & Dr. Mir Sadaat Baloch Gender Difference in Delinquent Tendency among Adolescents 216 Saba Kurd & Dr. Saima Ambreen

The role of Pakistan’s Missile Technology in Neutralizing 224 Indian Cold Start Doctrine Fiza Essa & Dr Adil Zaman

Prevalence of Psychological Distress: Gender Differences 235 Among University and College Students and Teachers Arooj Zahid & Syed Azizuddin Agha

Factors Causing Water Scarcity in Washuk District Balochistan 242 Sarfraz Ahmed, Dr. Siraj Bashir & Mumtaz Ali (PhD)

Associated factors of corporal punishment practiced by 255 school teachers in Quetta, Balochistan Mohammad Yousuf & Abdul Saboor

Blended/Step-Families and Challenges with Regard 271 To Children Dr. Ayesha Gul, Dr. Abdul Rahim Changezi Shah Khalid Baloch & Huma Zafar

The Role of CPEC (China Pakistan Economic Corridor) in 287 Socio-Economic Development of Balochistan AmrAdawi Ahmed Adawi, Allauddin Dur Muhammad Pirkani & Syed Adnan Latif

Gwadar and its Importance for Pakistan and China 301 Muhammad Salim & Professor Dr. Summer Sultana

NGOs and Women’s empowerment: challenges and strategies 314 Dr Huma Zafar

- VIII -

Portrayal of Women in Pakistani Drama, An analysis of 328 selected dramas Hasrat Babul & Dr. Babrak Niaz

The Rise of the Afghan Taliban 339 Dr. Fida Bazai, Ruqia Rehman, Dr. Hussan Ara Magasi & Dr. Rubeena Batool

Socio-Economic Ailment of Apple Growers and Production 355 Practices in Balochistan: A Gender Based Concern Shahida Habib Alizai, Dr. Kamleshwar Lohana & Ahmed Ali Mengal

Partnership, Power and Policy in Social Marketing: 362 Reflections and Conceptions from Pakistan Dr. Mir Sadaat Baloch

- 1 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Potential and Challenges in the Implementation of Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in Balochistan: A Case Study of “Quality Education” in Government Primary Schools in Quetta

Bibi Feroza1 & Dr. Mumtaz A. Baloch 2 Abstract Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) deliver better opportunities as well as challenges for underdeveloped countries. Whereas the cost of their operation and implementation might be high, nations can reap long-term benefits from them for a better future. Quality education is one of the knowledge-driven and result-oriented dynamics in a country’s development phases, with informative-driven tools or educational practices supporting the achievement of sustainable development goals. This research is carried out in Quetta, a district of Balochistan, and aims to analyse quality education dynamics regarding the implications of sustainable development goals. A descriptive survey method is used to analyse the factors influencing quality education. One hundred respondents were selected as the sample subjects, while an additional one hundred government primary school principals were also interviewed. The results revealed that besides basic amenities, the schools also have infrastructural facilities, including boundary walls, canteens, sports clubs for extra-curriculum activities, school renovation projects, furniture for staff, and basic utilities such as drinking water, electricity, and gas. This study found that the school principals’ qualifications, total number of teachers in the schools, trained teachers, and stationery requirements in schools significantly affect the quality of education. Qualified principals and teachers need to be recruited to ensure quality education in government schools. New trained teachers need to be appointed in the schools where there is a shortage of teachers and the classes are over-crowded. All government schools also need to be provided with their necessary stationery and equipment requirements to facilitate quality education. We suggest both the federal and provincial governments take steps

1 M.Phil scholar, Department of Social Work, University of Balochistan, Quetta, Balochistan. 2 Chairperson and Associaite Professor (MS and PhD. AIT, Thailand), Department of Social Work, University of Balochistan, Quetta, Balochistan.

- 2 - to promote quality education under the umbrella of joint venture programmes and deliver a better quality of primary education with fresh innovation in the educational field so as to achieve the sustainable development goals.

Keywords: Sustainable Development Goals, Quality Education, Potential; Challenges; Primary Schools, Quetta, Balochistan 1.1 Introduction

Education is a basic human right (Okpala, 2007). Primary education is a crucial need for the general public as well as for the government. The accomplishment of general proficiency and the achievement of optional and auxiliary education is typically the primary education arrangement of every nation and one which should be provided to the general population on a compulsory basis. Pakistan's monetary overview affirmed that in 2013-14, urban education had expanded to increase its proficiency. Non-governmental organisations have an essential part in checking the quality, availability, and capacity of primary education in Pakistan (Qadir, 2014). The administration alone cannot complete such a major upgrade, in light of the fact that numerous associations and groups have urged the administration to make the significant efforts required to enhance primary education and bring it up to the required level. NGOs utilise numerous procedures, for example, instructor training, family proficiency education, group contributions, and advancement spending plans for the educational division (Bately and Rose, 2010). There are numerous educational issues in the region: government schools are in a poor condition; instructors are missing; there is an absence of course books and libraries; there are control deficiencies; and there is a shortage of drinking water and seats. The lack of control and direction causes children to leave, and the inadequate educators do nothing to change these circumstances.

The most recent ISPS study in 2016 demonstrated that government schools in Balochistan are pushing the youth towards absence from education, including both children who have never attended school and individuals who have dropped out of school. Quetta additionally faces the issue of dropouts at primary and secondary level. High dropout rates are caused by a low quality of education, particularly in remote and rural schools. The primary drivers of the high dropout rate include the low level of monetary improvement of the nation, the low per capita wage of the general population, a shortage of physical offices in schools, a lack of assets such as materials and exercise

- 3 - books, the poor state of school structures, the low motivational level of guardians to send their children to school, correctional measures received by the instructors and the lost sense of pride, and a generally non-favorable environment in the schools (Samad, 2017).

National and worldwide improvements in education have set the conditions for the amendment of the National Education Policy 2009. Global competition requires human capital that is imaginative, productive, and able to add to individual and aggregate prosperity. Locally, these new advancements incorporate the devolution of social area services including the Ministry of Federal Education and Professional Training under the eighteenth amendment, the addition of article 25(a) in the constitution under which free and obligatory education for children aged 5-16 (up to secondary level) became a major right and a state duty; and the substitution of Education For All (EFA) and Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) by the UN's Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) that have been received by Pakistan likewise as its own Agenda for Development. Article 25-A (Right to Education): Access to free and obligatory education has been perceived as a principal right of all children aged 5 to 16 years, and the State of Pakistan has been appointed the duty of guaranteeing free education to all children (AEPAM, 2013). This Article 25-A requires the provision of both formal and non-formal educational chances to around 25 million out-of-school children (World Bank, 2011). Pakistan is an independent country that is falling behind in accomplishing the general essential basic educational achievements that were set out under the sustainable development goals. As a nation, Pakistan has accomplished just a 58% literacy rate against its objective of 88% (LEAD, 2015). Pakistan has the second highest number of children who are not attending school: from 52 million children between the ages of 5 and 16 years, 25 million are out of school (PCE, 2015). The imperative aspect of the present research was to measure the demographic information of the respondents.

Finally, quality education is one of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) that is a prerequisite for the development of a country. This study aimed to determine the potential and challenges in the implementation of quality education in the district of Quetta, Balochistan.

- 4 -

1.2 Methodology This study is basically descriptive in nature. A descriptive survey method was selected, due to the fact that this method offers an appropriate technique for obtaining the respondents’ perceptions on social facts. Beside that, a descriptive design is most applicable in educational circles, social structures, and behavioural dimensions (McMillan and Schumacher, 2001). One hundred respondents/school heads were selected by using the simple random technique. Apart from this, Key Informant Interviews were conducted with school principals and District Education Officers (DEOs) to collect data from the administrative perspective. The research instrument includes questions regarding the school facilities and quality education as well as about training needs. In this respect, the respondents conveyed valuable and useful information such as on missing items, teacher ability, political influence, school facilities, shortages of teachers and untrained teachers. Before the data collection, ten (10) respondents who were not part of the actual sample were selected for the pre-test. Data were collected using frequency distribution, descriptive statistics and Logistic Regression. 1.3 Results and discussion The findings of the study discovered that there were equal numbers (50%) of male and female respondents (Table-1).

Table 1: Sample distribution by gender Gender F %age Male 50 50.0 Female 50 50.0 Total 100 100.0 Field survey, 2018 The results further revealed that only 2.0% of the respondents had completed an M.Phil Education, while 52.0% had a Masters degree, and 35.0% had a Bachelors degree. In addition, 10.0% had completed intermediate education while 1.0% had a metric education (Table-2).

Table 2: Sample distribution by education qualifications Education Qualification F %age Metric 1 1.0 Intermediate 10 10.0 Bachelor 35 35.0 Masters 52 52.0 M.Phil 2 2.0 Total 100 100.0 Field survey, 2018

- 5 -

Factors influencing the quality education at primary level The results showed that 96% of the schools had boundary walls; 80% had renovation of building facilities; 53% had drinking water facilities; 98% had blackboard facilities; 73% had gas facilities; 59% had electricity availability; 60% had furniture for teachers; 60% had stationery requirements; 74% had canteen availability; 77% had Islamic education trends; and 56% had extra curricular activities (Table-3).

Table 3: Facilities in primary schools in Quetta, Balochistan Discription Yes No Total Boundary wall availability 96 4 100 Renovation of school building facilities 80 20 100 Drinking water facilities 53 47 100 Blackboard facilities 98 2 100 Gas facilities 73 27 100 Playground 24 76 100 Electricity availability 59 41 100 Furniture for teachers 90 10 100 Furniture for students 60 40 100 Stationery requirements 60 40 100 Canteen availability 74 26 100 Islamic education trends in school 77 23 100 Extra-curricular activities 56 44 100 Field survey, 2018

1.4 Toward ‘Quality Education’ in Balochistan’s Quetta District

‘Quality education’ relates to the fourth of the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (UN SDG) that serve as guidelines for improving the socioeconomic conditions and wellbeing of the populations in the Global South. Five factors revealed to impinge on a better learning and teaching environment at state-run primary schools in the district of Quetta (Table 4). The binary correlation test performed on a sample of [100 schools] elementary schools showed improvement there where water, electricity and gas, playgrounds, and Islamic teaching was available. Girls outnumbered boys (188 against 176) even as more boys than girls are born in Pakistan’s southwestern province. On average, 64 out of 105 children dropped out. The situation was worse at schools with no electricity to power fans, computers, and lighting, gas for heating during the winter months, and playgrounds. Improved ventilation and room temperature, as well as the provision of Islamic teaching and spaces to play showed to have a positive effect on the

- 6 - attention span of pupils and teachers and on the overall classroom environment. Each of the surveyed primary school employed up to seven teachers and one peon in charge of security, facilitation, and maintenance of the building, that, on average, had six rooms. Most teachers held the Primary Teaching Certificate (PTC). Table 4: Factors impinging on quality education at primary school level Description Pearson Correlation Sig (2-tailed) X1 Water availability -.265** .008 X2 Electricity -.200* .046 X3 Gas .216* .031 X4 Islamic Education .202* .044 X5 Playgrounds -.258** .009 Field survey, 2018

1.4.1 Qualifications of Schools Principals

The logistic regression model analysis detected the 4 out of the 17 factors which had the most significant influence on the quality of education in the government schools of Quetta.

School principals are responsible for the total functioning of schools. They supervise the development, assessment and improvement of the education of the students in their school. Principals direct teachers, assess their performance, create teaching schedules, and assign them to classrooms. The results of the analysis indicated that the qualifications of the school principals were significantly associated with the quality of the education in the government schools in Quetta City. The highly qualified school principals had a positive effect on fostering quality education. The findings suggested that schools performed better when they were led by highly qualified principals. Moreover, government schools performed better under qualified/experienced principals compared to the schools led by unqualified/inexperienced principals.

1.4.2 Shortage of Teachers in Schools

A shortage of teachers harms the quality of the education in schools where such a problem exists. A lack of teachers hinders the students’ ability to learn. The results of this analysis indicate that the total number of teachers in a school was significantly associated with the quality of the education in government schools in Quetta City. More specifically, it was observed that the performance of government schools was poor and the quality of the

- 7 - education was not assured due to not having sufficient teachers. This teacher shortage issue is a large and growing problem, and was found to be worse than had been expected in government schools in Quetta. The primary schools suffered the most from the shortage of teachers, which was a major challenge in the implementation of sustainable development goals in Quetta City.

1.4.3 Lack of Trained Teachers

The absence of trained teachers is the biggest hurdle to overcome in the provision of quality education in Quetta City. The results of analysing the data reveal that teachers who are appropriately trained positively influence the education in government schools. In addition, trained teachers are essential for quality education. Unfortunately, some of the teachers in the government schools of Quetta City had not received the academic training required to teach. Moreover, the condition was even more worrying as this lack of teachers’ qualifications was often combined with classroom overcrowding in government schools.

1.4.4 Lack of Stationery Items in Schools

Education has become a high technology industry these days. The provision of books, bags, and pencils to the students is no longer enough. Many schools adopt different methods of learning by doing. This requires school students to have a wider range of educational tools in order to discover new things. The results of this study reveal a significant correlation between stationery requirements and quality education in government schools. Stationery needs have a significant role in quality education. The students who were provided with all their stationery needs were able to undertake the tasks/assignments set in their classes and they adopted innovative methods of learning. Furthermore, government schools need stationery items which are required for studies and a shortage of quality study materials significantly influenced the students’ learning process in the government schools of Quetta District.

Table.5 Regression coefficients of variables influencing the quality of education

Variables B S.E. Wald Sig. Exp(B)

X1 Teacher Experience 281 .316 794 373 1.325

- 8 -

X2 Head of Education -816 .396 4.242 039 442 X3 Total Teachers -833 .337 6.095 014 435 X4 Trained Teachers 792 .377 4.419 036 2.207 X5 School Repairs Needed 048 .636 006 939 1.049 X6 Number of Rooms in School -436 506 1.537 215 2.120 X7 Number of Classrooms in School 751 .606 743 389 647

X8 Number of Girls Enrolled -006 004 2.125 145 994 X9 Number of Boys Enrolled -005 004 1.466 226 995 X10 Source of Drinking Water in -272 546 247 619 762 School

X11 School Electricity -184 581 126 722 832 X12 Gas Facility Available - 610 3.161 075 338 1.085 X13 Computer Lab .250 1.019 060 806 1.284 X14 School Primary Level -016 021 1.693 193 984 Enrolment X15 School Primary Level Dropout .001 014 006 936 1.001 X16 School Stationery 1.750 575 9.267 002 5.754 Requirements X17 Furniture Sufficient for -211 645 107 744 810 Students Field survey, 2018

1.5 Conclusion and recommendations

Quality education requires knowledge-driven and result-oriented dynamics in the development phases in terms of delivering the informative-driven tools or educational practices that can lead towards fulfilling sustainable development goals. The main aim of the present study was to gather factual information regarding the facilities and quality of education in Quetta District of Balochistan. The main factors influencing the quality of education were the qualifications of the school principals, the total number of teachers in the schools, the training received by the teachers, and the stationery requirements in the schools. Above all, school principals who were appropriately qualified had a positive effect on the quality of education. The findings suggest that schools performed better when they were led by highly qualified principals. In addition, government schools performed better under qualified/experienced principals when compared to the schools led by unqualified/inexperienced principals. Furthermore, it was noted that the performance of government schools was extremely poor and the quality of the education was not assured due to a shortage of teachers, which is a big challenge in the implementation of sustainable development goals in Quetta

- 9 -

Balochistan. Additionally, trained teachers are essential for quality education. Many of the teachers who were teaching in the government schools of Quetta City had not received the academic training required to teach. In addition, many government schools did not have all the stationery items which were required for studies, and this shortage of quality study materials significantly influenced the students’ learning process.

Based on the findings of this study, the following recommendations are suggested for improving the quality of the education in Quetta Distict and achieving the sustainable development goals. Above all, qualified principals and teachers need to be recruited to ensure quality education in the government schools of Quetta District. The shortage of teachers issue needs to be addressed and new trained teachers should be hired in the schools where there is shortage of teachers and the classes are over-crowded. All government schools also need to be provided with their necessary stationery requirements to ensure quality education. Students should be empowered through high quality education as well as procuring sufficient science/innovation knowledge at the school level. Schools should be sufficiently equipped with the advanced apparatus, tools and instruments needed to provide quality education. Educational policy makers and schools administrators should revise the school curricula so as to promote instructive educational dimensions.

- 10 -

References

AEPAM, (2013). Accelerating Millennium Development Goals. Country Report Pakistan 2013-15. UNESCO, UNICEF, Islamabad and Academy of Educational Planning and Management (AEPAM) Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Education and Training, Islamabad.

Bately and Rose (2010). Collaboration in delivering education relations between government and NGOs and South Asia, UK. McMillan, J. H. and S. Schumacher (2001). Research in education: A conceptual introduction (5th ed.). New York.

LEAD, (2015). Translating Sustainable Development Goals at the Country Level, The Global Goals for Sustainable Development, Produced by Knowledge Hub on SDGs, LEAD Pakistan/The Asia Foundation.

Okpala, C. O., Bell, G. C., & Tuprah, K. 2007. A comparative study of student achievement in traditional schools and schools of choice in North Carolina. Urban Education, 42(4), 313-325.

PCE (2015). Legislation on Right to Education in Pakistan: A Critical Review, Pakistan Coalition for Education (PCE), Society for Access to Quality Education / Ilm Ideas – Advocacy and Innovation Funds for education in Pakistan, April 2015.

Qadir, Arbab Ghulam (2014). Role of NGOs in Primary Education in Pakistan.

World Bank (2011). Education Notes. Education for All: Inclusive Education in South Asia consolidated Report.

- 11 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Impacts of Physical Punishment on the Students of Public Secondary School’s at Quetta

Sajida Naureen (Ph.D.)1

Abstract The research study “impacts of physical punishment on students of public secondary schools at Quetta city” is aimed to find out the current position of punishment whether physical punishment exists at secondary schools in Quetta city, secondly impacts of physical punishment on students and thirdly impacts of punishment on student’s psychology and ultimately on their studies. This research study is based on a blend of Quantitative and Qualitative research both. A sum of one hundred and eighty students was taken randomly as a sample from the different public secondary schools in order to find out the accurate results. The results showed that Physical punishment exists at secondary schools; students of secondary schools get Physical punishment such as sticking, bowing down, slapping, spanking etc. students get punishment when they do not attempt to do home works, makes noise in the class, do not obey teachers or violates school discipline. The punishment lays some positive impacts on the students such as when they are punished they improve their performance which is favorable for their future but when students are extremely punished, it lays some negative impacts on students psyche such as when they are punished they feel embarrassed in front of other fellows and feel them self-inferior than other students, they become annoyed, students are emotionally frustrated and becomes depressed. The student’s depression affects their studies due to which they cannot concentrate on their studies.

Key terms. Physical punishment, Education, motivation, Behavior

Interoduction The research study “impacts of Physical punishment on the students of public secondary school at Quetta city” is mainly focused to find the effects of punishment on the student learning and psychology.

1 Associate Professor, Institute of Education and Research, University of Balochistan, Quetta. Email: [email protected]

- 12 -

Physical punishment is injurious to healthy society.it destroys the foundation of education.it is a major problem in high schools particularly in government schools. There are two basic questions. First what is Physical punishment? Second what are the impacts of Physical punishment? Different thinkers, writers and educationists and charters of various countries have defined it in varied forms. The UN committee on the rights of child is explained such as “the punishment involving force such as hitting with stick or shoe, slapping with hand or kicking and he degree to which some one intended to cause discomfort or pain whether that is light or heavier most involve slapping, beating the child with hand or with any hard object. Further, there are some other degrading and cruel type of punishments which are damaging and dangerous for the child. For example, these types of punishments involve scapegoats, threaten, ridicules or scares the child. The above mentioned physical or Physical punishments are destroying our generations because when a child receives such disgusting type of punishments, he automatically gets himself distanced from learning. His creativity and rate of interest in studies drop to the minimum of his Education. There is provision for Physical punishment in Constitution of Pakistan, 1973. The prohibition of punishment bill approved in 2014. According to this act, anybody or person who is found guilty of applying Physical punishment shall be fined with the amount of fifty thousand or punished with imprisonment up to one year or both. Despite of passing anti Physical punishment act, it is rampant in high schools of Quetta , The main reason behind is the tribalism and illiteracy in the age of scientific innovation, people support tribal system and are against modern education. They lack the vision to adopt themselves according to the challenge of globe. In fact; due to their conservative and traditional approach they support Physical punishment. It seems that they are ignorant of the fact that love and sympathy are the main tools to be adopted for equipping the children with modern education.In order to attain cent present result and glorification, it is inevitable to take measures to tackle this issue.

Objectives  To explore the current position of Physical punishment at public secondary schools Quetta.  To find out the impacts of Physical punishment on children’s psychological and emotional health and ultimately on their academic achievement.

- 13 -

Literature Review Physical punishment and its impacts on student’s achievement has been researched widely. Impacts of Physical punishment have been explained through number of research studies on students’ behavior and learning. The majority of studies describe that there are so many reasons to adopt other approaches avoid Physical punishment for conducive learning environment. Arif and Rafi 2007 proclaimed in a report that “Physical punishment lies with its many negative impacts; it may not be useful in the future”. “The consistent application of Physical punishment tends to maximize the possibility of deviation from learning and antisocial behavior of the student, such as distant from learning; angriness, adolescent delinquency and violation of acts at school and outside”. ( Arif & Rafi, 2007, page172). Whereas accepting violence is considered as, legitimate, McCord reported that “number of behavioral and psychological problems in children are caused by Physical punishment, such as distant learning, depression, aggression, low motivation, annoying and delinquency”. Many other research studies have explained that, “The future impacts of Physical punishment indicate a minimization in moral internalization of the student as it has impacts on sudden compliance from the child”. (www.novitsroyal.org) Hoffman & Lepper argued that internal discipline is more important as compared to imposed discipline for bettere socialization.) One should avoid Physical punishment of the reasons for behaving appropriately rather than to Behave solely. Gershoff & Bitensky, 2008. Gershoff & Bitensky, 2008, further argued that physical punishment does not encourage enduring internal obedience, rather it can damage the personality and character of any individual. Robinson et al. as cited by Kilimci, 2009, Para 5. Stressed that in majority of cases Physical punishment results in drop out of students due to fear, humiliation, psychological problems and life threats. Limitations: This study is limited to the boys’ public secondary schools Quetta city Research methodology This research study is a mixed type of research containing qualitative and quantitative research both based on survey method, quantitative data collected through questionnaire from the students of secondary school and qualitative data collected through observation by visiting different class rooms.

- 14 -

Population: All the boys’ secondary public school in Quetta city is the population of this study Sample: Five secondary schools were selected randomly as the sample of this research study .180-200 sample size was taken in order to find the impacts of Physical punishment at secondary schools Quetta. The detail of sample schools is given as below from which sample size was taken: S.NO NAME OF SCHOOL No of Respondents 36 01 GBHS Pashtoonabad, Quetta.

36 02 GBMS Satellite Town, Quetta.

03 GBHS Comprehensive Huda Mano Jan 36 Road, Quetta.

36 04 GBHS Jan Muhammad road, Quetta.

36 05 GBHS Kharootabad, Quetta.

Procedure The researcher went herself in the field to obtain realistic and reliable data through self-administered questionnaire and observation.

Statistics N Mean Median Mode Valid Missing Existence of Physical 180 0 3.5111 4.0000 4.00 punishment C.P results by not doing 180 0 3.4278 4.0000 4.00 home work Noise resulting Physical 180 0 3.7889 4.0000 4.00 punishment

- 15 -

Not obeying teacher result 180 0 3.0167 3.0000 2.00 insulting School discipline violation 180 0 3.5500 4.0000 4.00 results punishment C.P impacts positive on 180 0 3.7944 4.0000 4.00a studies C.P improves students’ 180 0 3.6889 4.0000 4.00 performance C.P favorable for future 180 0 3.8111 4.0000 5.00 Educational progress 180 0 3.1222 3.0000 3.00 bounded to punishment C.P distances students 180 0 2.5444 2.0000 2.00 from learning

Question No.1 Have you ever punished at school? Frequency Table

Existence of Physical punishment Frequency, Percent, Valid Percent, Cumulative Percent, Strongly disagree, 18 10.0 10.0 10.0 Disagree, 16 8.9 8.9 18.9 Neutral, 38 21.1 21.1 40.0 Valid Agree, 72 40.0 40.0 80.0 Strongly agree, 36 20.0 20.0 100.0 Total 180 100.0 100.0

- 16 -

Analysis: 180 respondents were taken from different secondary schools to know whether Physical punishment exists in schools or not. Out of 180 respondents 38 were neutral, 72 agreed and 38 strongly agreed.16 showed disagreement and 18 strongly disagreed the Physical punishment at secondary school level. The discussion shows that Physical punishment is present at secondary school.in our daily life through our personal experiences we observe the existence of Physical punishment at secondary schools. Question No. 2 You were punished for not doing your home works?

FrequencyPercent, Valid Cumulative , Percent, Percent, Strongly 17 9.4 9.4 9.4 disagree, Disagree, 41 22.8 22.8 32.2 Valid Neutral, 10 5.6 5.6 37.8 Agree, 72 40.0 40.0 77.8 Strongly agree, 40 22.2 22.2 100.0 Total 180 100.0 100.0

- 17 -

Analysis: 180 respondents were taken from different secondary schools to know whether Physical punishment is caused by not doing homework in schools or not. Out of 180 respondents 10 were neutral, 72 agreed and 40 strongly agreed.41 showed disagreement and 17 strongly disagreed the Physical punishment at secondary school level is caused by not doing homework. The discussion shows that the cause of Physical punishment at secondary school level is not doing homework. Whenever the students attempt to fail doing homework or they intentionally avoid doing homework they are punished in the class.

Question No.3 you were punished for making noise in the class? Noise resulting Physical punishment Frequency, Percent, Valid Percent, Cumulative Percent,

Strongly disagree, 4 2.2 2.2 2.2 Disagree, 20 11.1 11.1 13.3

Val Nutral, 22 12.2 12.2 25.6 id Agree, 98 54.4 54.4 80.0 Strongly agree, 36 20.0 20.0 100.0 Total 180 100.0 100.0

- 18 -

Analysis: 180 respondents were taken from different secondary schools to know whether Physical punishment is caused by making noise in schools or not. Out of 180 respondents 22 were neutral, 98 agreed and 36 strongly agreed.20 showed disagreement and 04 strongly disagreed the Physical punishment at secondary school level is caused by making noise by students. The discussion shows that the cause of Physical punishment at secondary school level is making noise in the class by students. Noise creates disturbance in the class room the results in the form of punishment.

Question No 4 You are punished for not obeying your teacher? Not obeying teacher result insulting Frequency, Percent, Valid Percent, Cumulative Percent, Strongly disagree, 29 16.1 16.1 16.1 Disagree, 51 28.3 28.3 44.4 Neutral, 21 11.7 11.7 56.1 Valid Agree, 46 25.6 25.6 81.7 strongly agree, 33 18.3 18.3 100.0 Total 180 100.0 100.0

- 19 -

Analysis: 180 respondents were taken from different secondary schools to know that students are insulted when they do not obey their teachers. Out of 180 respondents 21 were neutral, 46 agreed and 33 strongly agreed.51 showed disagreement and 29 strongly disagreed the insulting at secondary school level is caused by not obeying teachers.

Question No.5 You were punished with stick by violating school discipline? School discipline violation results punishment

Frequency, Percent, Valid Percent, Cumulative Percent, Strongly disagree, 17 9.4 9.4 9.4 Disagree, 35 19.4 19.4 28.9 Neutral, 12 6.7 6.7 35.6 Valid Agree, 64 35.6 35.6 71.1 Strongly agree, 52 28.9 28.9 100.0 Total 180 100.0 100.0

- 20 -

Analysis: 180 respondents were taken from different secondary schools to know that students are Physically punished when they violate school discipline. Out of 180 respondents 12 were neutral, 64 agreed and 52 strongly agreed.35 showed disagreement and 17 strongly disagreed the Physical punishment at secondary school level is caused by school discipline violation. The discussion shows that the students are Physically punished at secondary school level when they violate school discipline. School rules and regulations are the key terms in maintaining school discipline when students violate them they get punishment. Question No.6 Physical punishment leaves positive impacts on your studies? C.P impacts positive on studies Frequency, Percent, Valid Cumulative Percent, Percent, Strongly disagree, 18 10.0 10.0 10.0 Disagree, 13 7.2 7.2 17.2 Neutral, 21 11.7 11.7 28.9 Valid Agree, 64 35.6 35.6 64.4 Strongly agree, 64 35.6 35.6 100.0 Total 180 100.0 100.0

- 21 -

Analysis: 180 respondents were taken from different secondary schools to know whether Physical punishment impacts positive on studies or not. Out of 180 respondents 21 were neutral, 64 agreed and 64 strongly agreed.13 showed disagreement and 18 strongly disagreed, the discussion showed that when students are punished they improve studies. The aim of punishment should be improvement not to destroy the future of students. Physical punishment sometimes improves learning process and children get benefit of it. Question No.7 After punishment you perform your work with keen interest? C.P improves students’ performance Frequency, Percent, Valid Percent, Cumulative Percent, Strongly disagree, 8 4.4 4.4 4.4 Disagree. 25 13.9 13.9 18.3 Neutral, 27 15.0 15.0 33.3 Valid Agree, 75 41.7 41.7 75.0 Strongly agree, 45 25.0 25.0 100.0 Total 180 100.0 100.0

- 22 -

Analysis: 180 respondents were taken from different secondary schools to know whether Physical punishment improves student’s performance or not. Out of 180 respondents 27 were neutral, 75 agreed and 45 strongly agreed.25 showed disagreement and 08 strongly disagreed, the discussion showed that when students are punished they improve performance.

Question No.8 You deems teachers’ punishment favorably good for your future? C.P favorable for future Frequency, Percent, Valid Percent, Cumulative Percent,

Strongly disagree, 13 7.2 7.2 7.2 Disagree, 13 7.2 7.2 14.4 Neutral, 41 22.8 22.8 37.2 Valid Agree, 41 22.8 22.8 60.0 Strongly agree, 72 40.0 40.0 100.0 Total 180 100.0 100.0

- 23 -

Analysis: 180 respondents were taken from different secondary schools to know whether Physical punishment is favorable for the future of students or not. Out of 180 respondents 41 were neutral, 41 agreed and 72 strongly agreed.13 showed disagreement and 13 strongly disagreed, the discussion showed that when students are punished they improve performance which is favorable for their future. Once got punishment the next time students never try to attempt mistakes. Question No.9 Physical punishment effected your education negatively? Educational progress bounded to punishment Frequency, Percent, Valid Percent, Cumulative Percent, Strongly disagree, 24 13.3 13.3 13.3 Disagree, 40 22.2 22.2 35.6 Neutral, 43 23.9 23.9 59.4 Valid Agree 36 20.0 20.0 79.4 Strongly agree, 37 20.6 20.6 100.0 Total 180 100.0 100.0

- 24 -

Analysis 180 respondents were taken from different secondary schools to know whether educational progress and development is bounded to Physical punishment or not. Out of 180 respondents 43 were neutral, 36 agreed and 37 strongly agreed.40 showed disagreement and 24 strongly disagreed, the discussion showed that educational progress and development is not bounded to Physical punishments. Question No.10 Whenever you were punished, you distanced yourself from studies? C.P distances students from learning Frequency, Percent, Valid Percent, Cumulative Percent, Strongly disagree, 42 23.3 23.3 23.3 Disagree, 66 36.7 36.7 60.0 Neutral, 21 11.7 11.7 71.7 Valid Agree, 34 18.9 18.9 90.6 Strongly agree, 17 9.4 9.4 100.0 Total 180 100.0 100.0

- 25 -

Analysis: 180 respondents were taken from different secondary schools to know that after getting Physical punishment students distance from learning. Out of 180 respondents 21 were neutral, 34 agreed and 17 strongly agreed.66 showed disagreement and 42 strongly disagreed.

Discussions for Qualitative Research; Observation:

In order to find outcomes for qualitative research, the researcher went himself in to the classes and observed the entire environment of class room. Researcher observed during the lecture that whenever students do something wrong in the class or when they do not follow or obey the teacher’s instructions, they are Physically punished in the form of slapping, sticking and boing down etc.it evidences that Physical punishment exists at secondary school level.

Researcher also observed the impacts of Physical punishment on the students of secondary school, students were punished due to some wrong doing or not obeying the teacher’s instructions. The researcher observed the following impacts.  When students Physically punished for not doing homework, they tried their level best to do the home work for next time.  Student didn’t make noise in the class room after receiving Physical punishment by the teacher.  For a while a silence was observed in the class when a student is Physically punished, the calm environment of class room helped other students to learn more rapidly than the noise in the class.

- 26 -

 The other students who didn’t involve in getting punishment also attempt to improve their studies. Researcher observed some negative impacts of Physical punishment on the psychological and emotional health of the students and ultimately on their learning. Sticking, slapping and bowing down in front of the class fellows leaves far lasting impacts over students of the secondary school students which affects their learning process. Following impacts were observed by the researcher on student’s psyche.  When a student was slapped in front of other fellows he became annoyed and lost interest towards studies.  Physical punishment caused the students embarrassment, students felt deeply hatred when Physically punished.  Students of secondary school feel emotionally frustrated when they are Physically punished because punishment lays far impacts towards the students.  Physical punishment causes depression of the students and depression is barrier to the student’s studies because they cannot learn properly in tension. Conclusion: Through the observation the researcher concluded that Physical punishment exists at secondary school level, the impacts of Physical punishment are negative. When students are extremely punished its impacts are totally negative, extreme punishment affects the psychological and emotional health of the students. Recommendations: The research study “impacts of Physical punishment on the students of public secondary school at Quetta city” gave the results that Physical punishment is present in public schools in Quetta city. The study shown that if Physical punishment is given in limits the results/outcomes may be fruitful but extreme Physical punishment lays far laying negative impacts on student’s psyche, On the basis of results and findings of the research study I recommend some of my suggestions to tackle down such serious issue.  Human beings are aware beings. They can’t be control on strict physical harassment bases. Teachers should adopt the strategy of self-control social order which also plays a vital role in ethical development of students.  The Physical punishment shouldn’t be applied to the sensitive students because such students may be violent after getting punishment. Some students take Physical punishment so much serious

- 27 -

that they make it the issue of ego which directly affect educational development of student.  It has been found that one of the reasons for physical punishment is not doing homework properly. Teacher must change their strategy and develop interest attractiveness in assignments for students and eliminate useless burden and should try to assign conceptual based homework which might be in the form of extensions and further self- ascribed information through social experiences rather than memorizing and copping things.  We can’t run schools on strict bureaucratic and military rules. Therefore, it is the responsibility of head teacher and other teachers of the school to develop self-mannered qualities in their students through ethical lectures, love, care and sympathy rather than controlling students like animals with stick which is against the dignity of humanity.  Teachers of the public schools should avoid Physical punishment as the students of public school mostly belong to poor family background. Physical punishment to such students already surrounded by difficulties may cause them depression and interruption in their studies. Such students are already under pressure of financial matters and family disturbances, whenever punishment is applied to them it becomes dangerous for them in educational perspectives.  Students of public schools more than 70% belongs to uneducated and illiterate family background therefore Physical punishment may cause them violent against teachers therefor teachers should avoid from it.  Physical punishment should be aim to boost up students’ performance not revenge oriented.  Teachers teaching at public secondary schools should be careful by applying extreme Physical punishment because extreme Physical punishment causes the students annoying and embarrassment which affects the student’s deep emotions that is barrier to student’s development and motivation.  Extreme physical punishment i.e. slapping students on their face, use of stick and bowing down the student in front of the class causes to limit or pause the student’s creativity so teacher should not punish them Physically.  Teachers should punish the students in the form of writing several times the same homework if he/she doesn’t attempt to do homework or he/she is compelled to follow the rules if they violate the school discipline.

- 28 -

 Students feel psychologically tortured by getting Physical punishment. Psychologically when tortured, it lays far lying impacts to their mental and emotional health.  Existence of Physical punishment in our society especially at school level has been proved from research based studies. In order to minimize such a miserable ground realities different laws have been approved through legislation in National Assembly and Pro- Assembly. But it is the need of the day to implement those laws on strict administrative ground.

References

American Psychiatric Association. (1989). Physical punishment in schools. Accessed from www.psych.org

Arif, M. S., and Rafi, M. S. (2007). Effects of Physical punishment and psychological treatment on students learning behavior.

Childernsrights.com, Oct, 2008, accessed November 19, 2012

Dupper, D. R., & Dingus, A. E. M. (2008). Physical punishment in US public schools: A continuing challenge for school social workers. Children & Schools, 30(4), 243-250.

Gershoff, E. T. (2010). More harm than good: A summary of scientific research on the intended and unintended effects of Physical punishment on children. Law and Contemporary Problems, 73(2), 31-56.

Gershoff, E. T. (2008). Report on physical punishment in the United States: What research tells us about its effects on children. Columbus, OH: Center for Effective Discipline.

Ginny (Oct 23, 2008). Confucianism. Accessed from www.transparent.com

- 29 -

Guyanaobservernews.org, Brendon Mounter, May 27, 2012, accessed Nov 20, 2012

Lee, J. K. (2001). Confucian thought affecting leadership and organizational culture of a korean high education. Retrieved from http://radicalpedagogy.icaap.org

List of countries by suicide rate. (n.d.) Retrieved from http://en.wikipedia.org www.novitaroyal.org

Rajdev, U. (2012). Ethics And Physical Punishment Within The Schools Across The Globe. Journal of International Education Research, 8(2), 165

Sciencedaily.com, Aug 9, 2010, accessed November 19, 2012 Stabroeknews.com, Mike Persaud, high school teachers for NYC’s dept. of education, Sept, 2012, accessed November 20, 2012.

- 30 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Impacts of Educational Supervision on Proficient Improvement Regarding Gender Prospect: Impression of Government School Teachers at Quetta District, Balochistan

Asma Rasheed1 & Shahida Habib Alizai2

Abstract Present study was determine the impacts of educational supervision on proficient improvement regarding gender prospect: impression of government school teachers at Quetta district, Balochistan. A descriptive as the research type of the investigation was carried out. A sample size of one hundred respondents was selected by using as the random sampling methods. Statistical Packages for the Social Sciences (SPSS), statistical computer software used for data analysis. The results reveal that demo information, more than half (50%) teaching staff have holding the 31 to 40 year of age. Most 22-23 of the teaching staff had been acquired the certificate of intermediate and graduation respectively. Outcome of the figure-3 was shows that by gender 78% were male and remained 22% of the respondents by gender female. Most (30-30%) of the academic staff were observed that the main role of teachers is as facilitator and as administrator respectively. Based on outcomes following recommendations were suggested. Educational supervision should be composed by perspective of facilitating instructors in educational circle. This matter could be accomplished while instructive direction tries to clarify significance of existing instructive concerns, examine fliers from Balochistan Training for teachers and Service of Instruction (MoE) with educators, recognize instructors' expert needs, and urge educators to do self-figuring out how to refresh their expert learning, aptitudes and experience.

Keywords: impacts, education gender, school, teacher, Quetta Balochistan.

Introduction The quick changes in learning, ideas, innovation, and theories because of the fast changes on the global have realized some crucial changes in instruction. Instruction as teachers is never again confined to seeing human prerequisites

1 MPhil Scholar: Gender Studies Department University of Balochistan. 2 Assistant Professor: Gender Studies Department University of Balochistan.

- 31 - and prerequisites of current, however educational aspects tries to address, think about creating human abilities (Hismanoglu and Hismanoglu, 2010). Current time whereby the domain has seen an incredible improvement of information prompting sophisticated methods for educating and learning. Kankam (2013) underpins this by showing that the rise of the data and information based society has acquired a difference in attitude learning and that new ways to deal with learning require new ways to deal with showing which challenge the instructor's part as a facilitator of learning. Present effort for instructors as teachers to guarantee they embrace consistent and supported proficient advancement to help enhance instructive benchmarks. Thus, Conskuner (2001) stresses that for educators to fulfill the desires of the expanding number of understudies; they (instructors) need to utilize the utilization of (educational direction as effective mode) progressive showing techniques with commitment and eagerness (Hismanoglu and Hismanoglu, 2010). Present day requests of educating expect educators to embrace deep rooted advancement in their calling to refresh and redesign their insight and aptitudes to enhance their instructing conveyance. For instructors to keep up a constant advancement in their calling they should attempt a considerable measure of viable expert exercises either exclusively or in bunches through expert improvement procedures including study gatherings, peer-training, activity look into, coaching, showing portfolios, group educating, and in- benefit preparing (Hismanoglu et al., 2010). However, in this regard, Kankam (2013) additionally imply the modern ways to deal with instructing incorporate which accentuate extraordinary request aptitudes, metacognition, constructivist’s ways to deal with knowledge as well as comprehension, effective learning methodologies, various views. Consequently, he contends that instructors must be focused on and persistently take part in seeking after, updating, exploring of their own proficient learning and receiving nonstop expert improvement. The nature of training can't be enhanced by just including more assets in framework. Likewise for viable administration of those assets at institute level, guaranteeing a compelling arrangement of expert supervision, and keeping the decay of fundamental help structures for instructors. Through quality joint effort, educators could move from their subjectivity and reach a few inferences regarding perspectives (Hismanoglu et al., 2010). All together intended for instructive organizations toward accomplish objectives, component for ceaseless assessment of the exercises of the establishments, particularly, in the instructional procedure must be set up. Throughout the years the Checking and Assessment Division of the Service of Training has been in charge of the appraisal, assessment and supervision of

- 32 - instructive framework, and considering the decentralization strategy, the capacity of the outside supervision was appointed to area, civil as well as metropolitan training executives. Present capacity has been completed through monitors (Appiah, 2009). However, in this regard, the administrators visit schools so as to see educators at working place. As director of essential schools, head teacher is likewise in charge of the inward management and managerial capacities (Appiah, 2009). However, the Wilkinson (2010) in this manner keeps up that separated from authoritative assignments, the head teacher performs other pivotal obligations, for example, overseeing understudies, school exercises, and above all how instructors utilize educating and learning capitals which likewise comprise instructional period to permit pupils attain the required helps as well as information Wilkinson (2010). Kpatakpa (2008) measures the educational supervision based on gender prospect. Most educators, realizing that they are not entirely administered don't either go to class frequently to educating youngsters, however, in this regard, these development influencing instructive principles. This circumstance is by all accounts the same in all areas, henceforth, the announcement by the instruction of Instruction that the service is finding a way to enhance supervision out in the open fundamental schools. It is accepted that successful supervision in the essential schools is probably going to enhance the instructors' expert execution and subsequently upgrade the general yield of students. “Numerous analysts, as hypothesized by Sergiovanni and Starratt (2002) trust that supervision of direction possibly enhances classroom practices, and adds to understudy accomplishment through the expert development and change of educators (Baffour-Awuah, 2011). As indicated by Appiah (2009) it could be reasoned from the presentation of the instructive changes that the requirement for compelling supervision is more essential in later times than at any other time. Supervision is a compelling technique that could help accomplish great outcomes to the extent educating and learning are concerned. This implies it is critical for instructing and learning techniques to be always checked and assessed to guarantee the aggregate accomplishment of the goals. It is therefore that instructive supervision and direction in the essential school is exceptionally important”.

Significant of the study The discoveries of the present research as investigation might be of assistance to different scientists who may get a chuck out of the chance to seek after further examine on the impact of instructive supervision on proficient improvement of fundamental school educators. Aside from adding to

- 33 - learning, and writing on instructive supervision and proficient improvement, the discoveries might be helpful to the Balochistan teaching proficiency since it might fill in as a system for arranging, redesigning and giving preparing furthermore, improvement programs for contemporary and upcoming instructive directors by classes, short courses as well as workshops. In this manner, discoveries or observations of the present examination may expand the learning and aptitudes of instructive administrators which will go far to make strides supervision and association of expert improvement programs for fundamental school educators. The outcomes of the present research may likewise comprehend important issues in instructive as teaching supervision at Quetta district and public school teacher’s perceptions as a whole.

Problem statement Education aspects were determining the most fundamental precious assists for any nation. So as to determine the teacher’s perception about educational supervision on proficient improvement present research was investigated. Due to it’s for flung areas Balochistan province was still deprived province and low educational indicators were prevailed in entire system. There was huge cavity between educational aspect and their delivery methods as mode. Therefore, present or current study was developed so that to detect the public school teacher’s perception about influences of educational supervision on proficient improvement as a case study at Quetta district, Balochistan.

Purpose and aim of the current study Present research study envisioned to observe the impacts of educational supervision on proficient improvement regarding gender prospect: impression of government school teachers at Quetta district, Balochistan, Pakistan so as to make recommendations and suggestions as to ways in which school reviews can have a extra optimistic impact on educators or technical effort or performance in dynamic mode. General objective To examine or impacts of educational supervision on proficient improvement: impression of public school teachers at Quetta district, Balochistan. Specific objectives 1. To discover the socio-economic profile as the independent variables of the respondents. 2. To examine the role of female teachers regarding the dissemination of information. 3. To determine the constraints in teaching system as perceived by the respondents.

- 34 -

4. To develop the solid data as information for planners and educators.

Research strategy or methodology Random sampling procedure was used so as to choose the one hundred (100) teaching staff for investigation (H ismanoglu and Hismanoglu, 2010). One hundred (100) teaching staff were asked about the impacts of educational supervision on proficient improvement regarding gender prospect in Quetta district, Balochistan. The example sizes were haggard by the help of McCall (1980) table of "deciding specimen estimate from given populace". Expected for the inspecting determination of present research think about, far reaching arrangements of the respondents were gotten in Directorate of Education Quetta, separate region remained additionally chose from side to side basic arbitrary testing. In like manner the information were formed to analyze in (SPSS) PC programming, with the appropriate statistical technique.

Results Socio-economic condition of the respondents Socio-economic variable as the independents concept was considered as the basic tool and development direction for the decision making process. In this context the data as information was examine so as to detect the perceived perception of the respondents. Socio-economic variable mostly was compared as the age factor, educational status, marital status, gender, service experiences and so forth. Figure-1, Perceived distribution factors as an age.

51 and above 18 and above 10% 30…

18 and above 30 31 to 40 41 to 50 41 to 50 24% 51 and above

31 to 40…

- 35 -

Age as the demo variable one of the most important items as shown in figure- 1. More than half (50%) teaching staff have holding the 31 to 40 year of age as a demographic information. However, most 24% of the teaching staff in the age bracket of 41-50 age category. While most 14-10 of teaching staff had been fallen in the age bracket of the 41-50, 18 and above 30 years as a demographic information respectively. Figure-2, Perceived distribution factors as an educational circle.

OTHERS 3 POST GRADUATE 14 GRADUATE 23 INTERMEDIATE 22 MATRIC 19 MIDDLE 11 PRIMARY 8 ILLITERATE 0 0 5 10 15 20 25

The results of figure-2 shows that the most 22-23 of the teaching staff had been acquired the certificate of intermediate and graduation respectively. While 19% of the teaching staff had holding the matriculation certificate. In this context, 14-11-8% of the teaching staff were of the direction that they gotten the degree of certificate about post graduate, middle level of schooling and primary level of schooling respectively. Figure-3, Perceived distribution factors by gender.

22%

Male female

78%

- 36 -

The outcome of the figure-3 was shows that by gender 78% were male and remained 22% of the respondents by gender female.

Table 1: Perceived distribution factors by role of teacher. S. Academic Non-academic NO. Items N % N % 1. As facilitator 15 30 20 40 2. As educator 5 10 5 10 3. As disseminator 5 10 5 10 4. As administrator 15 30 10 20 5. As observer 5 10 5 10 6. As trainer 5 10 5 10 Total 50 100.0 50 100.0 Field data The results of table-1 demonstrations that (30-30%) of the academic staff were observed that the main role of teachers is as facilitator and as administrator respectively. While (10-10-10-10%) of the respondents were perceived that as educator as disseminator as observer and as trainer the main and major items respectively. Oppositely, (40-20%) of the non-academic staff were found that the main tasks of the teachers as facilitator and administrator respectively. While (10-10-10-10%) of the non-teaching staff the key role of teacher was an as educator, as disseminator, as observer and as trainer sportively. Table 2: Perceived distribution factors by constraint in education. S. Academic Non-academic NO. Items N % N % 1. Social constraints 05 10 00 00 2. Environmental constraints 15 30 15 30 3. Political constraints 5 10 15 30 4. Economic constraints 10 20 10 20 5. Professional constraints 05 10 10 20 6. Viable constraints 10 20 00 10 Total 50 100.0 50 100.0 Field data The table-2 pertaining the information as the constraints of the education system. The respondents observed their responses in above mention table. (30-20-20%) of the academic staff were observed that environmental, economic and viable constraints were the key constraints. Whereas (10-10- 10%) of the academic staff perceived that the political, social and

- 37 - professional constraints were the major problems in educational circle. Most (30-30%) of the nonacademic staff were of the insights that the environmental constraints and political constraints were the major problems. However, (20-20-10%) of the non-academic staff perceived that the economical professional and viable restrictions were the major difficulties in instructive loop.

Table 3: Perceived distribution factors regarding school amenities. S. Academic Non-academic NO. Items N % N % 1. Toilet amenities 10 20 10 20 2. Drinking water amenities 10 20 10 20 3. Medical amenities 10 20 10 20 4. Transportation amenities 10 20 10 20 5. Others amenities 10 20 10 20 Total 50 100.0 50 100.0 Field data The information regarding perceived distribution factors regarding school amenities was describe in table-3. Most 10 percent’s of the academic respondents were believed that they had toilet, drinking water, medical, transportation and others amenities in equal proportion that are (10%). On the other hand, most 10 percent’s of the non-academic respondents were believed that they had toilet, drinking water, medical, transportation and others amenities in equal proportion that are (10%). Conclusions and Recommendations The discoveries of the examination appear to delineate that educators at the general population essential schools at Quetta, concur that by and large, there is a constructive outcome of instructive supervision on their proficient improvement as far as creating encounters, educational modules, instructing strategies also, materials, classroom administration, attributes of students they educate, and evaluation methods. In light of this, it could be reasoned that through instructive supervision, the instructors are helped to enhance their past exercises by adapting new patterns in the showing calling, talking about encounters with associate educators, and thinking about their instructing. “Another conclusion that could be produced using the discoveries of the investigation is that most educators out in the open essential schools at Quetta, Balochistan, are of the view that instructive supervision brings about developing results to the entire instructing and learning process where synergistic relationship is built up to empower instructors reflect and share

- 38 - educating encounters (Glickman, et al., 2007). It is additionally presumed that there is no huge distinction in the perspectives of male and female educators of open fundamental schools at Quetta, Balochistan, as far as building up their encounters, classroom administration, attributes of the understudies they educate, and evaluation systems. In any case, there is a huge distinction in the view of male and female educators of open fundamental schools at Quetta, Balochistan, as far as educational modules, showing techniques and materials”.

 Educational management ought to be composed with perspective of assisting instructors toward create encounters in educating field. This could be accomplished while instructive management tries toward clarify significance of present instructive concerns, examine fliers from Balochistan Training for teachers and Service of Instruction (MoE) with educators, recognize instructors' expert needs, and urge educators to do self-figuring out how to refresh their expert learning, aptitudes as well as knowledge.

 Educational supervision should support instructors toward comprehend educational modules, embrace proper plus shifted instructing techniques. In this manner, instructors ought to be prepared to utilize current showing procedures and strategies that are appropriate for their students. Once more, educators ought to be given the chances to take part in miniaturized scale educating or peer- instructing amid school based and group situated in-benefit preparing programs.

 Educational supervision projects should open educators to different and current evaluation systems. This will help educators to outline powerful classroom works out, tests and examinations. Once more, it will control instructors to utilize viable methods for identifying qualities as well as shortcomings understudies, recommend means and answers for students' problems.

 “Educational supervision should weight on reflection since it is considered as a basic spectacle which must be empowered, and elevated to make educators inquisitive about certain parts of the educating and learning forms, give development input, recognize options, encourage self-governance, assess themselves as well as other people, and deal with their time”.

- 39 -

 Regular and viable expert improvement exercises ought to be composed by instructive managers to empower educators recognize and build up their qualities, and address their shortcomings. Additionally, instructive chiefs ought not be keen on discovering shortcomings of instructors yet more imperatively, educate by showing the utilization of present day showing systems amid proficient advancement exercises, for example, school-based and circuit-situated in-benefit preparing programs.

REFERENCES

Appiah, M. R. (2009). A study of supervision in rural and urban junior high schools in the Akuapim-North district. [Online] http://www.ir.ucc.edu.gh/dspace/bitstream/123456789/..../APPIAH% 202009%202.pdf Retrieved on 18th February 2013.

Baffour-Awuah, P. (2011). Supervision of instruction in public primary schools in Ghana: Teachers’ and head teachers’ perspectives. [Online] http://www.researchrepository.murdoch.edu.au/8483/2/02Whole.pdf. Retrieved on 14th January, 2013. British Journal of Education Vol.2, No.6, pp.63-82, December 2014 Published by European Centre for Research Training and Development UK (www.eajournals.org) ISSN 2054-6351 (print), ISSN 2054-636X (online).

Conskuner, M. (2001). Turkish provincial state university teachers’ perceptions of English language teaching as a career (Unpublished M. A. Thesis, Bilkent University, Ankara).

Hismanoglu, M., & Hismanoglu, S. (2010). English language teachers’ perceptions of educational supervision in relation to their professional development: A case study of Northern Cyprus. Novitas-ROYALS (Research on Youth and Language), 4 (1), 16-34.

ISODEC (2011). Weak supervision destroying quality of Ghana’s public education. [Online] retrieved on January 20, 2014 from http://www.ghanaweb.com/GhanaPage/features/artikel.php?ID=2075 47.

- 40 -

Kankam, G. (2013). Creating synergies and promoting professional development practices in the Faculty of Educational Studies, University of Education,

Kpatakpa, E. (2008). Supervision of basic school teachers in Jasikan district. [Online] http://www.ir.ucc.edu.gh/dspace/bitstream/123456789/..../KPATAKP A%202008.pdf. Retrieved on 20th February 2012.

McCall, C. 1980. Sampling and Statistics Handbook for Research in Education: National Education Association: USA

Sergiovanni, T. J., & Starratt, R. (2002). Supervision: A redefinition (7th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Wilkinson, E. M. (2010). Factors contributing to the disparities of academic performance in public and private basic schools in the New Juaben municipality. [Online] Retrieved on 12th April 2013 from http://www.ir.ucc.edu.gh/dspace/bitstream/123456789/..../WILKINS ON%202010.pdf.

- 41 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Maliku'sh Shu'ara Bahar

Dr. Bilal Ahmed Sasoli1, Shabir Ahmed Shahwani 2 & Abida Baloch2 Abstract Mohammed Taqi Bahar’s Poetry was closely associated with contemporary events. Bahar’s style of writing, his opposition to fantasism, and love for his country made him one of the greatest poets of Iran. This research paper will study Bahar as one of the most eloquent advocates of Modern Iran. Bahar is one of the most outstanding figures in modern Persian literature. He was a many - sided genius- a poet, scholar, critic, Journalist and last but not least a man of action, inspired with high moral and spiritual values. Thus, his personality had many facets and his poetry was imbued with an intensity of purpose hardly to be found amongst his contemporaries. He was wedded to his country's cause from the early days of his youth and continued to pursue its changing fortunes with the anxiety of an ardent lover till the last days of his life. He was dedicated to Iran and he idealized her as the cradle of a mighty civilization and as the reservoir of great moral and cultural forces. Introduction Muhammad Taqi Bahar was born at Mashhad on 12th Rabi-ul-Awal, 1034 A.H. or the 29th December, 1886 C.E. He inherited over of Poetry from his father Muhammad Kazim Maliku'sh- Shu'ara' and according to his own words, he had scribbled his finest couplet on the margin of a copy of Firdausi's Shahnameh, at the age of Seven. "من از ھفت سالگی بہ شعر گفتن مشغول شدم۔ یکی خواندن شاھنامہ، دیگر کتاب صد کلمہ، از آثار نظمی رشید وطواط، در مکتب، تحرک قریحہء شعری مرا باعث آمد۔ شعر اولم این بود کہ گفتہ و در حاشیہء شاھنامہ نوشتہ بودم۔ پدرم بدید و دہ پول سیاہ بہ من جایزہ داد تھمتن بپوشید ببر بیان بیامد بہ میدان چوشیر ژیان" (Bahar, 1335) He received his early education in the old fashion in Persian and Arabic literature, grammar, Logic, history and mathematics. He made a rather spectacular start in Poetry when in return for a Panegyric he received the title of Maliku'sh - Shu'ara from Muzaffaru'd Din Shah Qajar (1896-1906) on his

1 Chairperson, Department of Persian, University of Balochistan, Quetta. 2 Assistant Professor, Department of Brahui, University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- 42 - visit to the tomb of Imam Reza at Mashhad in 1904. This panegyric opened with the following lines: ایا نسیم صبا ای برید کار آگاہ ذطوس جانب ری این زمان بہ پیا راہ ,Bahar) ببر پیامی از چاکران درگہ قدس بہ آستان ملک شہریار کار آگاہ 1335)

For a lad of eighteen years it was a remarkable achievement. But luckily for Iran and for Persian poetry the mood of panegyric writing did not last long. Soon after he threw himself right into the political life of the country which was far from peaceful at the time. During the Qajar period Iran had been groaning under a callous despotism. Moreover, the imperialistic designs of the Czarist Russia and Great Britain had already the country a victim of international conflict. The people of Iran were not watching this phenomenon as helpless spectators. The struggle for complete freedom from internal and foreign aggression had stated in the second half of the nineteenth Century. At the turn of the twentieth century we find a freedom front organizing Italy for the achievement of a constitutional Government. At the age of twenty Bahar was attracted by the political movement to join the "Anjuman-i-Sa'adat at Mashhad which had been founded by the enlightened youth of the town. In 1907 he started contributing to the local newspapers. Khurasan, Tus and Khurshid, under the name of “M. Bahar" some of his famous mustazads and other poems were first published in the columns of these very newspapers. The impassioned mustazad which is bitter criticism on Muhammad Ali Shah (1906-1910) and open with the lines: باشہ ایران ز آزادی سخن گفتن خطا است کار ایران باخدا است مذھب شاھنشہ ایران ذ مذھب ھا جداست کار ایران باخدا است (Bahar, 1335)

Was first published in Khurasan which he had founded in call abortion with his comrades in 1908. This was the beginning of a hazardous journalistic career by the poet. Similarly, another poem which rings with a note of triumph and robust optimism in the future was published in Tus on the Iranian New year Day in 1910. It opened with the lines. عید نوروز است و ھر روزی بما نو روز باد شام ایران روز باد ھمچنین سال حیات ما بہ ما فیروز باد روز ما بہروز باد (Bahar, 1335)

As regards the earliest publication of his poems on political and social themes he says:

- 43 -

نخستین از اشعار سیاسی و اجتماعی من در بین سالہای ۱۳۲۵، ۱۳۲۶ انتشار یافت The poem which opens with the line: (Bahar, 1335)باشہ ایران ز آزادی سخن گفتن خطا است کار ایران باخدا است

Broke fresh ground and gave birth to a new School of poetry in Iran. In 1909 Bahar joined the newly founded Democratic Party. At that time it was considered to be the most progressive political party in Iran. The same year he started his famous newspaper Naw Bahar which had a chequered career before it was finally closed down in 1943. After its publication for a year it was banned in account of its fiery accent. Soon after, the poet ventured to start another newspaper Tazeh Bahar. But this was also banned in 1911 under the Russian pressure. In addition, the poet was externed to Teheran. However, he soon succeeded in coming back and reviving his newspaper. But after nine months it was again banned. During his stay in Tehran he brought it out for the third time. It was now dedicated to social problems, especially to the question of women's rights in society. Moreover, it freely expressed its views on development, in international politics. Those views were not palatable to the two big neighboring powers, viz. Russia and Great Britain which compiled the Shah’s Government to ban the newspapers in 1915. As if this was not enough Bahar was detained at a place called Bujnurd in Khurasaan under the Anglo - Russian pressure. The following quatrain dates back to these days of silent suffering:

ای مرکزیان گرگل وریان خواھید ور بلبل خوشگوری غزلخوان خواھید یا مر کز ملک را بہ بجنورد کشید یا آنکہ بہار را بہ تہران خواھید (Bahar, 1335)

By his political and journalistic activities Bahar had gained enough popularity to be elected to the national parliament in 1914. The next year he was elected to the central committee of the Democratic Party. At this stage in his life we find Bahar drifting more and more towards literary pursuits. It was in the field that his ultimate interests lay and his genius found its best expression. Through his critical insight he could perceive the rot that had set in Persian literature where farm had assumed greater importance than substance. This was especially true of Persian prose which, till the middle of the last century, had passed through a tortuous maze of poetic hyperbole. A healthy change had begun in the nineteenth century, thanks to the role played by certain individuals like mirza Qaim Maqam, the Minister of Muhammad Shah (1835-1848) and Mirza Taqi Khan Amir-i-Kabir, the able Prime Minister of Nasiru'd Din Shah (1848-1896) , and by the press and the newly opened Daru'l Funun in Teheran, However, Bahar was anxious to accelerate

- 44 - the process. He wanted Persian literature to keep pace with the times. With this end in view the poet founded a literary society known as Anjuman-i- DanishKadeh and started a literary journal with the same name, and thus laid the foundation of a new school of Persian literature. To quote himself:

"از جملہ کارھای ادبی کہ درین دو سال آخر کردم داۂر کردن انجمن دانشکدہ و مجلہ ای بہ ھمین نام بود و مکتب تازہ در نظم و نثر بود جود آوردم۔" (Bahar, 1335)

He invested this journal with a new significance by emphasizing the need to replace the old patterns by new ones which had been borrowed from the west. It also contained articles of historical importance. About the same time he started his old newspaper. This time, however, it had a literary bias, in keeping with the change coming over Bahar. From 1917 to 1920 he was the edition of the official newspaper Iran which he produced with the assistance of his brother Muhammad Malik Zadeh. By this time Bahar had gained enough importance to return to parliament successively to its 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th terms. In 1921 Reza Khan, a colonel in the cossak Brigade and later known as King Reza khan Pahlawi staged a coup de etat in collaberation with ziau'd Din Tabatabai, editor of the newspaper R'ad. This political upheaval did not augur well for Bahar. For his friendship with the conspicuous contemporary politician Mudarris, his opposition to the termination of the Qajar rule and his interpellation of Reza Khan, then known as Sardar-i-Sipah, the poet came under a cloud. The Government felt it necessary to put him under surveillance at Shimran in the Suburbs of the capital Again, on Reza Shah's accession to the throne in 1926, Bahar was sentenced to solitary confinements for one month in Teheran the poet commemorated his arrest with a ghazal opening with the following lines:

قدرت شاھان ز تسلیم فقیران بیش نیست قصر سلطان امن تراز کلبۂ درویش نیست

The time had come when in spite of his strong nerves and fierce independence Bahar was overwhelmed by circumstances and he had to think of making a compromise with the new regime. Thus, he wrote his famous chahhar khitabeh, a poem divided into four parts and comprising about two hundred couplets. This was recited on the first Nowruz celebrated during the Pahlawi regime. But this so called panegyric bore subtle shades of meaning and smart puns which the Shah would have little relished had be the literary background to understand then. Luckily for Bahar he did not. This tragicomic incident, nevertheless, speaks Eloquently of Bahar's

- 45 - characteristic Love of adventure. Though he had saved his skin, he was not yet out of the wood. His Diwan was cnsared while it was in the press and its publication had to be stopped. A year later Bahar was again sentenced to solitary confinement for five months and next externed along with his family to Isfahan for a year. The cause lay in his scathing criticism of the Government. The hostility of the new Government towards Bahar was so strong that Waiz Qazwini, editor of Nasihat, who had striking physical resemblance with Bahar was killed in suspicious circumstances outside the parliament building. He had to give in and compose laudatory poems to protect himself and his family against the wrath of the Government. One such qasideh was composed on Mazhandran in which the poet praised the constructive activities of the new regime against the picturesque background of this lush green Caspian province. This poem strikes for its racy and facile expression, musical effect and lovely similes. A few lines of the poem are quoted below:

ہر طرف رود چون بہ وزد باد بر درخت چون پارہ ھای اخگر اندر میان دود بنگر بر آن درخش کز ابر کبود فام برجست و روی ابر بناخن ھمی شخود چون کودکی صغیر کہ با خامۂ طال کج مج خطی کشد بیکی صفحۂ کبود بنگر یکی برود خروشان بوقت آنکہ دریا پی پذیرہ اش آغوش بر کشود چون طفل ناشکیب خروشان ز یاد مام کاینک بیافت مام ودر آغوش او غنود (Bahar, 1335)

On his return from Isfahan Bahar practically retired from politics and took to a started his life of as a literary researcher. The ministry of Education assigned to his the task of writing books. This infused in the poet a spirit of literary and historical research and with the intellectual background that he had Bahar edited certain books of great historical importance. These included Tarikh-i-Sistan, Mujmalut awarikh by Awfa and Tarikh-i-Tabri. Again, he rendered certain Parthian and Pahlawe texts, to wit, yadgar-i-Zariran and Darakht-i- Asurik into Persian. He also wrote books on the life of Mani, that is the ancient Iranian Prophet Manes and on Firdawsi. The government, in spite of its political differences with the poet, appointed his professor of Persian literature in the University of Teheran in 1937 where he taught stylistics to the Doctorate class till the last days of his life. The monumental work sabk shinasi in three volumes bears eloquent testimony to his mastery of the subject and his vast knowledge of Persian language and literature. He was also nominated a founder member of the Iranian Academy, a rare honor conferred upon scholars in Reza Shah’s time. This exclusive dedication to the world of letters was interrupted by Reza Shah's abdication of the throne in 1941 when Iran was occupied by Russian

- 46 - and British forces and the present Shah Mohammad Raza Shah Pahlawi succeeded his father. Bahar immediately returned to politics and hastened to revive his favorite newspaper Naw Bahar, which, however, could not continue for more than a year. He was elected to parliament for the sixth time for its 15th term. In the new parliament he was elected chief whip of the Democratic Party. On the formation of the new cabinet by Qivamu's Saltaneh, Bahar was given the portfolio of education. However he could not hold charge of the country's education for more than six months, that is, from Bahman (January - Febraury ) to Murdad (July- August), 1946 and resigned from his office. This incident had deep repercussions on the poet’s life. Amongst the influential Politicians of his country Bahar had at different times joined hands with wuthuqud Dawleh and Qivamu's Saltaneh. He had to part ways with the former on the occasion of the infamous Anglo-Persian Agreement of 1919 when he withdrew his support from the Prime Minister with great disillusionment. Qivamu's saltaneh who invited Bahar to his cabinet as minister of Education did not see eye to eye with him on the Adharbaijan question. Again, some of Qivam's supporters did not conform to Bahar's rationalist outlook, with the result that he had to make an exit. But the incident gave him a tremendous shock. According to the editor of his Diwan this incident proved to be the cause of Bahar's fatal illness. After his resignation he wrote a bitter poem in the style of Farrukhi. It opens with the following line: حدیث عہد و وفا شد فسانہ در کشور زکس درستی عہد وفا مجوی دگر After the breakdown of his health in 1948 Bahar proceeded to Switzerland on medical advice. Even during the attack of tuberculosis he could neither resist the calling of the muse nor forget his country whose intense love had motivated his action during a tumultuous life. Here in Switzerland, for instance, he composed his charming poem “Lousainneh" which opens with a description of the picturesque scenery of Lousainne and ends with pensive reflections on Iran’s glorious past and a characteristic note on hope in future. He returned from Europe in 1949 much improved in health. But instead of living life of retirement he could not help reviving his political interests. One thing which is of particular interest to Pakistan is the deep attachment that the poet showed for this country after the partition of the Indo-Pakistan subcontinent. A formal invitation was extended to him by Government of Pakistan to visit this country after the return of the then Finance Minister Mr. Ghulam Muhammad who had attended the international Economic conference of Muslim countries in Teheran in the autumn of 1950. The poet was keen to come and especially to visit Lahore; but he could not fulfill this

- 47 - desire owing to his failing health. He had composed a poem on the birth of Pakistan in 1947 which begins with the line:

شد سیہ مست بال ھشیار تاکستان کجا است (Bahar, 1335) پاکباز خفتہ شد بیدار پاکستان کجا است

Again he composed a poem on Pakistan in 1949 when the Shah of Iran was first invited to this country. It starts with the following lines: ھمیشہ لطف خدا باد یار پاکستان بکین مباد فلک' باد یار پاکستان (Bahar, 1335)

In the same poem there is a reference to Iqbal: درود باد بہ روح مطر اقبال کہ بود حکمتش آموذ گار پاکستان (Bahar, 1335)

Towards the end of his life he had developed a great emotional kinship with Iqbal whom he had curlier paid glowing tributes by calling the present age the age of Iqbal: عصر حاضر خاصۂ اقبال گشت واحدی کز صد ھزاران بر گزشت Bahar had never fully recovered from his illness. In April, 1951, his condition deteriorated and after a week of struggle with death he died in Teheran on April 21, 1951. Incidentally on this day Iqbal's death anniversary was being celebrated in the city. Bahar was a voluminous writer. It is amazing that he should have so perfectly harmonized his political career with intellectual pursuits. In all he wrote the following books: 1. Diwan, this comprises more than fifteen thousand couplets composed in various verse forms chiefly consisting of Qasidehs and ghazals. As pointed out earlier it was published after Bahar's death in two volumes in 1956 and 1957. 2. Subk Shinasi. The book, which is in three volumes, is an exhaustive critical and historical study of the development of Persian prose and its various styles. In the first volume of this book the writer has also surveyed the history of the pre-Islamic Iranian languages and dialects and also the history of Iranian scripts.

3. She’r dar Iran. The book surveys the evolution of poetry in pre Islamic period and also specimens of popular songs composed in Iran during the Islamic period. 4. Risaleh dar Sharh-i-had -i-Mani.

- 48 -

5. Ahwal-i-Fardawsi. 6. Dastan-i- Nairang-i-Siyah y kanizan-i-Safid. This is a novel and was published serially in the newspapers Iran. 7. Tarikh-i- Mukhtasar-i-Ahzab-i-Siyasi ya Tarikh-i- Inqiraz-i-Qajariyeha 8. Ahwal-i-Muhammad ben Jarir Tabari. 9. Dastur-i-Zaban-i- Farsi. A part of this book was written by Bahar. 10. A book comprising his lectures to the Doctorate class in the University of Teheran is still unpublished. Bahar edited the following books: 1. Tarikh-i-Sistan. 2. Mujmalut Tawarikh. 3. R.Salehtu'n-Nafs-i-Arastatalis. 4. Jawamiul-Hikayat-i-Aulfi. 5. Tarikh-i-kabir-i-Bal’ami.

Bahar had also studied the ancient languages of Iran from the German orientalist professor. Hertsfield whose services had been engaged by Reza Shah’s Government. This knowledge is amply revealed in his survey of the Old Persian, Avestic and Pahlawi languages in the first volume of sabk Shinasi. He also translated two Pahlawi works into Persian, viz, Yadgar-i- Zariran and Andarz-i-Adharbad-i-Marsipandan. The former was published in the literary journal Talim-o-Tarbiyat and the latter which Bahar rendered in verse was published in the now defunct monthly journal Mehr. Bahar had a dynamic personality. Life for him was on endless struggle and he seldom faltered in his mission. He had a fierce passion for freedom. For this he had to suffer time and again. Twice in his life he was put into poison and thrice he was detained or externed. Political passion and reformist Zeal motivated him to write noble pieces of poetry. It is a rare phenomenon that an active politician should have raised to such great heights of poetry. Yet it is as truer of Bahar as it was of Zafar Ali Khan and Hasrat Muhani in Urdu literature. Bahar not only excelled his contemporaries in the art of poetry but also secured for himself a pride of place amongst the great Iranian poets of the classical age. The Iranian critics who are extremely sensitive to the artistries of style and most of whom adhere to almost rigid technical criteria in literature, look upon Bahar as the greatest poet of Persian language since Hafiz and Jami. Thus according to Ali Akbar Dekhuda:

مرحوم ملک الشعراء بہار گترین شاعر معاصر سبک خراسانی است و میتوان گفت کہ در طول چہار پنج قرن اخیر شاعری بایں قریحہ و ذوق در سبک نبودہ است

- 49 -

Sa'id Nafisi is also equally eloquent in his praise of Bahar:

قطعا بزرگترین شاعر زمان ما و یکی از بزرگترین شاعران زمان ما بود

Paying a tribute to Bahar, Badiuzzaman Furuzanfar had thus remarked in the Persian senate:

قریب ھفت صد سال است کہ شاعری مانند بہار در ایران پدید نیامدہ

To quote Habib yaghamai:

وے تردید و تزلزل میتوان گفت کہ از قرن نہم یعنی بعد از حافظ شیرازی تا کنون نظیر او بوجود نیامدہ و شعرای دورۂ تیموری و صفوی و قاجاریہ ھیچ یک بپایۂ او نمی رسند۔

These tributes showered in a rather poetic strain at any rate indicate the esteem in which Bahar is held by modern Persian scholars and poets; Bahar, himself, is however wonderfully modern and progressive in his views on the functions of poetry. A penetrating insight into the nature of art and a true appreciation of freedom of treatment are typical features of Bahar's progressive mind. He looked upon the sincerity of emotion and the intensity of purpose as the true criteria of poetry as he says in the following lines:

شع رآن باشد کہ خیزد از دل و جوشد زلب باز در دلہا نشیند ہر کجا گوشی شنفت ای بسا شاعر کہ او در عمر خود نظمی نساخت وے بسا ناظمکہ او در عمر خود شعری نگفت (Bahar, 1335)

With his entire open mind, however, Bahar still preferred to stick to classical conventions and infuse in them a new vitality by virtue of his creative genius. Thus in his poetry we find a blend of the old and the new-a harmony between the modern and the classical. His poetry pulsates with a mission- the mission to create a rational, healthy and progressive society in a completely independent country, a society which is free from social tyranny, corruption and religious fanticism and which is ruled by high moral values. Almost all his notable poems have a deep social, moral or political strain. Thus poetry for him becomes a means towards the attainment of a higher and fuller life. There is a note of hope, courage and resolute faith in his poetry though at times his resistance gives way to despair and frustration. Nevertheless his love of freedom is never completely subdued. In the words of Husain Khatibi people were crazy about Bahar's poems during the days of the constitutional struggle

- 50 - and his couplets proved more trenchant than the sword of fighters in the cause of freedom. The note of revolt continued even after the constitution had been granted, because the poets’ dream of on ideal society was yet to be realized. His environments were corrupt, and the poet had nought but disgust for them. In his autobiographical note Qalb-i-Sha’ir the poet describes his unhealthy and degenerate surrounding in the following words:

از تہران رفتم ' باز آمدم ' باز رفتم ' مصاہب ' رزایا ' جریحہ ھای قتال ' جس ھا مخاطرات ' ھجوھا ' بی انصافیہا ' مظالم ' بی وفاہییا ' دوروہی ھا ' حقہ ' بازیہا ' شیطنت ھا ' دسیسہ ھا ' اینہا ھیچکدام مژ گان را تر نمودند۔

In the same passage he gives vent to the cravings of his heart which was rebellious, way ward and untamed and which wanted to pursue its own values and ideals. The lack of harmony between the environments and the poet’s ideals was the cause of his ultimate frustration. Muhammad Malik Zadeh has to add:

بہار درین مقاالت اعتراف کردہ است کہ دارای یک قلب عاصی و سرکش و تربیت نا پزیر است و ازین جہت ھمرنگ و ھما ھنگ با محیط خود نیست۔

The note of despondency is heightened in the poems composed in prison. The poems like the prison poems of Mas’ud -i-Sa’d i- Salaman and Khaqani have an under-current of pathos. One such poem is shab Ahang which overwhelms the reader with its sad music and a note of deep despair. The poet dwells on the failure of his own mission with a haunting sense of grief:

ای در یغا کہ جوانی بگذشت بہر آبادی این ملک خراب ھمچو دھقان کہ برد آب ز دشت تاگل و سبزہ دماند ز سراب

But even in this poem the message of revolt has been conveyed against the order of injustice and oppression. His disgust with the unwholesome environment is discernible in other poems like Sakut-i- Shab and Kabutran-i- Man. In those poems the poet gives expression to mental agony and seeks escape in the night, for the day brings him only misery and humiliations.

چون بر شود ز مشرق' تیغ کبود شب مغرب بخون روز کشد دامن قبای زآشوب روز وا رھم اندر سکوت شب با فکرت پریشان ' باقامتی دو تای گویم شب ا صد گہ ر آستی و لیک چونان دو صد ز دیدہ فشانم تو رامزای ای تیغ کوہ ' راہ نظر ساعتی ببند وی پیک صبح دریس کہ لحظۂ بپای با روز دشمنم کہ شود جلوہ گر بروز ھر عجز و نامرادی ' ھر زشت ناسزای Bahar(

- 51 -

In kik Namah, another such poem modeled on one of Khaqani's poems be creates an udder current of pathos by his undying sense of humor in a state of utter helpless ness. The poet creates effect through the gift of wit, sarcasm and humor, This method he has employed with great success in such poems which is an excellent example of gay and)ضالل و دالل( as Zalal-o-Dalal buoyant humor on the one hand and a subtle satire on pseudo-religious clergy on the other: دیدم بہ بصرہ دخترکی اعجمی نسب روشن نمود شہر بہ نور جمال خویش میخواند درس قرآن دریش شیخ شہر وز شیخ دل ر بودہ بہ غنج و دالل خویش میداد شیخ درس ضالل مبین باو وآھنگ ضاد رفتہ باوج کمال خویش دختر نداشت طاقت گفتار حرف ضاد باآن دھان کوچک غنچہ مثال خویش میداد شیخ را بدال مبین جواب وآں شیخ مینمود مکرر مقال خویش گفتم بشیخ راہ ضالل اینقدر مپوی کاین شوح منصرف نشود از خیال خویش بہتر ھمان بود کہ بمایند ھر دو وان اودردالل خویش و تو اندر ضالل خویش

Another fine example of satire is the poem Jahannamiyeh in which he ridicules religious leaders for their irrational approach to religion and their perverse fanaticism. As against these, there are his early poems composed in moods of frenzy. In later years, generally the tone of his poetry is more restrained although in the poem Damavandiyeh the poet bursts out against the existing order ot tyranny and hypocrisy, and invokes Iran's lofty mount Damavand to erupt and sweep away the rotten order of things. از سر بکشن آن سپید معجر بنشین بیکی کبود اورند بگرای چر اژدھای گرزہ بخروش چو شرزہ شیر ار غند بر کن زین این بنا کہ باید از ریشہ بنای ظلم برکند (Bahar, 1335) In "Vataniyeh' the poet combines courage with forthrightness to admonish the present kind on the strength of moral virtues and the irresistible force of public opinion: راست باش و پاک باھم میہنان از مرد و زن کاین یکت ھمچو برادر وین یکت چون خواھر است ھر چہ سلطان قادر آید خلق ازو قادر تراند گو شہا بر داستان کاوۂ آھنگر است (Bahar, 1335) This attitude of straight forward talking reminds us of Sa’di's general attitude in his Qasidehs. Bahar's poetry, in short, has a purpose and a message. The message is one of endeavor and ceaseless activity, and revolt against evil. In this he bears

- 52 - resemblance to Iqbal. Both Love positive activity and hard struggle; both crave for a betters social order and both have wide human sympathies; both admire the virtues of western knowledge but both are equally suspicious of the western concept of life in general and its attitude towards the East in particular, and both are proud of their glorious cultural heritage . That is the reason way Iqbal's poetry had such powerful impact on Bahar's later life. He felt gratified that he had lived long enough to know Iqbal through his poetry. Unlike Iqbal however, Bahar has no profound or elaborate Philosophy of life nor is his attitude deeply steeped in metaphysical thought. His revolutionary attitude is rather romantic in nature and lacks the depth of vision and profundity of thought which are the hallmark of Iqbal’s poetry. As mentioned above, Bahar, in spite of his susceptibility to new ideas and his appreciation of modern developments, is essentially conservative in his approach to poetry and though he does not grudge the younger generation a chance to experiment with new pattrens, yet in his own treatment of the thought- content he seldom deviates from classical standards. The poet seems to be singularly unruffled by European influences on Persian poetry thought he was amongst the earliest literateurs to advocate a radical change in literary aims and ideals. It was actually in his journal Danishkadeh that a new policy was adopted for Persian writers and poets in the light of the new requirements. He did make new experiments in certain poems but these were strictly limited in scope. To give an instance, the influence of Western poetry is visible in 'kabutran-i-Man’ where the poet has made a deliberate attempt to effect a new rhyming scheme and employ new images. But such experiments are few and far between. Another rather childish attempt to give a new look to his poems is the insertion of European words in these. It only mars the general tone and dignity of these poems. This was however, a common weakness from which the contemporary Persian poet has now happily recovered. Bahar excelled in qasideh. Not that he wrote Panegyrics, but he employed the old form of qasideh as an effective means to express his thought and emotion. This can be divided broadly into these categories. The first consists of poems in which both form and substance conform to the classical tradition. The second category contains poems which are purely classical in form but new in substance and outlook. The third comprises poem in which new words and expressions have been employed in order to attempt harmony with new themes. At times the desired result has not been achieved and actually the poems have lost their sedate tone. That the poet consciously made these varied experiments and was confident of their success is proved by the following words:

- 53 -

تبعات من در کالسیک و سبک معاصر ھر دو پیشرفت کردہ ' توانستم بر رویہ و سبکی کہ نجواھم شعر بگویم چہ قصاہد کالسیک چہ مستزا دھاو مسحط ھای ملی سادہ ' چہ قطعات و رباعیات و مثنویات عوام پسند و چہ غزلہای عاشقانہ بسبک عراقی۔

He was primarily devoted to the Khurasani School of poetry, popularly known as Sabki-khurasani which dates back to the earliest period of Persian literature in the post Islamic times and derives its name from Khurasan, the cradle of Persian arts and letters and the home of most of the early poets. This school is among other things, characterized by its love of simplicity of thought and expression, directness, spontaneous ease, brief and simple epithets and metres, its stress on the use of Persian words (though the Arabic element is not always missing), its sensuous imagery and rich descriptions. Bahar pursued this style with amazing success and secured for himself a place of eminence amongst the great masters of this style. It was his consummate skill in this field which brought him rich tributes from his admirers after his death. Bahar composed poems which for their style can be easily misunderstood to have been written in the 10th or 11th century C.E when the khurasani school of poetry had reached its perfection. One such typical poem is Bahariyeh, which opens with the following line:

مرا داد گل پیش رس خبر کہ نو روز رسد ھفتۂ دگر

Bahar loved simplicity of diction in the true knurasanian fashion. But he had a vast treasure house of words and epithets at his command. His knowledge of Arabic and the ancient Iranian languages further enriched his choice of words a quality which distinguishes him not only from his contemporaries, but also from the classical poets. To show his unique mastery of the language he would even freely employ archaic words in his poems. In the eyes of some of his Iranian critics this supremacy in the use of diction is one of the major virtues of Bahar's poetry. Besides, Bahar relished in the skillful use of difficult rhymes and abandoned metres. This quaint interest in mental acrobatics which stands in sharp contrast with his love of simplicity is perhaps due to a desire to establish his extraordinary technical skill. This characteristic reminds us of salman sawaji from amongst the classical poets of Iran and of the famous urdu poet Zafar Ali Khan. Bahar has composed some remarkable poems on the models set by classical poets. To wit, he has followed Minuchehri in Jughd-i- Jang and shumar-i-Giti, Bashshar Marghazi in Fakhriyey, Unsuri in Bahariyeh, Anwari in Tup-i-Rus and Dailam, Azraqi in Mawludiyeh Masud- i- Sad’i- Salman in Sakut-i-Shab and Teheran and Khaqani in Kik Nameh. In

- 54 - a few poems he inserted couplets or hemistichs of Rudaki and Daqiqi etc. These poems have not been composed at random. On the contrary there is a cogent historical or Psychological reason for doing so For instance, he wrote jughd-i-Jang after Minuchehri's

فرد یاد ازین غراب بین و واہی

or raven was regarded as inauspicious by the Arab poets 'غزاب' Because whose influence he had strongly imbibed. They regarded it as the symbol of separation. In the poem under discussion Bahar lays stress on the destructive and inhuman nature of war; therefore, he has deliberately selected Minuchehri's poem as a model with this ominous background in mind. Similarly, he has composed his prison poems on the pattern of Masud-i-Sa'd- i-Salman and Khaqani who had written moving poems in Prison during periods of great adversity. In creating such strong kinship with the classical poets, Bahar seems to have turned his back on modern times. But this does not hold true of the substance of his poems, most of which are a commentary on the Political and social history of modern Iran. As mentioned earlier Bahar employed various forms of poetry induding tasnif or ditty. But his poetic genius finds its best expression in qasideh. Mustzads and fasnifs, however, bring in a cheerful note of freshness and even originality. Bahar used them to great advantage during the period of constitutional struggle. His lyrical poetry does not impress the reader and one has to agree with the prominent contemporary Lyrical poet Shaharyar that Bahar's ghazals have little merit. In fact Bahar was not temperamentally a lyrical poet. Like Zafar Ali khan, with whom he has so much in common in his love of freedom and resistance against oppression, as well as in his personal sufferings and privations, his inner emotional experiences seem to have been suppressed under the weight of political and social events around him, so that both have been agitating mostly against their external environments rather than taking recourse to the world of inner experience. Bahar's poetry had a goal before it and the poet adopted the skill of a great master to ventilate his feelings and ideas in a style which won for him a place of unique importance in modern Persian poetry. Throughout his life he grappled with hard facts. He was patriotic, courageous and forthright, and the changing fortunes of his country led him to fight for a sacred cause rather than restrict his genius to pure lyricism and seek escape from the bitter realities of life. The poetry of Bahar is a lasting symbol of resistance and revolt against tyranny and high handedness, whether political, social or religious, in the words of sa’id Nafisi:

- 55 -

نمیتوان منکر شد کہ این مرد بزرگ بود و بزرگ زیست و بزرگ از جہان رفت و پس از مرگ نیز بزرگ خواھد ماند

References

Bahar, Muhammad Taqi, Maliku'sh Shu'ara, Diean-i-Ash'ar Teheran V-I and II, 1335, 1336 AH. (S) Bahar, Muhammad Taqi, Malikush Shu'ara, Nashriyeh-i- mDanishgah-i- Tehran. Bahar, Muhamamd Taqi, Maliku'sh Shu'ara, Tarikh-i-Inqiraz-i-Qajariyeh. Browne, Edward G A literary history of Persia, V-4 cambridge, 1951. Browne, Edward G the press and poetry of modern Persia, combridge , 1914 . Burq'ai sayyid Muhammad Baqir, Sukhunwaran-i- Name - i- Teheran V-I , 1329 A.H. (S) Himmat , Niku, zindigani-o- Athar - I Bahar, V- I Kiraman, 1334. A.H. (s0 Irfani, Khwajeh Abdul Hamid, Sharh-i-Ahwal-o-Athar -i- Maliku'sh shu'ara Muhammad Taqi Bahar, Teheran 1335 A.H. (S) Ishaq, Muhammad, Modern Persian Poetry, Calcutta 1943. IshaqMuhammad , Sukhunwaran - I - Iran dar, Asr-i- Hazir, Delhi 1933 Kazimi, kachkineh, Pakistan Review, "Bahar and Iqbal". Lahore, August 1954, Khalkhali, Abdul Hamid, Tazkireh - I - Shuara - I - Muasir - i- Iran. , Teheran 1333 A.H (S) Lenczo wski, George, The Middle East in world Affairs, Newyork 1953. Makki, Husain , Tarikh-i- Bist saleh - i- Iran , V-3 , Teheran. Nukhustin Kungreh - I - Navisandagan-i- Iran , Teheran 1326 A.H. (s) Rahman, Muni bur Post - Revolution Persian verse, Aligarh 1955 Shidban, Jafar Shuara -i- Maruf - I - Muasir, Teheran 1332 A.H (s0 Yagham, Year V, Nos, 2 nd 3 , Teheran.

- 56 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

While money can't buy happiness, it certainly lets you choose your own misery: A postcolonial investigation of How It Happened as a Rewriting of Pride and Prejudice Zainab Akram1

Abstract The undertaken study focused on the theme of money by detecting the influence of Pride and Prejudice on How It Happened and how the theme is manipulated within the cultural scenario of South Asian Pakistan. The postcolonial theory of rewriting provided the theoretical framework for the study. The comparative method in the textual analysis provided the technique for data extraction and analysis of the two undertaken texts. The findings proved that the influence of Pride and Prejudice existed with all its charm for the past 200 years. The gap is bridged by the act of rewriting, within the specific cultural scenario of the once reader and now the rewriter Haider (2013), portraying her indigenous and regional influence by accepting and transforming the inspiration of the canon text and depicting the impact of money on characters, their thought and actions. However, the findings led to the conclusion that the theme of money stands secondary to the preferences of the characters and the differences in treatment of mercenary values by the characters explicitly depict How It Happened as an extension to Pride and Prejudice.

Key words: Rewriting, postcolonial, comparison, money, cultural scenario

Introduction: Among various writers from the past, Jane Austen has been prominent among all and has been influencing the literatures of the world with her inspirational power. Austen had been one of the writers, who have been translated into languages other than the one she originally wrote in; rewritten and recontextualized in different parts of the world, and at different times. Her works have been adapted, filmed and staged accordingly. Fuller (2013) opines that for the past 200 years, the universal appeal of Pride and Prejudice sustained with its commencement, characters, comedy and charm. The proposed study read How It Happened as an Austen-inspired text. In other

1 Assistant. Professor. English Department Sardar Bahadur Khan Womens University, Quetta

- 57 - words, it assumed that the writer, Shazaf Fatima Haider, accepted, managed, channelized, and recontextualized the influence of the classical English novel, Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen. Literature Review The postcolonial rewritings are not simply the reversal of binary oppositions that generally appear in the first work. It is a far more multivalent task. The tradition of rewriting lies in the postcolonial era, when the western canonical texts were used by the post-colonial writers to write back, rewrite or write through the European canon, highlighting the cultural and the historical aspects of the once subjugated society. Thus, the influence of the colonization is also determined and reformed (Ashcroft, et al. 2002). The socio-cultural background of the aimed text is important for possible substitute meanings of the source text, as rewriting leads the source text through a metamorphic process, getting it transformed and enriched (Plate, 2008). The study of postcolonial literature undertakes the theoretical approach of rewriting aided by a model which the Empire uses to write back to the imperial center (Ashcroft et al., 2002). The writers rewrite canonical works to restructure the realities of Europe, “in post-colonial terms, not simply by reversing the hierarchical order, but by interrogating the philosophical assumptions on which that order was based” (Ashcroft et al., 2002, p. 32). Terdiman (1989) opines that the postcolonial rewritings of canonical texts are counter-discourses, “always interlocked with the domination they contest” so, “their footing is never equal” (p. 18). However, the origin of rewriting does not lie precisely with postcolonial literature. It is a common characteristic of literature in all times that no writer can work in segregation from the prior texts. Mohamed (2012) quotes John Thieme, who affirms rewriting as liberation and an act of mimicry. Rewriting is an act of substituting the ancient text by entering with an original and a critical perspective (Ashcroft et al., 2002; Mcclinton, 2001). The perspective of transportation of a text into a new culture is trans- cultured by the act of rewriting (Hilkovitz, 2011; Hutcheon, 2006). The postcolonial rewrites indulge in, “decolonizing fictions” in, “cross-cultural interactions” (Brydon & Tiffin, 1993, p. 11-12; DuPlessis, 1985). Rich (1979) comments on rewriting that, “Re-vision—the act of looking back, of seeing with fresh eyes, of entering an old text from a new critical direction…it is an act of survival...” (p. 35) recommending a different knowledge of the past than was known before. The concept is further enriched by Michel Butor, who opines that, “We are part of a complex of evolving cultures…one is never the sole author of a text…All this undermines the walls set up by our society between author and reader…” declaring it a freedom and wakening (as cited in Newman, 1995, p. 191). The

- 58 - study of target culture increases the consciousness of the readers and knowledge of the original mentioned texts with rising new meanings (Bazerman, 2003; Rayner et. al., 2004; Furutaka, 2009). In order to identify dissimilarities and similarities in a work, Remak, 1961 (as cited in Shahbazi & Termizi, 2012) remarks that, “Comparative Literature is the study of literature beyond the confines of one particular country, and the study of the relationships between literature on one hand and areas of knowledge and belief…on the other” (p. 3). The comparative study has been identified as being interdisciplinary and multicultural (Boldor, 2003). In the multicultural scenario, the rewriters have been especially exploring, celebrating and interrogating subjects like love, courtship, marriage, constructions of femaleness and femininity, and the desire to have both love and independence, opines Santos (2011) according to their peculiar cultural context. Whiltshire (2001) opines that the text of Austen is, “reworked, rearranged and recycled” (p. 3). In the cultural context of South Asia, in Pakistan, “Lizzie Bennet comes to Karachi” becomes a catching phrase appeared in the book review of How It Happened by Soofi (2013). A debut novel, How It Happened, by Shazaf Fatima Haider, a woman from Pakistan, depicts that women might be enjoying the liberty in education and independence of choice in career, seems under some cultural constraints. Objectives: The objectives of this study are: 1. To examine the influence and meaning of money the authors derive from their particular cultural scenarios. 2. To analyze the influence of the concept of money on characters, happenings and events in the two texts. 3. To determine the rewriting in the depiction of the theme of money in How It Happened. Significance of the study The undertaken study presents an examination and analysis of the two novels How It Happened and Pride and Prejudice by offering a new direction for the study of rewriting. Unlike many other studies, this critical analysis of the two novels enabled a dynamic interrogation in the cultural and artistic phenomenon, appreciating the artistic and cultural evolution over the past two hundred years. Above all, the study offered an approach which not only enables an interesting reading of the two literary texts but also signifies the critical tendencies which promote the adaptations into rewriting. Methodology

- 59 -

The theoretical framework for the undertaken study is provided by the postcolonial concept of rewriting provided by Ashcroft et al. (2002). The study is limited to the work of Jane Austen’s Pride and Prejudice and Shazaf Fatima Haider’s How It Happened. The data is collected from the texts of How It Happened and Pride and Prejudice, by the comparison of the two undertaken texts, particularly within the theme of money. The phrases, sentences, situations or happenings relevant to the particular theme of money are sorted out. The similarities or differences among them are discussed for further analysis. Data Analysis: The rewriting of the theme of money is evident in How It Happened, but the rewriting of it in a different cultural scenario individualizes the presentation. Pride and Prejudice depicts how a single man becomes the center of attention with his mercenary standing. Mrs. Bennet on hearing of Mr. Bingley exclaims with joy, “A single man of large fortune; four or five thousand a year. What a fine thing for our girls!” (Austen, 1996, p. 33). Dadi was excited to hear when the Rizvi’s proposed to Zeba for their son that, “he was a successful banker and soon to be promoted to vice-president” (Haider, 2013, p. 154). Dadi had the privilege to boast of Haroon, who had, “Good job, good looks, good EVERYTHING!” (p. 65). Pride and Prejudice portrays that a hindrance in marriage is caused by financial inferior status of women, which leads in making incorrect choices for the sake of future security if not happiness. About Lydia’s going to Brighton, her father replied, “she is luckily too poor to be an object of prey to anybody” (Austen, 1996, p. 243). The mode of rewriting allowed Haider (2013) to resist and accept the influence of the colonizer and the imperial force on both culture and writing. Shireen, whose mother rejected Haroon’s proposal because she met another boy, “fifty-five year old” whose, “a businessman…owns a credit-financing firm…She will be very happy and very wealthy” (p. 48). The mimicry of Pride and Prejudice still individualizes How it Happened in accordance to the cultural values. The introduction of men into the society is based on the mercenary status which he holds. Elizabeth talks about Darcy that, “he is a man of very large property in Derbyshire” (Austen, 1996, p. 102). Abbu after meeting Omer introduced him to Dadi, “He earns quite well” (Haider, 2013, p. 237). Though Saleha’s mother, “blushed with embarrassment at the mention of the salary” (p. 141). How it Happened also portrays the case of Sakina Phuppo’s husband, “Hussain Alam…who was not able to earn a decent amount of money from his property alone” (p. 11) and thus Phuppo was, “miserable for the first half of her marriage” (p. 11).

- 60 -

Pride and Prejudice describes the ill consequences of possessing a surplus of money. The excess and height of a mercenary station turned Darcy, “to be proud…all his large estate in Derbyshire” and, “he was the proudest, most disagreeable man in the world” (Austen, 1996, p. 39) and, “he has the right to be proud” (p. 47). The intertextuality of the ill effects of money is portrayed by Haider (2013) in describing the a lady and her son, a flourishing banker, while examine Zeba, “raised one plucked eyebrow at my sister” while her son, “curtly acknowledged my sister’s presence with a nod and glanced at his mother with the arched eyebrow” and Zeba and Saleha, “instantly disliked this arrogant individual” (p. 122). The issue of dowry has also been discussed by the authors. Pride and Prejudice gives no mention of Charlotte’s dowry. For Wickham, “it was impossible he could marry for money” (Austen, 1996, p. 284). Miss de Bough should marry Darcy as, “she and her cousin are expected to join the two estates” (p. 108). The conception of dowry is rewritten by Haider (2013) depicting it as an essential social requirement for the pride of the boy’s family that the girl they have chosen for their son belongs to an established social class, comprador of the society. However, the dowry had been abolished by the new generation and Dadi laments the fact that, “this was precisely why it was unwise for the boy’s family to tell the girl’s parents not to provide a dowry. ‘After all, we’re spending so much money on them, the least we can get is a bedroom set, a television, an air conditioner and a fridge in return” (p. 89). Thus, Saima’s parents were asked to, “Provide no dowry” (p. 89). Dadi narrated the story of Banoji, who was to be provided with a lavish dowry until her father, “deemed all the preparations” and sent Banoji to her in laws with, “nothing but clothes on her back” (p. 299) which outraged her in laws. So Zeba was provided with a lavish dowry as, “this was how respectable girls got married if they wanted to hold their heads up high in front of their in-laws” (p. 300). Finding a financially stable girl has been the quest in Pride and Prejudice. The Bingley sisters rejecting Jane uttered, “such low connections, I am afraid there is no chance of it” (Austen, 1996, p. 63). The Bingley’s sisters, “wish him to marry a girl who has all the importance of money…” (p. 158). Wickham’s elopement with Miss Darcy was her, “fortune, which is thirty thousand pounds” (p. 217) and trying to get rid of Lydia was because, “he must know my father can give him nothing” (p. 279). Haider’s (2013) rewrite altered the outlook of how Pride and Prejudice has been interpreted and received and placed among the classical work for substitute readings. Dadi declares about Zeba’s background that, “My Hussain is a doctor and we live quite well” (p. 152). Dadi quotes the example of Chandni Bano, who,

- 61 -

“hailed from one of the richest families…many a suitors was flayed alive…” (p. 159). The pride of strong family background is evident in the attitude of some ladies described in both the novels. The Bingley sisters, “had a fortune of thousand pounds, were in the habit of spending more than they ought, and of associating with people of rank” (Austen, 1996, p. 43). Rewriting shows that revising Pride and Prejudice helps looks back into the past and into the future, incorporating the exoticism of Haider’s (2013) own era. Shabban, “was proud that, “Bhakurajian girls in her family did not work” while she, “sat stiffly; her lips pursued with disapproval” p. (182). The pomp and splendor of money presented by Austen (1996) and rewritten in How it Happened, creates a pompous display of wealth. Lady Catherine arrived, “with a rapturous air, the fine proportion and finished ornaments” (Austen, 1996, p. 180). Haider (2013) as a postcolonial writer tries to reestablish the racial distorted history of the colonized from the imperial authorities of the colonizer. She depicts through her rewritings that the people as a whole and not as a race, share similar dilemmas, issues and calamities by describing the entrance of Dadi before Zeba’s in laws, “And what an appearance she made!...adorned with gold bangles and earrings and carrying her silver paan-dan…the impact her forceful personality had made…” (p. 275). In Zeba’s marriage, “Naureen made her glittering entrance…, resplendent in diamonds and expensive shalwar-kameez provided by her wealthy new husband” (p. 297-8). Mrs. Bennet and Dadi degrade their opponents with the comparison of money and status. Mrs. Bennet complains that if ever Charlotte gets hold of some property, which she would never inherit from her husband or father, she would own it at the expense of the Bennet family. So does Dadi says about Qurrat that, “people like Qurrat who were born in poor household always have an inferiority complex. One whiff of money and they lose control” (Haider, 2013, p. 80-1). Austen’s (1996) attitude towards mercenary motives is intertextualized in Haider’s (2013) attitude and their heroines do not fall for money or the glamour of the riches. Elizabeth, “must own that she was tired of great houses; after going over so many, she really had no pleasure in fine carpets or satin curtains” (Austen, 1996, p. 251). Similarly, Zeba resists when Alam Bhai lures her into marriage, tempting her by the boast of his economic status, “I’ll give you a house with a big lawn. And in Canada, it’s air conditioned all the time... you have one of those high-tech kitchens…” (Haider, 2013, p. 106). The boast of success in hunt for a rich husband is fully displayed in Pride and Prejudice and is rewritten keeping in view the ambivalence of her

- 62 - own people by Haider (2013). Mrs. Bennet joyful cries to Elizabeth, “Mr. Darcy! Who would have thought of it...Jane’s is nothing to it-nothing at all. I am so pleased” (Austen, 1996, p. 376). In How it Happened, Qurrat Dadi boasts of Naureen’s catch of the husband. She claims that, “The boy’s family is very rich” (Haider, 2013, p. 79). Dadi boasts that Omer was a good catch for them as, “he makes close to 5,00,000 a month!” (p. 292).

Findings and Conclusion: Haider (2013) depicts a different social scenario where to get the children married off is far more significant than the issues of money. Secondly, we move into the circle of an upper middle class family, whose acquaintances are also in the same class. Thirdly, no such case of marriage and mercenary problems in a lower social class is presented. Fourthly, a family with no issues of heir is presented. Lastly, the suitors for Haroon are shortlisted after serious scrutiny and ending up to, “seven” (p. 35) which eliminates the chances of lower than class and rank proposals. As for Zeba, the prospective suitors also belonged to the same social class, so there are almost none that would raise the mercenary controversies. Though, the social and financial status before finalizing the proposal is never ignored. Perhaps the social class we are introduced to is financially secure, who have other issues to pay attention to more than the mercenary matters. Haider’s (2013) treatment of money however, leads to a partial background of mercenary matters and more focus lies on settling other issues of marital matters. The influence of money on characters, happenings and events in the two texts shows a difference with a more display of financial accounts especially during the marriage ceremonies, however, both the novels show the apparent display of riches at social levels of the characters at a conscious level. Haider’s (2013) rewrite in the depiction of theme of money definitely marks her identity, as the arguments and the debates, the general attitude and the social customs along with traditions are portrayed keeping in mind the cultural scenario and the social setting of financially social stable class, whose preferences are much wider and beyond just than the financial accounts. They deal more with ego and secular class than mercenary motives. Haider (2013) knew that imperialism symbolized the cultural representation of England. She respects and does not try to rectify that comprador portrayal, rather portrayed similar situation with the imperialism of her own cultural scenario. Hence, How It Happened cannot be stated as a faithful imitation rather the importance of this literary text as the complex connection and the relation in comparative terms between the two novels are stressed and explored.

- 63 -

References

Aschcroft, B., Griffiths, G. & Tiffin, H. (2002).The Empire Writes Back: Theory and Practice in Postcolonial Literature. (2nd edition). London & New York: Routledge. Austen, J. (1996).Pride and Prejudice. London: Penguin Classics. Bazerman, C. (2003). Intertextuality: How texts rely on other texts. Retrieved from edh.sc.edu/-hawkb/readings/bazerman_intertextuality.pdf Boldor, A. (2003). Perspectives on Comparative Literature .Doctoral dissertation.Babes-Bolyai University, Cluj. Brydon, D. & Tiffin, H. (1993). Decolonising Fictions. Sydney: Dangaroo Press. DuPlessis, R. B. (1985). Writing beyond the Ending: Narrative Strategies of Twentieth-Century Women Writers. Bloomington: Indiana UP. Fullerton, S. (2013). Celebrating Pride and Prejudice: 200 Years of Jane Austen's Masterpiece. Voyageur Press (MN). Furutaka, A. G. (Intertextuality and Intercultural Studies: A Case .(2009 Study of “Pride and Prejudice”, “Bridget Jones Diary” and “Bridget Jones: The Edge Of Reason”. Retrieved from: https://ksurep.kyoto- su.ac.jp/dspace/handle/10965/271 Haider, S.F. (2013). How It Happened. New Delhi: Penguin Viking Hutcheon, L. (2006). A Theory of Adaptation. New York: Routledge. Juvan, M. (2008). Towards a History of Intertextuality in Literary and Culture Studies. CLCWeb: Comparative Literature and Culture 10.3. Retrieved from http://docs.lib.purdue.edu/clcweb/vol10/iss3/1> Mcclinton, J. A. (2001). Rewriting empire: Rewriting canonical British texts from a postcolonial perspective. Retrieved from https://shareok.org/handle/11244/280. Mohamed, G. (2012). Breaking Silence in Postcolonial Rewritings: Re- Examining the Colonizer-Colonized Relationship In Jean Rhys’s Wide Sargasso Sea, Chinua Achebe’s Things Fall Apart, And Their British Counterparts. Retrieved from www.fayoum.edu.eg/.../BreakingSilenceinPostcolonialRewritings.pdf Newman, J. (1995) .The Ballistic Bard: Postcolonial Fictions. London: Arnold. Orr, M. (2003). Intertextuality: Debates and contexts. Polity Press. Plate, L. (2008). Remembering the Future; or, Whatever Happened to Re- Vision? Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society 33.2

- 64 -

Práce, B. (2014). Pride and Prejudice: Comparison of the Book with its Film Adaptation. Retrieved from theses.cz/id/ufku1y/Bakalsk_prce_ustkov.pdf Rajan, T. (1991).Intertextuality and the Subject of Reading/Writing. Influence and Intertextuality in Literary History .In J. Clayton & E. Rothstein (Eds.). Madison: U of Wisconsin. Rayner, P., Wall, P. & Kruger, S. (2004). AS Media Studies: The Essential Introduction (2nd edition). London and New York: Routledge. Rich, A. (1979). “When We Dead Awaken: Writing as Re-vision”.On Lies. Secrets, and Silence: Selected Prose 1966-1978. New York: Norton. Santos, M. L. M. (2011). A Truth Universally Acknowledged?: (Post) Feminist Rewritings of Austen's Marriage Plot. Retrieved from scholarbank.nus.edu.sg/bitstream/handle/10635/.../SantosMLM.pdf?... 1 Saibene, M. G. (2009). Rewriting and intertextuality: metamorphosis, interference and reinterpretation of Medieval texts. The Garden of Crossing Paths: The Manipulation and Rewriting of Medieval Texts, 15-31. Shahbazi, N.&Termizi, A.A. (2012).Comparative Literature Throughout Time: A Sketch of History and Basic Tenets. Journal of Literature and Art Studies,2 (2), 309-315. Soofi, M.A. (2013). How It Happened Read.[Review on How It Happened]. Retrieved from www.livemint.com/Leisure/.../Book-Review--How-It- Happened.htl Terdiman, R. (1989). Discourse/counter-discourse: The theory and practice of symbolic resistance in nineteenth-century France. Cornell University Press. Whiltshire, J. (2001). Recreating Jane Austen.Cambridge University Press.

- 65 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Evolution of Balochi Broadcast Media

Zakir Hussain1, Jeeyand Kashif Sajidi 1 Abdul Naeem Sadiq2 & Tahir Jamaldini3 Abstract This paper attempts to throw light upon the history of electronic media of Balochi language. Balochi broadcasts started in 1949 form Karachi. Balochi programs were given only 45 minutes from which 20 minutes were for music, 10 minutes for news, 05 minutes for the regular program ‘Hamara Pakistan’ (Our Pakistan) and the remaining ten minutes were for talk shows, features and etc. On October 17, 1956 Quetta Radio Station began and the Balochi programs were suspended form Karachi Station. PTV’s Quetta Station was started as pilot station in 1974. Vsh News televised various range of programs including news, talk shows and programs on current affair. Sabzbaat Balochistan, based in Quetta, was run by a group of people who owned “The East Films Pvt Ltd”, a television advertising agency in Hub. Furthermore, this paper will discuss hurdles which Balochi broadcasts faced during the time of their evolution.

Key Words: Balochi, Broadcast Media, Radio Pakistan, PTV-Bolan, Vsh News Introduction People receive more and more news from electronic sources with the growing importance of broadcast media. Broadcast media is made up of radio and television. Radio and television broadcasting include the production and transmission of educational, entertaining and news-related programming (Study.com). Broadcasting is defined as “communications to the public of sound or images or both by means of radio difusion, including communication by telecast” (Abrar, 2016, p.9). This study discusses the evolution of broadcast media in Balochi language which at least have 25 to 30 million speakers all over the world and is one of the sixty richest languages of the world (Khamosh, 2015, p.6). In 1910 radio was used as a medium for mass communication to convey various messages. Many countries established their radio stations between 1925 and 1929

1 Lecturers, Department of Media Studies, University of Balochistan, Quetta 2 Chief Editor Daily Gwadar Times 3 M.Phil Scholar, University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- 66 -

(Badar, n-d, p. 322) but the Balochs got a chance to utilize radio as a mean of promoting their language in 1949. Aims and objectives of the study 1. To explore the genesis of Balochi Broadcast Media. 2. To highlight the contribution of Baloch broadcasters who served as the pioneers of Balochi broadcasts. 3. To know what hurdles Balochi broadcasts faced during their evolving time. Data Collection Method Due the historical nature of the study, the date was collected from secondary sources such as books, journals, magazines and online sources. The First Radio Broadcasts in Balochi (1949) The first regular international broadcast started in 1927 from Radio Netherland (Hussain, 1997, p.1). In Indo-Pak Subcontinent, organized broadcasting was started on July 23, 1927 from the Indian State Broadcasting Service’s Bombay Station. The Indian part, which was separated as Pakistan, got its first broadcast station in Peshawar on March 6, 1935 (p.1). In December 16, 1937, a broadcasting station was organized in Lahore and in December, 1939, another station was established in Dhaka (Badar, n-d, p.325). Pakistan introduced Karachi station with two 50-kilowatt short-wave transmitters, after the partition in 1949 (Hussain, 1997, p.7). Radio Pakistan from its Karachi station introduced a daily 45-minute program in Balochi on December 25, 1949. The contents of program were music, talk-shows, features and news bulletins (Baloch, 2015). The Balochi program was produced by Maulvi Khair Muhammad Nadvi and Ali Muhammad Chagala was the program in-charge (Dad, 2013, p.11). Balochi program were of 45 minutes, 20 minutes for music, 10 for news, 05 for a regular program, called, ‘Hamara Pakistan’ (Our Pakistan) and the other 10 minutes were for features, talk shows and etc. (Hashimi, 1986, p.245). Table: 1 Time devoted to Balochi broadcasts (1949), Radio Pakistan Karachi Duration Programs contents

20 minutes Music

10 minutes News

- 67 -

05 minutes Hamara Pakistan (Our Pakistan)

10 minutes features /Talk shows etc.

45 minutes (total) Source: Hashimi, 1986, p.245 After Maulvi Nadvi, Sayed Zahoor Shah Hashimi produced the Balochi program. When Sayed Hashimi shifted from Gwadar to Karachi, Maulvi Nadvi requested, in written, the then director, Qutab Hussain to replace him with Sayed Hashimi. He wrote: Mr. Zahoor Shah Hashimi has come from Gwadar who is a scholar of Balochi. I think he is the most competent person to run the Balochi program. Therefore, I recommend him to be appointed on my position… (Dad, 2013, p.19) Zahoor Shah Hashimi served Radio Pakistan for five years even when he was in a conflict with himself because of that job but reconciled with himself owing to his love for the Balochi language. He observed the narrow- mindedness of the officials of Radio Pakistan against the Balochi language (Hashimi (1986, p. 245). According to Sayed Zahoor Shah Hashimi, the officials of Radio Pakistan produced difficulties for the Balochi program from time to time and they succeeded in their mission by suspending the 45-minutes Balochi programs of Karachi Station in 1956 (Hashimi, 1986, p.246). Hashimi (1986) writes, “suspending the Balochi program and depriving four million Baloch listeners of Sind was just an act of narrow-mindedness, they did it as if the programs were illegally being broadcasted” (p.247). The Balochi broadcasts suffered heavily. The Baloch working for those programs, who were government employees, were asked to bring separate written permissions for every program (Hassan & Ahmed, 1951, June). It was beyond one’s understanding that why the controller took this decision even though the employees had submitted their departmental permissions once and there were just few educated Baloch, who were doing those programs. However, Balochi programs were a great experience for the initiators. They recruited college students to translate and narrate news. The news was translated from English. With the passage of time a variety of the contents were enhanced. Features, short stories, romantic ballads, plays, music and Islamic tales and other specific programs for children and women were broadcasted regularly (Baloch, 2015). According to B.A Baloch:

- 68 -

The Balochi program of Radio Pakistan Karachi Station served as a great boon to the Balochi language and the development of its literature and music. The Balochi broadcasts helped to generate great interest and enthusiasm amongst the poorly educated but spirited Baloch population of Karachi. In an editorial of August 1951, Monthly Oman requested government of Pakistan to establish a radio station in Quetta. It wrote: It is the need of the hour that a radio station should be established in Quetta… as the neighboring countries, India and Afghanistan are preparing to attack on Pakistan; we have to increase our broadcasting and have work on this medium to propagate for uniting the people in Balochistan. (Hassan & Ahmed, 1951, August) On October 17, 1956 Quetta Radio Station began and the Balochi programs were suspended form Karachi Station. Sangat Labzanki Majlis in Turbat held a meeting on December 8, 1990 in which major problems regarding Balochi language were discussed and an appeal was made before the government to restart the Balochi broadcasts for Karachi stations which were suspended in 1956. It was also requested to start Balochi programs on TV (Baloch, et al, 1991, January/February) but to no avail. Suspension of Balochi broadcasts from Karachi deprived 4 million Baloch (excluding the Baloch listeners in Gulf countries) of the programs of their mother tongue. Balochi Broadcasts from Radio Pakistan Quetta The Quetta Radio Station of Pakistan was inaugurated on October 17, 1956 by the then Commissioner of Quetta Mr. Muaz-ud-Din Ahmed. A 1-kilowaat transmitter was installed in a rented building in Makaran House at Saryab Road Quetta, covering a broadcasting area of only thirty miles (Tahir, 2006, p.97). Initially, there were only two studios, one for news and talk shows and the other for music dramas etc. The broadcasts were only in Urdu and Balochi (p.298). According to Bashir Baloch, “Though there were limited facilities but the qualitative planning and production of the programs proved the hard work of the initiators of the Balochi broadcasts and most of the programs were broadcasted live” (as cited in Tahir, 2006, p.298). Programs for women and children were also designed including news, talk shows and features. Mr. K.H Ansari was the first news editor at Radio Pakistan Quetta, who was replaced by Kazmeen Naqvi in 1957. After Mr. Naqvi, Azam Ali became the in charge of the news section in1961. There were three translators in this

- 69 - section, one for each language including Balochi, Brahui and Pashto, who were employed on contract basis. It was surprising that the news was not broadcasted in English but was written in English first and then was translated into the local languages (Tahir, 2006, p.298). Quetta Station was shifted to its present building on August 1962 leaving a receiving center at Saryab Road with a 10-KW medium wave transmitter which was inaugurated on 17th October 1962 by the then Information Minister, Chaudhary Fazal ul Qadir. This enabled the station to cover an area of two hundred sq. miles (Ahmed, 2015, p.294). In 1962, with the establishment of a receiving center in Saryab Road, the number of radio sets increased to 7,202 from 5,417. After the installation of another 10 KW shortwave transmitter, till 1963 the number of radio sets in Quetta and Kalat region increased to 10,703 (p.196). In April 1974, Prime Minister Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto inaugurated a 150-kilowat transmitter at Yaro, a place twenty miles away from the provincial capital, Quetta, increasing 1,000 miles in the coverage area. The Radio Pakistan Quetta Station, was listened in the neighboring countries including, Iran, Afghanistan and the Gulf States (Tahir, 2006, p.298). Just a 23 percent time was devoted to Balochi language on radio, and the Balochi program was on aired such a time that most of the people could not benefit that (Bugti, 1995, p. 52). During sports seasons the Balochi programs were suspended because the sport news, reviews and analysis were broadcasted from the same channel which carried the Balochi programs (p.173). According to an official of Radio, “It has a national mindset, not local and remains the state’s mouthpiece, translating national news in local languages instead of doing local news, and limiting itself to promoting local languages and culture” (as cited in Khan, 2010, p.10). The purists also criticize Radio Pakistan saying that the culture and language promoted by the radio have influences of other languages and culture (Khan, 2010, p.20). Prof. M. Aziz Bugti (1995) states that, “Balochi language is given the least time on radio and such news are narrated which are beyond understanding (p.164)…It is felt that the Balochi programs are a burden on the station” (p.165). The following table shows the language wise complexion of programs broadcasted form Radio Pakistan Quetta during 1978-80.

- 70 -

Table:2 Language wise broadcast of Radio Pakistan Quetta 1978-80. Languages Time Devoted (percentage) Urdu 30

Brahui 20

Balochi 23

Pashto 23

Others 04

Source: Shamsuddin (n.d), Radio Pakistan, A survey However, this limited time helped many young Baloch writers who had started writing dramas for radio. Some of the early dramas and their writers are as follows; Durdana (a Balochi name for girl) by Amanullah Gichki, Lala (Brother) by Amanullah Gichki, Shab Kay Charpas Int by Amanullah Gichki, Bahut (Asylum seeker) by Atta Shad, Sang (Engagement) by Atta Shad, Mual (purpose) by Atta Shad, Hani o Shay Mureed by Basheer Ahmed Baloch, Kia o Sado by Ghous Bakhsh Sabir, Mehruk by Ghous Bakhsh Sabir, Bebarg o Granaz by Abdul Hakeem (Shahwani, 2012, pp.229.230). Turbat Station The second station of PBC was commissioned on Turbat on January 4, 1981 which was inaugurated by the then Chief Secretary of Balochistan, Raja Ahmed Khan. A 250-watt medium wave transmitter was installed in a two- studio rented building broadcasting in Balochi and Urdu languages (Naseebullah, n-d). In an editorial of Zamana Balochi (1981, February) it is written, “The station is a New Year gift for the people of Turbat… but the voice is mostly listened in Hindi languages and the people must know what the intentions of the government behind this are…”, and to listen the programs one has to carry the radio set and stay by the station building (Bugti, 1995, p. 52). Khuzdar Station Khuzdar station was established with a 250-watt medium wave transmitter on June 17, 1981 which covered 15 to 20 miles radius at the time of its inception (Naseebullah, n-d). On December 6, 1986 a 300 KW transmitter (costing 32.5

- 71 - million rupee) fabricated by PBC engineers was unveiled by the Federal Information and Broadcasting Minster (Shamsuddin, n.d). Balochi broadcasts from FM Radio There were five FM stations (three private and two state-owned) on air until 2010 in Balochistan which are as followings: 1. FM 91 Gwadar 2. Sachal FM 105 3. Chiltan FM 88 Quetta 4. FM 101 Gwadar (PBC-owned) 5. FM 101 Quetta (PBC-owned) FM 101 is a state-owned entertainment channel based in Quetta. It is promoting local culture and traditions, broadcasting folk music and poetry in regional languages. Women, students and house wives are the most listeners of this station who send bags of cards on festivals; such as Eid (Khan, 2010, p.39). The FM stations have more music than current news, views and affairs. According to Khan (2010), People want news and information but little is available on FM radio stations, either private or state-owned (p.41). PTV Bolan PTV’s Quetta Station started as a pilot station in 1974. Its regular transmission was started on January 2, 1975 with five hours daily programs in five languages including, Balochi, Brahui, Pashto and English (Khan, 2010, p. 24). The role of PTV Quetta, like Radio Pakistan, was also restricted to the projection of local culture and entertainment with a missing political discourse and awareness (p.26). Balochistan is a multi-lingual province where Balochi, Brahui, Pashto and Hazargi are spoken as local languages. The people needed such a TV channel in the province, which could promote their culture, customs, language and literature. For this purpose Pakistan Television Corporation Limited went to launch PTV Bolan on August 14, 2005 in PTV Quetta Center at Hali Road, Quetta (PTV, official site). The transmission of PTV Bolan starts from 4:00 PM to 12:00 MN. In this duration recorded programs and live programs are telecasted in Balochi, Pashto and Brahui which also include nine live news bulletins in this eight hours’ transmission. The same transmission is repeated on the next day (PTV, official site). The following table shows the transmission pattern. Table: 3 Daily transmission pattern of PTV Bolan

- 72 -

Program Timing Duration Bismillah + Sirat-e-Mustaqeem 04:00PM to 25 minutes (Balochi Religious Program ) 04:25PM Children Program + Documentaries 04:25 PM to 04:55 30 minutes PM Regional Slot on PTV-I Home & PTV 04:55 PM to 06:00 65 minutes Bolan PM Brahui Time 06:00 PM to 08:00 120 minutes PM Balochi Time 08:00 PM to 10:00 120 minutes PM Pashto Time 10:00 PM to 12:00 120 minutes MN Source: PTV (official site).http://www.ptv.com.pk/public/userView/ptvCorporate/ptvBolan Aurangzeb Khan (2010) writes, “PTV Quetta’s biggest contribution is the promotion and introduction of regional culture, literature, history, poetry and music to the wider world” (p.26). It reaches 75% of Balochistan’s population through 15 boosters in various districts (p. 26). Sabzbaat Balochistan (Balochistan’s first TV channel) Sabzbaat Balochistan1, a private Balochi language TV channel, was launched. It was a big step forward as the Baloch population was demanding that for a long time (Khan, 2010, p. 82). Sabzbaat Balochistan, based in Quetta, was run by a group of people who owned “The East Films Pvt Ltd”, a television advertising agency in Hub. It was primarily an infotainment channel having programs in three languages, Balochi, Brahui and English (two hours for each), covering Pakistan, Central Asia, South and Southeast Asia and the Gulf (p.82). The channel, despite lacking advanced equipment and trained professionals, got some popularity because it was the first private local TV channel in Balochistan, other than the state-owned PTV. It aimed to highlight the issues which were missing from the national channels. Its vision statement was: To channelize a development friendly environment from the coasts of Arabian Sea to the core of Central Asia by exploring Balochistan as an integral part of more developed and integrated Pakistan. Sabzbaat Television

1 Balochi for “Long Live Balochistan”

- 73 -

Network will interpret the soul of nation and the ideas of its heroes in order to place Pakistan on the world’s developed nations’ map……will set up new norms of media – viewers’ reliability, particularly in Balochistan, to let the people own this medium as a true ambassador of peaceful and prosperous future…..the daily air slot…covers all aspect of entertainment, infotainment, documentaries, studio interviews, business and economic reviews, family entertainment, features, sports, analysis, news and news programs. (As cited in Khan, 2010, p. 83) Vsh News Vsh News is the first Balochi satellite Television News Channel launched by Visionary Group Pakistan in November 2009 (VSH News). Vsh News televised various range of programs including news, talk shows and programs on current affair. According to its online profile: A group of talented and highly skilled people work 24 hours for this news channel to inform, entertain and educate the vast Baloch community with daily regional, national and international affairs along with various other family entertainment programs like health, education, religion, music, sports and infotainment, round the clock all seven days a week covering all segments of our society. An endeavor like VSH NEWS is a commendable effort in the direction of safe guarding the Balochi language, culture and heritage. (VSH News) Vsh News is popular among the Baloch because of its cultural and current affairs programs. Table: 4 The Viewership of Vsh News in Pakistan 1 Area/region Viewership Interior Sindh more than 50% Karachi 30% Punjab more than 35% Khyber Pakhtoon Khwa (KPK) 15% Balochistan 90% (Source: Vsh News) Discussion and Conclusion

1Besides Pakistan, a huge VSH News viewers who are residing abroad, mainly in U.A.E, Bahrain, Iran, Afghanistan, Oman, Qatar, Kuwait, India and Saudi Arabia.

- 74 -

Other than then above, Radio Kabul also has broadcasts in Balochi and Radio Zahidan has a daily program in Balochi since 1960s. According to Carina Jahani (2013), “these broadcasts are viewed with suspicion by the Baloch, as they are regarded as “official propaganda tools of the respective government” rather than as genuine concern for the Balochi language”. Before print and electronic media the Baloch practiced a traditional communication system which was called “Hal-o-Ahwal”, giving and receiving news when one met another (Janmahmad, 1982) or narration of news. This traditional communication system could easily serve as the basis for electronic media in Balochi language but owing to various reasons it could not do so and the most factor is of Balochi language’s unofficial status and not being the language of administration and education. On July 14, 1955 Ustaman Gal, a political party was formed by Prince Abdul Kareem, which demanded to separate province for the Baloch on linguistic, cultural and geographical basis and where Balochi should be the official language (Janmahmad, 1989, p.196). In early 1960s, when the Baloch Educational Society and Warna Waninda Gal (Educated Youths’ Organization) demanded for the recognition of Balochi as the official language, same demand was raised for Brahui from its speakers and Ghous Bakhsh Raisani, a tribal chief who served as a governor of Balochistan, opposed Balochi to be recognized as an official language (Janmahmad, 1989, p.260). When Ghous Bakhsh Bezinjo was the governor of Balochistan, he declared Urdu as the language of official correspondence (Rahman, 1996, p.165). Another hurdle behind the development of Balochi broadcasts were the absence of private broadcasting, and core reason behind this was the absence of advertising industry. The revenue of newspapers, magazines, television and radio are generated from advertising. For instance, 25 per cent of TV in the United States consists of advertisements (Casey et al, 2004, p. 3). There is more music on broadcast media than current affairs. “News is becoming entertainment, and entertainment news. Journalists bonuses were increasingly tied to profit margins, not to the quality of their work” (Kovach & Rosenstiel, 2014, p.3). From the very first day Balochi programs of Karachi station were given only 45 minutes from which 20 minutes were for music. Even till today there is more music than current affairs in Balochi broadcasts. However, Vsh News, the first Balochi language news channel, has come up with more current affair programs. It is said, “People want news and information but little is available on FM radio stations, either private or state-owned”. The role of PTV Quetta, like

- 75 -

Radio Pakistan, is also restricted to the projection of local culture and entertainment with a missing political discourse and awareness.

References

Abrar, Muhammad. (2016). Pakistan Media Law; Acomparative Study. Oxford Ahmed, Kamal-ud-Din. (2015). Sahafat Wadi-e-Bolan Mein. (Reprint). Quetta: Balochi Academy. Badar, Muhammad Zabir Saeed. (n-d). Sahafat Say Iblagiat Tak. Lahore: Maktaba e Daniyal. Baloch, B.A (2015 July/August). The First Radio Broadcasts in Balochi Language. Monthly visionary, Karachi, 64 Baloch, et al. (Eds.) (1991, January/February). Sangat Labzangi Majles e Deewan. Taptan. 1 (6). 56-57. Bugti, Prof. M. Aziz. (1995). Balochistan: Adad, Saqafat Aur Samaj. Quetta: Spenser Printers. Casey, B., Casey, N., Calvert, B., French, L., & Lewis, J. (2004). Key Concepts in Television Studies. New York: Routledge Dad, A. R (2013). Niyad-e-Bahargah. Kech: Isteen Shinkar Dehani, Jamal Abdul Nasir. (February, 2017). Waja Maulana Kahir Muhammad Nadvi. Chamag.19. Hashmi, Sayad. (1986). Balochi Zuban-o- Adab Ki Tarikh. Karachi: Sayad Hashmi Academy Hassan, M. M & Ahmed, Hakeem (Eds). (1951, August). Editorial. Monthly Oman. 1 (7). 3-4 Hassan, M. M & Ahmed, Hakeem (Eds). (1951, June). Radio Pakistan e Balochi Program. Monthly Oman. 1(5). 7-8 Hassan, M. M & Ahmed, Hakeem (Eds). (1951, June). Report.Monthly Oman. 1 (5). 8-8 Hussain, Mahmood. (1997). Radio Journalism. Islamabad: National Book Foundation.

- 76 -

Jahani,Carina (2013). The Balochi Language and Languages in Iranian Balochistan. The Journal of the Middle East and Africa, 4:2, 153-167. DOI: 10. 1080/21520844.2013.831333 Janmahmad. (1982). The Baloch Cultural Heritage. Karachi: Royal Book Company. Janmahmad. (1989). Essays on Baloch National Struggle in Pakistan, Emergence Dimensions Repercussions. Quetta: Gosha-e- Adab Khamosh, Ishaq. (2015). Balochi Zuban e Siyahag. Quetta: Balochi Academy. Khan, Aurangzaib. (2010).Media in Balochistan: Blighted but a Brave New World Beckons. Intermedia Kovach, B & Rosenstiel, T. (2014). The Elements of Journalism. (3rd Ed). New York: Three Rivers Press. Naseebullah. (n-d). Broadcasting in Pakistan: Evolution & Development. Unpublished research paper. PTV, official site. Accessed on 16th November 2017 form http://www.ptv.com.pk/public/userView/ptvCorporate/ptvBolan Rahman, Tariq (1996) Language and Politics in Pakistan. Shahwani, Aseer Abdul Qadir. (2012). Balochi Zuban-o- Adab. (2nd Print). Quetta: Balochi Academy. Shamsuddin. M. (n-d). Radio Pakistan, A survey Tahir, Prof. Dr. Seemi Naghmana. (2006). Balochistan Mein Ablagh-e-Ama, Aghaz Wa Irtaqa. Pakistan: National Language Authority. VSH News (World's First Balochi TV News Channel) accessed on 16-11- 2017 from https://www.mustakbil.com/companies/company/49605 Zamana Balochi (1981, February) Editorial. pp. 4-3

- 77 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Role of PTV Bolan in Promoting Balochi Culture: An Analysis

Anayat Ur Rahman1, Prof. Dr. Seemi Naghmana Tahir2 & Prof. Dr. Abdul Haleem Sadiq3

Abstract This study is designed to explore to what extent the PTV Bolan viewers get to know about their culture and PTV Bolan is contributing in the growth of Balochi culture. Furthermore, it explores that what association television has with culture, and what is its role in promoting culture? Television as a global medium which transmits programs within and out of the national boundaries serving its nationals living in other countries who get to know about policies of their county and also keep abreast of their culture through TV. This paper finds out that the people are benefiting from television, they are learning about their culture.

Key Words: Television, Culture, PTV Bolan, Balochi Culture

Introduction Television has become very popular since its inception, crossing the western boundaries into the developing countries, it penetrated the global society. It has become a vast resource, the ultimate educational device, not because it teaches traditional curricula but because it supplies roles. “Countless characters parade through our lives each day via TV: priests and politicians, doctors and lawyers, private detectives and sex offenders. Each character supplies us with bits of information about what his or her role is like” (Whetmore, 1987, p. 170). Man invented the most powerful tool of mass communication; arguably that is television (Oludamola, 2015). It is famous for its audio, visual and motion capacities. It transmits programs with the characteristics of education, information and entertainment. Two more categories of programs are now included in these characteristics, they are edutainment and infotainment. According to Stanislaus Iyorza (2014), “these are postmodern coinages that involve education, entertainment, and information qualities in a

1 MPhil scholar Media Studeis, Balochistan Study Center UOB, Quetta 2 Chairperson, Department of Mass Communication Karachi University 3 Director, Balochistan Study Center UOB, Quetta

- 78 - piece of media programs. Famous among the programs under these categories include news, drama, adverts, musicals and sports. (Iyorza, 2014) Literature Review Television as a global medium that transmits programs within and out of the national boundaries serving its nationals living in other countries who get to know about policies of their county and also keep abreast of their culture through TV. Thompson puts it as, “the functions of the mass media (far beyond entertainment and information) include presenting views, events and cultural life through images and stories that inevitably contribute to a sense of identity as well as shape beliefs and values” (as cited in Oludamola, 2015). “Today, television has become the predominant communication medium, influencing the life and rhythm of society, forcing all other media on the defensive” (Nasir, 2015, p. 10). Various countries introduced TV service recognizing the importance of television in the lives of humankind. They also came forward to maintain balance and quality in the contents for the citizens belonging to various religious and ethnic groups. Agha Nasir (2015, p. 33) notes that the media policy of a country is usually based on its; a. Geography b. History c. Languages d. Religions e. Culture Connection amongst TV and culture Culture as the totality of the way man has adjusted to his condition and procedure of accomplishing all types of imagination and has a few associations with the TV. A portion of these are recorded beneath: - Television is a veritable instrument of social scattering; - Television is likewise an overseer of culture consequently it persuades individuals to realize social reconciliation (Oludamola, 2015, p. 26). The term culture refers to that part of the total variety of human action which is socially instead of biologically transmitted (nurture rather than nature) (Casy, Et.al, 2004, p. 60). Mari Ogbemudia James (n-d) says: Many scholars have looked at culture from different perspectives and prisms. Arriving at a single definition of culture is somewhat difficult. This means you cannot import a fixed definition into any and every context and expect it to make sense.

- 79 -

James further says, “Culture is fundamental to human existence and human civilization, embodying in its dynamism, the totality of a people’s response to the challenges of life, and living, in a (any) living environment” (James). The word culture (from the Latin cultura stemming from colere, aiming to cultivate) has been outlined and utilized in numerous ways that by completely different categories of individuals. However, the word culture is usually utilized in three basic senses and that they are: o Fineness of style in fine arts and humanities conjointly denoted to as high culture. o Associate in integrated pattern of human information, belief and behavior that depends upon the capability for symbolic thought and social learning. o The set of shared attitudes, values, goals, and practices that characterizes an establishment, organization or cluster. (Oludamola, 2015) The term 'culture' has been limited and made more particular in various diverse ways. For example, it can allude to a specific lifestyle of individuals or period or gathering…. This accentuation here is on 'lived societies', in other words traditions, practices, ceremonies et cetera. Blessing trade, dietary patterns, religious function, recreation exercises and TV seeing are cases of custom practices that can be effortlessly perceived inside contemporary social orders… Second manner by which the term has been limited is to mean the works and practices of creative or scholarly action. At the end of the day, this definition incorporates the perceived items, curios and writings of a gathering or society. Tunes, films, books, stories, shows, dialect frames, artworks, design and TV program may be checked here (Casey, Casey, Calvert, French, & Lewis, 2004, p. 60). Onabajo argues that: People and culture cannot be separated. Culture stands for the aggregate values and concepts which characterize a community. It then follows that people who lack culture or are ignorant of their past experience either written or unwritten are themselves not in full existence. (as cited in James, n-d) It is culture that therefore permits us to survive as a species. Culture offers answers to such basic issues similar to finding shelter, food and article of clothing. Culture provides direction for our everyday lives; structure that retains us from tearing one another apart. Each generation has got to learn from the culture of its society or it'll turn. All the essential establishments of the society; the economy, religion, education, politics, recreation represent the need that

- 80 - society should meet and ways that of meeting these wants area unit handed over from one generation to future (Oludamola, 2015). “Television is an impact of culture, at least if an inclusive, democratic definition of culture is used that includes forms (pop music) as well as more established forms of ‘high’ culture” (Casey, Casey, Calvert, French, & Lewis, 2004, p. 54). These authors elaborate, “Television is part of lived culture, the culture of the everyday and ordinary. Its output (text, programs) and its organization (industry) can similarly be regarded as significant aspects of cultural life” (p.54). Promotion of Culture through TV TV plays its role in a number of ways in promoting a culture. It advances social occasions and promotes cultural events for example, The Baloch Culture Day, organized on every 2nd of March, festivals etc. it also promotes culture through encouraging audience in participating such programs. It promotes culture through inviting guests and playing local music. Studying, how media has shaped history and culture, John Tebbel (1974) wrote, “No other medium has influenced American life as broadcasting, in little more than half century, and since its audiences are for larger than those enjoyed by the other media, embracing nearly all of the population, it has raised profound social, political, and cultural questions” (p. 355). TV proliferates culture through involving people in various programs such as programs on cultural issues. According to Oludamola (2015), “TV likewise advances culture through music which is shown and heard regularly on the communicate media. TV likewise advances indigenous culture through playing of indigenous melodies frequently as individuals have a tendency to respond to what they hear as indicated by the social standards hypothesis” (p. 25). TV has presented a great deal of information, educating millions of people, in terms of arts, science and knowledge of other culture (Tebbel, 1974, p. 370) and today the East is familiar with culture of the West. Since the strong relationship between culture and TV, it is that broadcast media organize various educational and entertainment programs to play its important role in the promotion of an indigenous culture. Promotion of Balochi Culture via PTV Bolan According to Dr. A.R Sabir and Waheed Razzaq (2010), “The Baloch culture is rich, varied and deep-rooted. There are plenty of evidence and artifacts concerning the richness of Baloch culture throughout centuries”. (Sabir & Razzaq, 2010)

- 81 -

The Baloch are proud of their cultural heritage which consists of their unique names and titles, costumes, traditional games, music, dances, hospitability, traditional system of hal and deewan etc. Quetta Station of PTV was started in 1974 as pilot station. On January 2, 1975, its regular transmission was started with five hours daily programs in five languages including, Balochi, Pashto, Brahui and English (Khan, 2010, p. 24). Like Radio Pakistan, the role of PTV Quetta was also limited to projection of local culture and entertainment with a missing political discourses and awareness (p.26). According to Aurangzeb Khan (2010), “PTV Quetta’s biggest contribution is the promotion and introduction of regional culture, literature, history, poetry and music to the wider world” (p.26). PTV Quetta reaches 75% of Balochistan’s residents through 15 boosters in several districts (p. 26). According to (Raji, 2006): In the early years of PTV Quetta center, except for Faiz Muhammad Faizuk they did not gave a single chance to our most popular singers like Jarruk, Kamalaan, Kaduk (Qadir Bakhsh) who were already popular in the same time in public sector….. In dramas of 1970s and early 1980s PTV fixed a standard character or role to describe a Baloch man i.e. a curly haired, Black skinned man….. After that especially in end of 1980s and 1990s some sensible and literate Baloch entered in Pakistani electronic media and they changed this typical symbol. like Late Ata Shad, Late Hassam Qaazi, Ayub Khoso, Anwar Iqbal, Jahanzeb Goorchani, Muhammad Ali Sheki, Maahnoor Baloch and so on. Some people observe that in Balochi dramas of PTV Bolan Urdu words are used. “Even I watched few dramas of PTV Bolan and very much surprised to hear their Balochi that were a major mixture of Urdu” (Raji, 2006). PTV Bolan starts its transmission from 4:00 PM to 12:00 MN. In this duration Balochi has 120 minutes from 08:00 PM to 10:00 PM (Bolan). Data Analysis Table 1 Do you watch PTV Bolan? Cumulative Frequency Percent Valid Percent Percent Valid Yes 95 95.0 95.0 95.0 No 5 5.0 5.0 100.0 Total 100 100.0 100.0

- 82 -

Table 1 shows that 95.0 % of the respondents watch PTV Bolan and 5.0 % do not watch it at all. Table 2 Programs watched on PTV Bolan Cumulative Frequency Percent Valid Percent Percent Valid Music 24 24.0 25.3 25.3 Documentary 10 10.0 10.5 35.8 News 7 7.0 7.4 43.2 Drama 41 41.0 43.2 86.3 Other 13 13.0 13.7 100.0 Total 95 95.0 100.0 Missing System 5 5.0 Total 100 100.0 Table 2 indicates that what programs are watched on PTV Bolan. 25.3 % of the respondents watch Balochi music, 10.5 % watch documentary, 7.4% watch news, 43.2 % watch drama, 13.7% watch other programs and the 5.0 % are those respondents who do not PTV Bolan.

Table 3 Do you learn about Balochi culture through PTV Bolan? Cumulative Frequency Percent Valid Percent Percent Valid Yes 70 70.0 74.5 74.5 No 17 17.0 18.1 92.6 not sure 7 7.0 7.4 100.0 Total 94 94.0 100.0 Missing System 6 6.0 Total 100 100.0

Table 3 shows that 74.5% of the respondents learn about Balochi culture through PTV Bolan and 18.1% of the respondents say that they do not learn about Balochi culture through PTV Bolan. 7.4 % is not sure whether they learn about Balochi culture through PTV Bolan or not. And 6.05% did not respond to this question. Table 4 TV is must for cultural promotion. Cumulative Frequency Percent Valid Percent Percent Valid Agree 55 55.0 57.9 57.9 strongly agree 33 33.0 34.7 92.6 Disagree 6 6.0 6.3 98.9 strongly disagree 1 1.0 1.1 100.0 Total 95 95.0 100.0 Missing System 5 5.0 Total 100 100.0

- 83 -

Table 4 shows that 57.9% of the respondents agree that TV is must for cultural promotion, 34.7% strongly agree, 6.3% disagree and 1.1 % strongly disagree. 5.0% did not respond.

Table 5 Do you think there should be more cultural programs on PTV Bolan? Cumulative Frequency Percent Valid Percent Percent Valid Yes 91 91.0 95.8 95.8 No 4 4.0 4.2 100.0 Total 95 95.0 100.0 Missing System 5 5.0 Total 100 100.0

Table 5 displays the opinion of the respondents that there should be more cultural programs on PTV Bolan or not. 95.8% say yes and 4.2% say there should not be more cultural programs on PTV Bolan.

Table 6 Are you satisfied with the role PTV Bolan in promoting Balochi culture? Cumulative Frequency Percent Valid Percent Percent Valid Yes 66 66.0 69.5 69.5 No 16 16.0 16.8 86.3 don't know 13 13.0 13.7 100.0 Total 95 95.0 100.0 Missing System 5 5.0 Total 100 100.0

Table 6 shows that most of the respondents with 69.5 % are satisfied with the role of PTV Bolan in promoting Balochi culture, 16.8% are not satisfied and 13.7% don’t know. Research Objectives  To explore to what extent the PTV viewers get to know about their culture.  To explore that how PTV Quetta is contributing in the growth of Balochi culture.  To create awareness about using TV for promoting culture. Research Questions:  What association television has with culture?  What is the role of Television in promoting culture?

- 84 -

Methodology Data Collection The research is based on primary and secondary data. 100 questionnaires were distributed to know if the people in Balochistan are benefiting from the PTV Bolan’s Balochi transmission or not. Sources of data were; 1. Primary data 2. Secondary data Sampling Hundred questionnaires were distributed among Balochi speakers respondents between the age 20 and 35. Random sampling technique was used for the study. Data Analysis tool SPSS software was used to enter and analyze the collected data. Conclusions  PTV Bolan’s Balochi transmission is watch by various people regularly.  Most of the people watch PTV Bolan’s dramas followed by music which have much to be learnt about a culture.  People learn and benefit about Balochi culture through PTV Bolan.  People demand more cultural programs on PTV Bolan as some are not satisfied with the number of current programs. Recommendations  The on air time of Balochi programs must be increased.  The use of Urdu language in Balochi programs must be discouraged.  Baloch scholars and artists should be encouraged to take part in Balochi programs.  More cultural programs should be on aired as the demand of the people keeping in view the every aspect of the local culture.

- 85 -

References Bolan, P. (n.d.). Retrieved January 20, 2018, from PTV Official : http://www.ptv.com.pk/public/userView/ptvCorporate/ptvBolan Casey, B., Casey, N., Calvert, B., French, L., & Lewis, J. (2004). Key Concepts in Television Studies. New York: Routledge. Iyorza, S. (2014, July 4). Global Television and Cultural Promotion: Taming the. International Journal of Social Science and Humanity, 4, 308- 310. James, M. O. (n.d.). TELEVISION AS A TOOL FOR PROMOTING. EJOTMAS: EKPOMA JOURNAL OF THEATRE AND MEDIA A RTS, 160-168. Khan, A. (2010). Media in Balochistan: Blighted but a Brave New World Beckons. Intermedia. Nasir, A. (2015). All about television. Islamabad: Dost Publications. Oludamola, A. S. (2015). Television for Cultural Learning; A Case Study of Pere Ode on Ekiti State Televistion (EKTV). Raji, Z. R. (2006, August 21). Do You Really Think That PTV Bolan... Retrieved August 5, 2018, from Baask: http://baask.com/diwwan/index.php?topic=1260.0 Sabir, D. A., & Razzaq, W. (2010). Multiculturalism: A case study of Balochistan. Balochistan Review, XXIII(2), 17-25. Tebbel, J. (1974). The Medai in America. New York: Thomas Y. Crowell Company. Whetmore, E. J. (1987). Mediamerica (3rd ed.). California: Wadsorth.

- 86 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Role of Social Support at Workplace: Myth or Reality

Beenish Malik, PhD1, Tayyba Noreen2 & Dr. Sadia Barech 3

Abstract The present study examined the impact of Social support (SS) and Perceived Organizational Support (POS) on employees’ (who received trainings) satisfaction with received SS and TT. The main focus was to evaluate the different aspects of SS, and their impacts on employees’ satisfaction and the impact of employees’ satisfaction on TT dimensions. SS was measured in terms of emotional support, interpersonal support, material support and organizational support. A cross sectional survey design was used and total of 204 employees completed adopted measures of SS, satisfaction from received SS and TT from four public sector organizations: National Institute of Management (NIM), Sardar Bahadur Khan University (SBK), University of Balochistan (UOB) and Civil Secretariat of Balochistan. The data was analyzed using regression technique. The results indicated that trainees having higher level of SS were highly satisfied. All four facets of SS received statistical support which showed that trainees who received adequate levels of support were highly satisfied. The results also showed a positive relationship between satisfactions and TT which imply that highly satisfied trainees were able to transfer learned material at their workplace. On the whole, results indicated that trainees need a high level of SS that increases their satisfaction level and this satisfaction level enhance their TT capability. The research study has emphasized several dimensions of SS that influence the satisfaction level of trainees. The findings of this study will also be helpful for HR practitioners to realize the importance of SS while developing the training programs and especially in selection of trainees. This research study will be valuable for exploring the different aspects of SS for future research. The study is important as it explains the different dimensions of SS, perceived satisfaction from SS and TT in Pakistani (Balochistan) context. The paper emphasizes the importance of SS needed to attend training programs. This was the first attempt to include organizational support as a part of SS

1 Lecturer, IMS, University of Balochistan, Quetta, Pakistan. [email protected] 2 Department of Computer Science, University of Balochistan, Quetta. 3 Assistant Professor Department of Social Work University of Balochistan

- 87 - because most of the friendship and social ties develop among colleagues at workplace. This support should be provided to trainees from the perspective of their family, friends, and organizational level. Keywords: Social Support, Satisfaction, Training Transfer Introduction Most of the times the role of personal associations always causes a significant effect in perusing the desired goals. This is a common phenomenon in the life of an individual to seek support from acquaintances, friend and colleagues. Most of the studies in the social relationship has been augmented from the past three decades (Bravo, 1989; Mitchell & Trickett, 1980; Reblin & Uchino,2008).This is due to the intention of an individual to perform better at workplace(Tansky & Cohen,2001) ; enhanced learning will create the increased level of harmony during training (Astor, De Pedro, Gilreath, Esqueda , & Benbenishty, 2013) when the needed SS is available .These relationships “make life meaningful” (Argyle, 1989). SS is termed as human collaboration with acquaintances and coworkers who exchange the emotional, interpersonal and material resources (Bravo, 1989; Cohen & Syme, 1985; Thoits, 1982). Work place where we develop ultimate relationships (Duck, 1988).While, POS explained the perception of employees of being wrathful to their organization. (Argyle, 1989; Aselage & Eisenberger, 2003; Rhoades & Eisenberger, 2002). SS is considered as an important element to boost the commitment level of employees who are attending the training (Eisenberger, Cummings, Armeli, & Lynch, 1997). Many scholars have studied the positive impacts of SS and POS on employees’ personal lives and workplace separately: e.g. SS and career success (Burke & Mckene ,1995); SS and objective career success(OCS), ( Powell, 2006), SS and perceived relationships that give benefits (Schwarzer, Dunkel-Schetter, & Kemeny, 1994), SS and work-family conflict (Carlson & Perrewe ,1999); SS and intensified self-esteem ( Caplan,1982); SS and TT(Dan , Chiaburu, Karen & Holly , 2010). TT is considered as the learning of novel information and application of learned material back to workplace (Baldwin & Ford, 1988). Though, TT may increase the level of self-motivation in accomplishing the tasks. POS create the friendly environment which foster the process of learning (Ng & Sorensen, 2008) that develops a sense of belongingness toward organization, and develop a tendency to attain a higher level of learning (e.g., Salanova, Agut, & Peiro´, 2005). Organizational support has been associated with

- 88 - different work outcomes (e.g. Job satisfaction, affective commitment and job involvement) empirically or theoretically that facilitate transfer of training (Burke & Hutchins, 2007) Some researchers have found connection among TT and POS (see e.g. Dan et al., 2010; Rhoades & Eisenberger, 2002). The research on the relationship between these variables is limited and mostly conducted in advanced countries. The study was conducted in Balochistan context. The limitation in previous studies did not consider POS as the part of SS collectively. Hence, this study will bridge the gap exist in literature. Literature Review Social Support Informal assistance given by friends, relatives, and others is considered as social support (SS) (Cohen, 1990; Cowen, 1982). SS construct comprised of “closeness” and support expected from near ones (Bravo, 1989). SS is defined as the “existence or availability of people on whom we can rely, people who let us know that they care about, value, and love us” (Sarason, Levine, Basham, & Sarason,1983). SS was reflected in multidimensional facets (House, 1981; Thoits, 1982). Most of the studies clearly identified the diverse dimensions of support like informational; emotional, and instrumental support (Cooke, Betty, Marilyn, Hamilton, McCubbin, & Patterson, 1988; Grant & Parker, 2009). Four dimensions of support had been identified by House (1981) needed to survive were ; emotional support ( empathy, love and trust), instrumental support (time and money), informational support (guidance and advice ) and appraisal support ( affirmation, social comparison, and feedback (see e.g. Bernal, del Río, & Molina, 2003;Ducharme & Martin, 2000; House ,1981). These dimensions of SS was also discussed by (Cohen & Wills, 1985) instead of appraisal support they used the term social companionship Thoits (1982) reasoned that in the perception of SS, extent and types of SS were insignificant (e.g., instrumental and socio emotional) but also sources of support (e.g. family, friends and coworkers) was an important factor (Nelson & Quick 1991). The SS should cover perceived organizational and social perspectives to broaden the dimensions of SS with diverse aspect (Bernal et al., 2003) especially when employees engaged in training are focused.

- 89 -

Training Transfer Knowledge skills and abilities applied by the trainees at their work place would be considered as TT (Broad & Newstrom, 1992; Kirwan & Birchall, 2006; Wang & Wilcox, 2006). TT assists in enhancement of performance (Hatala & Fleming, 2007; Kirwan & Birchall, 2006). TT technique influenced by work climate was considered as main predictor of TT construct (Blume, Ford, Baldwin, & Huang, 2010; Holton, Cheng & Naquin, 2003). During training work climate characterized as the important element that support in acquisition of knowledge (Burke & Saks, 2009; Blume et al., 2010; Goldstein & Ford, 2002; Different studies recommended that transfer of knowledge among individuals was considered as basic requirement of TT (Burke & Saks, 2009; Goldstein & Ford, 2002; Holton,1996;Sarason et al.,1983) and if the trainees learn new knowledge and skills there is all likelihood to put on this knowledge at work place(Velada, Caetano, Michel, Lyons, & Kavanagh, 2007). Theory building and hypotheses Different academicians investigated satisfaction as a comprehensive concept with numerous dimensions (Eisenberger, Huntington, Hutchison, & Sowa, 1986; Price, 1997). Furthermore, empirical validation of SS was significantly related with satisfaction (Thoits, 1985). As Hobfall, Nadler and Lieberman (1986) found that close bonds contributed to satisfaction with support received. Thus, based on this assumption a hypothesis was suggested: Hypothesis 1 = Perceived SS is positively related with satisfaction. TT was influenced by four dimensions of SS i.e. emotional; interpersonal; material and organizational support. Different studies explained SS in different facets like self-efficacy of trainees (House & Kahn, 1985; Gaudine & Saks, 2004; Stevens & Gist, 1997), adoption of new methods (Fisher & Ford, 1998), and transfer of skill at workplace (Axtell & Maitlis, 1997). Some of the scholars argued that highly satisfied employees have a tendency to acquire new knowledge and methods (Price, 1997; Shore & Wayne, 1993; Silver, Dwyer & Alford, 2006; Tracey, Tannenbaum, & Kavanagh, 1995). The investigation of Winterton (2004) revealed that personnel’s satisfaction causes low turnover intention, high commitment and high level of learning Rouillier and Goldstein (1993) Tracey et al. (1995) suggested post training outcomes can be enhanced through satisfaction level of personnel. Thus Hypothesis 2: Satisfaction received from SS is positively related to TT.

- 90 -

Method: Sample: Sampling technique was non probability sampling with sample of 204 employees from four public sector organizations; University of Balochistan, Civil Secretariat, National Institute of Management Sciences, and Sardar Bahadur Khan Women University. The sample comprised of 17 grades and above. Total questionnaires were 340 and 308 were returned with 90% response rate. Gender distribution was 123 males and 185 females, with average age of 38.43 years (SD = 7.95). Measures SS Questionnaire Scale established by Bernal et al. (2003) was used to measure the SS which was based on three constructs of SS i.e., 1) interpersonal emotional (2 emotional, and 3) material. While , POS Eisenberger et al. (1986) was added to measure the perceived organizational support with the intention to widen the range of SS. Seven-point Likert scale from one (strongly disagree) to seven (strongly agree) was used to measure the items of SS. The coefficient alphas for, interpersonal support.84, emotional support.70 material support .85 and POS .90. Satisfaction Bernal et al. (2003) scale of “Satisfaction” was used to measure the construct. Satisfaction was assumed as level of gratification received from SS. Seven-point Likert scale from one (strongly disagree) to seven (strongly agree) was used to measure the items of SS. Seven-point Likert scale from one (strongly disagree) to seven (strongly agree) was used to measure the items of SS. The Cronbach alpha was .86. TT: The construct of TT was hypothesized as usage of learned material back to place of work. The scale of TT wad adopted from Xiao (1996). 7 point Likert scale was used to measure the construct of TT .0.89 was the value of Coefficients alpha. Results SEM was used to analyze the path between the variables of SS, satisfaction and TT.

- 91 -

As displayed in Table 1, the values of χ2 321.10 with df 186 χ2/df 1.67 showing the significant acceptable data model fit with CFI= .86; GFI =.82; NFI= .80; and RMSEA =.03. Table 1: Table1: Fit indices for CFA of role of Emotional Intelligence in developing Effectuation χ2 df χ2/df sig CFI GFI NFI RMSEA 321.10 186 1.67 .00 .86 .82 .80 .03(.02,.04) Fit indices showed acceptable data model fit. Hypothesis 1 was accepted due to significant relationship between SS and satisfaction (β=.53, p<.001). Significantly effect of SS on satisfaction (β=.46, p<.001) supported our Hypothesis 2.

Figure1: Structural model. Emo = emotional support; Inte = interpersonal support; Material= material support; POS = perceived organizational support; TT = Training trsnfer; perfor = Performance. ** p < .01. Discussion The results demonstrated that SS was a significant predictor of satisfaction. The finding of the study revealed that when perceived SS upsurges, the amount of satisfaction increases with the received support that enhances the TT. Past research on SS discussed the relationship of this constructs with multiple factors and TT (Eisenberger, Stinglhamber, Vandenberghe, Sucharski, & Rhoades, 2002).

- 92 -

Satisfied Employees better transfer what they have learned during training (Ali & Akhter, 2009) and contribute more to trainings effectiveness. Those employees who receives higher level of emotional support, interpersonal support and material support from their colleagues, friends and family, their results of applying learned material at work place shows high propensity. These employees show higher level of performance and more significant behaviors (Allen & Meyer, 1990; Tansky & Cohen; 2001; Randall, Cropanzano, Bormann, & Birjulin, 1999).These results highlight the importance of SS along with the POS that broadens the concept of SS. The reason behind this notion is that in Balochistan tribal culture people consider their colleagues like a family members and herein friendship ties are stronger at their workplace. Consequently, personnel who have SS and POS tend to show more satisfaction level about their work and satisfaction is subject to raise in application of learned material during their training back to their organization this is in line with the results of Machin and Fogarty (1997), where he explored the factors linked with TT effects in development of contentment. These factors (i.e. role of environment, training materials and methods) showed a significant effect in producing the satisfaction level of employees. (Thayer & Teachout, 1995). Employees are likely to place greater value on training programs that are highly respected by colleagues, supervisors, and managers (Velada et al., 2007). Organizations that are able to create an environment where training is supported and valued by employees will be able to achieve greater commitment outcomes (Bartlett, 2001; Eisenberger et al., 1990; House, 1988). Limitation and suggestions SS is very precarious in carrying out the employees’ satisfaction who are involved in trainings. For instance few studies presents the fact that some individuals strive for formal support (Husaini, Moore & Cain, 1994).limitatitonof the study was the consideration of few facets in measuring the SS while many more can be explored in future studies. Small sample size was another limitation of the study. Further consideration of big sample (Wayne, Shore, & Liden, 1997) could depict clearer picture of SS and TT. Volume and magnitude of SS (House, 1987) couldn’t be inspected due to time constraints. Consequently, future studies can be address the volume and magnitude of SS in more elaborative way. This would bridge the gap in SS, TT and satisfaction of trainees.

- 93 -

Conclusion The purpose of the study was to find links between SS (along with POS) with satisfaction received and its impact on TT. The results showed a positive and significant relationship between all study variables. It was found that employees who were having higher SS were more satisfied with the received support (Locke, 1976) and hence enabled their transfer of training (learned knowledge and skills) at their workplace (Tracey, Hinkin, Tannenbaum, & Mathieu, 2001). Therefore, this research provides the extended model of SS during training. Nonetheless, there are some limitations of the study. Thus, for future studies it is recommended to investigate the environmental factors which increase the level of TT, effects of different facets of SS on TT and more demographics can be explored in finding the dimensions of SS.

- 94 -

References Ali, T., & Akhter, I. (2009). Job satisfaction of faculty members in private universities-in context of Bangladesh. International Business Research, 2(4), 167. Allen, N. J., & Meyer, J. P., (1990). The measurement and antecedents of affective, continuance and normative commitment to the organization. Journal of Occupational Psychology, 63, 1–18. Aselage, J., & Eisenberger, R. (2003). Perceived organizational support and psychological contracts: A theoretical integration. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 24, 491–501. Astor, R. A., De Pedro, K. T., Gilreath, T. D., Esqueda, M. C., & Benbenishty, R. (2013). The promotional role of school and community contexts for military students. Clinical child and family psychology review,16(3), 233-244. Argyle, M. (1989). The social psychology of work. Penguin Books. Axtell, C.M., & Maitlis, S. (1997). Predicting immediate and longer-term transfer of training. Personnel Review, 26, 201–213. Bravo, M. (1989). Las redes de apoyo social y las situaciones de desastre: un estudio de lapoblación adulta en Puerto Rico. Unpublished Dissertation, University of Puerto Rico,Río Piedras. Baldwin, T., & Ford, J. (1988). Transfer of training: a review and directions for future research. Personnel Psychology. 41, 63-105. Bartlett, K. R. (2001). The relationship between training and organizational commitment: A study in the health care field. Human resource development quarterly, 12(4), 335-352. Bernal, G., del Río, M. S., & Maldonado-Molina, M. M. (2003). Development of a brief scale for SS: Reliability and validity in Puerto Rico.Revista internacional de psicología clínica y de la salud= International journal of clinical and health psychology, 3(2), 251- 264. Broad, M. L., & Newstrom, J. W. (1992). Transfer of training. Pfeiffer. Burke, L., & Hutchins, H. (2007). TT: An integrative literature review. Human Resource Development Review, 6, 263-296.

- 95 -

Burke, R. J., & McKeen, C. A. (1995). Work experiences, career development, and career success of managerial and professional women.Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 10(4), 81. Burke, L. A., & Saks, A. M. (2009). Accountability in TT: Adapting Schlenker’s model of responsibility to a persistent but solvable problem. Human Resource Development Review, 8(3), 382-402. Blume, B. D., Ford, J. K., Baldwin, T. T., & Huang, J. L. (2010). Transfer of training: A meta-analytic review. Journal of Management, 36(4), 1065-1105. Caplan, G. (1982). Family as a support system. Family stress, coping and SS/edited by Hamilton McCubbin , A. Elizabeth Cauble , Joan M. Patterson. Carlson, D. S., & Perrewé, P. L. (1999). The role of SS in the stressor-strain relationship: An examination of work-family conflict. Journal of management, 25(4), 513-540. Cooke, Betty D., Marilyn Martin Rossmann, Hamilton I. McCubbin, & Joan M.Patterson. (1988).Examining the Definitions and Assessment of SS: A Resource for Individuals and Families. Family Relations, 37,211- 216. Cohen, S., & Wills, T.A. (1985).Stress, SS, and the buffering hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin, 98(2), 310-357. Cohen, D. J. (1990).What Motivates Trainees, Training and Development Journal, 11,91–3. Cohen, S. & Syme, S. L. (eds.). (1985), SS and health. San Diego, CA: Academic Press, Inc. Dan S .,Chiaburu, D. S., Dam, K. V., & Hutchins, H. M. (2010).SS in the workplace and TT: A longitudinal analysis. International Journal of Selection and Assessment, 18 ( 2), 187-200. Ducharme, L. J., & Martin, J. K. (2000). Unrewarding work, coworker support, and job satisfaction a test of the buffering hypothesis. Work and occupations, 27(2), 223-243. Duck, S. E., Hay, D. F., Hobfoll, S. E., Ickes, W. E., & Montgomery, B. M. (1988). Handbook of personal relationships: Theory, research and interventions. John Wiley & Sons.

- 96 -

Eisenberger, R., Cummings, J., Armeli, S., & Lynch, P. (1997). Perceived organizational support, discretionary treatment, and job satisfaction. Journal of Applied Psychology, 82, 812–820. Eisenberger, R., Fasolo, P., & Davis-LaMastro, V. (1990). Perceived organizational support and employee diligence, commitment, and innovation.Journal of Applied Psychology, 75, 51–59. Eisenberger, R., Huntington, R., Hutchison, S., & Sowa, D. (1986). Perceived organizational support.Journal of Applied Psychology, 71, 500–507. Eisenberger, R., Stinglhamber, F., Vandenberghe, C., Sucharski, I. L., & Rhoades, L. (2002). Perceived supervisor support: contributions to perceived organizational support and employee retention. Journal of applied psychology, 87(3), 565. Fisher, S. L., & Ford, J. K. (1998). Differential effects of learner effort and goal orientation on two learning outcomes. Personnel Psychology, 51(2), 397-420. Gaudine, A.P., & Saks, A.M. (2004), A longitudinal quasi-experiment on the effects of postTT interventions.Human Resource Development Quarterly, 15, 57–76. Goldstein, I. L., & Ford, J. K. (2002). Training in organizations Belmont. CA: Wadsworth. Grant, A. M., & Parker, S. K. (2009). 7 redesigning work design theories: the rise of relational and proactive perspectives. The Academy of Management Annals, 3(1), 317-375. Hatala, J., & Fleming, P. (2007).Making transfer climate visible: Utilizing social network analysis to facilitate transfer of training. Human Resource Development Review. 6 (1), 33-63. Hobfoll, S. E., Nadler, A., & Leiberman, J. (1986). Satisfaction with SS during crisis: intimacy and self-esteem as critical determinants.Journal of personality and social psychology, 51(2), 296. Holton III, E., Cheng, H., Naquin, S. (2003).An examination of learning transfer system characteristics across organizational settings. Human Resource Development Quarterly, 14 (4), 459-482.

Holton, E. F. III (1996).The Flawed Four-level Evaluation Model, Human Resource Development Quarterly, 7,1,5–21.

- 97 -

House, J. S. (1988).Structures and Processes of SS. Annual Review of Sociology, 14, 293-318. House, J. S. (1987).SS and Social Structure. Sociological Forum, (2), 135-146. House, J. S., & Kahn, R. L. (1985).Measures and concepts of SS. In S. Cohen & S. L. Syme (Eds.), SS and health (pp. 83-108). Orlando, FL: Academic. House, J.S., (1981), Work Stress and SS. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts. Husaini, B., Moore, S., & Cain, V. (1994). Psychiatric symptoms and help- seeking behavior among the elderly: An analysis of racial and gender differences. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 21, 177–195. Kirwan, C., & Birchall, D. (2006).Transfer of learning from management development programmes: Testing the Holton model. International Journal of Training & Development, 10, 252–268. Locke, E. A. (1976).The nature and causes of job satisfaction. In M. D. Dunnette (Ed.), Handbook of industrial and organizational psychology, 1297-1349. Machin, M. A., & Fogarty, G. J. (1997). The Effects of Self‐Efficacy, Motivation to Transfer, and Situational Constraints on Transfer Intentions and Transfer of Training. Performance Improvement Quarterly, 10(2), 98-115. Price, J. L. (1997).Handbook of organizational measurement. Bradford, UK: MCB University Press. Mitchell, R. E. & Trickett, E. J. (1980).Task force report: Social networks as mediators of SS. An analysis of the effects and determinants of social networks. CommunityMental Health Journal, 16, 27-44. Ng, T. W., & Sorensen, K. L. (2008). Toward a further understanding of the relationships between perceptions of support and work attitudes: A meta-analysis. Group & Organization Management. Randall, M. L., Cropanzano, R., Bormann, C. A., & Birjulin, A. (1999). Organizational politics and organizational support as predictors of work attitudes, job performance, and organizational citizenship behavior. Journal of organizational behavior, 159-174.

- 98 -

Reblin, M., & Uchino, B. N. (2008). Social and emotional support and its implication for health. Current opinion in psychiatry, 21(2), 201. Rouillier, J. Z. and Goldstein, I. L. (1993).The Relationship between Organizational Transfer Climate and Positive Transfer of Training, Human Resource Development Quarterly, 4, 377–90. Rhoades, L., & Eisenberger, R. (2002),Perceived organizational support: A review of the literature. Journal of Applied Psychology,87, 698–714 Salanova, M., Agut, S., & Peiro´ , J. (2005). Linking organizational resources and work engagement to employee performance and customer loyalty: The mediation of service climate.Journal of Applied Psychology, 90, 1217–1227. Sarason, I. G., Levine, H. M., Basham, R. B., & Sarason, B. R. (1983). Assessing SS: the SS questionnaire. Journal of personality and social psychology, 44(1), 127. Schwarzer, R., Dunkel-Schetter, C., & Kemeny, M. (1994). The multidimensional nature of received SS in gay men at risk of HIV infection and AIDS. American journal of community psychology, 22(3), 319-339. Shore, L. M., & Wayne, S. J. (1993). Commitment and employee behavior: comparison of affective commitment and continuance commitment with perceived organizational support. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 774–780. Stevens, C.K., & Gist, M.E. (1997).Effects of self-efficacy and goal orientation training on negotiation skill maintenance: What the mechanisms? Personnel Psychology, 50, 955–978. Silver, L.S., Dwyer, S., & Alford, B. (2006), Learning and performance goal orientation of salespeople revisited: The role of performance- approach and performance-avoidance orientations. Journal of Personal Selling and Sales Management, 36, 27–38. Thayer, P. W., & Teachout, M. S. (1995).A Climate for Transfer Model: Brooks Air Force Base, Texas. Tansky, W.J. and Cohen, J.D. (2001).The relationship between organizational support, employee development, and organizational commitment: An empirical study. Human Resource Development Quarterly, 12 ( 3), 285-300.

- 99 -

Tracey, J., Tannenbaum, S. and Kavanagh, M. K. (1995),Applying Trained Skills on the Job:The Importance of the Work Environment, Journal of Applied Psychology, 80 (2), 239–52 Tracey, J.B., Hinkin, T.R., Tannenbaum, S., & Mathieu, J.E. (2001).The influence of individual characteristics and the work environment on varying levels of training outcomes. Human Resource Development Quarterly, 12, 5–23. Thoits, P. A. (1982). Conceptual, methodological, and theoretical problems in studying SS as a buffer against life stress. Journal of Health and Social behavior, 145-159. Thoits, P.A., (1985).SS and psychological well-being: theoretical possibilities. In: Sarason, I., Sarason, B. (Eds.), SS: Theory, Research and Applications. Martinus Nijhoff, Dordrecht. Velada, R., Caetano, A., Michel, J. W., Lyons, B. D., & Kavanagh, M. J. (2007). The effects of training design, individual characteristics and work environment on transfer of training. International Journal of Training and Development, 11(4), 282-294. Wayne, S. J., Shore, L. M., & Liden, R. C. (1997).Perceived organizational support and leader–member exchange: a social exchange perspective. Academy of Management Journal, 40, 82–111. Wang, G. G. & Wilcox, D. (2006).Evaluation of Systematic Training: Knowing more than is practiced. Advances in Developing Human Resources, 8, 528-539. Winterton, J. (2004). A conceptual model of labour turnover and retention. Human Resource Development International, 7(3), 371-390. Xiao, C. (1996), The relationship between organizational factors and the transfer of training in the electronics industry in Shenzhen, China.Human Resource Development Quarterly. 7(1), 55–73.

- 100 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Application of Markov Chain to Model and Predict Share Price Movements: A Study of HBL Share Price Movements in Pakistan’s Stock Market

Qurat-ul-Ain Sultan1, Kaneez Fatima2 & Jameel Ahmed3

Abstract Volatility and randomness of stock prices makes them risky investments and investors need a lot of information to make capital gains on their investments. With the objective to cover the research gap of having limited application of Markov chains to share prices traded at PSX and to aid investors in their decision making, this paper assuming share volatility as a stochastic process with Markovian property. Hence, this study attempts to propose a first order, time homogenous Markov chain model for trend prediction of HBL closing share prices on and between 24-9-2007 and 20-02-2015 i.e.1723 trading days. The paper also has attempted to evaluate the accuracy of the prediction of Markov chain model. To this effect, the study has derived a transition probability matrix with three states i.e. (Decrease, Unchanged, and Increase) as well as determine the state probabilities for the HBL share prices followed by comparison to the actual share prices to evaluate the prediction accuracy of the first order Markov chain model. Furthermore, an attempt has also been made to estimate the long run steady state behavior of the share prices of the HBL and the expected return time for the stock. The methodology is applied to the daily share prices using MS excel and R.

Key Words: Markov Chains, Stock Market Prediction, Stochastic Analysis, Steady State, Transition Probability Matrix, Ergodic Markov Chain, MS Excel, R Statistical Software.

Introduction: Stock markets comprise of exchanges and markets where various financial instruments like equity, stocks, bonds etc. are issued and traded. Primarily, they provide great support to the growth of industry and economy of a country by not only being the platform where businesses can raise funds for

1 MS Scholar, Department of IMS University of Balochistan, Quetta. 2 Assistant Professor, Department of IMS University of Balochistan, Quetta. 3 Assistant Professor, Department of IMS University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- 101 - their expansion but also serve as a platform for investors with excess funds looking for capital gains on their investments. Stock markets and stock prices are highly volatile, chaotic, and non-linear which makes them complex and difficult to predict (Abu-Mustafa & Atiya, 1996). Hence, investors try to understand the behavior of stock market making use of market and other relevant information and various stock analysis methods to make predictions about stock price movements to device profitable investment strategies. In fact not only investors, many researches in the fields of finance, economics and statistics have tried to predict stock price trends with their studies and proposed models, making this an extensively explored subject in literature (Fama, 1991). This is why it has become all the more important now to propose statistical models to predict stock prices and market accurately. Innumerable studies have been conducted to understand and predict stock market behavior. A lot of credible prediction approaches and models with significant insights and high accuracy have been proposed in many studies for developed stock markets and the stocks traded on them. Various methods like Fundamental and technical analysis, Variable models, Time series analysis and recently machine learning as well as data mining ,sentimental analysis to name a few have been explored and tweaked, modified as well as combined in different ways to fit ,map and derive an accurate prediction model for the stochastic nature of these stock market and prices. To this effect, recent studies have also proposed Markov chain models for stock market and price prediction. All these above mentioned tradition prediction methods mostly predict stock market prices whereas Markov model predict trends i.e. bullish bearish for stock prices and market. In many instances the studies have inferred that Markov chains have outperformed other methods as a prediction model. This characteristic of Markov model as a prediction method can be useful to an investor since the foremost decision to invest in a stock is highly influenced by its future trend prediction and then by prices.

Brief Literature Review: There exists limited literature on prediction of Pakistan stock markets and in particular on application of Markov chain modeling for trend prediction of Pakistani Stocks price movements. However, there is enough literature in context of other Stock markets showing application of Markov chains as stock prediction techniques. For instance, Zhang & Zhang (2009) applied Markov chain to forecast stock prices in China, Choji, Eduno, & Kassem (2013) to predict share prices of two banks of Nigeria, Idolor (2011) examined five random securities from banking sector of NEPSE index (Nepal Stock Exchange), Onwukwe & Samson (2014) examined the steady state

- 102 - behaviors of eight Nigerian bank stocks traded on NEPSE index using the same research design as Idolor (2011) and Vasanthi et al. (2011) performed an empirical study to determine the level of accuracy of traditional trend forecasting methods in comparison with Markov chain trend prediction method. All of these studies showed that Mark chain model performs better to forecast. Vasanthi et al., (2011) explained that the reason that Markov chain Model displays relatively accurate results in comparison to traditional trend forecasting method is that Markov model takes in to account daily changes in the stock indices values in order to find the bullish and the bearish states. Bhusal (2017) forecasted and analyzed the Nepal stock exchange index (NEPSE) by applying Markov Chain Model. Svoboda & Lukas (2012) used Markov Chain aken up in their study modeling of Prague stock exchange index and its trend development by Markov chain. Mettle, Quaye & Laryea (2014) have modeled Ghana Stock Exchange (GSE) as Markov Chains, arguing that due to unusual volatilities in the equity prices, can be viewed and analyzed as stochastic processes. Assuming further, they describe stock prices behaving with Markovian property. As the review of the literature above shows that Markov chains have been found as a very efficient and accurate tool to forecast stock prices trends of single shares portfolios as well as indices. We applied Markov chain on share prices of HBL to forecast the share prices which is very important for investors.

Methodology As mentioned earlier, this study has the objective to apply first order Markov chain model to historical closing share prices of a banking company HBL, in order to evaluate the accuracy of the prediction of Markov chain model in the context of Pakistan’s share market. To this effect, share price data was first collected, examined and handled, a First order Markov Chain Model for share prices was constructed and applied to the data set and the results were compared to actual data to evaluate accuracy of the model. In this study the data of banking company, Habib bank limited (HBL) was taken from the official website of Pakistan Stock Exchange (PSX).The data used for the study is secondary data comprising of closing share prices of HBL for trading days on and between 24-9-2007 and 20-02-2015.The data includes closing share prices of 1723 trading days. The period for which stock prices were collected had no specific interest except the data being conveniently available. The data of 1724 trading days of closing share prices of HBL once collected were examined on MS Excel. First of all, the daily change in share price was calculated for all 1723 days by 푑푡 = 푌푡 − 푌푡−1 i.e. subtracting the share

- 103 - price by its proceeding day’s price. This was followed by application of IF functions in MS excel to automatically label the increase, decrease and no change in comparison to preceding day share prices. The total count of decrease, increase and no change in share prices was found out by applying COUNTIF function in Excel. This data was created to construct initial state vectors for the Markov chain model. Furthermore, the Transition from each state to other was automatically labeled and counted in Microsoft excel to construct transition probability matrix for the model. For matrix multiplication to arrive at state matrices, MMULT function of excel was used while for finding higher powers of transition probability matrices MMULT function was used in iteration and the results were validated by powers calculated by R software. The software packages used for data, handling, analysis and calculation were MS Excel and R. The tables of data handled are included in the appendices as appendix A.

Construction of Markov chain Model: In order to check the accuracy of Markov chain model as a prediction model and achieve other objectives of this study, a Markov chain model needs to be constructed for predicting the trend of the share prices. Construction of a Markov chain Model includes: Handling and initial analysis of the data set for the specified period, movement of the closing share prices occurs and is assumed to be in three states:

Share prices Increase =I Share prices Decrease =D, and Share prices remain Unchanged U.

The state space of the Markov model can be written as E(D,U,I).As earlier mentioned, initial state vector, also known as initial state distribution can be defined as:

Π0 = [휋푖(푖푖), 휋2(푖2), 휋3(푖3)]

Where 휋푖(푖푖), 휋2(푖2), 휋3(푖3) , provide the Increase (I), Decrease (D), and Unchanged (U) in the probability of the closing share prices. Summary of the initial analysis of the data for 1723 trading days’ shows following:

- 104 -

Table 1: Frequency of Increase,unchanged and decrease in share prices

Decrease No change Increase 890 40 792 The initial state probability can be calculated by finding out probability of each state in the following manner:

휋푖(푖푖) = 890/1722 휋2(푖2) = 40/1722 휋3(푖3) = 792/1722

Thus, the initial state vector for the HBL closing share prices is Π0 = [0.5168 0.023 0.4599]

Derivation of Transition Probability Matrix As movement of the closing share prices have been divided in to three states,( D, U,I )the transition probability matrix also will involve these three states. The transition probability matrix gives great insight into the behavior of a Markov Chain. For this study, the closing share prices have been assumed to have first order Markovian properties; hence derivation of Transition probability matrix for the data set will give great insight as to how the data behaves when assumed to have first order Markovian properties. In a transition probability matrix, each element signifies the transition from that specific state to the next state. There are different ways to derive a transition probability matrix for a Markov chain. Mostly it is derived empirically, while in other stances as well as in this study, it is derived by analyzing and interpreting historical data that is assumed to behave like a Markov chain. A transition probability matrix for our three states will be written mathematically as:

 p11 p12 p13    P    p21 p22 p23 pij    p31 p32 p33 For the three state transition probability matrix with state space E (D,U,I),the following table shows the transitions that each probability pij in the above mentioned transition probability matrix signifies ,for example p11 is a transition from a decrease I share price to a decrease in share price the next day. State D U I

- 105 -

D p11 p12 p13

U p21 p22 p23

I p31 p32 P33 To derive the probabilities of the transition probability matrix, the raw closing share prices for 1723 days was handled and each transition shown in the above table, for example the transition of the share price from decrease to a decreased state or from decreased to a increased state so on and so forth was observed in Ms Excel and represented in the table below:

Table 2: Transition Matrix of share prices Increase Decrease in State Unchanged in share share price price Decrease in share price 481 11 400 Unchanged 10 24 6 Increase in share price 401 5 386

The transition probabilities will be calculated as follows:  481 11 400 892 892 892  10 24 6  PHBL     40 40 40   401 5 386   792 792 792 0.534 0.0123 0.448  P   0.25 0.6 0.15  HBL   0.506 0.0063 0.4873

Transition probability obtained above shows that all states communicate with each other because there exists a non-zero probability to go from each state to another. Hence, Transition probability shows that the Markov chain is irreducible since all state belong to one class i.e. communicate with each other. Graphically the transition probability matrix can be represented as

- 106 -

0.0123 0.6 0.25 U 0.53 D 4 0.063 0.448 0.5065 0.15 6

I 0.487

Figure 1: Trasition Diagraph of HBL closing share

Derivation of State probability matrix: State probabilities according to Markov chain model can be found out by multiplying initial probability matrix with transition probability matrix. In mathematical notation it can be written as: Π(1) = Π(0)푃 ⋮ ⋮ Π(푛 + 1) = Π(푛)푃 Consequently, the state probability matrix for HBL closing price shares can for 1724th day will be: 0.534 0.0123 0.448    Π(1) = Π(0)푃퐻퐵퐿 = [0.5168 0.023 0.4599]  0.25 0.6 0.15  0.506 0.0063 0.4873 = [0.51466 0.023191 0.459409] The above state probability shows that HBL closing share prices have a probability of 0.51466 to undergo decrease, 0.023191 probability to remain

- 107 - unchanged and a probability of 0.459409 to increase from their previous closing day price. Similarly, the state probability for 1725th day will be: Π(1) = Π(0)푃퐻퐵퐿 0.534 0.0123 0.448    = [0.51466 0.023191 0.459409]  0.25 0.6 0.15  0.506 0.0063 0.4873 = [0.513227 0.2313982 0.4581732] The above state probability shows that HBL closing share prices have a probability of 0.0513227 to undergo decrease, 0.02313982 probability to remain unchanged and a probability of 0.4581732 to increase from their previous closing day price.

Long or steady state behavior of share prices: As mentioned earlier, this study has made the assumption that the data set of HBL closing share prices form an Ergodic Markov chain i.e. An irreducible, positive recurrent, aperiodic, time homogenous Markov chain. The assumption helps in forecasting the long run behavior of the closing share prices as Ergodic Markov chains always has a unique stationary distribution and such a chain will converge independent of initial distribution as 푛 → ∞ to its unique stationary distribution. i.e. 푛 lim 푝푖푗 = 휋푗 푛→∞ In other words, for an irreducible, positive recurrent, aperiodic Markov chain, no matter where we start from, if we let the chain run for a long time n then the distribution of 푋푛will converge to 휋푗 i.e. its stationary distribution independent of its initial distribution. Because the convergence occurs independent of where the chain started, the rows of the transition probability 푛 matrix 푃 converge to 휋푗 as n approaches infinity     0  n lim 푃푛 =   푛→∞           0  n  where 휋 = [휋0 ⋯ ⋯ 휋푛] is the stationary distribution in matrix form as the 푛 푝푖푗’s of 푃 have converged to 휋 = [휋0 ⋯ ⋯ 휋푛] . In case of Ergodic Markov Chains, such questions can easily be answered by computing stationary distribution of Ergodic chains as for such chains 푛 lim 푝푖푗 = 휋푗 exists. The solution can be computed by the equations 휋푗 = 푛→∞

- 108 -

∞ 푛 ∑푖=0 휋푖푝푖푗 and ∑푖=0 휋푗 = 1 or in vector form by 휋 = 휋푃 which will give rise 푛 to n equation with n unknowns and ∑푖=0 휋푗 = 1. The solution can also be found out for Ergodic Markov Chains by taking higher powers of the transition matrix because the convergence to stationary distribution occurs independent of where the chain started, the rows of the 푛 transition probability matrix 푃 converge to 휋푗 as 푛 .But in this study the solution will be found out by taking higher powers of the transition matrix to find the stationary distributions. The higher powers of the transition probability matrix are obtained using R statistical software. 0.512175 0.019299 0.457703 푃2 = [0.422289 0.224567 0.349921] 0.515946 0.01716 0.461442

0.510061 0.020763 0.455642 푃3 = [0.458809 0.142139 0.393595] 0.513433 0.019549 0.458834 0.508255 0.021602 0.453909 푃4 = [0.479816 0.093406 0.418892] 0.511368 0.020935 0.456795 ⋮ 0.460049 0.020757 0.4107 푃40 = [0.464153 0.020942 0.414363] 0.462541 0.020869 0.412924 Raising the transition probability matrix to higher power i.e. 40 reveal a matrix with its all rows converging to the same probabilities i.e. lim 푃푛 = π = [0.460049 0.020757 0.4107]. 푛→∞ This is the stationary distribution that the shows that after 40 days since 1723 trading days, it converges to its steady state distribution. The steady state distribution shows the following information about the trading days coming in future, that:  The chances that the closing share prices will decrease in future for HBL are 0.460049.  The chances that the closing share prices will remain unchanged in future for HBL are0.020757.  The chances that the closing share prices will increase in future for HBL are 0.460049. To validate that the above distribution is the steady state distribution, if we assume that our chain starts with its initial vector i.e. Π0 = [0.5168 0.023 0.4599]

- 109 -

And, we want to find out the distribution for the 41th day since 1723 trading days, we will see that the Π(41) 0.460049 0.020757 0.4107 = [0.51466 0.023191 0.459409] [0.464153 0.020942 0.414363] 0.462541 0.020869 0.412924 = [0.461291 0.020813 0.4118] is same as the steady state distribution i.e. after the chain has reached its steady distribution from that onwards despite its initial vector, the distribution for the chain remains the same which is the steady state distribution of the chain. This also validates our assumption of taking the Markov chain for HBL closing share prices as Ergodic i.e. an irreducible, positive recurrent, aperiodic, time homogenous Markov chain is called an Ergodic Markov Chain, as the chain has a steady state distribution that is independent of its initial distribution.

The forecast made this way on the long run steady state behavior of HBL closing share prices can provide decision makers significant information on the trend of the HBL share prices and hence can be really helpful in decision making by investors. The predictions also serve to motivate future experimental tests of the model.

Determination of mean recurrence time: Limiting distributions or steady state distribution can also help us compute the expected return time 휇푗푗 i.e. the time the chains takes to visit j once it left j. The relation between limiting probabilities and expected return time is given by 휇푗푗 = 1 ∕ 휋푗 휇푗푗 and can also be called mean recurrence time. Since our Markov chain consisting of closing share prices of HBL is Ergodic i.e. Have a limiting distribution so we can calculate a mean recurrence times for the chain, also known as expected return times. Expected return times give information about the expected stay time of HBL closing prices in all of the three states i.e. D, U, I. The expected return time to the decreasing state is denoted and given by:

휇퐷 = 1⁄0.460049 = 2.173681

The expected return time to the unchanged state is denoted and given by:

휇푈 = 1⁄0.02075 = 48.19277

- 110 -

The expected return time to the increasing state is denoted and given by:

휇퐼 = 1⁄0.41070 = 2.43486

The expected decreasing return time signifies that the chain for HBL share prices should make a visit to decreasing state on average in 2 days. The expected unchanged return time signifies that the chain for HBL share prices should make a visit to unchanged state on average in 48 days. The expected increasing return time signifies that the chain for HBL share prices should make a visit to increasing state on average in 2.5 or 2 days approximately. This also shows that the share prices are very volatile and there is no stability in the share prices as the high return time to unchanged state of the share prices depicts.

Accuracy of the Markov chain as a prediction Model: The state probability for 1724th day predicted that HBL closing share prices have a probability of 0.51466 to undergo decrease, 0.023191 probability to remain unchanged and a probability of 0.459409 to increase from their previous closing day price .In other words the probability of the share prices to decrease is higher and hence the model is predicting a Bearish trend which is consistent with the actual trend observed in closing share prices on 1724th day,as shown in the table below. Similarly, the state probability for 1725th day predicted that HBL closing share prices have a probability of 0.0513227 to undergo decrease, 0.02313982 probabilities to remain unchanged and a probability of 0.4581732 to increase from their previous closing day price. In other words the probability of the share prices to decrease is higher and hence the model is predicting a Bearish trend which is consistent with the actual trend observed in closing share prices on 1725th day, as shown in the table below. Table 3: Actual Change in in Share prices compared to forecasted trend

Closi ng Change In Symb Markov Chain Day Date Price prices ol Prediction 25- 185.9 1725 Mar-15 4 -0.00832 D Decrease 24- 1724 Mar-15 187.5 -0.08559 D Decrease 20- 205.0 1723 Mar-15 5 -0.0044 D

- 111 -

Thus Markov chain as a prediction model has made correct trend predictions for HBL closing share prices and proves that actually a Markov chain model can be used by investors as a forecasting model with various changes made to the model proposed in this study, so that trend as well as the price intervals forecast could be made as well.

Results The interpretation of the transition probability matrix and the limiting probabilities derived show that the probability for no change in share prices is the lowest making the stock really volatile. The probabilities for increase and decrease in share prices are very close 0.46 for decrease and 0.4118 for increase. This can also be represented as that out of 1722 days the share prices decreased for 794 days ,remain unchanged for 36 days while increase for 709 days. This makes investing in the shares of HBL a wrong choice for investors as the share prices are highly volatile and with a higher tendency to decrease than increase in price and consequently will result into capital losses. The mean recurrence times also validate the same result by depicting that the return time to decreased state i.e. 2 days is shorter than the increase state i.e. 2.5-3 days approximately.

Conclusion & Recommendations This study applied and proposed a first order Markov chain model to historical share prices of a banking company HBL in order to evaluate the accuracy of the prediction of Markov chain model in the context of Pakistan’s share market. The results showed that the historical share price dataset of a banking company HBL behaved with Markovian property and exhibited Ergodicity validated by the convergence of the transition probability matrix to a steady state distribution, hence proving that Markov chain model can be applied to shares traded on Pakistan stock exchange (PSX). Furthermore, the accuracy of the Markov model was validated when trend predictions made by the model i.e. state distributions turned out accurate when compared to the actual Share prices. This study has made it evident that Markov chain modeling of stock prices and market is a credible approach for accurate prediction of financial time series. The Markov chain model can be used by investors as a reliable prediction technique as well as improve investor’s knowledge to make well informed decisions and chances of making higher return on those investment decisions. The expected return time and expect number of visits for the share prices has been determined and has been shown how to be interpreted to get maximum information out of the Markov prediction model.

- 112 -

The Markov chain model proposed in this study is nevertheless an efficient trend prediction model for stock prices but it does not makes predictions about absolute values of stock prices, which also are needed by investors to make well informed decisions. To get prediction on absolute values of stock prices, a slight change in terms of dividing changes in stock prices in intervals that can best represent changes in data and forming states of transition probability out of those intervals is recommended. Furthermore, studies on the variables that affect the stock market and prices have not been able to achieve absolute explanation. Stock prices according to literature can be affected by many micro and macro variables in economy, fundamentals of companies, government policy and interventions, and psychological factors. So, accurate predictions cannot only be made by assuming although there is significant literature backing this assumption that the historical prices can unveil behavior of stock market and prices. Therefore, results of other prediction models that be combines other prediction techniques with Markov chain Models is recommended for further research to improve upon stock prediction accuracy. It is also suggested that Markov models should be applied to bond and future markets to find out if it is applicable to them as a prediction method and should be checked for its accuracy as a prediction method in order to introduce Markov model as a prediction model for these markets. This study has been conducted using First order Markov chain model as a prediction method but it is suggested to conduct further studies that propose higher order Markov chain models as a prediction model for stock prices, indices and market.

References

Abu-Mostafa, Y. S. and Atiya, A. F. (1996). “Introduction to financial forecasting”. Applied Intelligence, Vol. 6 No.3, pp. 205–213. Bhusal, M. K. (2017). Application of Markov Chain Model in the Stock Market Trend Analysis of Nepal. International Journal of Scientific & Engineering Research, 8, 1733-1745. Campbell, J. Y., Campbell, J. W., Lo, A. W. C., MacKinlay, A. C., Champbell, J. J., LO, A. A., & Lo, A. W. (1997). The econometrics of financial markets. princeton University press.

- 113 -

Choji, D. N., Eduno, S. N., & Kassem, G. T. (2013). Markov chain model application on share price movement in stock market. Computer Engineering and Intelligent Systems, 4(10), 84-95. Fama, E. F. (1991). Efficient capital markets: II. The journal of finance, 46(5), 1575-1617. Idolor, Eseoghene Joseph. "The Long Run Prospect of Stocks in the Nigerian Capital Market: A Markovian Analysis." Jorind (9) 1 (2011): 388- 400. Mettle, F. O., Quaye, E. N. B., & Laryea, R. A. (2014). A methodology for stochastic analysis of share prices as Markov chains with finite states. SpringerPlus, 3(1), 657. Onwukwe, C. E., & Samson, T. K. (2014). On Predicting the Long Run Behaviour of Nigerian Bank Stocks Prices: a Markov Chain Approach. American Journal of Applied Mathematics and Statistics, 2(4), 212-215. Vasanthi, S., Subha, M. V., & Nambi, S. T. (2011). An empirical study on stock index trend prediction using Markov chain analysis. Journal of Banking Financial Services and Insurance Research, 1(1), 72-91. Wang, Y. F., Cheng, S., & Hsu, M. H. (2010). Incorporating the Markov chain concept into fuzzy stochastic prediction of stock indexes. Applied Soft Computing, 10(2), 613-617. Zhang, D., & Zhang, X. (2009). Study on forecasting the stock market trend based on stochastic analysis method. International Journal of Business and Management, 4(6), 163-170. Zhou, Q. X. (2015). Application of Weighted Markov Chain in Stock Price Forecasting of China Sport Industry. International Journal of u-and e- Service, Science and Technology, 8(2), 219-226.

- 114 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

The Treaty of 1876: A Case Study of British Occupation of Balochistan

Dr. Mumtaz Baloch 1, Abdul Saeed 2, Muhammad Javed Sarparah 3 & Chaker Hyder4

Abstract During the Great Game the British powers wanted to secure their colonial empire from foreign threats. This task was to make strong hold in North West Province and make it secure from Russian invasion. The robust resistance in the Afghanistan and Balochistan by the people, the British government got a serious concern, and adopted the non- interference policy towards the Balochistan. But her intensions were to capture this region to make protected their empire. To subdue the region and people of Balochistan they started the tendency of treaties with the Khan of Kalat. In order to achieve their colonial interest, they finally concluded the Treaty of 1876. The treaty of 1876 was the most significant treaty, with all the treaties that were done with the British government. With occurrence of this treaty the British authorities became a desolate ruler of Balochistan. The Khan of Kalat status became nominal, and the British establishments became the absolute rule of the Balochistan. Keyword: Balochistan, British, Government, Kalat, Khan, Treaty,

Introduction: The first contact between British government and Khan of Kalat was made in 1839, when they British establishment wanted to put in the Shah Shuja on the seat of Kabul to reinstate the Durani dynasty. The treaty was concluded between British and Khan of Khan, according to which Mir Mehrab Khan granted the permission to British they can pass through his region and can purchase rationed goods. The Baloch people showed their resistance when the Indus army was crossing the Bolan Pass, and the Indus

1 Department of Political Science, University of Balochistan, Quetta 2 Lecturer History, Government Post Graduate College, Sariab Road Quetta. 3 Lecturer, Department of History, University of Balochistan, Quetta. 4 Department of Political Science, University of Turbat, Kech Turbat. Balochistan.

- 115 - army suffered a lot in Bolan. Nevertheless, the British succeeded to install the Shah Shuja on throne. Now they turned their attention towards the Balochistan. They martyred the Mehrab Khan and installed Mir Shah Nawaz Khan on the throne of Kalat and after some time, the legitimate heir of the throne Mir Naseer Khan II was succeeded on the throne of Kalat. In 1854 the new treaty was signed with the British government, which further abridged the power of the Naseer Khan II. In this treaty Khan as recognized as a sovereign ruler and compete against the enemies of British. On one side the British accepted the independence of Kalat and on other side they restricted the Khan authorities. In this period British was incorporating with Policy of Close Border Policy, but there are few British representatives, who were strong advocates of the Direct Interfere in the affairs of Balochistan. General John Jacob was also among the supporters of the direct interfere, but for Long period of time British government adopted the non-interference policy towards Balochistan, until Sir Robert Sandeman came on the scene. Sandeman was also follower of direct interference. He was Sandeman who introduced Forward Policy in Balochistan. The treaty of 1876 was one of the most important outcomes of the Forward Policy, which made Khan of Kalat king without throne and authorities. The Treaty of 1876 was the final step toward the occupation the Balochistan and its affairs. After which Khan of Kalat became very insignificant ruler. The treaty if 1876 was most important treaties of all, which led Balochistan occupied by British ruler and after occupation Balochistan was further divided in British Balochistan, and Kalat State. The British Advent The “Great Game” Played Britain, Russia, and France in 19th century which ultimately effected the Balochistan and its people. From day first of the Great Game Russia wants to access the warm water, Russia thought that access to warm water is fundamental to fulfil their need of colonialism. Russia tried many times to reach the warm water from the western border, finally they gaze upon the Central Asian steppes in order to find a route to the Persian Gulf which would be the way to the warm waters. After occupying the Central Asia various areas, he sent diplomatic missions to Iran, Afghanistan, Sindh and Punjab. The British colonial administrators looked this act as a alarming situation, and supposed the Russian advance as threat for their colonial empire (British India) (Dashti 2012: 206). The Russian advance creates very big hazard for the British possessions, so the British

- 116 - government plan to capture the Balochistan to secure its colonial possessions. The colonial interest of British was not economic in Balochistan but dur to its geo-strategic location make its very important for the British. The Britain needs to use the coastal area for economic purpose to dominate all the politics and economics of the Asia. The first interaction took place between Khan Mir Mehrab Khan and British Authorities in 1839, when The British government, in imperative to defend India, and to avoid a probable outbreak of expedition by Russia had Shah Shuja in mind who had been distant from control and was living in exile in India. As a result, Lord Auckland on 1 October 1838 started the First Afghan-Anglo war and boarded on captivating and removing Dost Mohammad Khan (Habibi 1967: 186). In 1838 Lt. Leech had send in the court of Mir Mehrab Khan to negotiate the terms of treaty to pass the British army from the Khan dominion and arrange food and supplies for the British army as well as for their horses and camels. But Mehrab Khan has rejected the treaty (Marri 2002: 155). Second time Sir Alexzander Burnes was sent to negotiate the terms of treaty. This time the agreement was concluded between Mehrab Khan and British government. According to which integrity was guaranteed to the Government of Kalat, Khan Kalat will be paid Rs. 1½ Lakh and he was responsible for security when the British army pass through his area and he will provide supplies for the British army (Kauser 1987: 117). On the other hand, Shah Shuja signed this strange treaty, which took place between two state personals and an exile person, the British armed forces, commanded by Sir John Keen, brought Shah Shuja to Kandahar in February of 1839 and by means of Sind and Bolan attacked Kandahar and took control of the town on 20 April 1839. The brothers of the Amir fled to Iran and Shah Shuja was placed on the command of Kandahar on 7 May 1839 (Habibi 1967: 187). When the Army of Indis along with Shah Shuja passes through the Bolan Pass, the Baloch tribe specially Marris resisted to them from which the Indus Army suffered a lot and lost many of their soldiers (Qaiserani 1994: 118-19), the British authorities said that thses attacks were carried out by Mehrab khan and they decided to punish the Khan for cummiting this act. The British armies were therefore asked to subdue Kalat. A group of soldiers from Quetta attacked Kalat on 13th November 1839. The Khan of Kalat declined to submit and battled against the intruders. He was martyred

- 117 - along with four hundred of his men, in the battle The British put in Shahnawaz Khan in power, a fourteen-year-old boy who was a handpick of Raj and a distant relative of the defunct Khan. Furthermore, Lieutenant Loveday as regent and started the division of the Baloch lands. Shal and Mastung were given to Amir of Afghanistan and Kacchi was annexed into Sindh. However, as soon as the Raj militia left Kalat, Baloch tribes revolted successfully under the leadership of Mehrab Khan's son, Naseer Khan II and he was crowned as the new Khan (Breseeg 2004: 174-75). Civil War in Balochistan The Naseer Khan II ruled on Kalat throne from 1841 to 1857, after the death of Naseer Khan II, all the Sardars unanimously agree to make the Mir Khudadad Khan as Khan of Kalat when he was just 16 years old (Naseer 2016 6th Ed: 206). As Mir Khudadad be seated on the throne, he got involved in the conspiracy of two rival groups, one group which was led by Darogha Gul Muhammad, and second group was consists of Jhalawan, Sarawan Sardars and Jam of Las Bela Mir Khan. Every group had the same effort that the young Khan of Kalat became under their infulence (Bukhari 1987: 315). Mir Khuda khan was influence of Darogha family, the people of this family were loyal to khan and they obeyed and considered Khan’s every order as their duty. After some time Khudadad Khan with the support of an structured military, the Khan made his mind to abort the impact of the Sardars. He resolute to seize all "jagirs" from those Sardars who had miscarried to help Mir Mehrab Khan in 1839. Furthermore, Khan also decided to appropriate all those lands which had been taken-over by the Sardars without a formal means (royal decree). The Khan's act caused unrest amid the tribal chiefs and finally the tribal heads revolted which brought Raj officials as arbitrators. The British officials buttressed the Khan against the rebels. Merewether, the commissioner in Sind, asked Col. Phayre, the political superintendent for the Upper Sind Frontier “As long as the Khan of Kalat remains a free and independent sovereign, our great object is to increase his influence and strengthen his power within his country as much as we can”. In his lengthy letter, the Commissioner wrote “As long as the Khanate of Kalat is governed by one individual, and that one at present is control and dictated by the wishes of the Raj Government, we don’t need to feel any anxiety about the protection of our border from north to south. But once, if we let his power to be ruined and the kingdom fall into the hands of a number of petty tribal heads with little control over their factions” (Baloch 1987: 125-26).

- 118 -

C. U. Aitchison states that, the history of Kalat after the restoration of Khudadad Khan was marked by constant conflicts between the Khan and his turbulent subjects. In quelling partial risings, he met with a certain amount of success. Taj Muhammad Khan, the Chief of the Jhalawan country, was taken prisoner and placed in confinement, where he soon afterwards died, and the Jam of LasBela was forced to take refuge in British territory. But in 1871 a combination of the Brahui Chiefs ended in open rebellion. The causes of their discontent were alleged to be the resumption by the Khan of their hereditary lands, and the introduction of changes which deprived them of their due share in the administration. The Khan, finding himself unable to coerce his subjects, implored British aid, and delegated to the Commissioner in Sind full powers to mediate a settlement. The malcontents were summoned to Jacobabad, and an arrangement was affected by which the Khan consented to restore to the Sardars their confiscated lands; to grant them the allowances customary in the time of Mir Nasir Khan the younger; and to allow them to live on their estates so long as they paid him proper allegiance. They, on the other hand, were to restore all property plundered during their rebellion, the Khan consenting to forego all claims in regard to his own property. The opportunity was taken to impress upon the Sardars the duty of obedience to the legitimate authority of the Khan, and to warn His Highness that he would not be countenanced in high-handed interference with the rights of his subjects (Aitchison 1892: 189). Close Border System vs Forward Policy The Close Border System in force was that of Lord Lawrence; according to this new system the British officers supposed to were under no circumstances to cross the boundary on official business that they were to sidestep every step tending to extend the border and that in the event of any trouble beyond Raj’s dominion, a retaliatory expedition was to be made if the case required. It has been named as the “Close- Border system” for non- interventionism beyond the edge was the maxim. The close-border system, which is identified with the name of Lord Lawrence, and has generally been followed by the Punjab Government in the intervals between spasmodic bursts of aggression, rested satisfied with carrying civilisation up to the line of the hills, and inflicting occasional punishment for the raids of our robber neighbours (Lipsett 1903: 30) T. H. Holdich states that, the " close border " system, which had hitherto been applied almost as much to Balochistan as to the Punjab, had the effect of keeping frontier officers absolutely ignorant of frontier geography,

- 119 - and prevented that intercourse between them and transborder chiefs which might have led to better mutual understanding (Holdich 1900: 180). A. B Awan argued about close border “The governmental procedure developed for the Punjab border was that of the Lawrence brothers at Lahore and the one characteristic article of it was that the governments would never extend the long hand of their executive measures to areas beyond their borders. The tribes, therefore, were to be endure immune from day to day interloping in their affairs by the British administrators. This policy was known as the ‘Close Border System’” (Awan 1985: 118). This was the policy of non-interference adopted toward the Balochistan affairs from the 1941 when British had embarrassed defeat in Afghanistan and Balochistan they decided to evacuate the region, till 1775-76 the policy was continued. The then came the game changer Sir Robert Sandeman, who was known as peaceful conqueror of Balochistan and he conquered Balochistan with new policy known as Forward Policy. Dr Naimatullah Gichki argued, different people have described Forward Policy differently. In Simple words it means bringing the rough tribals under their control without going to war with them, physically conquering them and without antagonizing them through friendly intercourse, confidence building, by dealing with them peacefully. In this they occupied the central points of the authority linking them with the chain of command and post but leaving them to manage their own affairs according to their own customs and traditions, through their chiefs. The tribal customs were administered by the Political Agent through a Jirga using the instrument of Frontier Crimes Regulations a barbarian law under political agent. With the new changes the Sardars were to appoint and control a tribal force called Levies to be paid by the government (Gichki 2015: 100). A. B Awan comments, “Forward Policy means control of an autonomous tribe, territory, politically militarily and economically, without engaging into war with them and materially winning it, without provoking it in any way. This is done through friendly contact by winning their self- assurance and by doing out patronage. In practical terms, it meant the occupation of central point in considerable force well ahead of the mutually recognised borderline, linking them up by fair weather roads and chain of posts, leaving the tribes to manage their affairs according to their own customs and working thought their chiefs and sardars. The tribal sardars were expected to enlist the levies paid by Government but regarded as tribal servants” (Awan 1985: 151-52).

- 120 -

In a life time of Sir John Jacob who was supporter of strong hold in the north west frontier province, but the British government did not approve his proposal of direct interference in the tribe’s affairs. But the scheme of John Jacob’s came true when the Sir Robert Sandeman took the charge of Kalat affair. Sandeman, a Punish Political Officer of the Baloch district of Dera Ghazi Khan since 1856, was in contact with the Baluch tribes of the Sulaiman Mountains, the subjects to the Khan along the frontier of Punjab land the Khanate. Sandeman favoured the ‘Forward Policy' and informed the Government of Punjab about the affairs of Balochistan, an intervention to settle the civil war between the head of the Baloch Confederacy the Khan and his chiefs (Baloch 1987: 137). A conference was held to discuss the Balochistan administrative affairs at Mitthon Kot in 3rd February 1871 (Qaiserani 1994: 172) The Punjab was embodied by the Lieutenant-Governor, Mr. Henry Davies, and the secretaries in the civil and military departments, the General powerful the Punjab Frontier Force, the Commissioner of the Derajat division, and Captain Sandeman ; Sind by the Commissioner, Sir William Merewether, and Colonel Phayre, Political Superintendent of the Frontier, Upper Sind. The conference did little. Sir William held powerfully to the view that the Khan was a supreme ruler, and that all dealings with the tribes of his country must be carried on through him. Sandeman, however, gained one point. His transactions with the Marris were recognised, and, as far as they were anxious, he was placed in subordination to the Sind frontier officer. The Khan's troubles with his chiefs were not touched (Tucker 1921: 28). The advocates of the forward policy were chiefly military men who desired active service and medals and did not trouble about ways and means. The advocates of the close-border system were mainly civilian administrators, who wanted all the money that could be spared for the development of their districts in the interior of India, their protection against famine and so on. These men regarded military adventures on the frontier as a waste of public money. (Lipsett 1903: 31). In order to value the nature of the great changes which were gradually brought about, it is necessary to describe the actual state of affairs which existed on the frontier in general, especially on the Dera Ghazi Khan- Rajanpur border, when Sandeman received charge of the district. The system known as the Close Border System was in force (Bruce 1900: 13-14), and when he took charge of Polictical affairs of Kalat after the Mitton Kot

- 121 - conference, the person was Sandeman who took very bold steps towards the Baloch tribe affairs. It was at this time that Sandeman took that momentous step, which was the death-knell of the Close Border System, of boldly crossing the Border line into the hills, escorted only by certain of the Baloch Sirdars and their followers. This was undoubtedly the commencement of the true Forward Policy (Bruce 1900: 26). In the competition of Close Border System vs Forward Policy, the later stands as winner because Russian advance in Central Asia gave their arguments credence. In 1874 Sir Robert Sandeman was sent to improve British relations with the Baloch tribes and the Khan of Kalat. Mission Kalat The mission started in November 1875. It had a small Raj escort of one hundred and twenty men; and a frequent tribal following went with it. Chief after chief joined Sandeman. From his own area came the Mazari chief, the Laghari, and many more: the Baluch tribes outside were not behind-hand (Tucker 1921: 30).Cpt. Sandeman left Dera Ghazi Khan on November 18, 1875, and crossed the border from Harrand on the 22nd, reporting his leaving to the Commissioner in Sind. He had a nominal private escort of Punjab troops under the command of Captain Wylie, but no Sind officer was associated with him. However, in his company, there was a great number of on horseback Balochis of the Dera Ghazi Khan district, commanded by their Tumandar’s, or tribal chiefs, and numbering in all from 1000 to 1200 horsemen. More tribal bodyguards had escorted him in expeditions through the hills on previous occasions, but never on so impressive a scale as this; and "the moral effect of such a gathering of clans assembled publicly in the interests of peace must have been great." (Thornton 2017 Edition: 67). Sandeman continued his journey through Bolan Pass towards Quetta, and finally on 20th december 1875 he rechead Quetta. The Khan naib (representative) of Khan received him (Bukhari 1987: 325).Khan Naib presented a letter from His Highness, offering to meet him at any place he desired to name; he also received a communication from the Sirdars, whom he had sent to the Khan, reporting that His Highness had agreed to grant peace to his vassals on the terms of Naseer Khan I.'s settlement (Thornton 2017 Edition: 70). On this positive response from the Khan of Kalat, without any delay Sandeman left for Kalat. On 31th of December 1875 he reached Kalat, Khan very warmly welcomed Sandeman. Sandeman discussed to Khudadad Khan on the situation of Balochistan. But there was no result of this discussion (Dehwar

- 122 -

1990: 689). The reason of failure of this mission was, before Sandeman reached Kalat the Commissioner of Sidh notified Mir Khudadad Khan that the mission of the Sandeman is limited to presenting its report by reviewing only the Balochistan conditions and he does not have any arbiteration privileges, when Khan expressed this in front of Sandeman, so He could not gave any positive response in this regard (Bughti 2010: 103-04). Second Mission Kalat Accordingly, Sandeman proceeded on his second mission to Kalat, escorted by detachments of the Sind and Punjab Frontier Forces, including 2 guns of the Jacobabad Mountain Battery, under command of Captain Wylie, 1st Punjab Cavalry. A start was made from Jacobabad early in April 1876 (Holdich 1900: 62). Sandeman had a meeting with officials before leaving for his second mission. In this meeting it was discussed that at the place of Mastung, accomodation for huge gethering can be easily administered, and food for animal can also arragned in this place easily. Thus, a decision was taken to hold a Darbar in Mastung, to organize a meeting of Khan and his rebel chiefs. So Khan was informed about the Darbar at Mastung, and the Sardars were also intimated to reach Mastung to participate the the grand Darbar. Sandeman himself reached Mastung on 28 April 1876 (Naseer 2016 6th Ed: 312). On 31th may Khan left for Mastung to participate in the grand Darbar, where all the Baloch Sardar from Dera Ghazi Khan to Iran and Afghan border, were present with Sandeman. The Darbar at Mastung proved to be a function of making Baloches as slave, where Khan’s crown was in the feets of the Sandeman and Balochistan was in his hand (M. G. Naseer 1982: 279). The Arbitration Committee A group of mediations was appointed, consisting of three members selected by the Khan, viz. his vakil, his pay master, and his divine adviser, and three nominated by the Brahui chiefs, namely, the principal chief of the upper highland clans and the two British Baloch chiefs, with Munshi Hittu Ram, the Hindu superintendent of Major Sandeman's office, as secretary, and Major Sandeman himself as final referee and umpire. A list was prepared of all the claims and complaints of the Brahuis against the Khan and of the Khan against the Brahuis, and each claim was discussed by the committee, who held continuous sittings from the 9th to the nth of July (Thornton 2017 Edition: 81-82).

- 123 -

Mastung Durbar, the Magna Charta of Balochis By July 11 all matters in dispute were settled, and the settlement agreed to by the Khan. On July 13 a grand durbar was held, attended not only by the chiefs but by the British military officers present in camp, when formal declarations of the terms of reconciliation agreed to on both sides were made and ratified on oath in the most solemn manner according to Muhammadan custom (Thornton 2017 Edition: 82). On the I4th July 1876, a grand durbar of the Khan and the chiefs took place, at Mastung. The claims or the Khan, and grievances of the chiefs were presented to Sir Robert Sandeman. This durbar and settlement have been described as the “Magna Charta” of the Kalat Confederacy (Malleson 1983: 63). As from the 9th July to the 11 when all matters under dispute were finally settled on the next day a grand durbar was held, in which all agreements were formally ratified and solemn pledge was made to forget the past and to stay all hostilities (Awan 1985: 129). The main issue on which Khan and Sardar agreed as follow: 1. Sardars pledged to obey Khan according to ancient principles and traditions, and Khan have restored their all ancient rights. 2. Khan acknowledged instead of Sardar Mullah Muhammad Raisani, his son Asad Khan, instead of Sardar Taj Muhammad Zarakzai, Mir Ghoar Khan and instead of Sardar Noor Din Mengal, Shakar Khan as Sardar of the respective tribes. 3. Khan has recommended the release of Jam Mir Khan. 4. The chiefs acknowledged Khan's decision regarding the confiscated properties. 5. Regarding Bolan Pass the Sardars have accepted the Khan and Sandeman judgement. 6. Khan promised to take care of inherited rights and honours of the chiefs. 7. The Khan and Sardars have accepted the British Government as sole arbitrator in case of any dispute or controversial issue between Khan and his Sardars (Barmani 2008: 152-53). (For details also see M.G. Naseer, Tareekh-e-Balochistan Appendix 1, Pp-609-11). In drawing up the final report, Sandeman gave it as his categorical opinion that this settlement would remain transitory “unless maintenance was provided for by the continuous supervision of the British Government”. To back this view a separate instrument was drawn up, and assented to, by the Khan and the Sardars, and submitted with the Sandeman, report. In other

- 124 - words, this portion of the report was raising important and far-reaching question. The question was with the conclusion of peace between the Ruler and the Chiefs of Kalat, had intervention by the British government been finally terminated? Or had the door been opened to further as prolonged interventions? Sandeman clearly and emphatically advocated the latter course (Awan 1985: 129). The document embodying the terms of the agreement may be said to be the Magna Charta of the Brahui chiefs and people. But the battle was as yet only half won. The treaty of peace was in itself all that could be desired, but Major Sandeman saw clearly that it would not be worth the paper on which it was written unless the British Government continued their intervention and were in a position to ensure the observance of its terms by all parties concerned. This view he represented most strongly, and it was finally accepted by the Government of India (Bruce 1900: 64). L. P Tucker states that, Sandeman was capable in September to report to the Viceroy the settlement which he had affected. Lord Lytton, says the Chronicler, was "not quite convinced of the improved state of the country ". The Chronicler, as usual, puts matters in a nut-shell. The settlement, in view of the past and latest history, must have looked almost absurd. Lord Lytton's Military Secretary, Colonel Colley (who afterwards fell on Majuba Hill), was sent to Kalat. He had letters from the Viceroy to the Khan and to Major Sandeman. These letters were pertinent to the preparation of a new treaty with the Khan, which the Viceroy suggested to sanction at Jacobabad, where he invited His Highness to meet him (Tucker 1921; 40). Colonel Colley reached Kalat on October 14, and at a majestic durbar, held on the 18th, in the Miri, presented the letter from the Viceroy, the draft treaty, and requested to His Highness to attend with his chiefs at the upcoming Imperial Assemblage. The documents were received with great ceremony under a salute of twenty-one guns, and the Khan pressed the Viceroy's letter to his forehead. The invitation was accepted, the provisions of the treaty generally approved, and the Khan at once made arrangements for meeting the Viceroy at the time and place appointed (Thornton 2017 Edition: 87). On the evening of December 7, the Viceroy and his staff reached Jacobabad, and the Treaty with the Khan and all his Sirdars was executed on December 8 (Balfour 1899: 102) where the Khan and the Sirdars were already in waiting to receive his Excellency (Bruce 1900: 65).

- 125 -

The Treaty of 1876 A new Treaty was concluded on the 8th of the December. It re- affirmed the engagements made in 1854 treaty with a few supplementary provisions and was named as the Treaty of 1876. As for the treaty itself, the first three Articles renew and reaffirm the Treaty of 1854. On two points, there is, however, an important difference. In the first instance, the Treaty of 1854 is between the British Government and the Khan, while in the new treaty the Sardars are also mentioned, together with the Khan as a party (Awan 1985: 131). Some of the provisions of this treaty were: 1. The terms of that of 1854 were re-affirmed, whereby the Khan agreed to oppose the enemies of Great Britain; and act in subordinate co-operation with that Power and abstain from any negotiations with other foreign States. 2. By the 4th and 5th Articles of the new treaty, a British Agent was to be established at the court of the Khan, whose arbitration in disputes between the Khan and his Sardars was to be considered final. 3. By the 6th Article, British troops were to be stationed in Kalat territory. Provision was also made for the construction of railways and telegraphs. 4. The 8th Article stipulated for freedom of trade, and the 9th arranged for an annual subsidy to the Khan of Rs. 1,00,000 (£6,500), and an additional sum of £1,400 for the establishment of certain posts and the development of trade routes (Malleson 1983: 63-64). For detail Article of the Treaty also see C. U. Aitchison, A collection of Treaties, Engagement and Sanads. Vol: XI, Pp-215- 16. The treaty was enacted with great ceremony (Lytton being convinced of the impact of such pageantry on the Oriental mind) on 8 December 1876. Lytton told the sardars, to whom Sandeman had already explained the treaty's terms, that, as they were mentioned in it, they were bound by it (not quite as accurate an interpretation as might have been expected from a professional diplomat, but one that allowed him to claim that the treaty had the agreement of all classes in Kalat). In another gesture of reconciliation, the exiled Jam of Las Bela was freed from British supervision in return for agreeing to the terms accepted by his son at the recent Mastung arbitration, and for withdrawing his claim to the village of Kamal Khan, awarded to the Khan of Kalat by Harrison in 1869. Commandant Shakar Khan and Munshis Salah Muhammad and Gul Muhammad, arrested by Merewether during Khudadad

- 126 -

Khan's meeting with Northbrook in November 1872, and held since then as State prisoners, were released and sent to Jacobabad to await their master's orders. To complete the settlement, the Khan was given a special grant of three lakhs of rupees to refill his treasury, drained by years of warfare (Heathcote 2015: 222). The treaty of 1854, with certain add-ons, was renewed in 1876, on the condition of the Khan's receiving considerable aid from the Raj Government, including a subsidy of an annual lakh of one hundred rupees. On condition that he would not have any independent relations with any other foreign state, and to licence the occupation of such positions in his territory by British troops as the Government of India may consider advisable. Since then, the relations have been drawn closer, our Government has accepted the situation of the paramount power, the old disputes between the various chiefs have been happily settled, and the position of the Khan as head of a powerful confederacy, and ruler of all Balochistan, established. Certain districts, including the valley of Quetta have been made over for permanent occupation by our troops (Oliver 1890: 22-23). Conclusion Mir Khudadad Khan have reluctantly accepted the terms of treaty of 1876, as G. K. Naseer argued about the treaty, “the treaty brought the reign of slavery in the States” (M. G. Naseer 2016: 282). The outcome of the treaty which effectd the whole country indicates that how slowly the British officers have acomplish the task of Forward Policy. The dream have come true, which was dreamed by supporter of the Forward Policy to stop the Russian advance towards the British Imperial India. The British government got double side benefit from this treaty, on one hand they can completely control situation in Balochistan with their rule over it, and they can also use this land to attack on Afghanistan on other hand. The aim of Robert Sandeman have come true and now the status of Khan endured nominal and the representatice of British government became supreme power of Balochistan as Agent to the Governor General of India. Actually the treaty of 1876 was part of the Forward Policy, which was statred in 20th century with the commencement of Great Game. The forward policy of Russia toward Afghanistan and India have made British colonial interest hazardous in the region. The Russian gradually increased their influence in Afghanistan, and futher in India Russia wants to interfere from Kabul to Peshawar, a way to India, and other side from Balochistan she wants to acces the warm waters of Balochistan. From here she can also use the

- 127 -

Bolan and Mollah Passes to enter in India. The Russian want to occupy the warm waters of Balochistan which ultimatly enables them to control the entire trade in the region. But Russian never succeeded in their mission due to resistance in Afghanistan. The British authorities were well aware of Russian activities and they were planning a scheme to encounter the Russian advance toward the British India. Beside the Russian the British governemnt first of all accumulated the political, social, economical, geographical and military information about the Balochistan. For this reason they first of all sent their secret agent in Balochistan. These secret agent acquired information in their mission about the Baloch people, and these informations were shared with civil and military officials. The road map for the Forward Policy was framed according to these reports of British secret agent, and implemented the Forward Policy on above said road map. Initially British wants to control the Balochistan with table talk and conversations, but due to severe defeat in the first Afghan war in 1839, the have decided to occupy the Balochistan with power and interfering in internal affairs of Khanate. After the fall of Kalat in 1839 the British authorities established their influence with making of several agreements and treaties with Naseer Khan II and Mir Khudadad Khan. When British influence increased in Balochistan then they played the game of civil war among tribes and as well as between Khan of Kalat and his chiefs. There are two reasons to fetched conflict between Khan and his chiefs, number one, in future when British faught against the Afghans in Afghanistan, the Baloch people will not make any hurdle as they did at the time of first Afghan war. Number second the British wants to play the role of chief madiator in the case of clonflict between Khan and his tribes. In the coming days This British policy was not only successful but also the strong advocate of Forward Policy Robert Sandeman played very vital rule to made a 1876 Treaty, after which the dream of British was seen, come true in the shape of complete occupation of Balochistan. The popular historian and author G. K. Naseer sumup and argued in a very beautiful parah about treaty of 1876 (M. G. Naseer 1982: 279) گ صی ح ’’وتسمن اک ہی دربا ر ح ونعمں ںیم ولبوچں ےک ےلگ ںیم ت الغیم اک وطق ڈاےنل یک رقت یبا یوہا ، اہجں ولباتسچن ےک ت اخن اک باج را برٹ ےک دقومں ںیم اور ولباتسچن ُاس یک یھٹم ںیم اھت‘‘

- 128 -

References

Aitchison, C. U. 1892. In A Collection of Treaties, Engagements and Sanads vol: IX. Calcutta: Superintendent of Government Printing, India. Awan, A. B. 1985. In Balochistan: Historical and Political Processes. London: New Century Publishers. Balfour, Lady Betty. 1899. In The History of Laod Lytton's Indian Administration 1876-1880. London: Longmans, Green, and Co. Baloch, Inatatullah. 1987. In The Problem of Greater Balochistan: A Study of Baloch Nationalism. Stuttgart: Steiner Verlag Wiesbaden GMBH. Barmani, Dr Abbas. 2008. In The Great Game: Afghanistan aur Balochistan (Urdu). Lahore: Sang-e-Mail Publications. Breseeg, Taj Mohammad. 2004. In Baloch Nationalism: Its Origin and Development. Karachi: Royal Book Company. Bruce, Richard Isaaq. 1900. In The Forward Policy and it Results. London: Longmans, Green, and Co. . Bughti, Aziz Muhammad. 2010. In Balochistan Shakhsiyat key Aahinay Mein (urdu). Lahore: Fiction House . Bukhari, Syed Mahmood Shah. 1987. In Balochistan Zamana-e-Qadeem say Qaiyam Pakistan Tak (Urdu). Quetta: Bukhari Traders Jinnah Road. Dashti, Naseer. 2012. In The Baloch and Balochistan A historical account from the Beginning to the fall of the Baloch State. USA: Trafford Publishing. Dehwar, Muhammad Saeed. 1990. In Tareekh-e-Balochistan (urdu). Quetta: Nisa Traders. Gichki, Dr. Naimatullah. 2015. In Baloch: in Search of Identity. London: Wrigley's. Habibi, Abdul Hai. 1967. In A Short History of Afghanistan. Kabul: Book Publishing Institution. Heathcote, T. A. 2015. In Balochistan, the British and the Great Game . London: Hurst & Company Ltd.

- 129 -

Holdich, T. Hungerford. 1900 . In The Indian Borderland 1880-1900. London: Methuen and Co. Kauser, Dr Inamul Haq. 1987. In Quetta Kalat key Brahui (Urdu). Quetta: Qureshy Publications . Lipsett, H. Caldwell. 1903. In Lord Curzon in India 1898-1903. London : R. A. Everett& Co. Malleson, Lt. Col. W. 1983. In Frontier and Overseas Expeditions From India Vol: VII. Delhi: Mital Publicatioins Delhi . Marri, Dr Shah Muhmmad. 2002. In Baloch Quom Qadeem Ehd say Aser Hazir Tak (Urdu). Lahore: Takhleeqat. Naseer, Mir Gul Khan. 2016 6th Ed:. In Tarikh Balochistan (Urdu). Quetta: Kalat Publisher & Book Saler. Naseer, Mir Gul Khan. 1982. In Balochistan Qadeem aur Jadeed Tareekh ki Roshni Main. Quetta: Gosha-e-Adab. Oliver, Edward E. 1890. In Across the Border Pathan and Biloch. London: Chapman and Hall Limited. Qaiserani, Prof. Muhammad Anwar Shaheen. 1994. In Balochistan Tareekh aur Mahzab (Urdu). Quetta: Idara-e- Tadrees. Thornton, Thomas Henry. 2017 Edition. In Colonel Sir Robert Sandeman His Life and work. London: Wrigley's. Tucker, A. L. P. 1921. In Sir Robert G. Sandeman: Peaceful Conquror of Balochistan. London: The Macmillan Company.

- 130 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Periphery of a periphery: A critical Aznalysis of Balochistan’s underdevelopment

Salar Hamid 1, Zahoor Shah1 Dr. Aurangzaib Alamgir1 & Abdul Wadood1

Abstract Balochistan was made part of Pakistan in 1948. Ever since then the central government, even though it has given it a provincial status but have not been treated the way it deserves. A resource rich province of Balochistan is facing great economic crisis and is on the verge of drought. The province lack proper education, health, fresh water, and food simultaneously the province is facing drought, malnutrition, infant mortality and other chronic diseases. Balochistan has been marginalized in the development sector, political representation, public opinion and other matters of importance. The province does not have provincial autonomy over its resources, the federal government owes billions of rupees to the provincial government and the government has been actively involved in resource exploitation. The province with that faces extreme internal challenges like insurgency which has caused the region to be instable and the lives of its people vulnerable. Further the internal governmental and bureaucratically structure is completely flawed with enormous loopholes need serious reforms if the conditions requires any improvement. This has led to the grievances of the people living in Balochistan who are struggling to survive every day. All these state policies towards Balochistan indicates that whether Pakistan is acting as an imperial state and the relationship of Pakistan and Balochistan is similar to the relationship of a colony and its colonizing power. However, the region is suffering and it requires serious help, commitment and support of all the country.

KEY WORDS: Balochistan, Underdevelopment, Discrimination, Pakistan

Introduction Balochistan to most of the people is known as the forgotten province of Pakistan. Because of its poor socio-economic conditions and

1 Balochistan University of Information Technology, Engineering and Management Sciences (BUITEMS), Quetta.

- 131 - underdevelopment. Even though it is the largest province of Pakistan covering 43% of the total territory or 134,000 square miles in numbers, and has the least amount of population of 13 million people which is around 7% of Pakistan’s total population. The province is rich in natural and mineral resources like oil, gas, copper and gold apart from that the province has resources of coal, lead-zinc, chromite, iron ore etc. which are the major contributors for the survival of the population living in the province. “The province shares borders with Iran, Afghanistan and 560 miles of the Persian Gulf’s Makran Coast are in Balochistan’. ‘The strategic position of the Balochistan is unique in the world. It is a gateway to South Asia, Middle East and Central Asia.” Despite the fact that the region is rich with natural resources and its geopolitical significance it is the least developed and the poorest region of Pakistan. The province is facing serious economic challenges, despite all the resources majority of the population is living in conditions which are unacceptable. Even though the region is rich with natural gas most of the areas are deprived of it, with that majority of the population has no access the basic needs of life like electricity, fresh water and proper food. Other than that the region has high illiteracy rates because the education system is very poor. People In the region are uneducated because the schools which are operated by the government have no proper administration, lack of high qualified professors and the infrastructures of schools are unacceptable and the private schools are highly expensive which most of the people cannot afford. Balochistan has around 8 universities upon which most of them are located in the capital city of Quetta. In which students have to travel long ways from home to get proper education. As majority of the population is poor so most of the families cannot afford their education which does not allow the youth of Balochistan to participate in the economy, administration and the development of their own province. Coming to the conditions of capital city of Balochistan, Quetta is known as the garrison city of Balochistan, because it is the famous route which British Empire and other civilizations used in history mostly to invade Afghanistan through the Bolan Pass. It has around the population of 2 to 2.5 million people – highly populated considering the size of the city. The city has all the government and military headquarters and most of the higher education institutes and most of the small industries are located in Quetta. Quetta is the only city in Balochistan with suitable living conditions. The economy is mostly generated through local business, yet no major contribution by the government has been done to develop the city. Other than that the local population has been involved in a long going conflict with the federal government, because they believe that the nature of federal policies

- 132 - are discriminatory towards Balochistan which is quite in fact true, because of the disagreement between the locals and the federal government it has also halted the development of Balochistan. The findings of this study will contribute to the benefits of society considering that development be it the development of infrastructure, health, living standards or education plays an important role to compete with the world in 21st century. Throughout our study we will try to point out the main actors involved or responsible for the underdevelopment of Balochistan. There are two main research questions: What are the major causes behind the underdevelopment of Pakistan? Why Pakistan has ignored Balochistan in the development? Applying to the research design of qualitative discourse analysis, the thesis explains the conditions in which the people of Balochistan are living, identify the actors involved and to find out that whether federal government and its policies towards Balochistan have been biased and its nature exploitative. And we will provide suggestions for possible solutions. Literature Review The book has a whole chapter dedicated to Balochistan in which the writer has summarized the rich culture of the Balochistan’s politicians and loopholes in the government and bureaucratic structures. Further the writer walk us through the harsh conditions of Balochistan and also in detail he explains the tribal culture to show us how powerful the tribal lords are in their respective territory. And gives us a detailed overview of the relation of Balochistan and Pakistan.(Anatol Levian,2011) The writer explains the ground realities of Balochistan, he tells us about the exploitation of natural resources like gas, and explains us that how Balochistan is being exploited in a systematic way as there are no opportunities for its youth and how the elites are involved in the money making business without caring for the grievance of their own people.(Kaiser Bengali,2018) The article has explained the Baloch uprising, its phases and causes, and has presented that how Baloch uprisings, failure of negotiations and involvement of military has caused great instability in the region and explained the significance of stable Balochistan as how can it become an economic hub for Pakistan if proper measures are taken.(Umbreen Javaid) The article tells us that how Balochistan was made part of Pakistan through coercive means because the population of Balochistan is merely 3.7 of the total population of Pakistan the 132unnelled of federal government have been exploitative, further how human rights violations against Baloch people have been done by the agencies and military which are recognized by the international community.(Yogeena Veena) The article tells us the reason behind the Baloch grievances and why they have taken arms up against the

- 133 - state and why the relation of federal government and Balochistan is not stable and what measures state can take to overcome their grievances and provide solutions. (Asia News). Theoretically the article lies in “Johan Galtung’s “A Structural Theory of Imperialism” in which he has laid down that the world basically operates in a structure in which states are divided in to two categories cores and peripheries, and each nation in turn has its own core and periphery. Core states are in an exploitative relation with other core states and peripheries which are mostly underdeveloped provides strength to cores”. Johan Galtung’s structural theory of imperialism will provide support to our claims that whether the relation of federal government and Balochistan is similar to the relation of colonial powers and their colonies in the era of colonialization. And also to find out the 133unnelled of federal government, if it is exploitative, biased and imperial in nature.

Internal causes leading to the underdevelopment of Balochistan Balochistan is an internationally recognized underdeveloped region, people in Balochistan live in very harsh socio-economic conditions. The province does not have proper health, education and suitable standards of living. The people of Balochistan are constantly involved in day to day struggle just to survive and provide for their family. There are no opportunities provided by government instead the government in Balochistan has its own big failures, but we cannot put all the blame on the governmental failures instead we are going to address various actors that have contributed in the underdevelopment of Balochistan.

Institutional flaws Balochistan is the hub of corruption, especially when it comes to institutions a man on lowest ranking to the top ranking officials of the province are involved in direct or indirect corruption. So what so little we get from the budget is mostly spent on the lavish lifestyles of the high ranking officials in the bureaucratic and government apparatus. In May 2016 national accountability bureau (NAB) recovered more than 730 million rupees from the residence of Balochistan’s Finance Secretary Mushtaq Ahmed Raisani. The man was accused of stealing billions of rupees from local government’s development funds. A finance secretary who was appointed for the protection and proper allocation of that money and for investing it for the betterment of the people of Balochistan who are already suffering from such economic disasters the money which could have been invested in the development of schools, colleges, hospitals, roads etc.

- 134 -

This is just one of the cases, corruption is involved in every institution operating in Balochistan be it agriculture, railway, development etc. The relation between corruption and development is direct we can see that the top most developed countries in the world are the least most corrupt countries and the opposite is that least developed countries, their corruption rates are the highest. When the institutes are corrupt and the money which was supposed to be spend on the public is stolen, most of which is sent to offshore accounts illegally, what happens that it creates a mistrust between public and the government apparatus, when people do not trust the government they evade taxes because they believe that their money would be stolen. Balochistan is a poor province it does not generate enough revenue unlike the other provinces of Pakistan, there is no such mega industries which would help contribute in the economy generation. People without a proper source of earning and in a mistrust with the government avoid paying taxes. So the province is heavily dependent on the proper allocation of the budget. Corruption is without a doubt a leading factor in the underdevelopment of Balochistan. In fact not just Balochistan the whole third world is being caught up in this disease. These arguments let me move on to my next topic which is Nepotism.

Nepotism Nepotism is a system in which people with power prefer to provide jobs or other official positions in the government to their own family members, friends, relatives etc. rather than the person qualified for it. This is mostly practiced in the less developed countries. The region is highly effected by clan based thinking or Nepotism, unlike the other provinces of Pakistan in which a person would be hired for their merit or efficiency irrespective of their personal connection, In Balochistan It is preferred that instead of a qualified person, a close family member, friend or a person from your tribe would be selected for the job – people with no experience, no skills and no talents but a motivation which is corruption. As a result what happens is that it does not allow access to the intelligence and talent of the whole population which leaves the institution flawed and the province underdeveloped. The mindset of the locals is totally based on this idea so instead of working for something the people rather prefer to get favors from the officials related to them. We cannot blame it on the people it how things work here because there is no proper mechanism of providing relief to the public.

- 135 -

Tribal norms affecting the mindset of the Youth Baochistan is highly dominated by the tribal system, almost every city and village has a specific person representing a specific ethnic group in his respective territory, who calls himself the chieftain. The population here is highly influenced by the chieftain specially the uneducated one. Here are some codes which all the tribesmen have to follow indicated in the book “Pakistan a hard country”. The role of chieftain apart from representation it is to ensure that all the members are following the code. The chieftain is also the decision maker of the tribe, whatever his decision be, consensus must be there. He also plays the role of arbitrator for any type of conflict. He basically has full control over the lives of his people, especially in the villages. There is a famous quote Late Nawab Akbar Bugti said as quoted in Lieven (2011): You must remember that I killed my first man when I was twelve . . . The man annoyed me. I’ve forgotten what it was about now, but I shot him dead. I’ve rather a hasty temper you know, but under tribal law of course it wasn’t a capital offence, and in any case as the eldest son of the chieftain I was perfectly entitled to do as I pleased in our own territory. We enjoy absolute sovereignty over our people and they accept it as this as part of their tradition. (p.355) This is an evidence that the chieftain has full control over their lives, in poorly educated villages the chieftain mostly does not allow the youth to gain education, rather he would have them serve in his private militia and use them to fight for His personal feuds with other tribal lords. There is a common saying in Balochistan “that the jewelry of men is arms/weapons” Mr. Mahfooz ali khan ex finance secretory of Balochistan during an interview in response to this statement stated “why can’t that jewelry be a pen?”. What it does is that it kills the potential of Youth which was going to be the man power in the developmental process. But the people accept it as a part of their lives considering it a tradition or out of fear.

Education Education is a key factor in the development of a region, even though education does not impact the economy directly but it helps in the long run. Because a country’s development is based on the skills of their workers. Without education people don’t have a foundation for more advance knowledge that leads to more productive work. The rapid growth of United States in the last century was possible because it embraced universal education earlier than other countries resulting in a comparatively more skilled workforce. In Balochistan the education system is not well established according to the data analysis of Alif ailan Balochistan has literacy rate of 41%, which is the lowest comparing to other regions of Pakistan. Due to

- 136 - poorly established government primary and secondary education system in which the students do not have access to proper facilities and lack of qualified teachers kills the potential of a student studying in government schools and colleges. The private schools and colleges however provide proper facilities but those are highly expensive which most of the population cannot afford. Education is not considered important among the population of Balochistan because the government have failed to promote the importance of it. The courses are also controlled by the federal government as there is no such course like ‘human rights’ in the primary or secondary education since most of the students do not go for higher education, people do not know their fundamental rights and due to that the people are left ignorant on the importance of education and its impact in the development of a the region. Further the education in Balochistan lack career 136unnelled136136, so if a person clears his secondary education he does not know what to do further he is totally blank he does not know where to apply how to apply, which profession to choose, about his potential and in which field he could utilize it because they is no one to guide him. Further, the education system is confined to books and course outlines it does not allow a student to think out of the box and be creative. The government of Pakistan has taken no serious measures upon the educational crisis of Balochistan. Sana Baloch presented a reported to the provincial assembly in which it was stated “there is only 1 girl’s high school every 260 square 136unnelled136 in Balochistan, and every 28 square 136unnelled136 there is only one primary school further 5000 schools lack roofs and there are 5000 schools in which only one teacher is available to teach.

Instability We can say that instability leads to underdevelopment. The long going conflict or disagreement between the center and the locals of Balochistan has become the major reason behind the underdevelopment of Balochistan with that it has also jeopardized the territorial integrity of Pakistan and has created a path for the interference of other nations and made it a playground to conduct their proxies against Pakistan. After the independence of Pakistan in 1947, the states of Kalat, kharan, makran and lasbela were merged into Pakistan upon the agreement of khan of Kalat even after the bill being rejected in the parliament of Kalat. This resulted in a Baloch resistance against the mergence, but the resistance was contained by the Pakistani military and the commander Prince Karim was captured and imprisoned for 10 years. Followed by a series of insurgent

- 137 - movements in Balochistan against authorities of Pakistan. Since then, Balochistan has been marginalized in the development sector, leading towards more uprisings and insurgencies creating more complications for the stability and development of the province. This clash between the center and the insurgent groups has caused a halt in the development and progress of socio-economic conditions of Balochistan. Balochistan possess very limited resources and job opportunities the migration of Afghans and Punjabis have created a burden over the resources. Since the Baloch people are not so educated they are pressured by the Punjabi dominance in the administration. The Afghans however were skilled labor they have had great contribution in the development of agricultural sector of the province. But ever since the Afghans came in to the province they have controlled majority of the private businesses which has led to more Baloch grievances. The insurgents have demanded for political autonomy and provincial control over natural resources and coasts because of the discriminatory distribution of profits from the resources, as Balochistan only receives 2% of the profits from major economic projects like saindak and reko diq. Historical conflict between center and the insurgents has been the major cause of underdevelopment in Balochistan leading to discrimination, absence of rule of law and a broken governmental structure. Because the region is highly unstable it has put a fear in the hearts of foreign and local investors. This has led to the underdevelopment of Industrial sector. Industrial sector plays an important role in the self- sufficient economy. Areas with developed industries are generally known as developed economy, it stabilizes the economy and it provides for job opportunities for the people, and increases the per capita income. If we compare the per capita income of Quetta and Karachi. “The per capita income of Karachi is 1,218,000 pkr and the per capita income of Quetta is 61,400 pkr only – as shown in the reports of 2017 survey”. We can see that there is a huge gap between both the city’s per capita incomes it is simply because of industrialization. Karachi which is heavily industrialized provides more job opportunities and more economic privileges for its people, on the other hand per capita income of Quetta is very low which does not help at all rather in the development of the region or in the contribution of country’s economic development. The long going conflict between the armed forces of Pakistan and the Baloch nationalist have caused great damage to the economy and development of the province. There is a constant disagreement between the center and the Baloch representative because the Baloch feels marginalized. Due to the marginalization of Balochi’s in the country it has led to the

- 138 - grievances of Balochi’s causing an armed conflict between them and the military. However in 2018 right after the elections the leader of Balochi’s Sardar Akhtar mengal proposed that he will support PTI in the National assembly only if they would accept the 6 points he proposed which included: “return of the missing persons; building of dams in the province ; autonomy over the natural resources; quota for the people of Balochistan in the center; sending Afghan mahajarin back to their country respectfully; accountability of the use of coastal areas of Balochistan”. The government after few rounds of negotiations accepted the terms of Akhtar Mengal. However the time period of 1 year was given by the Baloch leader, the year has almost come to an end and no such effective measures have been taken to resolve the situation. Upon which Akhtar Mengal gave a statement that “It will be extremely difficult for peace to prevail in Balochistan if a political solution is not tackled, it should have been a priority for every government to work for peace in the province regardless of votes”. The Baloch representation have had tried to resolve the conflict between the insurgents and the military through pacific means to ensure stability in the region. But the government of Pakistan seems to have lack of interest regarding the issue. For the stability of Balochistan it is necessary that both the parties should be on the same page. For long the people and the province of Balochistan have been discriminated and marginalized in every sector, which raises the question whether the relation of the center and Balochistan is similar to the relation of a colonial power and its colony. Some policies of the center indicates and provides evidence of the Neo-imperial practices by the federal government towards the province of Balochistan.

Infrastructure Infrastructure development is one of the most efficient way to develop a stable economy. Infrastructure helps in the development of rapid production, improves means of transport and communication and help provide services and incentives to the people. Modern day economies are highly dependent on infrastructure from production to the delivery of a product every process involve proper infrastructure. However in lack of proper economic infrastructure has stolen great economic opportunities from the province. Balochistan has a great potential for exporting goods like fruits, dry fruits, sea food, mines and minerals however lack of infrastructure has left it behind.

Roads and transport Roads are one of the major contributor in the development. Because road provide connectivity between villages, cities or countries. Further proper road

- 139 - system reduces the time period of goods delivery, further it provides services and opportunities for the people to get access to new locations. In Balochistan most of the development budget is spent on the roads, many mega projects of road developments have been initiated by government yet because of the corruption in the development sector cities of Balochistan are disconnected. There is no proper transport mechanism which can help people to travel from one place to another. There is no interconnectivity between the cities. Only the capital city of Quetta connects with all of the districts and other provinces which is why the business relation between Quetta and other provinces is strong than most of Balochistan. Mines and minerals Balochistan is rich of mines and minerals the mines and minerals industry, a report of Fiscal year of 2003 presented that the industry stood at approximately 1 billion dollars. Due to lack of infrastructure, no institutions, no processing plants, no factories where we can process it, in fact there is no policy for the value addition to the product. All the mines and minerals are exported to other provinces as raw materials which is not letting the industry to reach its full potential.

Coastline and fisheries The Balochistan coastline, at 750 km, makes up 70% of Pakistan’s coastline but contributes only 30% of Pakistan’s landed catch. Ship harbors at both Gwadar and Pasni lack supporting infrastructure and services, and an estimated 30% of marine catch is wasted owing to the lack of modern processing facilities. By integrating the development of the coastal highway and the Gwadar port. (Number, 2005). A proper economic strategy can create linkages that support development and add value to the fishing sector and the local economy.

Horticulture Pakistan is the 25th largest producer of apples and 5th largest producer of dates and most of it is produced in Balochistan. The climate is suitable here for fruits like apple and dates. The industry could give a big leap to the economy of Balochistan. Because the producers and farmers are using agrarian ways of production it has failed to do so. There are no processing plants in the province, no proper packaging industry and there is only 1 cold storage unit located in Panjgur to keep the product fresh. Because there is no processing units or packaging industry the producers have to sell their product at low rates and most of the product goes to waste.

- 140 -

Human Resources Development Great economies are built upon the back of human resource. Human resource is a key element in the development of a modern day economy it makes the economy more dynamic and more productive. Balochistan lacks behind in the human resource development. The province has failed to utilize its man force and to convert it into human capital. There main problem is the incompetency of the Youth, majority of the youth of Balochistan is not competent enough to compete with other provinces and those who are competent are absorbed somewhere else. Universities in Balochistan provides degrees to the students but there are no training facilities for the youth to improvise their skills. The world is progressing rapidly, and due to advancement in technology the old methods are becoming redundant. So regular up gradation of the skills or education system is very important. If the population here is not facilitated with proper training facilities they will fail to adapt to the new technologies which will create a generation gap and result in further backwardness. Balochistan has huge potential in mineral area and marine life. The development of Gwadar port has provided many opportunities for the youth, but no one on the port would like to hire a raw hand, a rather more technical and more efficient man would be preferred over a man with no skillset. Similarly in the case of the reqo diq project in which a dumper which is used simply to transfer loose goods from one place to another is completely computerized we don’t even have a single driver to drive it which is why we are forced to hire from the outside. For example if a private businessman invests in the region and he requires technical work force when the work force is not available in the province he will definitely call it from other provinces then when a more efficient and more skilled work force is hired from another province it creates anger and grievance among the local population which then turns into a political conflict between the provinces. The mega projects are providing great opportunities to the people, they must avail it and not wait for them to turn into challenges. Human resource is a major area of concern for Balochistan unless we continuously upgrade the skills of the Youth. More than 50% of the population of Balochistan consist of the age group between 18 to 30 years, the biggest problem is unemployment, and the government has not created any mechanism to harness this human resource which is in a great number. Because we have not created, enabled or established enabling environment for the private sector people with graduation degrees are highly unemployed in the province, because of that they prefer to go to other provinces to find better opportunities and look for a better market which result in a loss of human resource in the province.

- 141 -

Inefficient government and bureaucracy The government structure of Balochistan is the least effective in decision making and policy implementation, because the elections in Balochistan are ethnic based election which means that whoever gets elected, it is purely based on the majority of votes coming from its ethnic group, tribe or other sentimental relations with its people. The contestant are mostly the tribal leaders who through manipulation, force or fake promises or money to get the consent of their people. When the government is formed it lacks a vision and is rather based upon a motive. So, when the tribal lords come in power instead of providing benefit to their own tribesman they rather get involved in increasing control over their own people and exploiting them further. The election rather here are seen as a business opportunity in which the political leaders would invest millions to earn billions, in fact it is one of the most easiest way to earn capital in the province. “On top of that every member of the provincial assembly apart from their salaries and other privileges given to them gets an individual 50 million share of Balochistan’s development budget to spend on the projects in their own district.” The money is rather spent on the luxurious lifestyles of their children mostly studying abroad. Bureaucracy of Balochistan is another faulty institute in the governing apparatus. The institute is highly corrupt, bureaucrats along with their political counterparts are in a co-operative relationship in the resource exploitation and are involved in corruption by exploiting the loopholes in the existing bureaucratic structure. Bureaucrats in Balochistan are highly paid and protected officials rather than public or civil servants who enjoy unlimited power over the public. This is all because of the perks, privileges and immunity provided to them by the structure. “Bureaucrats use their discretion in planning related decisions and embezzle the funds in the process. The same bureaucrats resist efforts to prepare the planning manual because that would close the doors of corruption for them.” The bureaucracy of Balochistan needs serious reforms as there is no check and balance upon the bureaucrats no such accountability institutes operate in the province to which they are answerable to. The bureaucracy of Balochistan is a hierarchal system of corruption with everyone in its reach does suitable corruption. The development sector is seen rather as an opportunity for both these institutes to perform their corruption and to get away with it. Projects are intentionally delayed to increase the cost of it and create more opportunities for corruption further Misallocation of funds, using low quality materials, patching of roads, introducing projects which are never initiated, providing development

- 142 - contracts to their relatives are some of the common practices through which the corruption is made possible.

Natural resources Natural resources can be very problematic for a state. And paradoxically Balochistan tend to have them in spades. These natural resources are what the economists call intensifiers, they will help to make a country with good institutions richer and a country with poor institutions poorer. What natural resources does that it helps the elite to grab huge amounts of money without any co-operation of other institutions. In case of Balochistan bad institutions and miss management of resources has led this opportunity to a challenge. One of the major example for us is the reqo diq project, failure of policy makers and internal conflict between institutions has led a project which was going to provide billions to the country and the province causing a 6 billion dollar damage, which Pakistan has to pay otherwise the foreign assets of the country would be seized. One of the major reason behind the conflict of provincial government and the federal is the control over natural resources. Balochistan has always demanded provincial autonomy over its coastlines and natural resources, the major issue which is ignored by the provincial government is that these are capital intensive industries, which means even though the mines and minerals are worth billions but it requires huge amount of investments before it actually starts generating wealth for the country. When the Tethyan Copper Company (TCC) was invited in Pakistan to invest solely in Reqo diq it was estimated that it would cost around 3.3 billion dollars, which was at that time more than the annual budget of Balochistan.

State of Balochistan in Pakistan Balochistan was merged into Pakistan in 1948 months after its independence. The relation between Balochistan and Pakistan since then have been conflicting. The locals of Balochistan believe that the merging of Balochistan was done illegally or by force and because the Baloch are only 3.7% of the total population, Pakistan been biased towards them and the province, and has been discriminating them ever since. Since 1948 there have been 4 phases of insurgencies in which the Baloch have taken arms against the state. Each of them happened in a different period of time with different motive in which Baloch insurgents have put demands for state to accept. Even after Balochistan was merged into Pakistan, no development measures were taken by the country in this region – the province was considered as the backyard of Pakistan as there were no roads, no railway, no communication system no schools were established. The only

- 143 - developments measures were taken in the capital city of Quetta, those measures were also taken by the British government during colonization. The first degree college was established in 1970’s and similarly the first university few years later. Balochistan got a 22 year delay in for the development to start from the rest of the country. It was because before 1971 Pakistan operated as a one unit system in which West Pakistan was considered as a single unit and everything was operated from the center of the country. During those years the major development focus of the country were the industrial sector of Sindh and Punjab, Balochistan was heavily neglected. People of Balochistan feel alienated in Pakistan because they believe they have not been given the political representation they deserve in the Parliament and in the federal bureaucracy. Further the Baloch grievances include exploitation of resources, Involvement of armed forces in the provincial administration, overflow of migrants and marginalization in the annual budget. Balochistan has numerous amount of gas reserves, According to reports it generates 22.7% of the total gas generated in Pakistan as for the year 2017. Almost all of the gas is 143unnelled to other provinces to fill up their fuel requirements. Even possessing such huge amounts of gas reserves only 4% of the total population of Balochistan has access to gas. In reports of 2017 Balochistan only consumed 4.81% of the total gas consumption of Pakistan. Considering the climate, Balochistan has a very cold climate during winters it can drop to -15 degree centigrade and people have to survive through the cold winters on primitive ways like burning wood. No measures are taken by the federal government to provide gas to the region, even Sui which produces majority of Balochistan’s gas does not have access to it. The federal government is purchasing gas at a very cheap price which has caused the province great economic loss.The government have always demanded their rightful control over gas which was provided to them under article “158” of the “Constitution of Islamic Republic of Pakistan” which states: “Priority of requirements of natural gas 158. The Province in which a well-head of natural gas is situated shall have precedence over other parts of Pakistan in meeting the requirements from that well-head, subject to the commitments and obligations as on the commencing day. (Pakistan & Government of Pakistan, 2003).” Since Balochistan has not invested any money in the development of the sui gas project the federal government is taking it as an advantage and purchasing the gas at the price which was set 50 years ago. And the Pakistan petroleum limited has not allowed the government of Balochistan to monitor how much gas we are producing, and every year reports come with a decreased number of gas production. Pakistan has

- 144 - initiated major economic projects which are critical for the development of the whole country and stabilizing its economy. Among them two of the major projects are located in Balochistan, which is saindak mining project and the development of Gwadar port through CPEC. In two of these major project Balochistan is either marginalized or exploited. Saindak gold and mining project was initiated by the government of Pakistan in 1995 with the help of a Chinese firm named Metallurgical Corporation of China Ltd. The project was initiated without taking under consideration the provincial government. The project was initiated for the extraction of gold and copper located in the chaghi district of Balochistan. The project was leased to the Chinese firm under a contract in which Pakistan and the firm would divide the profits 50% each. And from the federal government share Balochistan was to get a 2% share, which was unacceptable. However under Aghaz-e-Haqooq-e- Balochistan package in 2008 the federal government proposed that it would provide 35% of its share to the government of Balochistan. But later on the Federal government started stalling the payment demanding that the saindak metals which was the co-founder of the project to repay the 29 billion rupees amount which was invested by the government. The company failed to do so and till this date the government of Pakistan have not paid the share of Balochistan. The China Pakistan economic corridor initiated in 2015 was a major development project which included 54 mega-projects and it was to fulfil the electricity requirement of Pakistan, constructions of roads, motorways and highways all around the country connecting Pakistan to china and establishing a trade route between both the nations. The project was so big that it was widely acknowledged by other nations in fact countries like Russia, Iran and Saudi Arabia offered to be made partners in the project as the project was seen as an opportunity by all these nations. Among these projects the major project which had all the eyes of the world was the development of a deep sea port in Gwadar. The Gwadar port is among the very few deep sea ports of the world. Which means that it requires very few investment for it to start working and ships containing large amount of cargo can easily dock on the port. Unlike in the case of ports like Suez Canal in which the oil tankers which are enrooted to Europe have to empty at one end and refill on the other to loosen up weight and due to the deepness of water is not enough which costs time and money. Khawaja Asif, a former Foreign minister of Pakistan, in regard to CPEC projects in Balochistan and their tickle down impacts of Balochistan’s economic development said that: “CPEC will benefit all provinces equally, however, as Gwadar port is situated in Balochistan and western route connect the major cities of Balochistan so it will be more

- 145 - beneficial for economic development of Balochistan.” Taking in view this statement, CPEC as for today is worth at 73 billion dollars, out of those 73 billion dollars Balochistan has only received 400 million dollars which hardly makes up to 0.4 percent of it. Apart from the projects relating to the development of Gwadar city and port only 1 out of 54 projects have been initiated in Balochistan. Further after the projects were initiated the military were accused of taking control of the territory and controlling their freedom of movement. Also the city of Gwadar itself does not have any access to fresh water and due to drought more than one hundred thousand people are left with no access to fresh water, so they are compelled to purchase water at high prices. A large scale fresh water plant costs around 100 million dollars which could provide water to around 300,000 people, but it seems like government has other priorities. Further the marginalization in CPEC has further destabilized the region as the militants continue to blow up gas pipelines and conduct proxies around the province, which has led to more abductions of the people by the agencies and it has complicated the situation and further worsened the stability in the region. Pakistan is a federation with a federal democratic parliamentary government system. It has four provinces and a center which is also called as federal government. It has a bi-cameral legislature which consists of two houses the upper house which is senate and the lower house which is National assembly together they form the parliament of Pakistan. The election of upper house are conducted through a secret ballot vote in which members are elected from each province on the basis of their respective population to form up a government and in the upper house members are selected on the basis of equality. Out of 342 seats of the national assembly Balochistan only has 14 seats compared to Punjab which has 148, Sindh 61 and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa 35. As compared to other provinces Balochistan which is the largest province of them all has merely 14 seats, since any bill to be passed from the national assembly it requires two third majority of the assembly. Because of that the members representing Balochistan are forced to bandwagon with the dominating party. So instead through a legal democratic channel we are compelled to put our problems through informal ways like making deals like the “6 points of Sardar Akhtar Mengal” which he put in front of the leading political party to form up the majority after the elections of 2018. The NFC award was created to balance the economy between the provinces and for the distribution of resources equally. Before 1971 when Pakistan was united and was operating as a single unit there were several factors through which NFC award operated, since the population of East Pakistan was more than the West Pakistan there was no population factor

- 146 - included in the formula. Immediately after East Pakistan got independence and Pakistan became a federation central government included the population factor in which the provinces with more population would get far more share than the ones with less population. This led to a huge cut in the share of Balochistan which was at 7.07 percent later on increased to 9 percent.

Conclusion Pakistan claims to a be developing nation with some mega projects initiated in the country through which it believes that it can overcome its economic hurdles and become a stable economy. The mega projects initiated by Pakistan are worth billions of dollars which are helping the country develop at the same time the country is failing to provide for its biggest province. In 21st century in which the progress rate is higher than any other country with each day new innovations, new technological advancement and new mechanisms are being introduced in the world to provide relief to the people. Balochistan however is not anywhere near the development in fact the region is so backward that people are still surviving through primitive ways, the people of Balochistan cannot even think about competing with the world in fact the province is not even in a competition with other provinces of the country. The central government however is rather involved in exploiting the region even more and providing for other regions. The injustice, discrimination and biasness of the central government is clearly a proof that Balochistan was merged with Pakistan for the sole purpose of its resource exploitation according to Kaiser Bengali “the total resource transfer from Balochistan from 1965 to 2014 is of almost Rs7 trillion.” Which is a large amount of money, the federal government must be answerable to this exploitation throughout these years. In an interview Dr. Bengali answered to a question that why the province is underdeveloped even with all these resources he answered “This is due to a saga of resource transfer on a massive scale, a saga of colonial-style political and economic management.” Which is directly related to the topic of our research. Further the region is not only suffering from resource exploitation, the internal factors also contribute equally in which the state institutions are failing to provide an effective policy for the solution to the problems and corruption on huge scale is being done under the name of development. In which the opposition and the acting government are constantly involved in augmenting and blame game which instead of development is creating more complications to the situation. The politics of Pakistan has really manipulated the concept of democracy and its institutions for their personal gains which in a result has caused great economic damage not just to Balochistan but to the whole country.

- 147 -

The central government and the provincial government of Pakistan have created a systematic exploitation regime. Democracy in Pakistan is rather used for the personal agendas of the politicians instead of helping the helpless. The governmental institutes in Balochistan work as an organized corruption organization through which large sum of money is extracted from the province and is transferred to their foreign accounts rather than being spent on the welfare of the people. The elites avoid any judicial proceedings because to exploit the loopholes in the system. The underdevelopment is not just a matter related to resource exploitation it has many other dimensions many other mysteries which the system does not want to be solved. The causes of underdevelopment of Balochistan are rather a complex mixture of internal and external factors there is no such single actor upon which we could put the blame. The research has covered many aspects but due to limited resources we could not cover all the dimensions to the issue and have left many openings for future work upon this issue.

Recommendations 1. Immediate reforms in the bureaucracy of Balochistan 2. Suitable changes to be brought in NFC award 3. Public opinion must be taken in consideration during policy making 4. Educational reforms in Balochistan 5. Human resource development 6. Career counseling 7. Dams must be build, if not at least water storage units must be built 8. Fresh water must be provided 9. Monitoring and accountably institutions at provincial level must be created and must be effective. 10. Consent between provincial and central government over the seriousness of the issue 11. Increased political representation of Balochistan in the national assembly 12. International help must be acquired

- 148 -

References

Number, P. (2005). Technical Assistance Islamic Republic of Pakistan : Balochistan Economic Report. Galtung, J. (n.d.). 4e4f850510eb0a83154ae43c3ef6d0030e52034a.pdf. Retrieved from https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/pdf/10.1177/002234337100800201 Journal of Political Studies, Vol. 1, Issue 2, 113-125. (n.d.). 1(2), 113–125. Sanaullah Baloch, the Balochsitan Conflict: Towards a Lasting Peace. Pakistan Security Research Unit (PSRU). Brief No.7, 2007, p.6. Bengali, K. (2018). A cry for Justice: Empirical Insights from Balochistan. Oxford University Press, 2018. Lieven, A. (2011). Pakistan A Hard Country. London: Penguin Books, pages 339 - 370 Anwar, T., & Qureshi, S. (2002). Trends in Absolute Poverty in Pakistan: 1990-91 and 2001. The Pakistan Development Review, 41(4), 859- 878. Anwar, T., Qureshi, S., Ali, H., & Ahmad, M. (2004). Landlessness and Rural Poverty in Pakistan [with Comments]. The Pakistan Development Review, 43(4), 855-874. Chaudhry, I. S., & Rahman, S. U. (2009). The Impact of Gender Inequality in Education on Rural Poverty in Pakistan : An Empirical Analysis. European Journal of Economics, Finance and Administrative Sciences, 15(15), 175–188. Malik, S., & Choudhary, M. (1992). Rural Poverty in Pakistan: Some Recent Evidence [with Comments]. The Pakistan Development Review, 31(4). Maham Hameed. (2018) the politics of the China―Pakistan economic corridor. Palgrave Communications 4:1. Rabia Aslam (2011) Greed, creed, and governance in civil conflicts: a case study of Balochistan, Contemporary South Asia, 19:2, 189-203 Latif Mirza, Z. (2013). Balochistan-Past, Present and Future. NDU Journal, 21–34. Mansoor Akbar Kundi. Provincial Autonomy: A view from Balochistan, in, Problems and Politics of Federalism in Pakistan, opcit, p.36.

- 149 -

The e-Governance Handbook for Developing Countries: A project of info dev and the center for Democracy & technology. The World Bank Group. M. Puck Rombach, Mason A. Porter, James H. Fowler, and Peter J. Mucha SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics 2014 74:1, 167-190

- 150 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Baloch Origin in Balochistan

Durdana1, Zahid Dashti 2 & Nasreen Gul3 Abstract The article describes the historical background of the Rind o Lashar tribe. The Baloch were prominent in Persia and were part of the Persian empire. The baloch embraced Islam and many Baloch trives migrated to Arabia. The Baloch tribes were found in Halb and later they migrated to present day Balochistan. In 8th century it became difficult for Balochs to live in Halab , in the era of Hujaj Bin Yousaf and they migrated to their original homeland . Anyway the tribes of Rind and Lashar went to Arab territories in the time of Islam's progress. After living there for few centuries they came back to their origional home land [Kirman and Sistan,Makran Keywords: Baloch, Arabs ,Siya al sawar ,incident in Karbala ,Shahnama ,Govt of Persian ,Rind,Lashar, Introduction: Baloch is an ancient nation who have been living in middle - East India and Iran since the attacks by Aryans, by different names and forms they lived in small tribes, almost always attacked by foreigners and ruined because of no united power. These circumstances made alliance of Baloch tribes and they gained the advantage of driving all invaders back, no foreign ruler ever reigned in Balochistan. They fought bravely against, Cyrus of Persia, Alexander of Macedonia, Genghis Khan of Mongolia, they never allowed them to, stay in Balochistan for long. In the ancient times , about the Baloch region according to Professor Farooq in the period of Peish Dadi Baloch were settlers of Caspian sea “Dasht Looth , Karman, sistan, koh Alberz Mazandaran , Alan Gillan ,Tabriz Turmenistan , Khurasan, Sarawan, Jhalawan, and Balochistan”. (Baloch 2012, P:115) The first government in Iran was Peish Dadi , history does not provide more information .Who were the Peish Dadi and when they established their government in Iran? . According to Pekolin , Iran was under the rule of “Peish Dadi; [Gothians ] from 2100 BC to 854 BC at that time Baloch people were in Iranian force, protecting a wide border

1 Lecturer, (History) Govt: Girls Degree College Satellite Town Quetta. 2 lecturer Balochi Department, Universty of Balochistan Quetta. 3 Assistant Professor, Department of Balochi, University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- 151 - was underway in this era the government of Narve Baloch was established in Sistan (Pekolin 2006, P:32) Though Baloch people had such vast lands, rulers around them were not in favour of their privileges, Baloch were killed endlessly and undefended. In 854 BC Baloch, in large numbers joined the “Medians” becoming important fighters for them, their king was known as “Kaqbad”. Even in that time some sort of unity was still present as those army Baloch tribes had their own independency. On their bravery and presence in battle is praised by “Fardosi” in his “Shahnama”, “Kikhusro” (530-558 BC King) army was made of Baloch people. Summary of “Shahnama” poem is as follows “Gustasham” gave way to “Ashkas” as ruler. His army “Koch Baloch” was a tribal, migratory people. These people were battle hardened, laced in body armor and weapons, always running the vanguard, never turning back with a “Cheetah” as their banner crest. (Fardosi 1272, P:178-179) Since ancient times Baloch were not rulers, they lived a life of peace and harmony in their own lands, if they wanted they could easily rule their lands and others. In 249 BC the Roman empire fell and from 249 BC till 226 AD the Persian empire fell as well which was made by Cyrus, Peish Dadi, Median dynasty but ruthless attacks from Romans ended Persia. Baloch during these attacks were pushed from their original homeland in Persia to “Makran” in Balochistan which was an important land mass of the Persian empire at the time (in 227-651). About Sasani rulers of Persia, Fardosi details in his Shahnama: “This family (Sasani) was under Ardsher Papkan son of Sasan who pioneered their rule in Iran by defeating many kings and taking over many lands” (Hayat 1998, P:17) Ardsher was the one who united the small broken factions of Iran into a single nation, he was helped by the same tribes [Baloch ] at the time known as Madian , Hkhamanshi, Parthi and Askhani. Baloch people also helped tremendously in this unification.(Baloch 2012 P: 119). Fardosi said in his own words that if these Baloch tribes had not helped then the rule of many kings would be extremely difficult to attain if not impossible.Sasani family gave Iran the most help in their prosperity, it was in their time when Iran attained such a huge and powerful army, which was full of local tribes and people from different parts of Iran. During this time Baloch enjoyed an excellent relation with the Sasani dynasty till 480 AD, when Mazdak put Kabaz father of Nosherwan in his

- 152 - army, Baloch people opposed the decision, they made a treaty with Kabaz’s brother “Tehmasab” and rebelled against the crown, concluding in the massive killing of Baloch in Iran during 480-531 AD. In 498 AD Baloch were successful in making Tehmasib as the leader but he was killed in 501 AD and Kabaz took over again, he was determined to finish Baloch people from the face of the planet, his rule was a dreadful one for Baloch people. He defeated Baloch people around the areas of “Caspian Sea”, “Tabraiz”, “Mazandran”, and “Gilan”, which bore a very huge loss in Baloch lands, breaking their individuality and spirit in these lands. After this atrocious defeat, Baloch started migrating and never returned to the “Caspian Sea”again. This does give rise to the question that if Baloch people lived around Caspian Sea then ‘When did the forefathers of Rind and Lashar migrate to Arab lands? In the 7th century Arabia was enlightened by “Islam”. This was the last era of Sasani dynasty ruled by “Yazdgird Som” son of “Khusro”, he suffered defeat after defeat from Arab invasions . During these invasions where did Balochs settle? Arab travelers have given a detailed description of Baloch tribes and territories . Arabs recognized the presence of Baloch people from Karman, Makran, Sistan, Jhalawan till Sarawan, even from Quetta till Khadahar the word “Balosh, Balish or Washtan” is used, the later being the Arab variant of the word Baloch. (Strange 1986, P:482). Numerous Baloch tribes were in the Sasani army, but were defeated and chained by Arabs who fought with the spirit of Islam, their prisoners were then sent to Arabia, these battles were known as “Zath Salsal” (Jaffery 1979, P:326). Many Balochs went to Arab territories in these wars . Since Islam was religion of equality, peace and prosperity, historians write that Baloch people embraced Islam in Hazrat Umar’s reign in 634- 644 AD and joined the Arab army (Baloch 2012, P:120 ). In Umar’s time Arab conquered “Sham and Iraq”, brought them in the domain of Islam. The Baloch were included in the Arab army , this opened up the routes of Sham, Iraq, Basra Hallab Madina and Makkah. It is clear from history, that during Hazrat Umar’s reign Baloch had a general who helped in conquering many lands, because of whom many Baloch tribes migrated into Arabia. His name was “Siyah Sawar” or “Siyah Baloch.” At the time of the Arab invasions he was incarcerated and under trial, but was taken out of prison by Yazdgrd to fight against the muslim threat (Mulazai 31 July, 2016). Arab historians and Iranian poetic historian Malik Shuhra Bahar refered to this general in a very specific way that Siyah Baloch was famous for being a rider, Yazdgrd took him into the Iranian army. The

- 153 -

Iranian army already had many Baloch fighters but Siyah did not tell anyone about being a Baloch, in some battles he proved himself to be worthy and Yazdgrd made him a leader of his own unit, he recruited many baloch fighters into his unit, making a separate Baloch troop (Faridi 1968, P:80). When Yazdgrd rode towards “Isfahan” he gave 300 riders to Siyah Baloch telling him to travel to “Istkhar”, and recruit as many people as he can along the way at the end of his journey Siyah had many Baloch warriors with him. Balaziri writes that when Siyah saw that “Abu Musa” had laid siege over “Alsawas” to the point of victory, he was impressed by the religion of the Arabs (Al Balaziri 1970, P:536). Siyah Baloch was greatly impressed by the power of Islam ,He told his army that “We already know what we say about the Arabs, that they will conquer our lands and Istkhar castle will be overrun by their animal’s feces, but don’t you see their prowess in battle and their religious spirits, we still have time to accept their religion and accept their ways”. His whole army accepted Islam as a unanimous decision. Balaziri writes that Siyah Al Sawar sent an emissary to Abu Musa Ashri that we will accept your religion on these terms. 1: We will fight your enemies (Ajmi) as a part of your army. 2: If you fight amongst yourselves then we will remain neutral. 3: If other Arab nations attack us then your army shall defend us. 4: We will be given lands in Arab, those that we want and we will join those tribes that we want. 5: We should be treated with the same respect as other Muslims. 6: We want the “Caliph” himself to assure our demands. Abu Musa Ashri replied that you will be inclined to the same rules that apply to us, Siyah rejected the proposal. Then Hazrat Umar himself accepted their demands and Siyah with his army joined the Muslim ranks (Al Balaziri 1970 p:536 ). Baloch always followed a strict tribal system with one leader, the forefathers of Rind and Lashar tribes were among the army of Siyah Al Sawar, according to the treaty they settled in Sham and Iraq, and they joined the army of Arabs. Abu Al-Hassan, historian, on the acceptance of Siyah and his army of Islam says that, they were treated very fairly, Siyah told Abu Musa that he was inspired by the bravery of Muslim warriors. According to him Siyah and his captains were given 2000

- 154 -

“Darhams” and their familes were given 1500 Darhams. (Faridi 1968, P:88) (Marri 1985, P:91) During the time of Hazrat Umar, those who entered Islam were paid a decent amount of coins to start a life as a Muslim, in his reign people did not suffer poverty, the Baloch also didn’t lack coins and lands during that period. Justice Khuda Bakhsh Bajarani Marri and Molana Noor Ahmad Faridi have given reference to the fact that Siyah and his army were paid. Now this question arises that Arab historians did not write Baloch with Siyah, they used siya alasaora siyah baja and zath [jath ] , Siyah Al Sawar is mentioned by the Late Malik Behar, the poet laureate of late Reza Shah Pehlavi in his voluminous work as Siyah Baloch. He bitterly reprimands the Baloch hero’s pious fraud and states that Numan Bin Magran, the Arab general unsuccessful in his expedition sought the help of Siyah Baloch (Siyah Al Sawar) whose treachery,finally, succeeded in annihilating the Persians. In his frantic frenzy the poet in his epic addresses Siyah Baloch as a scoundrel, a villain, a circumventive and an insidious person. (Behar 1366 H ) According to history we find that Siyah Al Sawar was not a scoundrel instead he was a true Muslim whose heart was full of Islamic spirit. Maybe the Baloch still remember the cruelty of Ardsher Papkan or Nosherwan. Siyah was the same individual who was given the name of Al Sawar by Balaziri and Reza Shah Pehlavi's poet Malik Shahri Behar gave the name Siyah Baloch. According to Muhammad Sardar Khan Baloch, Siayh Baja or Siyah Al Sawar means Balck foot and Siyah Padh is a big Baloch tribe. (Baloch 1965 P :220) Arab historians have written Siyah Al Sawar and Siyah Baja at the same place, both did belong to the same tribe, Jath also joined Siyah when he embraced Islam. (Qisrani 1994 P :74) Latest research unearthed that Alzath [ jat ]were the same Balcoh tribes who were called “Youth” [Hoth ] by Romans, same tribe was tribes Zath and in Iran they were named as Jatt or Jaat. This tribe gained fame overtime and achived the honor ,at the time of Hazrat Ali , a group of Alsiya baja [ siya baloch ] was the protecting the royal treasury of Basra, their leader was a man named Abu Salma Zath (Al Balaziri 1970P :540). So it can be seen that during Hazrat Ali's reign (656-661 AD) these Baloch tribes were an important asset of Islam as can be seen in the poetry.

- 155 -

History tells that Baloch people were very important and were the defenders of the Caliphate, posted on high ranks, they were present during the battle of 656 AD and 657 AD. After the death of Hazrat Ali they followed Hazrat Iman Hassan and Hussain. Poets say that Baloch migration from Syria and Iraq happened due to Yazid, there is a qoute Of battle withYazid We are successful due to Haram Sharif. According to history Rind and Lashar tribes migrated from Karbala and Sham in 681 AD 10th October. Yazid was one of those who killed Prophet Muhammad’s nephew in Karbala. Those 72 troops who died with Hazrat Imam Hussain had Baloch troops as well. (Malik 2011 P:450) Maulai Shedai refers to Alama Zabri that in the incident of Karbala Habib Bin Mazhar was a Baloch, according to him Baloch people were also in the battle of Karbala, they were given the task of defending the camps of Imam Hussain (Shedai 2013 P:182). After the incident of Karbala Banu Umaiya became the enemies of Baloch. Sardar Khan Baloch tells the loyalty of Baloch people towards Islam referring and copying Zabri: “During the despotic regime of Ummayads, the family of Siyah Al Sawar played a historic role. Marwan I (683-5 AD) the founder of the Marwanid branch of the Ummayad house a little before he was overpowered by the proprietor of all, sent Jashi Bin Daljah at the command of the Syrian force to al Madinah to get the submission of the people of the Holy City. The people of Al Hejaz both through conviction and convenience obeyed the authority of Abdullah bin Zubayr. Ibn Zubayr sent a force under Abbas bin Sahl to curb the Syrian advance. At Rabza, the rival forces encountered and Jash, the Syrian general, was struck with an arrow by Zayd bin Siyah Al Sawar ( Siyah Baloch) and died on the spot. Zayd bin Siyah Al Sawar attired in a robe of white, riding on his white Khurasanian steed entered AL Madinah and triumphantly and the Madinites applauded him to the echo, sprinkled perfume over him to the extent that his white robe turned black” (Baloch 1965 P :23) After the martyrdom of Imam Hussain ,Baloch hated the Ummayads. They were treated with much cruelty after their alliance with Abdullah bin Zubayr, in that time the Baloch of Karbala, Sham and Iraq had started to migrate from the plains of these areas to the mountainous region of “Halb”. It was the reign of Hajaj Bin Yousaf, governor of Iraq and Basra 8th century AD when Baloch totally migrated to the mountains of Halb. He was already a very cruel ruler and the Baloch of the region had to go through enormous amounts of pains to live in the area. These poets and people have deemed themselves as the individuals of Halb, often referring to Halb

- 156 - as their country (Marri 1985 P:11). This statement can be falsified as the people of Halb (a region around Sham) was of Christian faith and if Baloch people did call Halb their country they might’ve been Christians after all, this area was in the Roman empire in past times with Christianity as their core belief. At the time of Muslim occupation the area was full of churches (AlBalaziri 1970P :219-220). Though the fact is true that Baloch did migrate to Halb in face of persecution from Umayyads, but their culture and traditions do not at even a percentage mirror the outlook of the Christian faith, even at the time of Baloch occupation by the English and the forceful emphasis on changing religion not a single Baloch turned to Christianity (Naseer 1982 P:230) Rind and Lashar did live to some extent in Halb but they migrated to their original place of conception. Professor Shaheen Qaisrani writes that Siyah Baja and Siyah Al Sawar were the representatives of Rind and Lashar tribes, respectively, they helped to turn other Baloch tribes towards Islam. They also after the cruelty of Halb left the area and went back to Karman (Qisrani 1994 P:74). Their migration from Iran to Arab and back is a story full of tragedies, every step was heavy with the tyranny of kings and rulers, their movements were laced with attacks from all directions, but their defense was one with determined feats. Conclusion Baloch as a nation , had been living in today's Pakistani Balochistan and Iranian Balochistan from last 5000 years . Baloch is an ancient nation , who had been living on the lands in between Hindustan and Iran , long before the Arian invaders and had been living in wide range of areas , having different names, in the form of different tribal alliances . Some times these tribal alliances had been disengadged by foreign invaders , But as soon the circumstances normalized there alliences established again. Balochs used to live in the coastal areas of Caspain sea adjacent to mountain of ''Koh -e - Alburz '' Turkamanistan ,Tabraiz , Elan , Mazandran , Dasht Loot , Kirman dessert , Makran , Sistan , Khurasan , Jhalawan , Sarawan and in central Balochistan , in the time of Pesh Dadis . Firdusi in his Shah Nama has told that Balochs were included in the forces of KeKhsroo in 558 - 530 BC .It means that Balochs had been living before Christ ,and Rindi poetry is only fourteen hundred years old .The word of Firdusi certifies that without the help of Balochs it was anyway difficult for these nations to sustain their reign , if not impossible . After the advent of Islam ,when Islamic conquests started , number of Balochs were there in the Sasani forces .The equality ,

- 157 - brotherhood and purity in Islam impressed the Baloch a great deal. The black foot [Siya pad ] Baloch the leadership of Siya Alaswar joined the Arab forces and went to Arab territories .It is certified by Malik -ul - Shura Behar as well. Slowly and gradually these Balochs earned an honrary status and respect in Arab territories . In the reign of Hazrat Ali ,a group of black Baloch [ Alsiya Baloch ]was the guard of state treasury , or Bait-ut- Maal . In the opinion of historians , the forefather of Rind and Lashar tribes were on high positions in the reign of last Caliph Hazrat Ali. As these tribes [ Rind and Lashar ] have described in their classical poetry .Though these tribes were not among the sufferers of Karbala incident , yet they were in favour of Hazrat Imam Hussain and Ahl-e- Bait ,that is why , after the Karbala incident the tribes of Banu Ummayah turned their enemies . Balochs started hatred against Banu Ummayah , after the martyrdom of Hazrat Imam Hussain . These Baloch tribes [ Rind and lashar ] allied with Hazrat Abdullah bin Zubir. In 8th century it became difficult for Balochs to live in Halab , in the era of Hujaj Bin Yousaf and they migrated to their original homeland . Anyway the tribes of Rind and Lashar went to Arab territories in the time of Islam's progress. After living there for few centuries they came back to their origional home land [ Kirman and Sistan,Makran ] .

- 158 -

References

Al- balazari, Ahmad Bin Yahya(1970)Urdu translatorAbdul Khair Madodi(1279)fathohal Boldan Karachi Academy Karachi,

Baloch, Farooq(2012)Baloch or won ka watan Fiction house Lahore.

Baloch, M.S.K(1965) The Great Baloch,Balochi Academy Quetta.

Behar, Malik al shura(1366H)Tarikh Sistan Edited Tehran.

Faridi, Noor Ahmad Khan,(1968)Baloch Qum or iski Tahrikh, Qaser Adab Multan.

Fardosi,Abdul Qasim(1272)Shah Nama Ferdosi, set up by Hussain sharif Al din Tehran Ist vol.

Hayat M.Sheikh (1998)History of Islamic republic of iran,Maktaba Tahmir insani yat Lahore.

Jaffery,S,Asghar Ali Shah(1979)tahrikh iran Sultana press Lahore 2nd edition.

Malik, Abdullah (2011)Tarikh islam Qurishe Brothers Lahore.

Mulazai Abdul Rauf (31 july 2016) Baloch Rajdapter ytuob Toheed tv Dubai.

Naseer, Mir Gul Khan(1982)Balochistan Qademm awr jadeed Tarik ki Roshni Meen nisa Traders quetta.

Pekolin M.K(2006) Baloch translator Dr,shah M.Marri) Takhliqat Lahore.

Qaisrani Prof, M.Ashraf shaheen (Nov 1994) balochistan Tarikh or Mazhab Balochistan history and religion, Adara Tadris quetta.

Shedai, Maullahi ( 2013)Sar Zamin Baloch ,2nd edition United printera Quetta.

- 159 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Reproductive Health Knowledge, Nature and Extent amongst College Youth in Balochistan

Sadia Barrech1 & Dr. Benish Malik2 Abstract

The issue of reproductive health faced by adolescents in Pakistan is based on the reports of national conferences, research reports in medical sector and the research conducted by the non-governmental organizations in Pakistan. This study revealed that there is minimal level of awareness among adolescent regarding their physical and mental health. They don’t know how to cope in emergence situation. Most of them have negligible information and awareness regarding sexual and sexually transmitted diseases. Health is the safe and sound mental, social and physical condition of human body. It is not only the absence of disease. It is also the condition of having protected sex living and the decision to duplicate and the autonomy of when, where and how to do so. The present study is quantitative in nature data were collected from the youth of public colleges of Quetta. The universe of the study was Quetta district. Population of the study was educated youth who were selected through sample random sampling method. Introduction It is right of adolescents to have the correct knowledge and education about reproductive health and sexual education. The adolescents should be informed about benefits, risks and all the methods of safe sex. All youths have the privilege to get to instruction and right data identified with their sexual and conceptive wellbeing. They ought to be educated of the advantages, dangers adequacy of the considerable number of techniques for ripeness control and safe sex. Education on reproductive health issues must start before school in the family and must continue during school. Furthermore, it is during this period when they became interested in sexual matters. They are sometimes engaged in sexual relations in an unhealthy

1 Assistant Professor Department of Social Work University of Balochistan, Quetta. [email protected] 2 Department of IMS. Universityof Balochistan, Quetta.

- 160 - environment. In some communities, adolescents health centre outside of the school are very effective in both reproductive health learning and forces. The services suppliers working in these centres should be well prepared to provide such education, counselling and services, and the centres adolescence friendly (Organization, 2004). Reproductive health and sexual education must focus on lowering the anxiety and arming the adolescents with skills to overcome the problems by him. Sexual education in the formal sense, in school, must focus on lowering the anxiety that might form during adolescence, arms the adolescents with the skills to in independently overcome the problems and also support them in becoming healthy persons who can express themselves and are self-sufficient and open to improvement”. (Gordon, Tschopp, & Feldman, 2004). Education and communication is quiet important in controlling and preventing sexually transmitted infections and HIVs. Education and communication improves the reproductive health and sexual status of the youth and adolescents. Education is essential in order to encourage people to adopt safe sex practices to help those who are exposed to risks of infections by other people’s behavior. The aim education is to ensure that treated patient remains free to infections and avoid transmitting sexually transmitted infections further (Ignatavicius & Workman, 2012). Youth and adolescents of Pakistan have very little about reproductive health and sexual education. They have a lot of questions about the reproductive health and sexual education. They have a lot of questions related to their genital organs, masturbation, night emissions etc. Parents and teachers are not able to answer these questions in appropriate way. Indian guys are looking for answers to questions fixated on to male genital organs, masturbation, night emission, concerns sexual execution and accomplice relationships. Ladies report that they need their man to: assume liability to end liquor abuse, sex based savagery, assault and sexual mishandle of ladies and young lady kids; make sexual relations a mutual delight; acknowledges man's control in barrenness and recognize that the sex of the kid relies upon the contribution of the male sex accomplice. In workshops and gatherings that have been archived, it ends up noticeably clear that the two guardians and educators were insensible in the matter of how to bunch sexuality education to youth (Watsa & DHANU, 2013). Youth and adolescents will have to make sexual decisions in their adult life. These decisions can be effected by social relations and pressure. The youth and adolescents have skills to contribute health development. Senderowitz

- 161 - and Solter describe as, “social relations and pressures, along with issues of self perception can create psychosocial and behavior concern during adolescence that intern, influence sexual decision making and reproductive health. In understanding these issues and being aware of skills that empower young people, these providers\counselor can work with adolescents to help them learn and utilize skills that contribute to healthy development” (Senderowitz, Solter, & Hainsworth, 2002). The importance of reproductive health is much more than normally thought. It was commonly understood as the issue which doesn’t need emphasis, but if ignored the issue can bear much more dangerous repercussion in future of the adult. The case in Pakistan is much more severe. A study conducted from the youth in Karachi revealed some interesting results. Most of them had a limited knowledge about sexual health during puberty. 72 percent of them demanded that they should be provided education regarding the changes during puberty. It was also revealed that most of the fathers don’t feel easy while discussing matters related to reproductive health with their kids and adolescents (T. S. Ali, Ali, Waheed, & Memon, 2006). The worst situation of reproductive health services in Pakistan is the harsh reality. Females are as much affected as male because of the lack of their ability to have access to such resources and services. Male, on one hand, lake such information regarding reproductive health awareness but the women on the other hand faces mammoth humiliation to have access to such services. The study showed that there is a positive correlation between female unaccompanied mobility for health services and their prenatal care. Other findings states that there is negative correlation between female accompanied mobility and prenatal care. If a female has here male with her during her quest for health services, she can better manage to look after her babies. There is a high positive correlation between sole poor female unaccompanied mobility and threats to her life (Mumtaz & Salway, 2005). Keeping in mind the growing concerns of both reproductive and health related issues, the developing nations have now increased their expenditures on health sectors. Their academic focus has now been shifted to this issue as well. There is extensive literature on health issues available but the satiation in Pakistan is miserable. The current study has been conducted in Pakistan for two objectives; to define the driving factors for health and reproductive health particularly and second is to formulate policy recommendation. The study have find that any health structure might depend on social structure, socio-demographic issues, height of learning, edifying viewpoint and rehearsals masculinity favouritism and environmental condition and the

- 162 - nature of the diseases. The mentioned driving factors are the determinants for the policy makers to stay focused on. They need to increase awareness in the most disadvantaged sector of the society through intersect oral collaboration (Babar T Shaikh & Hatcher, 2005). Developing countries are now adopting the health systems through public private partnership of franchises. These franchises providing reproductive and maternal health service in remote areas of the country. The current study focuses on the efficiency and the effectiveness of these health franchises. The regression analysis has been done in which two relationships have been focused; franchises versus reproductive health services and second one was the franchises versus maternal health services. The regression data showed that there is a optimistic relationship (correlation) among franchises and the maternal and family health services people availed. The second results showed that there is no such relationship between the franchises and the reproductive services peoples availed so far. The study recommended at the end that the focuses shall be converged to the reproductive services as well keeping in mind the importance of the reproductive health sectors (Stephenson et al., 2004). Literature Review The issue of reproductive health faced by adolescents in Pakistan is based on the reports of national conferences, research reports in medical sector and the research conducted by the non-governmental organizations in Pakistan. The study revealed that there is minimal level of awareness among adolescent regarding their physical and mental health. They don’t know how to cope in emergence situation. Most of them have negligible information and awareness regarding sexual and sexually transmitted diseases. The most prominent reason for their lack of education is that, despite the advancement in developed nations, sex education is still considered a taboo in our society. These barrier need to be broken to save the future of the youth (Khan, 2000). This study has been done to know the needs of the reproductive health by the adolescent’s male in Pakistan. The primary idea of the learning was to examine and obtain the information and the perception of the said adolescents about puberty and adolescent in the country in qualitative form. To gain such knowledge, 78 adolescent unmarried males were chosen through purposive sampling from eight districts of Pakistan. In dept semi-structured interviews were done to know their attitude and perception about reproductive health. It was found that there is a gap; a misconception about puberty and reproductive health. Most of them have no information regarding sexually

- 163 - transmitted diseases and there is a specific communication gap between the parents and their kids regarding this issue. To make available information for them, two prominent sources can be use; the schools and the media. These two are relatively two most easily available tools of awareness in them (M. Ali, Bhatti, & Ushijima, 2004). The organization responsible for defining dentitions and figures regarding the whole world is called the world health organization. The organization on one side is working to increase health services in both developed and underdeveloped nations and on the other hand issues statistics and figures of world health indicators. The organization under these indicators defined the terms adolescent and youth. Adolescents are the peoples with age between 10 and 19, while peoples under frequency of 15 and 25 are called as youth (M. Ali & Ushijima, 2005). Increasing numbers of adolescents in Pakistan is becoming the hidden challenge for the state. The state had ignored the previous adult generation with results into severe issues connected to health and sexually broadcasted illness. The current study has been conducted to find the magnitude of knowledge both male and female adolescents have regarding the sexual reproductive health. The study has been conducted in 200 villages in Lahore by deploying stratified random sampling technique. 200 female adolescents and 200 male adolescents were interviewed in this regard. Comparison analysis of both male and female shows results certain differences. Overall results show that adolescents are relatively more aware for sexual and reproductive health issues than female. Male were more knowledgeable then female when a specific questions were asked from them regarding puberty, pregnancies, sexually transmitted infections, the use of contraceptives and family planning (Babar Tasneem Shaikh & Rahim, 2006) Most of the regions in Pakistan are still not accessible for the information. The residents of remote areas are little aware of dangerous diseases. Certain diseases are curtailed for adolescents who are more prone to it. To discover the knowledge of HIV/AIDS among the adolescent youths, a community based research has been conducted in the coastal region of Balochistan, called Gidani. More than 1000 respondents were chose for this in-depth interview survey in the same costal region of Balochistan. The question related to the perception, attitude and knowledge were asked from them. It was discovered that more than half of them don’t have knowledge of the causes and impacts of the mentioned diseases. It was identified that there is high likely for the stated disease to will spread in there in future (Sheikh, Sheikh, & Sheikh, 2003).

- 164 -

Both male and female undergo physiological and psychological changes when they reach to the age of 12 or 13. During this age, certain male’s organs are transformed; hair appears on some parts of the body, excretion of whitish fluid and the change in voice pitch. Female also experience certain physiological changes, one of them called menstruation. The current study is especially conducted for the sole purpose to have an access to the perception of female adolescents regarding the cycle of menstruation. 1275 adolescent female were selected from small cities in Karachi for interviews. Two social sciences SPSS and Epi Info packages were used for the analysis of this primary level data. More than 50 percent lack the knowledge of the causes of this happening. And those who have knowledge about it, they gained this information from their mothers. Fear factor was also observed; few responded that they fear of the first experience of menstruation and bleeding and 50 percent didn’t take bath during this cycle. (T. S. Ali & Rizvi, 2010). Awareness regarding reproductive health in developing and less developing nations is a miserable one. The adolescents in there have less access to information required for their health. India too has no exception in this regard. A similar study conducted in one of the Indian state called the West Bengal for the purpose to find the gap of the attitude of the male and female adolescents toward sexual and reproductive health. Rural and peril-urban areas were selected and 111 male and female adolescent’s schools kids were taken. 55 male and 56 female were interviewed in this regard. After interviews, it has been concluded that peri-urban adolescents have relatively more information then adolescents of the rural areas. They both exercise same behaviors regarding reproductive health (Das & Ray, 2007). Youth Friendly Reproductive Health Services (YFRHS) have to be available, adequate and fitting for the youngsters to viably pull in them, counter serenely to their necessities and hold them for sustained concern. The administrations presented ought to incorporate relatives arranging (FP), sexual in order, pregnancy difficult, handling of Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI) and directing (International Planned Parenthood Federation (IPPF), (Berelie, 2017). Obstructions to Utilization of Youth cordial Reproductive Health Services (YFRHS) Globally Universally, existing hindrances to admittance and use incorporate deprived admittance, accessibility and agreeableness of the administrations. Absence of obvious instructions and administrations on proffer, swarming, absence of protection, arrangement period that don't suit youngsters' work and school

- 165 - calendars, practically zero settlement for stroll in patients, and restricted administrations and preventative provisions and choices vocation for transfer are additionally obstructions in an investigation on fast appraisal of Reproductive Health Services revealed that huge hindrances position by the present condition of mainly RH administrations are seen unfriendly to the adolescent (Thabethe, 2012). An examination in Cambodia demonstrated that the boundaries to adolescence admission to regenerative wellbeing administrations incorporated absence of privacy, timidity, deprived relatives with wellbeing personnel, lack of education and little prioritization by guardians for conceptive wellbeing administrations. An investigation to assess youth agreeable forces (YFS) in Shanghai originate that in spite of the fact that there was great foundation, gear, staff and great condition at the city, region, and school level, couple of young people utilized YFS because of inadequate exposure, deficient full time and gifted proficient wellbeing specialist organizations, poor administrations and a frail appointment framework (Boazman, 2014). In the Russian Federation, whereas the administration has distinguished youthful people’s reproductive health needs as a need, health concern and learning frameworks are not however appropriately prepared to deal with the adolescence’s particular reproductive health frameworks. The adolescent matured 15-18 year olds in Russia are provided by paediatricians however health information demonstrate that these youngsters who had a lengthy association with paediatricians are frequently humiliated to talk about troublesome matters, for example, contraception or sexually broadcasted infection (STIs) and might likewise stress over breaks of confidentiality (World Health Organization, 2001). In South Africa exercises outfitted headed for the young are being executed however are as yet constrained. An investigation to assess features that demoralized the young from utilizing adolescence agreeable reproductive administrations in South Africa originate that tiresome hours or position threatening personnel and absence of protection were amongst the motives grown-ups provide for not utilizing YFRHS. The nation in combination with trailblazer worldwide is buckling down during an undertaking, „FOCUS on Youth Adults‟ to set up procedures to expel those impediments (Comaroff, 2009). An investigation on youth-accommodating administrations (YFS) use and issues in Harar, Ethiopia finished that mainly adolescence had inspirational

- 166 - state of mind towards YFS however had poor learning on the administrations. A similar report likewise detailed that just single office gave YFS in Harar in this way directing the boundaries in donation YFRHS in that area. The nationwide rule for stipulation of adolescence benevolent administrations in Kenya record additionally explains reproductive health matters for example, giving in sequence and administrations that are available, open, reasonable and adequate and completed accessible. These administrations are adapted on the way to conference neglected reproductive requirements of the young. Different activities incorporate youngster Reproductive Health and expansion approach Plan of Action 2005-2015 that looks to lead the want to give and quicken admittance and use of adolescence cordial administrations by youngsters. finished that use of adolescence cordial sexual and reproductive administrations in Kenya at rest visage various difficulties from the young who have close to nothing or need in sequence on adolescence benevolent reproductive health administrations, group unhelpful insight youth sexuality and reproductive health administrations to the adolescent and health office point of view where there is no responsibility for administrations, constrained administration support and poor financing and in addition poor staff state of mind (Wambuii, 2004). Family Health Options Kenya (FHOP) is an association banding together with different association for example, IPPF, FHI, DANIDA amongst others with a vital target of reinforcing responsibility on help for sexual and reproductive health and privileges and wants of youths/youngsters. To accomplish this vital range, FHOK utilizes different techniques, provision of youth well-disposed coordinated administrations, sexuality education, peer education, support and strengthening of youngsters. Through effort exercises, 477,901 young people were come to with youngster Sexual Reproductive Health (ASRH) in sequence, 23,536 with scientific administrations, 19,483 with VCT administrations whereas 1,574 got guiding administrations (Zabin, 1998). Youth neighbourly reproductive health administrations are offered utilizing the incorporated model of administration conveyance both in broad daylight, Faith-based and private health offices inside the locale. Thika is one of the locale in Kenya which has a stand-alone youth agreeable office in Ruiru commissioned in 2008 and offers youth well-disposed reproductive health administrations. In spite of the fact that these administrations are accessible, the Thika District planned Plan 2005-2010 distinguished that there was deficient admittance to reasonable and superiority RH administration and

- 167 - little admittance to Reproductive Health in sequence and administrations by the young and teenagers (Karnyski, 2009). Traditional Beliefs and Ethnicity

The young sexuality issues are intensified by absence of satisfactory in sequence since in the past time this was specified by grandparents and close relatives and this is not true anymore because of expanded usage. Announced that collapse in conventional announcement waterway during which grown- ups worn to go by in sequence and direction to the youthful has separated because of urbanization along these lines leaving the adolescent defenceless against sexually connected issues, mainly cultural good/conventional cryptogram forbid premarital sex and pregnancy and any young found to utilize family arranging administrations is chastised subsequently terror is imparted amongst the adolescent particularly on family arranging use. At the point when there is group contribution whereby groups are occupied with optimistic discourse to advance the estimation of health benefits and energize parental and more extensive help for the provision of value administrations to adolescence, use is probably going to increment (Senderowitz, 2003). Stipulation of superior superiority health administrations to the young could be accomplished throughout great arrangement surroundings, enhanced scientific and announcement abilities of suppliers and their strong mentality. The National Guidelines for provision of YFS in Kenya classifies characteristics of an office that craft it adolescence amicable and which are probably going to build use by the adolescent .These incorporates; the administrations ought to be in a position that is effectively open, have adaptable operational hours, proffer protection, tender extensive variety of administrations at reasonable price or gratis and cordial health specialist organizations (Young, 2001). Women’s reproductive health has long been considered both an indicator of population health and a benchmark of progress in a society. It has been a fulcrum of many large-scale public health UN Millennium Project, Implicit in this is the care of all members of a community, including those living in poverty. However, in the United States despite decades of attempts by the government and non-profits to provide accessible, affordable care, there is as yet a considerable shortage in the reproductive health of poor ladies. This shortfall shows from numerous points of view that adversely influence the two ladies and their kids. Regardless of the significant measure of writing specifying both the need and the consequences of the dissimilarity of

- 168 - reproductive healthcare endured by low-wage ladies, there exists a hole in the examination disentangling the main driver (Zimmerman, 2017). Research proposes that an advanced gap exists and that ladies of low socioeconomic status are regularly off guard by the consequences of this gap. One repercussion of this abyss is an absence of sufficient information, especially of exact and available reproductive health information which has been observed to be identified with poor reproductive health. The motivation behind this examination will be to look at the information-chasing examples, needs, and boundaries among low-pay ladies as they relate to reproductive health. Using a mixed methods approach, I will survey and then conduct interviews with low-income women assessing their information-seeking regarding reproductive healthcare (Ramanadhan and Viswanath, 2006). Health information-seeking behaviour Following a extensive survey of roughly 100 distributed articles and five books from 1982 to 2006, Lambert and Loiselle decided that health information seeking behaviour (HISB) is “conceptualized as a means of obtaining the type and amount of information needed to participate in medical decision making” (2007). The authors state that a person's HISB is originally enthused by an in sequence need or a apparent opening among what a person identify and what that person desires to know regarding their health goals (Lambert & Loiselle, 2007). While this explanation seems simple there is a tremendous breadth of research that has gone into HISB motivations, needs, and outcomes, as well as how individual groups of people engage in HISB. And, this is crucial, because effective HISB can not only increase an individual’s health knowledge (Pasinlioğlu, 2004), it is also associated with an increased use of preventative healthcare services and better outcomes. In pregnancy, specifically, seeking information may increase information, self-care, and health endorsement behaviours which ideally donate to enhanced pregnancy endings (Moorman & Matulich, 1993; Nicholson, 2005). Research Methodology The present study was is quantitative in nature and tables are shaped to break down the statistics. Likewise, frequencies and percentages of the data are displayed. The univariate and examination have been directed. The target population of the present study was youth between the age of 18-30. Two major sampling procedures were utilized as a part of research, for example, probability and non-probability sampling. In this study proportionate random

- 169 - sample technique was utilized to draw a sample from the objective populace. Test estimate was around 400 respondents. A survey technique was used as a strategy for data collection. The survey of the investigation comprised of close ended and open ended questions and was set up with respect to specific targets of the research. After the collection of data, it was altered into coded frame to go into SPSS. SPSS was utilized to analyse the data

Age of the respondents.

9% 15% 29% 18-21 22-25 26-29 47% 30 and above

Table 4.1 demonstrates the age of the subjects of this study. Majority of the respondents 47% were in the age group of 22-25 years, while 29 % were in the age group of 18-21 years. 15 % were in the age group of 26.29 years whereas only 9 % were in the age of 30 and above

- 170 -

Monthly income of the respondents 11% 4%

Up to 10000 26% 16% 10001-30000 30001-50000 50001-70000 23% 20% 70001-90000 90001-100000

Table 4.2 demonstrate monthly income of the respondents. Data shows that majority of the respondent’s 26% monthly income were 10001-30000 rupees, 23% of the respondent’s monthly income were 50001-70000 rupees while 20% of the respondent’s monthly income were 30001-50000. Data further shows that 16% of the respondent’s monthly income was 70001-90000 rupees, 10 % of the respondent’s monthly income were 90001-110000, whereas 5 % of the respondent’s monthly income was up to 10000 rupees.

Area of residence

45%

55% Urban Rural

- 171 -

Table 4.3 illustrates the residence area of the respondents. The statistics illustrates that majority 55% of the respondents were from Rural area while 45% of the subjects of this study were from Urban area.

Family type of the respondents

20% 29%

Nuclear Joint Extended 51%

Table 4.4 demonstrates the family type of the respondents. The statistics explains that about 51% of the respondents were from Joint family, 29 % of the respondents were from Nuclear family whereas only 20 of the respondents were from Extended family.

Conclusion Literature uncovered that regardless of the activities set up towards enhancing of reproductive health knowledge among the Youth, hindrances motionless survive which influence the use of administrations by the young. Concentrates over the sphere direct to the habits the administrations are known and the young unpleasantness of the offices. This is confirming in elements; for example, benefit conveyance hours, cost of administrations, absence of confidentiality and office organization. Others are singular factors, for example, absence of information and demeanor. Writing likewise uncovered that there is concentrated exertion by numerous nations to achieve the young with reproductive health administrations and however modest has

- 172 - been accomplished; significantly additional should be complete to achieve a decent limit to free the adolescent from reproductive health issues. Kenya is among the nations a considerable measure of exertion is going ahead in the range of reproductive health benefit conveyance however minimal confirm is appeared for the school youth.

References

Ali, M., Bhatti, M. A., & Ushijima, H. (2004). Reproductive health needs of adolescent males in rural Pakistan: an exploratory study. Tohoku journal of experimental medicine, 204(1), 17-26. Ali, M., & Ushijima, H. (2005). Perceptions of men on role of religious leaders in reproductive health issues in rural Pakistan. Journal of biosocial science, 37(1), 115-122. Ali, T. S., Ali, P. A., Waheed, H., & Memon, A. A. (2006). Understanding of puberty and related Ali, T. S., & Rizvi, S. N. (2010). Menstrual knowledge and practices of female adolescents in urban Karachi, Pakistan. Journal of adolescence, 33(4), 531-541 Berelie, Y. (2017). Utilization of Reproductive Health Services Among Undergraduate Graduating Class Students in Selected Public Universities of Ethiopia: Classical and Bayesian Approaches (Doctoral dissertation, Addis Abeba university). Boazman, J., & Sayler, M. (2014). Gifted American College Students, Application of the Personal Well-being Index (PWI)(Adult Version). Encyclopedia of Quality of Life and Well-Being Research, 2554-2559. Comaroff, J. L., & Comaroff, J. (2009). Of revelation and revolution, volume 2: The dialectics of modernity on a South African frontier (Vol. 2). University of Chicago Press. Das, B. M., & Ray, S. (2007). Adolescent male reproductive health: awareness and behavior among peri-urban and rural boys in West Bengal, India. International Journal of Men's Health, 6(2), 79-99.

- 173 -

Gordon, P. A., Tschopp, M. K., & Feldman, D. (2004). Addressing issues of sexuality with adolescents with disabilities. Child and Adolescent Social Work Journal, 21(5), 513-527. Ignatavicius, D. D., & Workman, M. L. (2012). Medical-surgical nursing: Patient-centered collaborative care: Elsevier Health Sciences. Karnyski, M. A. (2009). Ethnomedical and biomedical health care and healing practices among the Rathwa adivasi of Kadipani village, Gujarat State, India. Khan, A. (2000). Adolescent and reproductive health in Pakistan: a literature review. Lambert, S. D., & Loiselle, C. G. (2007). Health information—seeking behavior. Qualitative health research, 17(8), 1006-1019. Moorman, C., & Matulich, E. (1993). A model of consumers' preventive health behaviors: The role of health motivation and health ability. Journal of consumer research, 208-228. Mumtaz, Z., & Salway, S. (2005). ‘I never go anywhere’: extricating the links between women's mobility and uptake of reproductive health services in Pakistan. Social science & medicine, 60(8), 1751-1765. Nicholson, W., Gardner, B., Grason, H. A., & Powe, N. R. (2005). The association between women’s health information use and health care visits. Women's health issues, 15(6), 240-248. Organization, W. H. (2004). Department of Reproductive Health and Research: programme budget 2004-2005. Pasinlioğlu, T. (2004). Health education for pregnant women: the role of background characteristics. Patient education and counseling, 53(1), 101-106. Ramanadhan, S., & Viswanath, K. (2006). Health and the information nonseeker: A profile. Health communication, 20(2), 131-139. Senderowitz, J., Solter, C., & Hainsworth, G. (2002). Clinic assessment of Youth Friendly Services. A tool for assessing and improving reproductive health services for youth. Senderowitz, J., Solter, C., & Hainsworth, G. (2002). Clinic assessment of Youth Friendly Services. A tool for assessing and improving reproductive health services for youth.

- 174 -

Shaikh, B. T., & Hatcher, J. (2005). Health seeking behaviour and health service utilization in Pakistan: challenging the policy makers. Journal of Public Health, 27(1), 49-54. Shaikh, B. T., & Rahim, S. T. (2006). Assessing knowledge, exploring needs: A reproductive health survey of adolescents and young adults in Pakistan. European J. of Contraception and Reproductive Healthcare, 11(2), 132-137. Sheikh, N., Sheikh, A., & Sheikh, A. (2003). Awareness of HIV and AIDS among fishermen in coastal areas of Balochistan. Journal of the College of Physicians and Surgeons Pakistan: JCPSP, 13(4), 192- 194. Stephenson, R., Tsui, A. O., Sulzbach, S., Bardsley, P., Bekele, G., Giday, T., . . . Feyesitan, B. (2004). Franchising reproductive health services. Health services research, 39(6p2), 2053-2080. Thabethe, S. N. (2012). “A CASE OF CULTURE GONE AWRY”: AN INVESTIGATION OF FEMALE INITIATION CEREMONIES AND NYAU DANCE VIGILS ON THE RIGHTS OF TEENAGE GIRLS TO EDUCATION AND SEXUAL REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH AMONGST MIGRANT COMMUNITIES IN NORTON, ZIMBABWE. Wambuii, H. K. (2004). The politics of HIV/AIDS and implications for democracy in Kenya (Doctoral dissertation, Western Michigan University). Watsa, M., & DHANU, A. (2013). Three decades of meeting sexual and reproductive health needs of young people. Journal of Family Welfare, 50, 83-88. World Health Organization. (2001). The World Health Report 2001: Mental health: new understanding, new hope. World Health Organization. Young, G. J. (2001). Transforming the veterans health administration: the revitalization of VHA. Transforming organizations, 139-72. Zabin, L. S., & Kiragu, K. (1998). The health consequences of adolescent sexual and fertility behavior in sub-Saharan Africa. Studies in family planning, 210-232. Zimmerman, M. S. (2017). Reproductive Healthcare Information-Seeking Behavior in Undeserved Women: An Exploratory Study.

- 175 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Geo Strategic Significance of Pakistan

Javad Jehan1 , Dr. Mirwais Kasi2 & Abdul Qadir3 Abstract Pakistan’s geo strategic significance makes it the most pivotal partner. It is in a position to provide a bridge between the West and Central Asia, West and the Muslim world, and between USA and China. The opportunities accruing from the changed international scenario, if assessed realistically and capitalized through appropriate policies, project a very bright future for Pakistan. Pakistan’s foreign policy has seen many ups and down but post 9/11, a clear reorientation was undertaken in understanding the internal, external and economic dimensions of threat to national security as against the traditional single directional approach. On the other hand Pakistan’s pro-Taliban foreign policy was already being questioned by our friends including Turkey, Iran, Russia, and even our strategic ally China. Pakistan was found more frequently defending its adopted policy abroad. A realization had already set in that continuation of our policy was seriously compromising our national security interests. Thus incident of 9/11 acted only as a catalyst in reorienting the policy. The world is facing energy crises and terrorism. Pakistan is a route for transportation and a front line state against terrorism. Moreover Pakistan has been traditionally ally of emerging economic giant; China. So in the vague of any change in world politics, Pakistan’s geo-strategic significance would further be enhanced. GEO STRATEGIC SIGNIFICANCE OF PAKISTAN

Pakistan’s geo strategic importance makes it a vital confederate between the West and Central Asia, West and the Muslim world, and between USA and China. Pakistan has an exceptional peculiarity of being bordered by three major states, i.e. Russia, China and India. Customarily, Pakistan has a shared destiny with Afghanistan and Iran, and this region offers a terrestrial passage to any power to the warm waters of the Arabian Sea and the Indian Ocean.

1 M.Phil scholar in Department of International Relations, University of Balochistan, Quetta 2 Associate Professor Department of International Relations, University of Balochistan, Quetta 3 Department of International Relations, University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- 176 -

Straits of Hormuz, which is the “International Oil Highway" is also in the backdoor of Pakistan. Pakistan exists in an extremely impulsive atmosphere and faces great challenges due to foreign and domestic reasons. It is bounded by enormous and populous countries, almost 1/3rd of humanity (Russia, China, India, Central Asia and Gulf countries), all with rising economies, incredible mineral and energy resources and developing market potentials (Hassan, 2004 Winter). Pakistan can actually influence its neighbours through economic as well as political linkages. It is, therefore, exceptionally important for the global and regional players that Pakistan develops efficiently and rightfully, if they really want to succeed in their future ambitions to benefit from the unquestionable potentials of the region. Pakistan being the only Muslim nuclear power can play a very vital role in bridging the gap between the West and the Islamic world. Being an important member of the Organization of Islamic Countries (OIC), Pakistan’s significance cannot be under estimated. China – Pakistan relationship is unparalleled in modern history defying the logic of power politics (Mehmud, 2001 Summer). During cold war regardless of inclination towards US’s interests, Pakistan broke the rules of game and continued extending her friendship to China. After the cold war era, China emerged as an economic giant and due to her developments in various fields, US considered China as a potential threat. Pakistan, by virtue of her cordial relations with both the countries can play a significant role as a third party to reduce the tension between both the super powers. Due to the nature of conflict with India and the revival of the USA’s interests in the region, a Nuclear Pakistan has much better leverage in the regional and global context (Khan, 2005). Nuclear arsenal of Pakistan is also suspected to be vulnerable to proliferation by US. It is for this reason that US and other Global players have started to get engaged in the reconciliation efforts in the Sub-continent, besides strengthening Pakistan on political, economic and diplomatic fronts. As the dominant drivers of conflicts in next few decades are likely to be socio-economic divisions and environment constraints, the future wars are likely to be asymmetric in nature with low intensity dimensions. Importance of a Strong Pakistan for Regional Stability a. Effects of a Weak Pakistan. An economically weak and politically turbulent Pakistan will give rise to ethnic and sectarian strife. Also, the religious extremist groups will be bringing more number of frustrated youth into their fold. The negative fallout of these groups will not only harm Pakistan but will have immediate spill over effects on the neighbouring states (Mazari, Defining Terrorism, Winter 2001).

- 177 -

b. Effects of Loose Nuclear Technology. The world, particularly the US, feels that a politically unstable Pakistan will have a loose control over its nuclear arsenal. If this analogy is taken as true then an unstable Pakistan is ill-suited to world and regional peace (Hilali, Winter 2009). c. Overall Balancing Effect. A stable Pakistan enhances the overall balance of the region because of its multi-directional and geo-strategic reach (Mazari, The New US Security Doctrine , Spring 2003). Relations with International World Pakistan - India Relations. Indo-Pak relations have always remained strained as India conceives Pakistan as a main hurdle towards her hegemonic designs in the region, whereas Pakistan considers India a perpetual threat to her national security. Besides many other irritants, Kashmir remains the major stumbling block in improving the relations (Razvi, 1971. p 155). India blames Pakistan for supporting the insurgency and promoting terrorism, whereas Pakistan considers that India is perpetually trying to undermine her very existence and independence as a sovereign state. Having fought four wars, both countries seem to be realizing importance of peaceful co- existence. Lately, after the Pulwama incident, Indian’s violation of Pakistan airspace brought the two nations to the brink of the war but the situation got settled due to mature handling by Pakistan. Pakistan – US Relations. Pak – US relations have witnessed many phases of being warm and cold, depending upon US strategic interests in the region. Pakistan joined US led security pacts, SEATO and CENTO in 1950s and concluded another two military agreements in 1954 and 1959. By 1960, Pakistan had become most allied ally of America’s Asian allies (Mahdi, 1999, p.153). Pakistan’s expectation of US help during 1965 and 1971 wars never materialized as these were based on wrong assumptions. Pak-US relations between 1972 and 1979 remained lukewarm till US needed Pakistan for their proxy war against Soviet Russia in Afghanistan. For next ten years, Pakistan remained a frontline state and participated actively in Afghan struggle against Soviet occupation. After Soviet withdrawal from Afghanistan, in 1989, US abandoned both Pakistan and Afghanistan. Thereafter variety of sanctions was imposed on Pakistan, showing great resentment on Pakistan’s effort to acquire nuclear capability. US interest for GWOT again brought Pakistan in the limelight by once again declaring it a ‘frontline state’ for war on terror. Recently, due to Pakistan’s strenuous

- 178 - efforts, Afghan Taliban and US were brought to negotiation table for peace process. Pakistan – China Relations. Pakistan relations with China have always remained unexceptional since its inception (Amin, 2003, p.157). Both countries have supported each other at diplomatic level on important global issues. China, besides supporting Pakistan’s point of view on Kashmir at UN has extended extremely valuable material help in the field of defence production and economic development (Moon, 1988). During Indo-Pakistan War of 1965, relations between the two states touched its peak. On the other hand, Pakistan facilitated normalization of relations between US and China in 1971. In order to concentrate on her economic progress, China is not likely to involve herself in any regional or global dispute. However, she can be considered a trusted and reliable friend in future as well, provided convergence of interests between the two continues. The signing of China Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) agreement in 2013 brought the two countries very closer in terms of economic and strategic connectivity. Pakistan – USSR/ Russia Relations. Pakistan’s relations with Soviet Union could not take a good start right from the beginning. These relations suffered from suspicions and apprehensions (Razvi, The Frontiers of Pakistan , 1971. p 129). On the contrary, India always enjoyed good cooperative relations with Soviet Union / Russia and has really benefited from it. Soviet Union helped India in both wars against Pakistan, however, Soviet Union did facilitate Indo-Pak cease-fire and a negotiated settlement at Tashkent in 1966. Pak-Soviet relations considerably improved during Bhutto’s era but immediately after that the extreme opposite was experienced in 1980s during Soviet occupation of Afghanistan (Gray, 2004). Pakistan, due to its support for the Afghan resistance, was rather seen at war with Soviet Union. After the demise of USSR and the end of Cold War, our relations with Russia (the successor state of USSR) got normalized. However, a lot needs to be done to improve these relations, which can be beneficial to our economic and security interests. Increased US involvement in region, emergence of India as regional super power, Russia’s potentials as remerging super power and likely change in world order from uni-polar to bipolar world suggest further cordial and bilateral relations with Russia. Pakistan’s Relation with the Europe and United Kingdom. Pakistan has traditionally maintained good relations with United Kingdom, basically because of our colonial legacy. Britain was expected to help resolution of the Kashmir Issue as a moral obligation to complete ‘incomplete partition’. Pakistan’s foreign relations with other European powers, namely, France,

- 179 -

Germany and Italy, have been just normal. In the West, our main orientation has always remained focused on USA and UK alone. It may be more prudent to expand the canvas of our relations with European Union (EU). Moreover, having NATO forces in Afghanistan, it is our compulsion to explore ways and means to develop better relations with EU on more solid grounds (Ziring, 1994. p 58). Pakistan-Iran Relations. Both being Muslim states have generally cordial relations and Iran provided military support to Pakistan during two wars against India (Amin, Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: A Reappraisal, 2003, p.138). However, relations with Iran have seen many ups and down especially after 1971 Indo-Pak war and Iran-Iraq War. During Afghan struggle against Soviet invasion and especially at the time of Geneva Accord and events leading to the rise of Taliban, many differences emerged between Pakistan and Iran on their respective approach towards bringing peace, stability and harmony in Afghanistan. Iran, has always considered Pakistan as a strategic competitor in Afghanistan and other Central Asian States, due to obvious economic and political reasons. Of course, there are serious differences in both countries’ priorities vis-à-vis on going GWOT in Afghanistan and its implications for the region. There are reports about Indo – Iranian collaboration in the field of defence and security, which needs to be monitored and carefully analysed by Pakistan. However, due to high level official visits from Pakistan i.e COAS and PM, the relations between two states are expected to deepen more. Pakistan- Afghanistan Relations. Despite strong cultural, religious and linguistic ties, Pakistan-Afghan relations have not been very steady (Razvi, The Frontiers of Pakistan , 1971. p 67). Pakistan shares a long porous border with Afghanistan, having same tribes living either side the border. Afghanistan was the only country, in 1947, which had opposed Pakistan’s entry to the United Nations and had maliciously claimed the areas up to Indus River questioning the validity of Durand Line (Moon, National Security in the Third World , 1988). Thereafter, the relations have mostly remained unstable and Afghanistan’s attitude generally remained hostile, creating lot of provocations. After the cold war, Pakistan accommodated more than 3 million Afghan refugees for over two decade; most of them still reside in Pakistan. Pakistan also provided whole hearted support to Taliban rule in Afghanistan at the cost of annoying Soviet Union/Russia, non-Taliban/ Pashtun elements and other neighbours in the region. Despite Pakistan complete cooperation with US led multi-national forces to combat terrorism, Afghanistan’s attitude towards Pakistan is not very friendly. Afghanistan keeps raising issues of disputed border, transit trade and cross border infiltration, whenever it suits her.

- 180 -

Pakistan’s Relations with Muslim World. Pakistan has always maintained friendly relation with all Muslim countries and has supported the Muslim cause at all international forums, which is obligatory for Pakistan as per her Constitution. Pakistan’s closest relations amongst the Muslim world have been with Saudi Arabia, who has always supported Pakistan on the Kashmir Issue. During the Afghan war, Saudi Arabia in collaboration with US, provided all out military and other support to Pakistan. Moreover, Pakistan has always had a very warm and close relationship with Turkey which was probably the only country in the world to support Turkey on its military invasion in northern Cyprus. Pakistan, for its part, has received steadfast Turkish support on Kashmir issue and some degree of military assistance during the two wars with India (Moon, National Security in the Third World , 1988. p129). Pakistan also enjoys equally good relations with all Gulf States. Besides, Pakistan’s relations with Indonesia and Malaysia have always been very friendly. Pakistan and International Organisations Pakistan and the United Nations. Pakistan has always been an active member of the UN and has subscribed to the principles and purposes of its Charter. Besides many other international issues, Pakistan’s major commitment with the UN has been on Kashmir Issue. Pakistan also encouraged the UN to play a mediatory role in the Afghan crisis from the beginning. Pakistan has whole heartedly supported UN Peacekeeping Operations (UNPKO) and has been a major troop contributor. Pakistan, however, has opposed any expansion in the Security Council, which will create new centres of power and privilege (Today, 2018). Pakistan and Organization of Islamic Countries (OIC). Pakistan being the founding member of the OIC has played a significant role in bringing together all the Muslim states through its active contribution. As an only nuclear power with its effective diplomacy, Pakistan’s efforts have always been given due importance on perilous problems of the Islamic world. Pakistan and Economic Cooperation Organization (ECO). In 1964, Pakistan Iran and Turkey established Regional Organization for Cooperation (RCD), which after remaining inactive since 1979 Iranian Revolution was revived as Economic Cooperation Organization (ECO) in 1985. At present it also includes Afghanistan and six Central Asian States and provides a forum for regional cooperation to the member countries (Amin, Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: A Reappraisal, 2000).

- 181 -

Pakistan and South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC). SAARC, since its establishment in 1983, has remained hostage to perennial animosity between India and Pakistan (Razvi, The Frontiers of Pakistan , 1971. p 28). Nonetheless, it has come up well as a regional forum for promotion of trade, commerce and cultural exchange. SAARC has very less scope to help member states to resolve their mutual dispute as any such discussion is against the SAARC Charter. However, expansion of SAARC, according full membership to Afghanistan and observer Status to China might open new possibilities for better cooperation on security issues and for mutual conflict resolution. Pakistan and Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO). Pakistan has always recognized the emergent world-wide significance of China and has always considered her its key ally. Since the emergence of SCO, Pakistan enjoys observer status within the organisation. With the passage of time, the organisation’s ambit has increased manifolds i.e joint military exercises, action against drug trafficking and organised crime. The mandate also inspires free trade and campaigns to build critical structure to link its members through roads or railways, promote commerce and modernize customs systems and tariffs. Pakistan and Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN). Pakistan’s foreign policy initiatives are to create wide-ranging, robust and mutually advantageous associations for the benefit of the region. ASEAN leadership has demonstrated inconceivable political resolve and will to shape up the resilient and standardized economies; thus transforming the South East Asia as a rapid developing region. Pakistan is an active member which offers numerous investment prospects in the field of telecommunication, oil and gas, energy, services and agriculture. ASEAN members can exploit the economic growth by having an access to Central Asia and Middle East (Khan M. N., 18 Sep 2018).

- 182 -

Bibliography Amin, S. M. (2000). Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: A Reappraisal. Oxford University Press. Amin, S. M. (2003, p.138). Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: A Reappraisal. Oxford University Press. Amin, S. M. (2003, p.157). Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: A Reappraisal. Oxford University Press. Gray, C. S. (2004). America’s Defence of the New World Order . The University Press of Kentucky, USA. Hassan, D. M. (2004 Winter). US- Pak Relations after 9/11; Prospects and Pitfalls. Pakistan Defence Review. Hilali, A. Z. (Winter 2009). US Policy towards Pakistan after September 11, 2001 and its Implications. Islamabad Policy Research Institute. Khan, M. N. (18 Sep 2018). Capitalizing Pakistan-ASEAN Economies. RegionalRapport. Khan, M. S. (2005). Geo-Strategic Constraints of National Security of Pakistan. Institute of Strategic Studies, Islamabad Working Papers, 4/2005. Mahdi, N. (1999, p.153). Pakistan’s Foreign Policy 1971-1981 – The Search For Security . Ferozsons (Pvt) Ltd, Lahore, Pakistan. Mazari, D. S. (Spring 2003). The New US Security Doctrine . Institute of Strategic Studies, islamabad. Mazari, D. S. (Winter 2001). Defining Terrorism. Institute of Strategic Studies, Islamabad. Mehmud, P. K. (2001 Summer). Sino-Pakistan Relations: an ‘All Weather’ Friendship . Institute of Regional Studies, Islamabad. Moon, E. E.-I. (1988). National Security in the Third World . Center for International Development and Conflict Management, University of Maryland, USA.

- 183 -

Moon, E. E.-I. (1988). National Security in the Third World . Center for International Development and Conflict Management, University of Maryland, USA. Moon, E. E.-I. (1988. p129). National Security in the Third World . Center for International Development and Conflict Management, University of Maryland, USA. Rafique, N. (2003). Interpreting the nature of US war on Terror. Retrieved from http://www.issi.org.pk/strategic_studies_htm/2003/no_3/article/2a.ht m Razvi, D. M. (1971. p 129). The Frontiers of Pakistan . National Publishing House, Karachi, Pakistan. Razvi, D. M. (1971. p 155). The Frontiers of Pakistan . National Publishing House, Karachi, Pakistan. Razvi, D. M. (1971. p 28). The Frontiers of Pakistan . National Publishing House, Karachi, Pakistan. Razvi, D. M. (1971. p 67). The Frontiers of Pakistan . National Publishing House, Karachi, Pakistan. Smith, J. B. (n.d.). The Globalization of the World Politics, Second edition, Oxford University Press, New York, 2001. Today, P. (2018). Pakistan Opposes Expansion of UNSC by Adding to Privileged Clique. https://www.pakistantoday.com.pk/2018/06/07/pakistan-opposes- expansion-of-un-sc-by-adding-to-privileged-clique/. Ziring, S. M. (1994. p 58). Pakistan’s Foreign Policy – A Historical Analysis- 2nd Edition . Oxford University press, Karachi, Pakistan.

- 184 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

CPEC And Geo-Strategic Paradigm of Gawdadar

Dr. Hussan Ara magsi1 & Dr. Zaib–un-Nisa Magsi 2 & Dr. Fida Bazai3

Abstrac CPEC is a key project to make Pakistan a very uplifted country in the region . Gawadar carries the pivotal importance due to its geo-strategic position .Gawadar is a gateway towards central Asia,it is an air door and a golden door .The important straits :straits of Mallaca and straits of hormuz are present in Gawadar .CPEC Is one of mega project of Pakistan .Gawadar is a jewel in the crown of economy of Pakistan in new international economic scenario .The road connectivity ,OBOR (One belt –one road ) is the major mission to be achieved . In this research paper geographic –economic approach will be applied to gauge the geo-strategic significance of Gawadar in term of CPEC project .The qualitative and descriptive methodology will be applied in this research paper .The data will be collected through secondary sources ,interview and documentaries etc .The major objectives of his research paper to highlight the various developmental aspects of CPEC which contributes towards enhancing the significance of Gawadar . Apart from this Gawadar is an important international trade route and hub of commercial whalings . Gwadar Port as a project aimed at improving regional and economic cooperation and it will be a hub connecting the region's land and maritime routes. CPEC is a visible and progressive project envisages the economic take-off and rise of Pakistan. This project has multiple dimensions to generate energy and power and to construct infrastructure and alleviate poverty by providing them employment opportunities. The China-Pak is affiliated in promoting the national interests and they also safeguard their maritime interests. The Gawadar port can serve the purpose for joint patrolling in Indian ocean. CPEC is a harbinger of regional change and a symbol of progress and will serve as a transit trade .CPEC is a catalyst for an economic acceleration and regional stability .The road connectivity will provides the linkages towards Central Asian states

1 Assistant Professor. Deptt of political Science. Email – [email protected]. Cell no- 0313-8215564. 2 Associate professor, Bolan Medical College, Quetta. 3 Department of International Relations, University of Balochistan, Quetta

- 185 -

,Iran ,Russia ,Turkey And European countries .It will serve the hub of economic activities .CPEC has a strong potential to revive the old Silk road .

KEY WORDS : Gawadar. CPEC. Geo-strategic importance .International trade route .

Introduction

“The CPEC will act as a game changer for the whole region by proliferating trade ,commercial activity and commercial whalings .It will open the new chapter for both friendly country of Pakistan and China .”(Ahmed 2012)

“It is said that foreign policy of any country starts and ends at the border of its state .”(Tanveeer)The geography of a country determines its role in the world affairs .The country of Pakistan is important due to its geo-strategic position . Pakistan is situated at the juncture of energy proficient to the energy deficient .Gawadar is an important port and key shipping point can play role in ensuring China,s energy security as it provides a much shorter route than present route . The concept of “one belt ,one road “ is used by china for economic and political cooperation in Asia .The OBOR consists of two element : the New Silk route for region and a 21st century maritime Silk Road through road connectivity within Asia .CPEC is a joint venture to connect China with Gawadar .There are four parts of CPEC ;Infrastructure ,communication Gawadar and industrial zone etc .Gawadar is called as gateway towards central Asia .The CPEC project will serve as linkages between China and Central Asia ,Middle East and South Asia . CPEC is highly economical project by changing the geo-economic dynamics of Sino-Pak relations by accelerating the trade activity .It will ensure economic growth , resolve energy crisis ,generate employment opportunities ,attract foreign investment development of infrastructure ,promotion of tourism and other activities etc .The different countries including regional actors are interested to investment in Pakistan and take benefit from CPEC project . The CPEC will improve the lives of the people of Pakistan and China by building economic cooperation and enhancing regional connectivity. Despite of this, it will integrate transport and IT system ,communication channels ,agricultural developments and poverty alleviation etc .Despite of this it will augment financial cooperation ,Human resource Development and other progressive activities etc .

- 186 -

Objectives 1-The major objectives of his research paper to highlight the various developmental aspects of CPEC which contributes towards enhancing the significance of Gawadar. 2-Apart from this Gawadar is an important international trade route and hub of commercial whalings. Gawadar port will serve as hub of trade proliferation, economic activities and it will contribute towards the development of this region. 3- To give an analysis that how CPEC can contribute towards enhancing the geo-strategic significance of Gawadar .And Gawdar deep-sea port can contribute towards the development of this country and this region .

Research Methodology In this research paper geographic –economic approach will be applied to gauge the geo-strategic significance of Gawadar in term of CPEC project. The qualitative and descriptive methodology will be applied in this research paper. The data will be collected through secondary sources, interview and documentaries etc Data analysis procedure Data collection The data collection took place through various secondary sources: reports, documentaries, research journals, newspapers and news channels etc. Data Preparation The data was prepared by thoroughly studying all the available material in form of books, reports, newspaper and internet websites . The web sketch was draft by giving proper shape to the research paper. The paper was divided in different segments or part .It includes introduction , objectives , literature review ,significance of study ,data analysis and conclusion . The data was arranged to fill these segments of research work.

Data Exploration The whole accumulated notes were studied and they were sorted out according to the requirement of research paper. The important themes and references were sorted out.

Data Reduction The data reduction stage plays a significant role in coding of the data. Data Interpretation In this stage the data were interpreted under themes. The different themes were elaborated according to the research requirement.

- 187 -

Significance of Study This research carries lot of significance in international politics, because the geo-strategic position of Gawadar carries pivotal importance especially in terms to accelerate the CPEC project. The CPEC project will augment the significance of Gawadar that it provides the path of connectivity in promoting the trade and commercial whalings all over the world.

LITERATURE REVIEW “CPEC (China –Pakistan Economic Corridor is a project of immense importance, by promoting the bilateral relations Between two neighboring. Both countries also keeps in to consideration the security paradigm of the region. The CPEC project is launched to boost up Pakistan, s economy and to improve the standard of living of people . .The CPEC has lot of apprehension and its risks are aggravating political tension .(Wikipedia, 10 09, 2012)

Geography of Gawadar “Gawadar port existed very adjacent to Karachi port ,which are very close to the Iranian border .It is situated across the Persian Gulf .It is almost 600 km long along the Arabian Sea .”(Salma Waheed, ) “Gawadar,s district is extended approximately 15,216 square kilometers .It is the coastal belt with scenic beauty .The Gawadar district is surrounded by Kharan And Awaran districts on the north districts ,and is adjacent to Awaran and Lasbella districts in The Eastern side ,on The Southern side by the Arabian Sea ,and from Western side by Iran .”(Salman, 2015)

Geography of CPEC

CPEC is a very lucrative project. It is fully funded by Chinese government to develop their infrastructure to promote the road connectivity. It involves the estimate of US $ 46 billion. This Gawadar deep sea port is owned by Pakistan, s government’s Gawadar Port Authority and it is operated by state- run Chinese firm China Overseas Port Holding Company (COPHC )till 2041 . CPEC is a part of china BRI ( Belt and Road Initiatives ) and OBOR ( One Belt ,One road ) .It is an important route by connecting both trading partnership by further developing their maritime linkages . Gawadar is located near to Arabian or Persian Gulf, and it is close to strait of Hormuz ,which is an important route of supply of oil resources towards China and all over the world .Gawadar is a gateway towards Central Asia .

- 188 -

CPEC And Significance of Gawadar CPEC is a futuristic sociopolitical and economic object oriented dimension of Pakistan in the 21st Century. CPEC is a mega project. it will open the open avenue for industrial development and economic in the region. Gawadar is a port that only ensures the positive impacts upon Pakistan,s economic development ,but ensures prosperity of region. Gawadar carries the pivotal importance from each and every angle. It is said that Gawadar is jewel in the crown of economy of Pakistan. It is gate way towards central Asia. It is golden door and air door. Gawadar plays an important role in uplifting the economy of Pakistan. It will develop the regional connectivity in the region. Gawadar port is emerged as a regional trade and energy transportation hub. strategic Gawadar is very important, because it is located across oil – rich Westren Asia, South Asia and Central Asian Republics. The Gawadar port on the Arabian Sea is located which is close to Iran .It includes the road connectivity which consists of 13,00 –km on Karakoram Highway ,and it will be considered an international route in the entire world .Gawadar has been declared as a duty free Zone for commercial whalings . Gawadar is an important international trade route and hub of commercial whalings Gawadar is a centre of trade and economic activities .”There are various vital straits and choke points are existing which provides the direct accessibility towards Indian ocean .Almost 100,000 ships and 70% ships world,s oil passes yearly from this route .It is the major route of 65% of world,s raw material . (Ghazala Musawar, 2016) “Gawadar port has tremendous potential to promote as regional trade centre and energy transportation hub . The geo-strategic position of Gawadar is very important because it is located across the oil-rich Westren Asia ,South Asian region and Central Asian Republics .The idea of” one belt ,one road” has attained international strategic importance .It is highly lucrative project consists of 21 trillion $ US and will be implemented on almost 4.4 billion population .This project includes trade proliferation , Investment ,mining and to promote the energy sector .”( Rakisits, Claudel, 2015)) The geo-strategic position of Gawadar is very important because it is close of Gulf of Oman and it directly make its accessibility to Persian of Gulf ,which is so close to Karachi .This road is linked to several ports along coasts i.e. Omara ,pasni and Gawadar which are extended till the Iranian border etc

Pakistan and China had developed economic assistance and collaboration for a very long period of time China is trading partner in both

- 189 - imports and exports .Both countries have developed their commercial whaling’s in the area of investment and enterprise.CPEC is under process mega-project which aims at to achieve political and economic objectives. It is necessary to augment trade and economic ties for mutual regional benefit and strength.

Gawadar as a challenge for dubai and Chabahar

The deep –sea port of Gawadar will be formidable challenge for Dubai, Singapore and Chabahar port.These ports are emerging rivals for each other in future .If tomorrow Gawadar port is becoming operational , the Dubai and Chabahar ports will collapse ,because Gawadar deep sea port is important due to its geo-strategic position and presence of various straits .

Gwadar – The Game Changer:

The Gawadar is a game changer and it will bring the prosperity to Pakistan and as well as to the entire region. It will lay the positive impact upon country,s economy . It will contribute towards proliferation of trade, overcome the energy crisis and to promote the regional connectivity. Sino- Pak friendship is ideal in the entire world in terms of promotion of economic interests, and CPEC will further consolidate this friendship. The CPEC is the guarantor of Pak- China friendship and will promote the stability and prosperity in the region.

CPEC is a game changer: Removal of poverty:

CPEC is a highly lucrative project and it will provides lot of benefits to various people .It will alleviate the poverty of million of people by generating lot of employment opportunities and it will uplift the people,s standards of living .This project includes the construction of dams ,roads and railway network ,hospitals and vocational centers and establishment of textile and garment center etc .It will also contribute towards local economic development .The multi-national companies are highly willing to invest in this area ,and it will attract to local people . This CPEC is very important project and it is a new concept of diplomacy and will improve the lot of people and will prosperity in this area .It is jewel project and Gawadar is a jewel in the crown of economy of Pakistan ,and it will serve as a “ model smart port city .”

- 190 -

CPEC is a whole encompassing idea which is moving in to various phases and steps .It will be established as an industrial zone and will contribute towards the socio-economic development .According to World Bank report “it is a “web of Transport Corridors in South Asia “and will prosperity and alleviate poverty .

Challenges and Apprehension

CPEC is a lucrative project, but there is an apprehension regarding exploitation of the local population of the Gawadar city. The Balochistan province will not get the direct benefits from CPEC project. The CPEC is increasing the greiances of the local population of local people by neglecting them and exploiting them . There is a possibility that the indigenous people will be transformed in to minority .The Balochistan province will not get direct financial and commercial benefits from Gawadar port and CPEC project .There is a visible apprehension that this zone might be transformed in to military zone by displacing the indigenous people and by depriving them with economic livelihood.In Sindh,s Tharparkar district , the coal –based CPEC power project is not only damaging the environment by emitting lethal gases of CO2 and CO ,but it will contribute towards displacing the locals from their homes .

Conclusion CPEC is a very result-oriented project ,which will contribute its benefits to this region .Gawadar and CPEC are very important projects on account of multi-dimensional approach for Pakistan and for region .There are various components of this programme : infrastructure development ,energy exploration ,economic uplift and trade proliferation .It is a game changer by providing multiple opportunities and alleviating poverty and inviting various investors to invest their lucrative projects .The geo-strategic position of Gawadar is very important that it direct make its accessibility towards Central Asian Republics ,Asia and Europe .The concept of OBOR “One Belt ,One Road “is key to connect Gawadar till Kashghar .The OBOR is connected with Silk Route and International Maritime path .It is a guarantor of regional progress and to augment this region importance all over the world .

- 191 -

References

Ahmed Khan Tanveer , A Jewel in the crown , BlobBiz Avenue , WWW.globbizavenue.com/article_crwon .asp .p.1 .

Mushtaq, Ahmed-,“Platinium Sea Gawadar,” Gawadarvision.com , dated 14-8-2012 ,p.5

Gwadar port ,Wikipedia,the free Encyclopedia ,en.wikipedia.org.wiki/Gwadar_port,dated :10-9-2012 ,p.4.

Ghazala Musawar, (2016),Gwadar –Pakistan,s Future ,Gwadar corner ,p.12. Rakisits, Claude (Fall 2015). "A Path to the Sea: China's Pakistan Plan". World Affairs Journal. Retrieved 6 March 2016. P.15.

Salma Waheed, Gwadar deep Sea port and our future “SACHKAN” (Special Suppliment Gwadar ) ,p.4.

Salman,Dr,(2015). The problems of Gwadar ,(2017) WWW.gwadarfloridapak.com ,p.6.

- 192 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

The Current Dynamics of Pakistan-Us Relationship: Morphing from Being a Strategic Alliance to Transactional Relationship (An Overview)

Dr. Adil Zaman1 Absrtract There is no permanent enemy and friend in an international politics, only national interest plays the pivotal role. The relationship between Pakistan- United States have been asymmetric and multifaceted. Since the creation of Pakistan in 1947, the relationship of Pakistan and United States has experienced many ebbs and flows. The relationship between these two unequal partners are based on divergent mutual perception.The main objectives of the research paper will be to analyse the factors of fluctuation of United States-Pakistan relations in different periods. In this research paper analytical and qualitative methodology will be applied to gauge the Pakistn-United States relations. The geo-political approach will be applied to assess transactional relations between two countries. The data collection will be based on primary and secondary sources i.e books, journals, interviews and newspapers etc. The reason behind this up and down relationship between these two nations are difference of attitude by the United States towards Pakistan at different times and occasions. As a matter of fact, the United States only helped Pakistan when its services were required for the fulfillment of its objectives in the region of South Asia and Southwest Asia. On the other hand, in this uneasy marriage which has further strained, there is no option of divorce for either nations despite growing estrangement. Breaking the relationship will go against both the nations. In order to extricate from Afghan quagmire, the United States require the vital support of Pakistan. Thus, despite the mistrust between these two countries, there is also a realisation that a complete break down of relationship between Islamabad and Washington will be in nobody’s interest. The present paper is an attempt to evaluate the factors responsible for bringing Pakistan and the US as a short term strategic allies at different occasions. Besides, the paper will also evaluate the main reason for shifting this strategic alliance between Pakistan and the United States into a transactional relationship. In the end, the vital strategies will be

1 Associate Professor, Department of Political Science, University of Balochistan, Quetta, Pakistan.

- 193 - recommended for the improvement of relations between Pakistan and the United States.

Key words: Pakistan-US relations, India, Afghanistan, Strategic alliance, transactional relationship.

Historical Summary Pakistan came into being as an independent state in 1947 in the violence of partition making India its most immediate and powerful threat. This insecurity drove Pakistan’s search for allies and a position in world politics which were dominated by the emerging Cold War. These influences compelled Pakistan to abandon its original ideals of neutrality and Muslim solidarity, and to seek security through alignment with the US. US interest in South Asia came from its strategy of containing the USSR to prevent communist expansion towards the Middle East and, later, to also contain China (Cheema, 1990:136). . After being rejected by India in 1949, which chose a non-aligned policy, it took another five years for the US to turn to Pakistan as its regional partner. Under the 1954 Mutual Defence Pact, Pakistan joined the US alliance system, receiving military aid in return for access to bases and military co-operation. However, the primary aims of the two states did not align. Whilst the US was arming Pakistan against the USSR, Pakistan’s prime concern was India and a resolution of the Kashmir issue. These misaligned aims underlay the relationship from the start and contributed to its brittle and fluctuating quality. Despite this, the alignment was stable up to the early 1960s. Pakistan joined other US-led regional alliances, SEATO and CENTO, and was recognised as a key US ally (Burke, 1973:171). It received large amounts of military aid in return and the US turned a blind eye when the military ousted the elected civilian governmentin October 1959. Differences surfaced, however, when the US armed India in its 1962 border dispute with China and they came to a head when Pakistan’s military aid was withdrawn in the 1965 Indo-Pakistan War. Bitterly disappointed that the US had not supported it against India, Pakistan turned to China for alternative arms supplies (Reidal, 2010:14), but remained a member of the US-led alliances. By 1970, Pakistan’s connection with Beijing was used by Washington as part of its triangular diplomacy which involved improving relations with China and deliberately worrying the USSR in the process (Sharma, 1999:93). At the same time, East Pakistan was breaking away from West Pakistan resulting in brutal repression, to which the US again turned a blind eye.

- 194 -

However, the US did not intervene to prevent East Pakistan’s secession, which was won with Indian military help, though it did deter India from threatening West Pakistan. Pakistan again felt betrayed and diversified its foreign policy towards Islamic states and China, without again breaking off its relations with Washington. India’s 1974 nuclear test prompted Pakistan to accelerate its own nuclear programme, against the non-proliferation aims of the US. This created severe tension culminating in suspension of aid and Pakistan’s withdrawal from CENTO (Arif, 1984: 346). In contrast to America’s response to the earlier military take-over, General Zia’s coup in July 1977 and the subsequent repression drew severe human rights criticism from the Carter administration. With US-Pakistan relations at a low ebb, the USSR invaded Afghanistan in 1979 and these concerns were put to one side asthe US attempted to regain Pakistan as a close ally. Initially refusing Carter’s offer, Zia used his country’s geo-strategic value to negotiate a better aid package from the Reagan administration and then helped to arm the Mujahidin in a proxy war against the USSR (Malik, 2001:361). In this, the US aim was to weaken and expel the USSR from Afghanistan. Pakistan shared this latter aim, but also wanted a sympathetic successor regimein Kabul which would allow military strategic depth against India and not incite nationalist sentiment in the border regions. The US was not particularly interested in these concerns of Pakistan. Pakistan’s nuclear programme continued throughout this period without noticeably affecting relations with Washington. However, when the USSR withdrew from Afghanistan in 1989 this concern over nuclear proliferation led to the US suspending aid once more, despite Pakistan’s reversion to democratic government. Islamic terrorism was another issue between the two countries when the US accused Pakistan of sponsoring terrorists in Kashmir and Bosnia. In the Afghan civil wars, which followed the Soviet collapse,Islamabad sponsored the pro-Pakistan Taliban (Bassiouni, 2008:40). Eager for access to new gas fields in Central Asia, and to contain Iranian influence, the US initially joined Saudi Arabia in financing Taliban support. However, deteriorating human rights, drug trafficking and support for al-Qaeda made the US distance itself from the Taliban and criticise Pakistan over its sponsorship of them. In 1998, Pakistan responded to India’s nuclear tests with tests of its own, resulting in another US aid embargo (Fry, 2013:136). Musharraf’s 1999 military coup drew additional sanctions. It was in this period that the 9/11 incident occurred. Embargos and sanctions were once again lifted and the US gave Pakistan a $2.64bn aid package in return for joining Washington in clearing al-Qaeda and the Taliban from Afghanistan. In 2004, Pakistan was declared a major non-

- 195 -

NATO ally of the US but, here also, aims were not aligned. The US wanted to destroy al-Qaeda and their Taliban hosts but still did not share Islamabad’s hope for a pro-Pakistan regime in their place. Pakistan was pressured by the US to abandon the Taliban, and India-friendly factions took Kabul and became prominent in government. To escape the US military, the Taliban and other militant groups moved to the Pakistan border areas from where they attacked NATO in Afghanistan and created potential for instability in Pakistan itself. Under US pressure, the Pakistan military attacked those groups and this caused resentment and violence inside the country. Frustrated with the lack of progress, and suspicious of Pakistani collusion, the US also attacked those areas with drones, adding anti-American feeling to the existing resentment of the Pakistan military. Trust had broken down to such an extent that when the US found Osama binLaden on Pakistani territory in 2011 they mounted a military operation to kill him without even consulting Islamabad. Later the same year, NATO destroyed a military base at Salala killing 24 Pakistani soldiers (BBC News, 2011). In retaliation Pakistan blocked NATO access to Afghanistan which was not reopened until 2012 when Hillary Clinton issued her rather half-hearted apology which was referred to earlier. Despite all these problems, relations never broke down completely and the US continued to give aid to the Pakistan military.

CURRENT PAKISTAN-US RELATIONSHIP: Recently the former Foreign Minister of Pakistan, Khawaja Asif said there is a "huge trust deficit" between Pakistan and the US (Kermani, 2017). This statement suggests that little has changed in US-Pakistan relations and the pattern of relations has become well set over sixty-five years and shows little sign of changing. Based on fundamental interests which diverge and sometimes conflict, it has been formed and re-formed through expedient opportunism and wilful blindness with an accumulated deficit of trust and mutual antipathy. It is resentfully held together by mutual reliance for non- mutual ends. In 1962 Pakistan felt let down by the US support for India in its border war with China and the US felt let down by Pakistan’s subsequent turn to China and development of nuclear weapons. The trust deficit grew in a cycle of on-off relations dominated by the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan, embargos and sanctions over nuclear weapons and human rights, the War on Terror and the US occupation of Afghanistan. It now focusses on US allegations of Pakistan’s duplicity in protecting Afghan terrorists whilst also claiming to be Washington’s allies and receiving its support.

- 196 -

As in the past, a new US administration has stirred up contradictions. When Trump was elected last year he inherited a legacy of disputes not just about harbouring terrorists but also about US demands for the release of Shakil Afridi (the doctor who helped lead the CIA to Osama bin Laden); (Gul, 2012:26) the withholding of $300m reimbursements to the Pakistani army; and barriers to letting Islamabad buy F16 fighter jets. In addition there were worries that Trump’s business interests might lead him to favour India. Nevertheless, just after his election Trump spoke to then PM Nawaz Sharif and gave cause to believe he might bring a more constructive approach. He was reported as telling the PM, “You are doing amazing work which is visible in every way.”and, “Your country is amazing with tremendous opportunities. Pakistanis are one of the most intelligent people.” In what must have been interpreted as an offer to help over escalating tensions with India in Kashmir at that time he was reported to have added, “I am ready and willing to play any role that you want me to play to address and find solutions to the outstanding problems.” (The Guardian, 1st December, 2016). However, eight months later there was a now familiar turn-around in rhetoric when Trump told his nation about his new strategy for Afghanistan (which was a reversal of his predecessor’s and reverted to increasing US engagement with an unspecified number of soldiers, an unspecified timetable and an unspecified objective). One part of the strategy which was not new was blame for, and threats to, Pakistan: “We can no longer be silent about Pakistan’s safe havens for terrorist organisations, the Taliban and other groups that pose a threat to the region and beyond.”While acknowledging America’s strong relations with Pakistan and its sacrifices to terrorism, Trump said Pakistan would be a “pillar” of his strategy and itwould have “much to lose” if it did not comply. (The Guardian, 22nd August, 2017). Aggravating an other sore for Pakistan he said he would encourage India to play more of a role. In relation to this there have been some familiar responses from Pakistan. A senior Pakistani intelligence official was reported saying: “Pakistan itself is the victim of terrorism. We are fighting militants and have conducted many ground and aerial operations and destroyed their sanctuaries. We want to eradicate them physically and ideologically.” (The Guardian, 22nd August, 2017) Going a step further Naeem Khalid Lodhi, a defence analyst and retired general, said the US was to blame for its own failures in Afghanistan and, “They are shifting blame to Pakistan. Pakistan should not remain silent against such US behaviour and we should work to build a new political and strategical bloc with big powers like Russia and China.” In a more measured response Khwaja Asif insisted there are no "safe havens" in Pakistan and pointed out that, “They do not need our territory any more.

- 197 -

Almost 40% of Afghan territory is now under the direct control of the Taliban” (Kermani, 2017) This claim has greater credibility now that the US itself estimates that Afghan government forces control less than 60% of territory (The Guardian, 22 Augus, 2017) and it demonstrates that conditions have changed and that Trump has less leverage to force any of the regional states to do his will. Khwaja Asif also pointed to another factor reducing US influence when he claimed that Pakistan only received a trickle of economic assistance from Washington, “We do not get any military hardware from them. We are not like in the past when we were their proxy.” (Kermani, 2017). Linked to this Trump is also faced with growing Chinese influence in the region and in Pakistan in particular, notably through over $50 billion investment associated with CPEC (Kiani, 2016). Trump’s actions look muddled. There is nothing in his new Afghan “fight to win” strategy which has not been tried before and failed to decisively win. The record of the last 16 years shows that the Taliban and other anti-US groups can survive military force and that, in any case, Washington cannot be relied upon to maintain a consistent long-term strategy which will outlast the Taliban’s. There is a possibility that Trump may be aiming to make some short-term impact to be able to negotiate with the Taliban from a position of greater strength. This would be consistent with his “deal-maker” approach and he hinted at it in his speech, “Someday, after an effective military effort, perhaps it will be possible to have a political settlement that includes elements of the Taliban in Afghanistan” ( Dawn, 22 August, 2017). However, the resources he appears to be committing do not make this strategy a “surge”, like the one in Iraq, which will seriously deplete the Taliban and push them into such a position and, in any case, the Taliban have shown no indication that they would negotiate from a position of weakness themselves. The situation most likely to motivate the parties to a negotiated settlement is an acceptance that a stalemate has been reached from which neither can win. Thus, without any clear military objective, Trump’s approach risks escalation and mission-creep which such open-ended strategies are prone to. Blaming Pakistan is nothing new but the circumstances in which it is being done have changed. Pakistan is less reliant on the US but the US is still reliant on Pakistan for land and air access to Afghanistan, for co-operation in the border regions and for intelligence sharing. Notably, though, the US cannot afford to let Pakistan become unstable because of the risks over who might get access to its nuclear arsenal. Against this background, therefore, it is unclear exactly what “getting tough” with Pakistan could entail. Military aid is limited and economic investment is dwarfed by China. Military action would alienate an already unsympathetic population and could alter the

- 198 - whole balance of power in the region further against the US. So, it is not clear how Trump would make good on his threat without inflicting harm on his own national interests. Another change has been the increasing involvement in Afghanistan of other regional powers to fill the void left by the US withdrawal under Obama. This has allowed the Taliban to diversify its sources of support, especially since the emergence of Islamic State. In addition to Pakistan there is evidence that Russia, Iran, China and Saudi Arabia are all seeking influence with the Taliban. There is also evidence that Russia is allegedly supplying weapons and cash not just to the Taliban but also to local strongmen in northern Afghanistan causing further destabilisation (The Guardian, 22 October, 2017) Just as Pakistan protects its interests against India in Afghanistan so too these other states seek to protect their interests there against unacceptable Islamic groups or other rival states. So, picking out Pakistan as the main culprit seems both unfair and counter-productive, particularly as the proportion of Afghan terrorists sheltering in Pakistan is small, as you have identified. However, Washington’s continued blaming of Pakistan serves an important purpose for them: it creates a narrative acceptable to the domestic audience that the US military is not responsible for its failures. In this sense it protects the military and successive administrations from criticism. But this is likely to be counter-productive to wider US interests particularly in relation to China in that it will bring Beijing and Islamabad even closer together as allies. Trump potentially alienated Pakistan further with his claim that he would encourage India to play more of a role in Afghanistan. This could also be counter-productive since it is the fear of a greater Indian presence there that motivates Pakistan’s backing for Afghan militants, as a buffer against their regional enemy’s influence. So, greater Indian influence will encourage greater Pakistani support for these groups. Not only will this alarm Islamabad but it will also concern China as a rival of India and with large investments and strategic interests in the region. This will further strengthen the convergence of interests between Pakistan and China and highlight the divergence of interests between Pakistan and the US. Having created that situation it is by no means clear that India will back up Trump in the way he wants. Ajai Shukla, a writer on Indian strategic affairs claims, “Trump is ahead of Indian policy on this….with the situation in Doklam, and Kashmir on fire again….India is in no position to respond with sizable troop numbers in Afghanistan” (The Guardian, 22 August, 2017) Even if Trump is only looking for increased economic assistance it may not be forthcoming according to NandanUnnikrishnan, vice-president of the

- 199 -

Observer Research Foundation, “I don’t know how India is going to do that….. India has its own economic challenges for a variety of reasons, including demonetisation. And our economic growth is also forecast to slow down this year” (The Guardian, 22 August, 2017) India has a long history of knowing that the US desperately wants to be its premier regional ally yet holding Washington at arm’s length and maintaining its independence of strategy and action. Modi is an Indian nationalist and will not allow his country to be manipulated by the US, and if Trump thinks he can solve his regional problems by mediating a solution in Kashmir he can forget it. India has not and will not accept external interference in this dispute, as Hilary Clinton and President Obama found out. Thus, Trump appears to have stirred up regional fears and escalated tensions without creating the prospect of furthering US interests in any clear way. Pakistan, however, now has genuine options for hedging against the US by increasing its partnership with the rising World power that is China. As General Maj Gen Asif Ghafoor(Inter-Services Public Relations Director) told reporters, referring to Trump's decision, “Let it come… Even if it comes... Pakistan shall do whatever is best in the national interest ” (Dawn, 22 August, 2017). As with all Trump policies, however, it remains to be seen whether he will stick to it or change his mind again. After all it was only a little over a year ago that he was arguing for a withdrawal from Afghanistan and telling Nawaz Sharif what amazing work Pakistan was doing. On 1st January 2018, the US President Trump accused Pakistan of deceiving the United States while receiving billion of dollars in aid. This statement invited a series of response from Pakistan which further deteriorated the relationship. In his tweet he stated that the US has foolishly given more than $33 billion in aid for the last 15 years but Pakistan in response gives only lies and deceit to the US. He further accused Pakistan of giving safe haven to the terrorists the US hunt in Afghanistan (Aziz, 2018). On the same day of Trump’s tweet, the Foreign Minister of Pakistan, Kawaja Asif in an interview to a private Pakistani channel said that Pakistan has already said no more to the US and therefore, Trumps no more is of no importance to Pakistan. Again on 3rd January 2018, Kawaja Asif, in response to the US President Trump’s aggressive speeches against Pakistan, reminded the US administration through a series of tweets the services which Pakistan had rendered to the US particularly during the war against terror. In those tweets he addressed the US that history taught Pakistan not to blindly trust the US. A dictator (Musharraf) surrendered to the US in a single phone call. Pakistan witnessed a worst bloodshed, the US carried 57,800 attacks on Afghanistan from Pakistani bases. He further said that from soil of Pakistan, the US forces were supplied the arms and explosives. Thousands of Pakistani

- 200 - civilians and military soldiers became the victim of war which was initiated by the US (Iqbal, 2018). Pakistani leaders also responded by saying that that Pakistan has been made a scapegoat for their failure in fghanistan.

Conclusion The balance of gains from the relationship appears to strongly favour the US but there is little indication that Pakistan will give up on it in the foreseeable future. Despite American frustrations, the US would be unwise to abandon Pakistan as it did in the past since many of the circumstances favouring reverse influence will remain even after a partial withdrawal from Afghanistan. The relationship between Pakistan and the US is not a strategic relationship but it was primarily a transactional relationship. There should be a rational, open approach in which both the nations must know what the expectations are. They must also seek to identify the areas where they can work together and try to isolate the areas where they cannot work together and promote those where understanding can be reached. Further, it is better for Pakistan to stop competing with the US-India relationship which, difficult though it might be to swallow, had actually now acquired a strategic dimension which is likely to be further intensified. Therefore, Pakistan should recognise the realities of diverging interests, accept the realities of US regional strategy and advocate a negotiated approach to transactional cooperation within these limits. It is an approach which has not often been present in the relationship and would require a considerable re-orientation of attitudes on both sides. On the US side there have been two tensions in policy towards Pakistan which have bred instability in the relationship in addition to that caused by the underlying divergence of interests. First was the tension between wanting India as first choice for regional partner but needing Pakistan because of regional geo-politics. This led to a double game in which the US kept its India options open whilst engaging Pakistan and ultimately facilitated greater Indian influence in Afghanistan. In the Cold War it appeared Democrats favoured India while Republicans favoured Pakistan, but as India grew in power and significance this became a general preference for India. However, Washington’s continued reliance on Pakistan will impede relations with India and its continued espousal of India will reinforce distrust in Pakistan. The second tension was between the promotion of liberal values and nuclear non-proliferation on the one hand, and support for illiberal regimes and tolerance of nuclear proliferation in pursuit of realist power politics on the other. In the case of Pakistan this led to sharp oscillations of

- 201 - policy and an expectation of mistrust. Unless the US can find a way of at least smoothing the change from one policy phase to the next this will remain a problem for the relationship. However, the legacy of mistrust and of popular anti-US and anti-Pakistan sentiment in each nation makes this even more difficult. It would be rewarding to conclude that the history of US-Pakistan relations contains optimistic indications of how they might be put on a more constructive level. However, the pattern of relations has become well set over 70 years and shows little sign of changing. Based on fundamental interests which diverge and sometimes conflict, it has been formed and re-formed through an accumulated deficit of trust and mutual antipathy. It is resentfully held together by mutual reliance for non-mutual ends. The military- dominated Pakistani elite relies on US money and arms to confront India and to maintain state integrity. The US relies on them for access to and use of their geo-strategic location and intelligence and for keeping their nuclear arsenal safe from American enemies. Thus, despite a massive power disparity between the two states, Pakistan has been able to exert considerable reverse influence on the US to keep the money and arms coming. To change this pattern would require considerable institutional and popular changes in attitudes which are well engrained. Obama’s failed attempt to turn a new page in 2008 illustrates how difficult such change was to make. This suggests more of the same, unless and until an external shock shakes regional relationships into a new configuration.

Bibliography

Arif, K. (ed.) (1984), America-Pakistan relations, Vol. 1, Lahore: Vanguard Books Ltd.

Aziz, Saba (2018), “Pakistan-US war of words over Donald Trump's tweet”, Aljazeera News, 2nd January, 2018 at https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2018/01/pakistan-war-words-donald- trump-tweet-180102055709366.htm Bassiouni, M. C. (2008), International Criminal Law: Sources, Subjects and Contents, The Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 2008.

BBC News, “Pakistan outrage after 'NATO attack kills soldiers’”, 26th November 2011, at http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-15901363

- 202 -

Burke, S. M. (1973), Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: A Historical Analysis, London: Oxford University Press.

Cheema, P. I (1990), Pakistan’s Defence Policy, 1947-1958, London: Macmillan Press.

Dawn, “Trump backs off Afghan withdrawal, lambastes Pakistan over terrorist 'safe havens'”, 22nd August, 2017 at https://www.dawn.com/news/1353164

Fry, J.D. (2013), Legal Resolution of Nuclear Non Proliferation Disputes, Cambridge, University of Cambridge.

Gul, I. (2012), Pakistan before and after Osama, New Delhi: Roli Books Pvt. Ltd.

Iqbal, Anwar. (2018), “Trump’s tweet on Pakistan sparks war of words”, Dawn, 2nd January, 2018 at https://www.dawn.com/news/1380174 Kiani, Khaleeq (2016), “With a new Chinese loan, CPEC is now worth $51.5bn”,Dawn, 30th September, 2016 at https://www.dawn.com/news/1287040

Kermani, Semundar, (2017), “Pakistan bemoans US 'trust deficit' over Afghan conflict”, BBC News, 24th October, 2017 at http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-41743165

Malik, I.H. (2001), “Pakistan in 2000: Starting Anew Stalemate?” Asian Survey, Vol. 41, No. 1, 2001.

Riedel, B., (2010), The Search for Al Qaeda: Its Leadership, Ideology, and Future, Washington: Brookings Institution, 2010.

Sharma, S. R., (1990), India-China Relations: Friendship Goes with Power, New Delhi: Discovery Publishing House.

The Guardian, “Russia accused of supplying Taliban as power shifts create strange bedfellows”, 22nd October, 2017 at https://www.theguardian.com/world/2017/oct/22/russia-supplying- taliban-afghanistan

- 203 -

The Guardian, “'Terrific guy, fantastic country': Trump heaps praise on Pakistan's leader”, 1st December, 2016 at https://www.theguardian.com/world/2016/dec/01/terrific-guy- fantastic-country-trump-pakistan-nawaz-sharif

The Guardian, “Trump's Afghan shift praised in Kabul but leaves Pakistan wary”, 22nd August, 2017 at https://www.theguardian.com/world/2017/aug/22/donald-trump- kabul-praises-fight-to-win-afghanistan-strategy

The Guardian, “Why Trump's Afghanistan strategy risks the worst of both worlds”, 22nd August, 2017 at https://www.theguardian.com/us- news/2017/aug/22/why-trumps-afghan-strategy-risks-the-worst-of- both-worlds

- 204 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

A Review of Potential Adaptation Strategies for Climate- Smart Sustainable Agricultural Development

Abdul Khaliq1 , Dr. Ghulam Murtaza2 , Dr. Mohammad Ashraf3 & Dr. Mir Sadaat Balch4 Abstract Climate change is a real phenomenon and it has affected many sectors. The very sector that has been badly affected by the climate change is agriculture. In addition to other factors it is widely understood that few unsustainable agriculture practices are also responsible for climate change which affected agriculture itself. Climate change has also affected the rainfall thereby reducing the agriculture productivity to feed the rising population of the world. Addressing of these issues requires sustainable use of resources through integrated practices in Agriculture. The concept of sustainable agriculture has gained prominence since Brundtland Report in 1987, but it is still obscure in its meaning. For bringing such desirable changes it is mandatory to assess the behavior of the farmers in connection with the principles and concepts of sustainable agriculture. Moreover, enhancing and fortifying human capital, through instruction, effort, and extension administrations, enhances basic leadership limit at each level and builds the aggregate ability to adjust climate change impacts. Key words. Climate Change, Sustainable Agriculture, Coping Strategies, Adaptation, Vulnerability. 1. Introduction: Decision Making Under Uncertainty. Climate change is a real and imperative question. The global environment is changing, and the human exercises have added to it altogether. However, the

1 M.Phil Scholar, Disaster Management and Development Studies University of Balochistan, Quetta 2 Assistant Professor, Disaster Management and Development Studies University of Balochistan, Quetta 3 Assistant Professor, Disaster Management and Development Studies University of Balochistan, Quetta 4 Assistant Professor, University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- 205 - change is much more quick and dangerous than thought before. The universal temperature of the earth has risen by an average of 0.7o C in the 20th century, and proceeds on rising pattern (IPCC 2007). Sustainability is an idea that is generally straightforward but difficult to practice. At simplest level, it implies great ecological administration and cultivating networks that are productive and prosperous, or put another way, that are feasible and imperative. Sustainability has regularly been considered as far as land degradation issues, after some time supportable farming has needed to address a scope of different issues which are synthetic inputs such as fertilizers and farming chemicals, and now environment change. Climate change shows another kind of test for development. It is at this point broadly recognized that climate change impacts enhance existing threatening conditions for developing nations (McCarthy et al. 2001). It is likewise recognized that poor people are more incapable and have less limited ability to confront such changes (Swart et al. 2003). Nations with an absence of assets, poor foundation, and insecure establishments have little ability to adjust and are very vulnerable (Smit and Pilifosova 2001). Climate change is conceivably the greatest test confronting mankind in this century, less in light of the fact that worldwide responsibility, vitality security, nourishment deficiencies, and natural degradation are less vital, but since climate change is inseparably connected with these marvels and can possibly fuel existing emergencies (Morecroft, 2010). Nonetheless, before examining Agriculture in correlation to the issues of environment change, it is necessary to comprehend the basic job of the agricultural division for edibles. Agriculture is a difficult financial division with complicated impacts affecting on mankind as well as much more on the common surroundings. This is to a great extent because of the way that its production procedure depends on the use of organic and common mixed variety (Walls, 2006:3). (Youdeowei 1986:2) emphasize that nutrition production is vital in the economies of a large portion of the slightest created nations and that Agriculture offer the methods for expanding nourishment and fiber generation. . As indicated by (Hughton, D. 2002) Climate change is potentially the most challenging which the world is facing. However, its impact varies from region to region. The difficulties of climate change are winding up additionally unbearable to practical financial improvement and the totality of human presence (Adejuwon, S.A, 2004).

- 206 -

Agricultural is one of the basic actions for maintaining life on globe. Adams, Chang, McCarl and Colloway (2010:1) Agricultural is of evident significance to human welfare and the prosperity of all other living animals. Climate is an important deciding variable for both the areas fit for agricultural business and the profitability of horticultural ventures. Along these lines it isn't astonishing that Agricultural has been recognized as field of worry in the present talk on circumstances and end results of environmental change (Adams et al. 2010:2). All inclusive, the effects of climate change are threat for agricultural practices, particularly for such nations where networks' employments are tried and true from the land. The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) stressed that temperature transform is connected to advancement and exceptional consideration ought to be given to creating nations that are most defenseless against disasters (UNFCCC 2007). Small scale farmers bear the most in light of their reliance on rain-sustained Agriculture, restricted budgetary limit, low versatile limit, high reliance on normal assets, failure to distinguish the event of extraordinary hydrological and meteorological occasions because of low innovation selection, constrained framework, ignorance, absence of aptitudes, level of mindfulness and absence of ability to expand (Kurukulasuriya et al; 2006a). One of the issues in such method is that sustainable development is in any event as worrying an issue as climate change, so adding improvement doubts to the climate condition seems to make matters more unpredictable. For instance, there has been a progressing discourse about the absence of achievement of "traditional‟ Official Development Assistance, joined by requires another advancement paradigm‟ that fuses social and ecological objectives, and coordinates private, non-state performers and in this way their ability and aptitudes (Dunning, 2006). In any case, the pattern towards arrangements that include public and private actors may likewise give chances to linkages between climate change and sustainable development objectives. 2. Sustainable Agriculture Development: Working where it matters most. Climate change rose as a point of discussion from crafted by characteristic researchers (Agrawala, 1998), while sustainable development was presented as a move towards principally social enhancements epitomized in the Brundtland report by the require "a future that is more prosperous, all the more just, and more secure" (1987, p. 1)

- 207 -

Sustainable development might be portrayed as a "basically challenged idea" (Gallie, 1956). Since the presentation in the late 1980's, its significance has been examined and tested generally. The distinctive understandings have been drastically disparate, raising doubt about whether it is one and a similar idea that has been examined. We discover understandings of practical improvement as 'proceeded monetary development' (Beckerman, 2003). Sustainable development utilized for the most part in farming is the one in the tale 'Our Common Future' of the United Nations World Commission on Environment and Development (WCED), otherwise called the Brundtland report, which expresses that development which addresses the issues of the nearby without trading off the capacity of future ages to address their very own issues' (WCED, 1987). After some time, farmers have balanced farming frameworks and practices to meet changing financial and physical conditions by receiving new innovations, changing yield blends and institutional game plans. Such adaptability proposes a human potential to adjust to climate change (CAST, 1992; Rosenberg, 1992). Changes in temperatures and precipitation designs and an expansion in carbon dioxide (CO2) levels are required to influence Agriculture, particularly in tropical locales. The International Institute for Sustainable Development has characterized the idea for Sustainable Development as "A progression which addresses the issues of the current without compromising the ability of coming times to address their own issues. It contains two key highlights: the idea of necessities, specifically the fundamental needs of the world's poor, to which abrogating need ought to be given, and the possibility of impediments forced by the condition of innovation and social association on nature's capacity to meet present and future needs". Notwithstanding these, there are hundreds, if not thousands, of various examinations and endeavors to characterize, or possibly operationalized .On the environment’s capability to meet current and future needs”. In addition to these, there are hundreds, if not thousands, of different analyses and attempts to define, or at least operationalized. 3. Elements of Sustainable Agriculture. Intrinsic in the thought of practical Agriculture is "its adjustability after some time to respond to the requests for nutrition and fiber (both high and low), its requests on characteristic assets for creation, and its capacity to ensure the dirt and the asset" (Tyrchniewicz, and Wilson 1995: p. 108). Supportable farming isn't only an arrangement of practices yet it requires abilities of flexibility (Milestad and Darnhofer, 2003). The nearness or

- 208 - absence of such adjustment aptitudes is a major determinant of how weak a particular framework is to outer or inside anxieties, for example, Climate change. With regards to climate change, flexibility is regularly alluded to as "flexible limit," characterized as, "the aptitude of a structure to be conventional to environmental change (counting climate changeability and boundaries) to direct potential harms, to exploit openings, or to adapt to the outcomes" (McCarthy et al., 2001: p. 21). In the dialect of sustainability, the more versatile limit a framework has, the stronger it is the framework keeps up its respectability in spite of worries from interior and outer elements and henceforth is more practical. (Costanza et al.1992) 4. Agriculture Adaptation to Climate Risks. Adaptation in Agriculture in context of weather variations is a moderately latest field. The set methodology (regularly called the "situation approach") for distinguishing conceivable adjustment rehearses starts with weather alteration situations (i.e., conceivable coming weather situation) which, thus get from General Circulation Models (GCMs) and spotlights on evaluated impacts (Wall et al., 2004). Adaptation to environment change is not simply discrete specialized measures, but rather are alterations to cultivate rehearses regarding numerous (climatic and non-climatic) improvements and conditions. Environment change adjustment alludes to alterations in administration procedures to real or anticipated weather conditions or their belongings, with the end goal to lessen hazards or acknowledge openings (Smit et al., 2000b). Likewise with numerous manageability contemplates the weakness approach verifiably recognizes that cultivating frameworks are very coordinated. Producers once in a while adjust creation or administration rehearses exclusively to lessen climate and climate dangers. Rather, climate related adjustments shape some portion of producer’s general hazard administration procedure and fluctuate as per cultivate sorts and areas (Wandel and Smit, 2000). Numerous choices depend straightforwardly on government activities and projects, innovation improvement, and budgetary open doors past the homestead entryway (Smit and Skinner, 2002). 5. Sustainable Development and Climate Change: Towards an Integrated Approach. Adjusting to weather changes means taking the appropriate steps to reduce the depressing impacts of environmental change (or to enterprise the affirmative steps) by systematic appropriate changes and improvements.

- 209 -

Extraordinary warmth, surges, dry spells, hail, and windstorms are a portion of the immediate impacts of weather change. Agriculturists are now adjusting to the changing climate by altering their choice of products and the planning of their field tasks with following strategies: 5.1 Diversification of Crops.  Farmer must develop more lasting yields, in this way enhancing dry season resistance by upgrading soil quality and dampness maintenance.

 Where possible, a few farmer’s must re-present local grasses for feeding which are dry spell safe when revolving munching is honed on them.

 Numerous grassland makers are moving far from strong wheat generation and growing a wide assortment of new harvests (e.g., beats) which are drier season safe.  Mixed variety of product composes and assortment are developed in turn and in various zones of cultivate properties. This spreads the danger of losing a whole year's generation since conditions can shift crosswise over genuinely little regions and diverse harvests differ by the way they react to those conditions.

 Dates by picking an assortment of harvests that necessitate a scope of developing circumstances so that yields are at various stages (and subsequently pretty much powerless) if and when. 5.2 Diversify Enterprises inside one Farming Operation. Campbell et al. (2002) add to their very own illustration of diversification by isolating it into two subcategories, agrarian and non-rural. Rural enhancement incorporates the presentation of extra cultivating endeavors for instance hamburger dairy cattle, aquaculture or tomato developing). Non-rural enhancement, then again, includes consolidating non-cultivating action onto the ranch business for instance cultivate based convenience, on-cultivate preparing of nourishment, renting land for non-farming purposes or esteem adding to existing undertakings.

- 210 -

5.3 Land Resource Management.  Preservation practices of farmers were referred as encouraging results for lessening dangers from dry season. These were lessening soil disintegration; improving dampness maintenance; and limiting soil impaction.  Preservation culturing is additionally credited with constraining harm from spillover and wash outs amid flooding.  Some producers and adding new shelterbelts in addition to the improvement of the old ones. Such practices will help in reducing the harmful effects of dry season and will not let the underground water table becoming low, expanding biomass in earth, and guaranteeing shell dampness is kept on the land. These shelterbelts likewise give insurance from warmth and twist for animals, and can expand the warmth units in neighboring fields improving spring dampness levels in the dirt. 5.4 Water Resource Management.  The water shortage is prompting more eagerness for water system.  Few producers are working with latest technology, more proficient frameworks to avoid the waste of precious water.  Swamps and lakes are made with the sense of how to ensure water is caught and guaranteed to such a degree as could be expected under the circumstances. 5.5 Integrated pest administration. Coordinated pest administration is a blend of pest control techniques for perceiving and watching pests in the essential stages. It is important to understand that all pests are not unsafe. It is also important to allow them a chance to exist with the crop than burn through cash supply. This will empower the producers with spraying pests on the picked domains yet will likewise shield natural life from getting impacted. 5.5 Crop Rotation. Crop Rotation is a very old technique used by the farmers. This keeps the soil solid and nourishing. The products are chosen in an example with the goal that the harvests planted this season renew the enhancement and salts from the earth that were utilized by the past yield cycle.

- 211 -

5.6 Avoid Soil Erosion. Solid soil is a main to a proper yield. Archaic methods like working the land, furrowing and so forth still work ponders. Fertilizer, manures, cover crops and so forth additionally help enhance soil quality. Crop rotation keeps the event of diseases in yields. Many insects can be controlled through harvest revolution systems. 5.7 Crop Diversity. Farmer’s can expand assortment of a similar crop yielding little yet significant difference among the plants. This will help in money related problem being faced by the farmers. This system is called trim assorted variety and its reasonable make use of its on a down slip. 5.8 Natural Pest Eliminators. Bats, winged animals, and so forth fill in as normal insect’s eliminators. Farmer’s fabricate safe house to keep these eliminators close. All types of bugs like ladybugs, insects, green lacewing hatchlings and fly parasites, aphids, vermin and nuisance are the main cause of damaging the fields. These insect eliminators are open in mass from pest control stores or developing supply shops. Producers can purchase and release them near to their farms so that they can make it as their home. 5.9 Managed Grazing. The grazing lands for the cattle must be set aside in line of periodic shift. Shifting household animals present them a mixture of combing pastures. This entails that they will get different valuable benefits. The excreta of these animals fill up a bunch of quality for the land. Modification of region likewise counteracts soil dissolution as a similar fix of land isn't compressed upon recurrently. Timely contact and cutting the wild plant can be gotten at freedom before they create more seeds and duplicate. 5.10 Better Water Management. The early period in water management is the basis of correct yields. It is also necessary to choose the local crops as they are more adaptable to the climate states of the area. Yields which required more water are decisive for dry zone. Farmers can assemble water collecting frameworks to store water and utilized it in dry season. Beside this city waste water can also be utilized for Agriculture purpose after purification.

- 212 -

5.11 Removal of Weeds Manually. Small Farmer’s can use their hand to remove weeds from their farms where machinery can't reach or in other case crops are very delicate. Farmers have also the option to blaze all the previous crop with the aim to destroy weeds and their seeds, but this will cause contamination in air. 6. Institutional issues and limit building. A key obstruction to successfully addressing to climate change concerns is the absence of incorporated strategy making at worldwide, national or provincial and neighborhood levels of activity and among various government offices. For instance, in many developing nations, street transport, street development, vitality utilize and vehicular contamination are each represented by discrete divisions and services. So also, on account of adaptation, wellbeing services, foundation, and seashore front zone administration organizations should cooperate to supplement productivity given restricted assets and guarantee consistency with other arrangement needs. Spotlight ought to be on expanding the capacity of people in general division to survey, plan and actualize fitting approaches that fulfill economical advancement targets and, inside this unique circumstance, start to address climate change. These proofs are accessible that climate has changed and the projections that climate will keep on changing later on underscores the need to comprehend agriculturist's observation and adjustment to climate change. Farmer’s learning about climate change is a key and to a great extent figures out what techniques they embrace in their endeavor to lessen unfavorable impacts of climate change. Agriculture is probably going to confront impressive strain to change its practices to end up more reasonable for type of weather change, both as far as alleviating outflows of carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide and methane, and in addition adjusting to the results of changes in climate effectively set up. The outcomes of type of weather change would be boundless, including objective changes to the scene and also expected changes in government necessities and market requests. There is an apparent earnestness for farming to change to relieve present ozone depleting substance emanations and to plan for future climate situations. Climate change does not emphasize distinctly within the ecological or financial arrangement incentive of developing nations, yet proof demonstrates that the absolute most hostile impacts of climate change will be

- 213 - in creating nations, where populaces are most unprotected and to the least extent likely to naturally adjust to environment. Conclusion and Recommendation Pakistan is under strain from climate stresses that raise vulnerability to facilitate environmental change by reducing capability of adaptation. The unfavorable impacts of environmental change have an especially devastating impact on Agriculture, which is the economic pillar of the country. Climate change has not only affected our food production but it is now basic cause of the widespread poverty. To mitigate the adverse impacts of climate change on agriculture it is mandatory that modern practices and integration should be used in agriculture to meet the food demand of rising population and increase farmer’s income. As evident from the literature that obtaining sustainable agriculture needs insensitive knowledge, management skills and the participation of related organizations. For bringing such desirable changes it is mandatory to assess the behavior of the farmers in connection with the principles and concepts of sustainable agriculture. Moreover, enhancing and fortifying human capital, through instruction, effort, and extension administrations, enhances basic leadership limit at each level and builds the aggregate ability to adjust climate change impacts.

References

Agrawala, Shardul, (1998). Context and Early Origins of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change”, Climatic Change, 39: 605–20. 33. Adejuwon, S.A. (2004). Impact of climate variability and climate change on crop yield in Nigeria, Contributed paper to Stakeholders workshop on Assessment of Impact & Adaptation to Climate Change, pp. 2-8. Adams et al; (2010). “The role of agriculture in climate change: A preliminary evaluation of emission control strategies.” Conference of global change: economic issues in agriculture, forestry and natural resources. Washington 19-21 November 2010. Beckerman, Wilfred, (2003). A Poverty of Reason: Sustainable Development and Economic Growth, Oakland, CA: Independent Institute. 24, 41, 88 Beckerman. Commission on Environment, W. (n.d.).(1987) Bruntland. ttps://doi.org/10.1002/jid.3380010208

- 214 -

CAST; (1992) Council for Agricultural Science and Technology. Preparing US agriculture for global climate change. Report 119. CAST, Ames, IA, 96 pp. Costanza, et al; (1992). Ecosystem Health: New goals for environmental management. Washington, DC Island Press. 269 pp Dunning, J. H. (2006). Towards a new paradigm of development: Implications for the determinants of international business. Transnational Corporations, 15(1), 173-227 Gallie, W.B., (1956). Essentially Contested Concept”, Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society, 56: 167–98. 41, 52, 53. Hughton, D. (2002). Introduction to climate change: Lecture notes for meteorologists page 13-15. Kurukulasuriya,et al (2006a). Endogenous irrigation: the impact of climate change on farmers in Africa.CEEPA Discussion Paper No. 18. Centre for Environmental Economics and Policy in Africa. Pretoria, South Africa: University of Pretoria. McCarthy, et al; ( 2001). Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. Contribution of Working Group II to the Third Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, UK Morecroft et al; (2010). Responding to climate change: An essential component of sustainable development in the 21st century. Local Economy 25(3): 170–175. Milestad, R. and I. Darnhofer; (2003). Building farm resilience: The prospect and challenges of organic farming. Journal of Sustainable Agriculture 22(3): 81-97 McCarthy et al; (2001). Climate Change 2001: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability: Contribution of Working Group II to the Third Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge University Press. Rosenberg, N.J., 1992. Adaptation of agriculture to climate change. Climate Change, 21(4): 385-405. Smit et al; (2000b). An anatomy of adaptation to climate change and variability. Climatic Change 45: 223-251.

- 215 -

Swart, R., Robinson, J., & Cohen, S. (2003). Climate change and sustainable development: expanding the options. Climate Policy, 3(Supplement 1), S19-S40 Smit, B., Pilifosova (2001). Adaptation to climate change in the context of sustainable development and equity. Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. IPCC Working Group II. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp. 877–912. Smit, B. and M. Skinner. 2002. Adaptation options in agriculture to climate change: A typology. Mitigation and Adaptation Strategies for Global Change 7: 85-114. UNFCCC (2007). Impacts, Vulnerabilities and Adaptation in Developing Countries, United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), Bonn, Germany. Walls and Maris (2006). “Agriculture and environmental.” MTT: Agrifood Research Finland. Youdeowei,et al;(1986)Introduction to tropical agriculture. Harlow: Longman Group. pp 1-5 World Commission on Environment and Development (WCED)(1987) Brundtland report 7–8, 35–7, 83, 126, 246, 253; agriculture 153–6; economic growth 248; sustainable development definition 10, 11, 13, 237; urbanization 190 Wilson, A. and A. Tyrchniewicz; (1995). Agriculture and Sustainable Development: Policy Analysis on the Great Plains. International Institute for Sustainable Development, Winnipeg, Manitoba. p. 108 Wall et al; (2004). Canadian Agrifood Sector Adaptation to Risks and Opportunities from Climate Change: A Position Paper. C-CIARN Agriculture, University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario, Canada. Wandel, J. and B. Smit. (2000). Agricultural risk management in light of climate variability. Pages 30-39. In: H. Millward, K. Beesley, B. Ilbery, and L. Harrington (Eds.). Agricultural and Environmental Sustainability in the New Countryside. Hignell Printing Limited: Winnipeg,

- 216 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Gender Difference in Delinquent Tendency among Adolescents

Saba Kurd1 & Dr. Saima Ambreen2

Abstract Crime is a curse but it becomes a curse at that time when our children and adolescents are involved in bad activities, which exhibit delinquent behavior. Undoubtedly, it is a serious issue where our adolescents are involved in a high rate of crimes. Resultantly, the high ratio of crimes damages our society and creates an anarchic situation. In every society youth is considered the backbone of development and if the ratios of crime become high among youth so that particular advantage changes into a debt. Indeed child delinquency is a great threat to every society. In case of Pakistan it is increasing day by day. From suicide attacks to street crimes in every crime adolescents are involved. It is a burning issue for our society where the crimes are committed by children and adolescents. Delinquency Delinquency is an act where adolescents break or violate the norms and the rules of the society such as stealing at home and outside, truancy from school, fight and use of weapons (Sprott, Doob, & Jenkins, 2001). Delinquency itself is a socially insufficient adjustment at the part of the person to tough conditions (Bridges, 1927). Some adolescents are involved in minor delinquent behaviors such as stealing which is considered covert antisocial or non-aggressive behavior .On the other hand, some behaviors are violent and serious like fighting with someone, such behavior is called overt antisocial behavior or aggressive behavior (Eklund, Liljeberg, & Klinteberg, 2011). Some researches indicate high risk of injuries and deaths which are cause by delinquent behavior (Buckley, Chapman, & Sheehan , 2012). Delinquency is not only a national problem but also a global issue, which varies country to country. Delinquency is increasing day by day in European and other countries such as United States, Finland etc. The

1 M.Phil Scholar, Department of Psychoology, University of Balochistan, Quetta. 2 Department of Psychoology, University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- 217 -

most common juvenile crimes in America and Finland are curfew violations, drug abuse and theft (Chowdnury, Khan & Uddin, 2012 ). Additionally, delinquency is a burning issue in developed countries as well developing countries likewise, sexual crimes, purse- snatching etc. Every country has made her own laws and regulations according to her own cultural, social and political experiences similarly, in Scotland the age of delinquency is 8, England 8, Canada and Turkey is 14. The criminal ratio is quite high in the developing countries owing to terror events, lack of education, Poverty, internal migrations and unemployment (Ozen, et, al. 2005). Pakistan is also considered a developing country where the adolescents exhibit illegal behavior which is against of norms. The ratio of crime in Pakistan culminating day by day due to undecided goals of life and unsupported state of involvement ( Niazi, Haider & Sadruddin, 2016). Factors Effecting Delinquency There are several risk factors which are linked with delinquency. However, it is not determined which factor strongly links with delinquent behavior (Sprott, Doob, & Jenkins, 2001). Social and other external factors. In the social factors family structure link with delinquency where the family conflicts, separation and divorce influence on the behavior of adolescents. Not only poor parental supervision but also family interactions cause anti-social behavior. On the other hand in the period of adolescence the involvement of peers in the delinquency directly effect on the child behavior. Peers influence becomes strong among those adolescents who are ignored by their parents and having a poor interaction with their parents. As a result, a child adopts similar attitudes and behaviors to conform with his/her peers. Moreover, school is associated with delinquency such as rigid and inelastic school system, early school dropout, teacher’s behavior, dividing classroom into upper class and lower class, bad school companions, undesirable attitudes of students towards teachers, wrong dragging, poor attendance and high level of bullying at school develop delinquent behavior (McCord, Widom, & Nancy, 2001). Personality related factors. There are some individual factors which are caused by delinquent behavior. Following are the risk factors which are caused by delinquent behavior such as complications during pregnancy, parents involvement in drugs, age, gender, individual social behavior characteristics impulsivity and hyperactivity that predict the delinquent behavior. Moreover, individual’s cognitive deficits like poor language performance and low IQ associate with delinquency. On the other hand, some childhood disorders such as Conduct disorder and Attention Deficit

- 218 -

Hyperactivity disorder link with aggressive behavior or delinquency (McCord, Widom, & Nancy, 2001). Gender and Delinquency. Gender is also correlates with delinquency and criminal acts. Boys are involved in delinquent and drug related behaviors. The reason behind the involvement of the boys in the delinquency are failure at school, deviant friends, impulsivity which strongly related to conduct problems in boys. As compare to boys girls exhibit less criminal acts (Gulledge, Jones, & Cochran, 2011). Moreover, another research explained that girls are less delinquent than males because the high level of risk factors are more prominent in boys than girls such as hyperactivity, conduct disorder are the predictors of anti-social behavior which are more common in boys than girls (Tas, Ribeaud & Curyff, 2004). Delinquency is a huge problem now a day not only in Pakistan but also all over the world. Where a large number of youth involve in delinquent acts. It is a serious issue for our society where our children and adolescents commit a crime. It is essential to control the delinquency. Furthermore, there are many risk factors which contribute to increase the level of delinquency. Gender is also one of the factor which increases the level of delinquency. Moreover, it is important to identify gender differences in the delinquency among adolescent whether girls exhibit delinquent acts or boys. So, this study is conducted to explore gender differences in delinquent behavior in Quetta. Method The research is primarily aimed at identifying gender difference in delinquent behavior among adolescents. Sample In this study the 80 adolescents were selected through convenient sampling. The data was collected from two different Government High schools of Quetta, Balochistan. The sample was divided in to two groups boys (N=40) and girls (N=40).The age range of the participants was 11-19 years. Instruments Self-Reported Delinquency Scale and Informant Reported Delinquency Scale (SRDS & IRDS). To assess the delinquent behavior tendency Self-Reported Delinquency Scale and Informed-Reported Delinquency (SRDS & IRDS; Ishfaq, 2014) were used in the present study. Both forms consist of 27 items and these items were scored on 5 point of Likert type scale ranging from Never=0, Once time=1, Two to three times=2, Five to ten times=3, Ten to many times=4.

- 219 -

Informed Consent Form and Demographic Sheet were administered along with SRDS and IRDS. Procedure For collecting the data permission was taken from the administrators of the boys and girls schools. Initially, informed consent was taken from every participant. After that questioners were administered in their classes. Afterwards, the collected data was analyzed through Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS version 23) software and results were drawn. Results The result explored gender differences in delinquent tendencies among adolescents. First of all Reliability coefficient of the instruments were assessed. The reliability Coefficient of Self-Reported Delinquency Scale (SRDS) and Informant Reported Delinquency Scale (IRDS) were found to be 0.84 and 0.70 respectively. Gender differences were explored through t- test analysis on the scores of boys and girls on both SRDS and IRDS. Insert Table 1 The table 1 shows mean and Standard Deviation differences of the two gender groups SRDS and IRDS The mean and standard deviation values of SRDS girl’s group are less than the group of SRDS boys (M= 8.23, SD= 7.850). Table showed that boys are more delinquent than girls. Results indicated significant (p < .001) mean differences on both SRDS and IRDS. This shows that boys may display significantly higher delinquent tendencies than girls. This trend was similar on both scales i.e. both research participated and their informants reported that boys have higher delinquent tendencies These gender differences where further explored keeping in consideration their age through t- test. The two age groups were formulated including having age from 11 to 14 and the second age group having age from 15 to 19. Insert Table 2 Results indicated significant (p < .001) mean differences on both SRDS and IRDS for age group of 11- 14 years. This shows that boys may display significantly higher delinquent tendencies than girls in age 11- 14 years. Moreover, the results indicated that in the older adolescent do not display significantly different delinquent tendencies for boys and girls.

- 220 -

Discussion The research was conducted on the topic of “Gender differences in Delinquent Tendency among adolescents”. Delinquency is becoming a global problem. Many factors effect delinquency such as individual level factors, Gender, committee factors and social factors. The research sample was comprised of 80 adolescents. Firstly Alpha reliability Coefficient was computed for scales which were utilized in this research Self-Reported Delinquency Scale (SRDS), Informant Reported Delinquency Scale (IRDS) which was found to be quite good. The finding of this research states that boys exhibit more delinquent behavioral tendencies than girls and this was reported both by the participants and their informants. This finding is consistent with many other study findings report that the rates of crime is very low among females as compare to males owning to general differences in culture demands and biological factors. Another fact is that girls are kept away from social life. Girls are under strict observation by their parents (Ozen, et,al. 2005). Some other researchers also described that females are less delinquent than males because of conventional social roles assigned to the gender by our culture where the females are more restricted in the society and males are allowed to involve in various activities (Kalb & williams, 2014 : Rebellon, Gundy, Manasse & Cohn, 2016). Another evidence supported the findings of this research that males are more often involved in criminal behavior than females because boys show delinquent behavior when their fathers adopt neglectful approach droning the stage of their growing. Furthermore, parents have direct control over their daughters as compare to their sons (Steketee, Junger & Tas, 2013). On the other hand, girls mostly show less delinquency, less violent behavior and less drug use than boys the roots of this gender gap are family climate, peer influence and parental style towards male and female children (Hadjar, Boehnke, Baier & Hagen, 2007). Another finding of this research indicates that the differences in display of delinquent behavior among boys and girls is more apparent in younger adolescents than older adolescents. This finding may divert attention towards the issue of reporting the display of delinquent behavior than actual display. Before generalizing the findings of this research, Limitation of this study should be kept in mind especially the small sample size may limit generalization of the findings. Secondly, utilization of the self-report method for gaining information could have affected the amount and quality of research data due to social desirability issues. So, in future this study may

- 221 -

be replicated with a large and diverse sample with utilization of other method of data collection may yield more valid results.

Table 1 Mean differences of the two gender groups on their scores of SRDS- Self Reported Delinquency Scale and IRDS- Informant Reported Delinquency Scale (N=80) Variable Boys Girls t P Cohen’s d Scales M M (78) SD SD

SRDS 8.23 2.08 50.33 .000 1.033 7.850 3.025 IRDS 7.88 2.85 65.950 .000 1.272 4.724 2.992 Note. SRDS= Self-Reported Delinquency Scale; IRDS= Informant Delinquency Scale; M= Mean; SD= Standard Division.

Table 2 The mean differences of the Two Gender Groups on the scores of SRDS- Self Reported Delinquency Scale and IRDS- Informant Reported Delinquency Scale for Adolescents in the Age Group of 11- 14 and 15 -19 years old (N= 80)

Age Variable Boys Girls t p Cohen’s Groups Scales M M d SD SD 11-14 SRDS 6.83 1.25 4.16 .000 1.183 6.36 2.00 IRDS 7.50 2.50 3.26 .002 1.155 5.32 3.02 15-19 SRDS 8.47 5.38 1.03 .306 0.477 8.14 4.20 IRDS 7.94 4.25 2.13 0.39 0.977 4.69 2.55

- 222 -

References Bridges, K.M.B. (1927). Factors contributing to juvenile delinquency. Journal of Criminal Law and Criminology,17. Reterived from https://scholarlycommons.law.northwestern.edu Buckley, L., Chapman, R., & Sheenhan, M. (2012). Adolescent involvement in antisocial and delinquent behavior: predicting future injury risk. Accident Analysis and Prevention, 48,581-522. doi : 10.1016/J.app.2012.02.010 Chowdhury , A, I., Khan, M, M., & Uddin, I.(2012). Causes and consequences of juvenile delinquency in Bangladesh: A sociological analysis. International Journal of Social Science Tomorrow, 1(4). Retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/267860650 Eklund, J.M., Lileberg, J.F., & Klinteberg, B.A. (2010). Delinquent behavior patterns in adolescence: development and associated personality traits. Personality and Mental Health,5,169-185. doi:10.102/pmh.137 Gulledge, L., Jones, S., & Cochran, J. (2011). Gender differences in age consequences. Journal of Crime and Justice, 33 (2), 95-126. dio: 10.1080/0735648x.2010.9721289 Hadjar, A., Boehnke, K., Baier, D.,& Hagan, J. (2007). Juvenile delinquency and gender revisited: the family and power control theory reconceived. European Journal of Criminology. 4 (1), 35-58. doi: 10.1177/1477370807071729 Kalb, G., & Wiliams, J. (2014). Delinquency and gender. Applied Economics Letters, 10 (7), 425- 429. doi: 10.1080/0003684032000066822 McCord, J., Widom, C.S., & Nancy .(2001). Juvenile crime,juvenile justice. Washington,D.C: National academy press Niazi, S., Haider, K., & Sadruddin, M, M. (2016). Intellectual grooming and responsiveness a remedial measures towards curbing juvenile delinquency among children in pakistan. Ma’arif Research Journal, 57- 66. Retrieved from http://www.researchgate.net Ozen, S., Ece, A., Oto, R., Tirasci, Y., & Goren, S. (2005). Juvenile delinquency in developing county: A province example in Turkey. International Journal of Law and Psychiatry 28, 430-441. doi: 1016/j.jlp.2004.05.001 Rebellon, C., Gundy, V, T, K., Manasse, E, M., & Cohn, S, E. (2016). The relationship between gender and delinquency: assessing the mediating

- 223 -

role of anticipated guilt. Journal of Criminal Justice, 40, 230- 237. doi: 10,1016/j.j crimjus.2015.11.006 Steketee, M., Junger, M., & Tas, J, J. (2013). Sex differences in the predictors of juvenile delinquency:females are more susceptible to poor environments; males are influenced more by low self control. Journal of Contemporary Criminal Justice 1-18, doi:10.1177/1043986212470888 Tas, J, J., Ribeaud, D., & Cruyff, M, J, L, F. (2004). Junvenile delinquency and gender. European Journal of Criminology, 1 (3). doi: 101177/14773708040440077

- 224 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

The role of Pakistan’s Missile Technology in Neutralizing Indian Cold Start Doctrine

Fiza Essa1 Dr Adil Zaman2 Abstract

Pakistan and India have been at loggerheads with each other since their independence from the colonial rule of Great Britain in 1947. But since 1998, both are nuclear powers with advanced missiles regime that have the capability of carrying nuclear weapons. India formulated a Cold Start Doctrine with the aim of short and conventional war but Pakistan’s advancement in the development of short range missiles equipped with tactical nuclear weapons has been instrumental in containing the so called Indian doctrine. The paper analyzes the role of Pakistan’s missile technology in doing away with the Indian aggressive designs against Pakistan. A number of Pakistani defense analysts have been interviewed in this regard and Indian point of view is also compared with that of Pakistani point of view.

Introduction The Indian sub-continent has been mired into crisis of war several times since its partition of 1947 that had resulted in the emergence of Pakistan. Therefore, Pakistan feels an existential threat from an India that has a 7 times bigger military might and defense expenditure. It has demonstrated its pugnacious predilection towards Pakistan by inflicting three full-fledged wars in 1948, 1965 and 1971 on Pakistan by dismembering it into two states i.e. Bangladesh and Pakistan in 1971 and it still poses an existential threat to the very existence of Pakistan. The main focus of the study is evaluating a paradigm shift in the defense and security approach of Pakistan from strategic depth followed for decades by the security establishment of Pakistan into strategic deterrence that is containing the enemy aggression by ballistic missiles, nuclear weapons and tactical nuclear devices before entering deep into the mainland of Pakistan and posing threat to the sovereignty and integrity of Pakistan. The era of

1 M.Phil scholar Department of Political Science, University of Balochistan, Quetta. 2 Associate Professor, Department of Political Science, University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- 225 - strategic deterrence is pre-dominant in the South Asian regional security context. One of the most famous strategists in the domain of military studies, Bernard Brodie was one of the scholars who pioneered the theory of deterrence in an age of nuclear weapons and technology. He presented the case of two arch rivals i.e. the former USSR and USA by arguing that going to a nuclear war was highly costly and catastrophic ever to be experienced. Therefore, a reliable deterrence of nuclear weapons must be invariably ready to deliever but it should never ever come into use (Bernard, 2016). Review of the Relevant Literature Jack(2004) gives a view on detternce policy that In an era of nuclear arms and weapons, any misadaventure by the enemy irrespective of its strategic or conventional superiority with regard to the rival would have such a serious repurcussion and backlash by that is beyond human imagination. Therefore, this threat of the a catastrophic consequences bares the states from behaving aggressively and compelling them to avoide armed engagement at all possible costs. Strategic Deterrence Theory, Lawson claims, falls on the wrong side of the argument along with theorists like Albert Wohlstetter, Henry Kissinger, and Herman Kahn who argue that atomic and, subsequently, nuclear weapons were usable in war and that, so both, the defensive systems and deployments were required. It is an interesting argument, especially since Stephen Walt (1999) previously suggested that Perfect Deterrence Theory is simply a reinvention of “the central elements of [classical] deterrence theory. Ahmad (2000) explains in his paper that from the very beginning of Indian independence after 1947, the major powers of the world in particular and international community in general had consciously neglected the nuclear designs of India due the strategic leverage of India, its stature as a democratic state and its greater economic capacity and market. In a report known as Military Expenditure Database (2012), India has been termed has as one of the most powerful nations of the 21st century in terms of military strength and modernization. The Indian armed forces i.e. Indian Air Force, Indian Navy and Indian army have gone through a great era of modernization and transformation. It has gained advanced military equipment, technical training, and military hardware as the Indian government has enhanced its military budget many fold i.e. an increase of

- 226 -

64% from the year 2001 till 2013 as per reports. The total military spending of India was around 46 billion US dollars in 2013. Pakistan’s strategy to Counter Indian Cold Start Doctrine Mason et al (2015) write that sensitized by their lack of ability to reply speedily to the infiltration beyond Kargil and to the surprising terrorist attacks with roots in the mainland of Pakistan, it was decided by the Indian military establishment to restructure the mobilization of forces. Because it took a whole month for the Indian military to mobilize its massive conventional military force along with its western border following the attack of extremists at the Indian parliament in the December of 2001. During the course of that mobilization, the US administration was able to pressurize enough the Indian government to restrain its plans and Pakistan was also able to boost its defense lines (Pandit, 2010). Therefore, they point out that it was proposed to the political and bureaucratic leaders by the Indian military establishment for the establishment of a quick mobilizing force. They wanted to form such a force that can mobilize quickly and act in haste. On the other hand, the security policy formulators of Pakistan undertook the Indian adventurous aspirations of punishing Pakistan in the aftermath of a terrorist in a serious manner. Indian designs were to punish Pakistan before the employment of international crisis management scenario. For the sake of offsetting Indian conventional superiority, Pakistan came up with the development of nuclear tactical weapons. Maria Sultan, a defense analyst in Pakistan, (2019) unfolds the concept by saying that the Cold Start Doctrine(CSD) was basically consist of two or three things. The thing is that Pakistan has to be quick from military point of view, so the small the force, the bigger the deterrent. Because you have less vulnerability to change. Now when the Indian side is analyzed, the force is very big. Their force is very big. They can legitimately hit, it is fine. According to them CSD is a sub- conventional warfare. That means sub-conventional warfare cannot be linked to conventional warfare. However, an expert on security issues, Saleem Safi (2019) disagrees with the use of nuclear tactical weapons in the first place. He says that the use of tactical nuclear weapons would mean entering into a nuclear war. For him, “TNW is not an answer to the cold start doctrine”. Still Lieutenant General (retired) Asad Durrani (2019) cautions that if Indians carry out an attack within 48 hours under cold start doctrine, the situation will go out of control and result into catastrophic consequences. The development of short range nuclear missile i.e. Nasr is considered a smart move by Air Marshal (retired) Shahid Latif (2019), as expressed by him in an interview. He thinks that Pakistan has been successful in neutralizing the Indian threat along the border and line of control by the development and deployment of

- 227 -

Nuclear Tactical Weapons. He views that “the results were deliberately leaked and sent to India that this what will happen to your cold start doctrine. If you still want to try it, you are most welcomed. a) Advancement in Missile Regime: - There is a common notion in Pakistan that its nuclear warheads and missile technology is solely aimed at maintaining the minimum threshold of nuclear deterrence against India. The rudimentary aim of those weapons with nuclear capability has been to pursue strategic stability by strategic equilibrium. This can be achieved by developing the capability to endure a surprise or pre- emptive nuclear attack and still have the capacity to strike back and inflict unbearable damage on the enemy. But by realistic analysis, Pakistan desires to attain a number of goals through its nuclear program i.e. to stop the enemy from any aggressive adventurism, enhance the bargaining capability of the state, undermine potential rivals, decrease its dependence on strategic partners, and achieve military self-sufficiency through decreasing dependence on foreign military equipment and hardware (Khan, 2003). The failure of Pakistan to engage India in a mutual arms control regime led it to move ahead with the development of delivery system of nuclear warheads so that a balance of terror can be maintained with its main enemy in order to achieve deterrence stability. The stability of deterrence is dependent upon the capability of rival states to maintain the credibility of its battlefield capacity through the demonstration of both its political will and military preparedness. This is essential particularly for the state which is on defensive mode like Pakistan. This sort of deterrence stability is necessary in the case of Pakistan against India. This perspective of defense that solely depends upon retaliation in nature can result in restraining the enemy, encouraging and modernizing the national program of missile technology development. These actions result in the innovation of resilient domestic nuclear capable missiles i.e. ballistic as well as cruise that can be launched from sea, air and land. Pakistan has been successful in the launching of cruise as well as ballistic missiles which are capable of carrying nuclear warheads. It has also equipped its armed forces with medium and short range missiles that can carry nuclear weapons (Jaspal, 2011). In his paper, Jaspal (2013) presented the whole spectrum of Pakistan’s missile program that covers a range of cruise and ballistic missiles. The following table shows the details of Pakistan’s missile technology.

- 228 -

Name Fuel Alternative Range Payload Test Developer Status Name (km) Firing (kg)

Hatf-1 Solid 70-100 500 April KRL In service

1989 since 1996

Hatf- Solid 100 500 February KRL In service 1A 2000

Hatf-2 Solid Abdali 260- 500 April KRL In service 300 1989

Hatf-3 Solid 800 July KRL Not

1997? Deploy

Hatf-4 Solid Shaheen I 750 1000 April NDC In service

1999

Hatf-5 Liquid Ghauri I 260- 700 April KRL In service 300 1998

Hatf-6 Solid Shaheen II 2400- 1000 March NDC 2500 2004

M-9 Solid CSS-6/DF- 600- 500 China Supplied 15 650

M-11 Solid CSS-/DF- 300 500- China 30-80 11 800 Supplied

Hatf-7 Cruise Babar 500- August 700 2005

Hatf- Cruise Ra’ad 300 Not 8 Deploy

Hatf-9 Solid Nasr 60 April NDC Not

2011 Deploy

- 229 -

According to the press statement of the ISPR(2011), “the NASR missile, with a range of 60 km, carries nuclear warheads of appropriate yield with high accuracy and shoot & scoot attributes. This quick response system addresses the need to deter evolving threats.” According to Khalid Ahmad Kidwai, a retired lieutenant General who served as the Director General of Strategic Plans Division, proclaimed that “the test was a very important milestone in consolidating Pakistan’s strategic deterrence capability at all levels of the threat spectrum.” It means that Pakistan’s hierarchy of army’s operations, Hatf IX missile system now equips Islamabad with a limited range missile that can carry nuclear warheads. Sachan (2012) points out that somehow India’s relaxed and Pakistan’s concerted nuclear based relation has worked in the production of more than the seventeen flight-testing novel kinds of cruise and ballistic missiles in between 1998 and 2013. The two competing countries are now going through the process to supplement the ballistic missile system with cruise missile system. Vishwanathan (2014) puts the question that whether Nasr is credible enough or not? He says that after understanding the Pakistani perspective regarding the making and testing of Nasr, it is necessary to know the credibility of Nasr in the opinion of Indian military strategists. The deterrence created by Nasr becomes an issue of perception when it comes to the nuclear policy of Pakistan. Keeping in view Pakistan’s doctrine regarding nuclear warheads which is India centric and only aimed at India on the surface level, Nasr is a tactical move by Pakistan’s army against Indian strategy of smaller and highly trained Integrated Battle Groups (IBGs). Therefore, the Indian perception regarding the credibility of Nasr arises much interest for the policy and decision makers of Pakistan. Pakistan wants as part of its strategy that India’s perception regarding Nasr shall be that it is a credible deterrent against Indian threat. On the 5th of November, 2013 Pakistan was successful in the conduct of test fire of Hatf-IX (Nasr) for the fourth time with a short range battlefield missile carrying the capability of nuclear warheads. This missile has been tested with four times with flight tests in the missile regime of Pakistan. As Pakistan conducted the first test on the 19th of April 2011, the second was on the 29th of May 2012 and the third was on the 11th of February 2013, the Inter Services Public Relations had issued almost similar press statements. These press releases declared that Nasr could hit a target within the range of 60 km and it has the capability to carry ‘nuclear warheads (sic) of appropriate yield’. However, after the fourth flight test of Nasr missile was followed by a press

- 230 - release of the DG ISPR which was worded in a different manner as it did not mention the nuclear warhead carrying capability of the Nasr despite the fact that the missile is a combination firing of four missiles. Interestingly, its reference to the capability of carrying nuclear weapons was mentioned in roundabout manner. The claim of the ISPR was that the missile capability ‘contributes to the full spectrum deterrence against threats in view of evolving scenarios (DG ISPR Pakistan , 2011). It is a firm belief in the military circles of Pakistan that TNWs has the capability to halt and destroy the aggressive Indian army in case it penetrates into the mainland Pakistan by violating the international border. By the employment of tactical nuclear warhead in an event of war, Pakistan’s military expects to checkmate and neutralize the Indian cold start doctrine or “Proactive Offensive Operations” against Pakistan (Kanwal, 2016). Joshi (2013) notes that keeping numbers of warheads aside, nevertheless, there is a more threatening concern of Pakistan’s quest for the development of an advanced generation of short range ballistic missiles that have the capability of carrying tactical nuclear weapons. For instance, Pakistan conducted the first test of 60km short range Nasr missile in the April of 2011 and has continued its tests for a long time period. The nuclear postures of Pakistan could be interpreted by some as a tactic of confusing and deterring Indian policy makers from making any adventurous decision. However, the objective of designing such small tactical weapons can be aimed at ameliorating the ability of Pakistan’s army to use small weapons or warheads from the launching pads of Sea. On the other hand, the signals which are demonstrated by the strategic policy formulators and scientists of Pakistan point towards the fact that there is a renewed attention towards significantly improving the tactical nuclear warheads capability of it nuclear regime. Therefore, it will become a vital part of the nuclear doctrine of Pakistan. However, in an interview, Lieutenant General (retired) Amjad Shoib (2019) stressed that nobody has ever talked about the threshold at official level regarding the use of nuclear warheads. He dismissed the perspective of Kidwai and his was idea was that we should not talk too much about it. According to him, thresholds are given just to convey an idea to the Indians that we are sensitive to these things. “If there is a situation where we are compelled to use it, it may be that threshold, or it may not be. We will use it because we will have to decide at that time’”. Pakistan can have use tactical devices against the military columns which will still not be a full-fledged attack but it can destroy the Indian advancing columns. So this is what the deterrence value of the tactical weapons. So Pakistan’s tactical devices and over all posture (Pirzada, 2019)

- 231 -

Conclusion Pakistan has been successful in containing the Indian aggression through the development of its nuclear weapons program and advancement in its missile regime. As a result of advanced investments, the nuclear warhead are growing in number and it may exceed the nuclear warheads of France and Great Britain. Such an increase in the number of warheads can lead to the instability of deterrence in the region and it may have to position these arsenals along the potential line of battle or at the sea. On the other hand, it is elusive to hope for deterrence stability in the region if relationship between India and Pakistan remain confrontational even if the military and political leadership decide to cut expenditures on nuclear warheads and their delivery systems. It will not make any difference even if Pakistan decides to voluntarily normalize its relations with India without Indian reciprocity.

- 232 -

References

(2011, April). Retrieved from DG ISPR Pakistan . Ahmad, E. (1998, August 23). Demonisation of Islam: Its Roots. Dawn. Ahmad, I. D. (2013). Pakistan's 'Regional Pivot' and the Endgame in Afghanistan. IPRI Journal, XIII(2), 1-20. Ahmad, S. (2000, Ocober). Security Dilemmas of Nuclear-Armed Pakistan. Third Quarterly, 781-793. Akhter, D. N., & Malik, A. H. (2016, December). India's Involvement in Afghanistan: An Analytic Perspective of Current Interests and Future Prospects. International Journal of Political Science and Development, 4(8), 286-292. Aziz, S. (2009). Berween Dreams and Realities: Some Milestone in Pakistan's History. Karachi: Oxford University Press. Baloch, Q. (2008). Pakistan's Nuclear Deterrence: Decade of Perceptions and Misperceptions (Vol. II). . Chawla, S. (2019, February 21). Exploring the Larger Canvas That Led to Pulwama Attack. Centre for Air Power Studies. Retrieved from www.capsindia.org Dar, M. A., & Mir, R. R. (2014). History of Geo-Strategic Rivalry of India- Pakistan over Afghanistan. Centre of European Studies. Duchame, D. R. (2016). Measuring Strategic Deterrence. JFQ, 3rd(82), 41. Durrani, A. (2019, March 20). (F. Essa, Interviewer) Fair, C. C., Crane, K., Christopher, S., & Puri, S. (2010). Pakistan's Ability to Mitigate Sources of Insecurity. In Pakistan. RAND Corporation . Ganguly, R. (2015). India's Military: Evolution, Modernisation and Transformation. Indian Council of World Affairs, 187-205. Haque, R. (2011, April ). "Strategic Depth": Does It Promote Pakistan's Strategic Interests. Research and News, 11-13. Hussain, R. (2005). Pakistan and the Emergence of Islamic Militancy in Afghanistan. Burlington: Ashgate. Jaspal, Z. N. (2011). Ballisitic Missile Defense: Implications for India- Pakistan Strategic Environment. National Defense University Journal.

- 233 -

Joshi, S. (2013). Pakistan's Tactical Nuclear Nightmare: De 'ja' Vu? Center for Strategic and International Studies, 159-172. Kalhoro, J. A. (2013). India's Position on the Peace Process in South Asia. National Defence University . Kanwal, G. (2016, September). Pakistan's Tactical Nuclear Warheads and India's Nuclear Doctrine. Institute for Defence Studies and Analysis. Khan, F. H. (2003, October). The Independence-Dependence Paradox: Stability Dilemmas in South Asia. Arms Control Today. Retrieved from http://www.armscontrol.org Kreft, D. H. (n.d.). The Geopolitical Importance of Pakistan: A Country Caught Between the Threat of "Talibanisation" and the Return to Democracy. Berlin: Institut Fur Strategie-Politik-Sicherheits-und Wirtschaftberatung, Berlin. Krepon, M. (2015). Instablity and Nuclear Weapons in South Asia: The Myth of Deterrence Stability Between Nuclear-Armed Rivals. Washington, USA: Stimson Center. Kristensen , H. M. (2011). Pakistan's Nuclear Forces. Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 11. Lacopino, V. (1993). The Crackdown in Kashmir: Torture of Detainees and Assaults on the Medical Community. Boston. Retrieved from http://s3.amazonaws.com/PHR/Reports/Crackdown-in-Kashmir- 1993.pdf Latif, S. (2019, April 1). (F. Essa, Interviewer) Lavoy, P. (2006, October). "Pakistan Strategic Culture". Comparative Strategic Culture Project, 6-9. Retrieved from www.ccc.nps.navy.mil/si/2005/Oct/howlettOct05.asp Lavoy, P. R. (2013). Pakistan's Nuclear Posture: Security and Survivability . Washington D.C: US Department of Defense. Lone, R. M., & Kalis, N. A. (2013, September-October). Indo-Afghan Relations after September 11: Implications for Pakistan. IOSR Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences(IOSR-JHSS), 15(3), 13. Retrieved from www.Iosrjournals.Org Mason, S., Thompson, J., White, J. T., & Krepon, M. (2015). Deterrence Instability & Nuclear Weapons in South Asia. Washington D.C: Stimson Center. (2012). Military Expenditure Database. Stockholm: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute(SIPRI).

- 234 -

Mishra, M. K. (2016, May). Strategic Depth and Pakistan's Links with Radical Islamic Groups. International Journal of Humanities and Social Science Studies, II(VI), 96-106. Pandit, R. (2010, December 2). Cold Start i focus but does it exist. Times of India. Retrieved from http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/cold- start-in-focus-but-does-it-exist/articleshow/7025745.cms Pirzada, M. (2019, March 26). (F. Essa, Interviewer) (2011). Press Release. Rawalpindi: ISPR. Ray, A. (2013). The Soldier and the State in India: Nuclear Weapons, Counterinsurgency and the Transformation of Indian Civil-Military Relations. Dehli: SAGE Publications. Routray, B. P. (2011, October 14). Indo-Afghan Strategic Treaty: Implications for Pakistan. Rajaratnam School of International Studies, NTU. Retrieved from [email protected] Sachan, D. (2012, April 20). India's Missile Milestone: Agni V to Ensure Deterrent Parity with China. Down To Earth. Retrieved from http://www.downtoearth.org.in/content/indias-milestone-agni-v- ensure-deterrent-parity-china Safi, S. (2019, April 15). (F. Essa, Interviewer) Shahab, A. Z., & Bhatnagar, S. (2007). "Pakistan-Afghan Relations and the Indian Factor" . Pakistan Horizone, 159-174. Shahab, Z., & Bhatnagar, S. (2015, January-June). Conflict or Cooperation? The Role of India and Pakistan in Post-2014 Afghanistan. A Research Journal of South Asian Studies, 30(1), 292. Sial , S. (2013). Pakistan's Role and Strategic Priorities in Afghanistan Since 1980s. June: Norwegian Peacebuilding Resource Center. Siddique, F. (n.d.). Full Spectrum Deterrence: Pakistan's Strategic Compulsion. CISS Insight: Quarterly News and Views, 2. Sultan, M. (2019, April 19). (F. Essa, Interviewer) Vishwanathan, A. (2014, July). Pakistan's Nasr/Hatf-IX Missile: Challenges for Indo-Pak Deterrence. Campus Science of Institute Indian.

- 235 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Prevalence of Psychological Distress: Gender Differences among University and College Students and Teachers

Arooj Zahid 1 & Syed Azizuddin Agha 2

Abstract Present study explored the prevalence of psychological distress among students and teachers (N = 170) of different colleges and universities of Quetta city. Mean age of students was (M = 23.99, SD = 7.82). Mean age of teachers was (M = 19.30, SD = 9.28). This study was based on quantitative approach with cross sectional design. Psychological distress was measured through Kessler Psychological Distress Scale. Results revealed that female (23.61%) experienced more psychological distress than male (21.94%), however this difference was non-significant (t = -1.30, P> .193). The results further indicated non-significant differences in psychological distress on the basis of ethnicity.

Keywords: Psychological distress; Gender differences; Balochistan

Introduction Psychological distress refers to perceived incapability to cope successfully with social demands (Deasy, Coughlan, Pironom, Jourdan, & McNamara, 2014). Researchers such as Horwitz (2007) defined psychological distress as a temporary emotional reaction toward stress that, if not cured, is pathological and consequently it will change into depression. Other researchers, for instance Wheaton (2007), noted that psychological distress is proportionately balanced mental state that influences social and daily life activities. A study by Barlow and Durand (2005) has reported that psychological distress is a condition characterized by signs of anxiety and depression. Cassidy, Connor, Howe, and Warden (2004) and Drapeau et al. (2010) have also reported that anxiety and depression are the indicators of psychological distress. Anxiety and depression are the prevailing mental health issues and they usually coexist (Brown, Harris, & Eales, 1996; Eaton etal., 2012).

1 M.Phil Scholar, Department of Psychology, University of Balochistan. 2 Department of Psychology, University of Balochistan. Correspondence. Email. [email protected]

- 236 -

Psychological distress is one of the integral public health problems across the world which is affecting young population to a great extent. Cvetkovski, Reavley, and Jorm (2012) and Leahy et al. (2010) have reported that the prevalence of mental health issues are common in society and the ratio of psychological disorders among university students are comparatively higher. They have suggested that this is owing to the reasons that university students have to confront with number of stressors like workload, academic pressure and pressure to get success. These stressors may cause psychological problems in students and put negative impact on their academic achievement. The very common mental health issues observed among university students are depression and anxiety. Studies across the globe have shown higher proportion of these psychological disorders among students. Latest researches show that more than 50% of university students express signs of depression soon after starting their studies. Researches in Europe and North America have indicated that college and university students express high level of psychological distress compare to common population (Verger, Guagliardo, Gilbert, Rouillon, & Kovess-Masfety, 2010; Dahlin, Joneborg, & Runeson, 2005). Various studies have reported gender variations in psychological distress. Studies conducted in different countries have demonstrated that female experience high level of psychological distress than male (Robert, Abbott, & McKee, 2010; Marchand, Drapeau, & Beaulieu-Prevost, 2012). A study by Wamala, Bostrom, and Nyqvist (2006) on the sample of men and women in Sweden concluded that psychological distress was observed 22% in female and 14% in male. Present study examined whether there is gender and ethnicity based differences in psychological distress among college and university students and teachers. Researchers have indicated that college and university students are endangered to mental health issues. Increasing level of psychological distress among students has led to escalated public apprehension in western societies, however in eastern societies their problem remains usually unrevealed due to this the mental health of the students deserves our special attention in Pakistan (Kumar, shaheen, Rasool, & Shafi, 2016).

Research Design and Sample The present study was descriptive and cross sectional design was used.

- 237 -

Objectives  To investigate prevalence rate of psychological distress among university and college students and teachers.  To examine variations in psychological distress on the basis of gender.  To investigate differences in psychological distress on the basis of ethnicity. Hypothesis Female teachers and students experience greater psychological distress than male teachers and students. Sample Purposive convenient sample (N = 170) of male and female teachers and students was taken from university of Balochistan, Govt girls degree college and Musa Boys college Quetta. The study included those students who were enrolled in universities and colleges at the time of data collection. Questionnaires Kessler Psychological Distress Scale (K 10). Psychological distress was measured through Kessler Psychological Distress Scale originally developed by Kessler in 1992. The present study used an Urdu version of K10 scale. The K10 contains 10 items that records level of psychological distress of the participants during last 30 days. It has five response options ranging from 1(None of the time) to 5(All the time). Score range is 10 to 50. There are no reverse coded items on the scale and its alpha reliability is 훼 = .93.

Procedure The data was collected after getting permission from the authorities of universities and colleges. The questionnaires were distributed to teachers and students after obtaining their consent and the researcher collected these questionnaires from them on the spot as they were filled in. Results Table 1 shows demographic description of the sample. Table 2 shows mean score (M = 22.88) and (SD = 8.40) on psychological distress. Skewness and kurtosis were both in acceptable range. Table 3 indicates that female experience slightly more psychological distress as compared to male however this difference is non-significant (t = -1.30, p> .193). Discussion The present study aimed at investigating the prevalence of psychological distress and gender and ethnic variations in psychological distress. The findings revealed that female experienced slightly greater psychological distress than male however, this difference was non-

- 238 - significant. This finding is somewhat in line with the findings reported in the earlier literature. Researches in Pakistan and other countries have consistently reported gender differences in psychological distress. Najma and Hussain (2015) on the sample of men and women in Gilgit Baltistan identified higher psychological distress in women than men. Another study by Warmala etal. (2006) in Sweden reported that psychological distress was observed 22% in female and 14% in male. In western countries women are more likely to face psychological distress like depression and anxiety comparatively men. Whereas, Khalid and Aslam (2011) on the sample of epileptic patients in Islamabad and Muzzafrabad reported that psychological distress was higher among male patients rather than female patients. In a study with the sample of Chinese adults Kong, Zhao, and You (2012) found no gender variations in psychological distress. Studies by Chou (2007) and Kilkkinen etal. (2007) also reported no gender variations in psychological distress. The present study findings also revealed non-significant differences in psychological distress on the basis of ethnicity. Past studies have indicated some ethnic differences in psychological distress. For example, Non- Hispanic whites reported higher distress as compared to older Korean- Americans (Sorkin, Nguyen, & Ngiono-Metzger, 2011). In Asian American population older Korean showed higher psychological distress than Japanese, Fillipino, Chinese and Vietnames (Kim etal., 2010).

Limitations and Suggestions The present study employed sample from college and university students and teachers of Quetta city only, future researches should obtain data from students of colleges and universities of entire province of Balochistan along with students of schools. It may be also of greater interest to include sample from general population other than students and teachers.

Conclusion The present study found differences (but non-significant) in level of psychological distress on the basis of gender and ethnicity of the students and teachers. Many of the past studies have reported significant differences in psychological distress both on the basis of gender and ethnicity. Both of these findings endorse the findings of the earlier empirical studies. Some studies have also shown no differences in psychological distress.

- 239 -

References

Barlow, D. H., Durand, V. M. (2005). Abnormal psychology: An integrative approach. (4th edition). Belmont. CA: Thomson/ Wadsworth. Brown, G. W., Harris, T. O., & Eales, M. J. (1996).Social factors and comorbidity of depressive and anxiety disorders. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 168(S30), 50-57. Cassidy, C., O'connor, R. C., Howe, C., & Warden, D. (2004). Perceived discrimination and psychological distress: The role of personal and ethnic self-esteem. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 51(3), 329. Cvetkovski, S., Reavley, N. J., & Jorm, A. F. (2012). The prevalence and correlates of psychological distress in Australian tertiary students compared to their community peers. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 46(5), 457-467. Chou, K. L. (2007). Psychological distress in migrants in Australia over 50 years old: A longitudinal investigation. Journal of Affective Disorders, 98(1-2), 99-108. Drapeau, A., Beaulieu-Prévost, D., Marchand, A., Boyer, R., Préville, M., & Kairouz, S. (2010). A life- course and time perspective on the construct validity of psychological distress in women and men. Measurement invariance of the K6 across gender. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 10(1), 68. Deasy, C., Coughlan, B., Pironom, J., Jourdan, D., & Mannix-McNamara, P. (2014). Psychological distress and coping amongst higher education students: A mixed method enquiry. PloS One, 9(12). Dahlin, M., Joneborg, N., & Runeson, B. (2005). Stress and depression among medical students: A cross‐sectional study. Medical Education, 39(6), 594-604. Eaton, N. R., Keyes, K. M., Krueger, R. F., Balsis, S., Skodol, A. E., Markon, K. E., & Hasin, D. S. (2012). An invariant dimensional liability model of gender differences in mental disorder prevalence: Evidence from a national sample. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 121(1), 282-288. Horwitz, A. V. (2007). Distinguishing distress from disorder as psychological outcomes of stressful social arrangements. Health:, 11(3), 273-289.

- 240 -

Kong, F., Zhao, J., & You, X. (2012). Social support mediates the impact of emotional intelligence on mental distress and life satisfaction in Chinese young adults. Personality and Individual Differences, 53(4), 513-517. Kilkkinen, A., Kao‐Philpot, A., O'neil, A., Philpot, B., Reddy, P., Bunker, S., & Dunbar, J. (2007). Prevalence of psychological distress, anxiety and depression in rural communities in Australia. Australian Journal of Rural Health, 15(2), 114-119. Kessler, R. C., Andrews, G., Colpe, L. J., Hiripi, E., Mroczek, D. K., Normand, S. L., ... & Zaslavsky, A. M. (2002). Short screening scales to monitor population prevalences and trends in non-specific psychological distress. Psychological Medicine, 32(6), 959-976. Kim, G., Chiriboga, D. A., Jang, Y., Lee, S., Huang, C. H., & Parmelee, P. (2010). Health status of older Asian Americans in California. Journal of the American Geriatrics Society, 58(10), 2003-2008. Khalid, A., &Aslam, N. (2011). Psychological distress among patients with epilepsy. Indian Journal of Psychological Medicine, 33(1), 45- 48. Kumar, H., Shaheen, A., Rasool, I., & Shafi, M. (2016). Psychological distress and life satisfaction among university students. Journal of Psychology and Clinical Psychology, 5(3). Leahy, C. M., Peterson, R. F., Wilson, I. G., Newbury, J. W., Tonkin, A. L., & Turnbull, D. (2010). Distress levels and self-reported treatment rates for medicine, law, psychology and mechanical engineering tertiary students: Cross-sectional study. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 44(7), 608-615. Marchand, A., Drapeau, A., & Beaulieu-Prévost, D. (2012). Psychological distress in Canada: The role of employment and reasons of non- employment. International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 58(6), 596-604. Najam, N., & Hussain, S. (2015). Gender and Mental Health in Gilgit- Baltistan, Pakistan. Journal of Pioneering Medical Sciences, 5(4). Roberts, B., Abbott, P., & McKee, M. (2010). Levels and determinants of psychological distress in eight countries of the former Soviet Union. Journal of Public Mental Health, 9(3), 17-26.

- 241 -

Sorkin, D. H., Nguyen, H., & Ngo-Metzger, Q. (2011). Assessing the mental health needs and barriers to care among a diverse sample of Asian American older adults. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 26(6), 595-602. Verger, P., Guagliardo, V., Gilbert, F., Rouillon, F., & Kovess-Masfety, V. (2010). Psychiatric disorders in students in six French universities: 12-month prevalence, comorbidity, impairment and help- seeking. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 45(2), 189-199. Wamala, S., Bostrom, G., & Nyqvist, K. (2006). Perceived discrimination and psychological distress in Sweden. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 190(1), 75-76. doi: 10.1192 /bjp.bp.105.021188 Wheaton, B. (2007). The twain meet: distress, disorder and the continuing conundrum of categories (comment on Horwitz). Health:, 11(3), 303-319.

- 242 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Factors Causing Water Scarcity in Washuk District Balochistan

Sarfraz Ahmed1, Dr. Siraj Bashir2 & Mumtaz Ali (PhD)3

Abstract With two thirds of the earth's surface covered by water, it is evidently clear that water is one of the most important elements responsible for life on earth. It is not only vital for sustenance of life, but equally essential for socio- economic development. Water is the unique gift of God and the basic requirement of life. Due to the high indulgence and exploitation of human being with nature, the global environment is changing every day. The fragile province of Pakistan Balochistan is facing the worst ever crises of water shortage for last many years, as water available for any given use has become increasingly scarce. The unexpected turn down in rainfall, excess usage and mismanagement in most of the upland areas of Balochistan are putting more stresses on water resources. The problem of water shortage particular in Washuk district falls it in the category of worse 'Water Scarce districts'. there are several factors those are crucially responsible for such situation, like unaware masses, excessive numbers of solar tube wells, lake of dames, lake of information regarding water scarcity and negligence from government, law enforcement authorities and civil society organizations, these all factors were also the basic reason behind the research study on factors causing water scarcity in Washuk Balochistan. Introduction Water is a god gifted product which bears lifecycle on domain of us, in the shape of animal’s plants, or social animal’s beings. Thus it’s vibrant that in this somatic planet there can be no living activities without water as we see.

1 M.Phil Scholar, Department of Social Work, University of Balochistan, Quetta E-mail: [email protected] 0332-7835292 2 Lecturer Department of Social Work, University of Balochistan, Quetta E-mail: [email protected] 0321-3851070/0305-3884901 3 Assistant Professor, Department of Political Science, University of Balochistan Quetta.

- 243 -

Although there is large amount of water in our earth but most of it is undrinkable. Nearly 71% part of earth has covered with water but unfortunately 99% is unusable for human beings and for other animals. only 3% is considered fresh water elsewhere 68% is in the shape of iceberg or frost cap and further 30% subsist is in shape of floor water and presently on 0.3% of wholly drink able subsist in figure of exterior water in stream, shallows, lakes and marshes (Dr Ali ,2015).Thus alike interval we discover that water is present in a limited volume, therefor large number of the world is experienced issue of water deficiency and almost one third of the humankind residents served water scarcity (Alam,2006). In fact these ecological problems of 21 century not only get up in glob but also pursued in Pakistan. Where foremost issues Pakistan face is not terrorism, corruption or religious conflict, but water scarcity, approximately 80% of the population belonged to arid and semi-arid zone, categorized by extremely unpredictable, erratic and low rainfall. (UNDP,2017). A report of World Bank (2001) mentioned that Pakistan is a water anxious country where as per capita water usage is (1,700 cubic meters per year) around 2003 year. It was extended to 1,700 m3 in 1992 and there was shortage of water in country, in 2002-2004 it has been dropped further to 1,500 m3 and Water scarcity (1,000 m3 per capita per year of renewable supply) are likely in about 2035 year on the basis of Government report, Though, giving the source of United Nations Development Programmed (UNDP) which gives Pakistan’s present water accessibility is 1,090 m3 per capita per year. In adding up Balochistan is the largest province of Pakistan, making up approximately 43 per cent of the total area of the country. It is also the poorest and least populated province. And along with poorest and least population, Baluchistan facing the same least situation of water. Which is the most vulnerable province in Pakistan in context of water shortage. Balochistan, experiences water scarcity more than other provinces of Pakistan because it located in a very poor fertile region as well as far from Indus River (Bengali,2009).Although the main source of water is seasonal rainfall but, the last two decades shows a downward trend in the water table almost all regions of Balochistan due to lack of precipitation (Shah, et al. (2002). Therefore the situation is worst and water level is deteriorating day by day. Somewhere deteriorating of water may happen because of famine, miss management and witlessness of the administration. Thus these factors make it more multifaceted and critical. As for as drought is well known to the occupier of Balochistan for extensive as drought has constant feature of the

- 244 - region. According to Relief Commissioner of Balochistan (2000) the recent drought spell an assessed (29.29%) people were affected out of ~65 million in Balochistan, and the livestock populace was projected to be 22million and (36.59%) were affected. Similarly experiences of water scarcity becoming worse and inferior in Washuk district as compare to other regions of Balochistan. Where in the last decades availability of water was heavily affected. The unexpected turn down in rainfall, excess usage and mismanagement in most of the upland areas of the district like Rakhshan, Shinger Qadir Abad and Basima etc, has caused an entire drying up the shell water and has decreased water output from springs and tube wells. There for researcher an attempts to recognize and guess the factors causing water depletion in chosen district of Balochistan (Washuk) and researcher recommended suitable measures of solutions. It can be tackled by increasing the upstream storage capacity in shape of big and mini dames, and the foremost step Baluchistan government should build a long-term strategy for water stress areas to prepare water policies, including public awareness, educational programs and research’s regarding water shortage in whole Baluchistan in general and washuk in particular.

Objective of the Study

 To identify the impacts of solar tube well on water supply.  To identify the environmental and human factors affecting physical water shortage.  To analyze the strategies and planning’s of stakeholders of District Washuk regarding the issue. Literature Review Availability of Water Water has been considered as a free cost and vulnerable source since generations. Although 70% of the earth shallow is enclosed of water about 1400 million cubic kilometers (m km3). This abundant ratio of water means that this is the basic unit of living things, with out of this life will be seize .But out of seventy percent of surface water almost 97.5% of this water is salty being sea water. 35 m km3 is only fresh water availability. And sixty seven percent is frozen in ice caps, while 30% is stored underground and only 0.3% is fresh and useable water on the surface of earth. Out of 87% of surface water lakes have 11% swamp and rivers 2% of water store, only 1%

- 245 - of sweet water is extractable and used by Human beings. which is so alarming for upcoming generation (UNO,2006). According to 2010 data from the United States, Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), Pakistan’s total water accessibility in a list of 26 Asian countries per capita ranks dead last. The country with a designation of annual availability of water is below than 1000 m3 that it will be called a water scarcity country. Pakistan is probably to become water scarce by 2035, however some experts predicted that this dead last of water may happen as soon as 2020. However in Balochistan 39% accessible water in the province has been covered by Indus River and the major source of availability is irrigation system. Water scarcity Water scarcity can be defined when single individual does not have reasonable water to fulfill her or his needs for washing, drinking, or the maintenances of his or her life, it said be water insecure person”. And that area is called water scare area or water scarcity is an imbalance between demand and availability (FAO, 2010a) and exists when the demand for water exceeds the supply (Mogaka, H.; Gichere. S.; Richard D.; and Rafik Hirji,2006). Water shortage is a long-term inconsistency between demands and available of water resources. A major study, the Comprehensive Assessment of Water Management in Agriculture, make public that one in three people today face water shortages (COAG, 2007). Another report of United Nation(2007), more than 1 billion of the humankinds nowadays has being unable to intake water and UN institute that within in few decades almost (2.9) billions of people in 48 states will suffer from water deficiency that can undermine and push in to a dangerous situation some of states of Asia and Pakistan is one these countries. Pakistan has its origins in water shortage there for it face shortage of water. Likewise it would not be an overstatement to say that Balochistan is the most delicate territory in Pakistan. The basins of Pishin Lora and Nari has been observed as overexploited in grounder waters and considered as a threat to dry up the aquifers in future (Mustafa et.al, 2013). Thus most critical crisis that Balochistan is face in upcoming days is a water shortage. Key Causes of water scarcity There are number of natural and nurture causes of this crucial issue of 21 century. Some of those written below.

- 246 -

Drought According to Pereira et al. (2009), “drought is well-defined as a usual but impermanent, disparity of water accessibility, containing of an insistent lower than normal precipitation” – an event of indeterminate regularity, time and strictness, follow-on in reduced water resources obtain ability, and compact the up left volume of the environment. There is emergent apprehension about the cumulative frequency and severity of drought in Pakistan (Ahmed et al.,2015). A substantial growth in the frequency of heat waves, assign of upcoming intensification and increasing harshness of drought, has been reported (Zahid & Rasul,2012). Meanwhile the deprived province of Balochistan in southwestern Pakistan contains of a rudimentary economy that depend on climate-sensitive segments such as rain-fed livestock, irrigated agriculture, and high reliance on and unsustainable manipulation of natural resources such as groundwater. Upland Balochistan is the most heavily affected area of the province. Drought-affected districts that are particularly identified include Dera Bugti, Kohlu, Loralai, Zhob, Qilla Saifullah, Pishin, Qilla Abdullah, Noshki, Kharan, Awaran,Washuk, Mastung, Kalat, Khuzdar and Lasbela (UNDP, 2015); and Chagai, Lasbela, Kharan, Khuzdar, Kalat, Killa Saifullah, Loralai and Pishin (PDMA,2012).Hence this study provides several recommendations to strengthen institutionalization, awareness and sartorial strategies, for immediate, short-term, medium-term and long-term interventions for water management in province in general and Washuk in particular.

Abundance of private drilling equipment enhance tube wells installation Excessive installation of borings heavily affected the surface water in Balochistan, Water table was very stumpy where tube wells were out of order and it was profound in those areas where tube wells were working or natural drains were passing adjacent. And disorderliness of Private tube well drillers have made the work of water exploitation easier. The number of tube wells extracting water was 15525 in 1993 have reached to around 34000 in 2008 showing an increase of 90 % over a 15 years period (GoB ,2008). Prior to 1990, the boring machinery was being dominated by few government departments like irrigation and power department, Balochistan Development Authority(BDA), Public Health Engineering Department( PHED) and Water and Power Development Authority (WAPDA). Meanwhile the rapidly increasing evolution of tube wells (solar tub wells) start viewing its effects on

- 247 - the groundwater basins. WAPDA (1993) studied the groundwater circumstances in the three major regions Balochistan. Thus all the arid regions of Balochistan along with Basima Rakhshan and Shinger had no water left for future. Due to unplanned tube well(solar tube wells) installation and consequent indiscriminate pumping of water for the last two and a half decades, the area is now facing the problem of depleting groundwater table at the rate of more than 4-5 meters yearly , hence tube wells drying is a common phenomenon in Baluchistan. Thus Re-boring and replacement of pump is required at many locations where tube wells are out of order, or government should make specific rules and regulation for the new installations of tube wells. Population One of the keys causing factor of water shortage is condense population of globe in (2006) was 6.7 billion, which is 7.13 billion now growing at a quantity of 78 million/year that has extended. But unfortunately, it has been probably expected that this amount of worldwide masses will be up to (10.9) billion in 2050.And day by day among all this growing rate transpires in developing countries, already food, fiber, health and education problems facing in such countries like Pakistan. And rapid growth of population will put a massive stress on water use. Pakistan is the 6th most populated country in the world with a population size of 19.6 million, was rising at a rate of (1.52%) by the year 2014.(UNO, 2007a). Although Balochistan comprises only 6 % of Pakistan population. But in contrast it would not be an exaggeration to say that Balochistan is the most fragile province in Pakistan. Land size is 44 percent of the total land of Pakistan which result the biggest province of the country by land. The most crucial dilemma that Balochistan is facing in upcoming days is a water shortage. Because population of the province is not a causing issue, while the province location is in an arid zone that experience lower level of rainfall. M. Khair Syed, J CulasRichard, & Hafeez Mohsin (2010) stated that Pakistan is the top ten countries that is facing water crisis, and the acute crisis of the country has directly hits Balochistan, where water shortage is extremely dangerous.

Inefficient irrigation systems used

In the province irrigation systems work almost 45 percent efficiency due to poor management and less maintenance of water passages and channels, use

- 248 - of incompetent and traditional methods of irrigation (mainly flooding). For the improvement; the tactic policies for maintainable agriculture should include measures to progress water management practices, reorienting and improving service delivery at the community level (GoB,2000). Lashari et al (2007) testified that in whereas due to the use of traditional methods of irrigation in Pakistan the irrigation efficiency is very low even not more than 60%, however in Western Australia irrigation efficiency was very much high 90% because they using high efficiency pressurized irrigation techniques. Ecological and environmental factors The alarming situation of the water crises differ in each part of the world, and this completely depends on the fluctuations of the ecological, and environmental constraints. The problem of water supply between countries, its conventions and supervision has progressively engaged the substantial position in supervision the inter-state associations (Alam,2007). Due to this reason pure water “scarceness” (Jury and Vaux, 2005,Vörösmarty et al , 2010) have been accepted as a foremost worldwide environmental issue of the 21st era. These direct to enlarged reduction and deteriorations in water capacity and quality. This has significantly led to compact amounts of water available for utilization (Diwakar & Nagaraj,2002). In fact these ecological problems of 21 century not only get up in glob but also pursued in Pakistan. However, most of the regions of the Pakistan lie in a dry and mountainous zone, characterized by highly irregular temperature and low precipitation. December-March and July-September(Monsoons) are the most important sources of rainfall in Pakistan where whole Indus plain obtains a usual precipitation of 212 mm and 53mm consistently (Enum,2013). Thus From the point of view of Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change is directly or in directly interlinked to acute weather conditions like temperature waves, changeable precipitation and flash out all rainy water all of which build running water ever more challenging in international and local level. Study area Washuk is a district of Balochistan, It was once part of Kharan District in Balochistan province. It was separated from Kharan and formed a new district in 2007. It is further subdivided into 4 tehsils or, 10 union councils and 216 mauzas (villages). Washuk District is spread over 29,510 km2, of which 71,520 hectares is arable. Geographically, District Washuk is mountainous in the south bounded by Siahan Range, separating it from the

- 249 -

RakhshanValley and Panjgur District. Eastern mountainous region is known as Ras-Koh Range and separates Washuk from Gidar and Dasht-i-Goran valleys in Kalat and Besima in Awaran District. Washuk District of Balochistan was selected for this study. Where200 respondentswere interviewed through interview schedule to investigate the factors causing water scarcity in Washuk Balochistan. Research methodology This article is based on a study that investigate the factors causing water scarcity in Washuk Balochistan. For data collection researcher used technique of interview schedule with closed and open handed questionnaires. The primary data was collected from 200 respondents (Govt officials, experts and concerned stakeholders) at Washuk district, and the relevant secondary data was collected through variety of sources such as research journal articles, published newspapers articles , books , etc.). Further researcher design sampling through probability sampling (random sampling) to ensure assessment of research study.

Results and Discussions Table No.1 Percentage Distribution Regarding the factors for water crisis at District Washuk

Factors Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Environment 72 36.0 36.0 36.0

Man made 128 64.0 64.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

- 250 -

Data interpretation:

From above table the researcher asked questions from respondents that what factors responsible for water crises are? After data analysis the given data shows that 64 percent people considered human being responsible for these crises while 36 percent numbers of people declared environmental factor for this global crises of water.

Table No.2 Percentage Distribution Regarding human made factors for water shortage

Human Made Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Factors Percent

Lack of planning 56 28.0 40.0 40.0

13 6.5 9.3 49.3 Lack of awareness

Ignorance of Govt 71 35.5 50.7 100.0

Total 140 70.0 100.0

Data interpretation:

From above table the researcher asked the question from respondents that if humans are responsible for depletion of water then how? In which most of the people declared ignorance of government as cause for water depletion which is 35 percent. Similarly, some people considered lack of planning as another cause while remaining people with frequency of 28 percent and the lack of awareness is one of the key factors of water shortage according to respondents which covered 6.5 percent.

- 251 -

Table No.3

Percentage Distribution Regarding, Are you understood that solar tube well system is one of the key causing factors of water depletion?

Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Agree 144 72.0 72.0 72.0

Disagree 22 11.0 11.0 83.0

Strong agree 22 11.0 11.0 94.0

Strongly disagree 12 6.0 6.0 100.0

200 100.0 100.0 Total

Data interpretation:

Similarly the researcher in table No 03 tries to know from respondents that do you understand that solar tube well system is one of the key causing factors of water depletion. After the data interpretation 72 percent answered that yes solar tube wells are one of causing factors of water depletion, 11 percent of people strongly agreed, 11 percent respondents disagreed while 6 percent of respondents strongly disagreed from above asked question.

Conclusions and Recommendations There are several crucial findings were traced during the data collection process from the respondents of Washuk Balochistan in regard of factors causing water scarcity, research study concluded that water is one of the most important elements responsible for life on earth. But today large number of the world is experienced issue of water deficiency along with Pakistan. Since groundwater level in many regions of the country is quite dynamic, but there is dramatic shortage of water were examined at concerned area. In 2018 water table of concerned area (Washuk) increased from 153 average feet to 170.5 average feet.

- 252 -

The main cause of water shortage is mismanagement of water for production, irrigation, excessive number of solar tube wells installation, and ignorance of government on water resources. The study was found out approximately 500+ average solar tube wells are currently running. There for under no circumstances deep tube well would be allowed to be sunk in shallow zone. Importance of awareness and attention should be given on groundwater recharge. Most important government should construct of adequate mini and big dames at required sites. In order to construct dams in conformity to store surface runoff/flood water.

Recommendations The researcher wishes to make the following recommendations.  Most important government should construct of adequate mini and big dames at required sites.  Under no circumstances deep tube well would be allowed to be sunk in shallow zone. Therefore District Government should realize his responsibilities. By making affective water control board under the supervision of deputy commissioner in order to regulate the tube wells.  Government should utilize modern technologies in order to minimize water wastage by drip irrigation system, providing advanced pipeline system, well-constructed pond for farmers, to control the wastage of water.  Government should Rehabilitate and improve of Kareez system where possible.  In addition government and local notables should be creating awareness among the people about storage and minimizing wastage of water.  It is essential that a fair water pricing model is formulated and implemented by the competent regulatory institution.

- 253 -

References Ahmead, K., Shahid, S., Sobri, H. and Wang, X. (2015) Characterization of Seasonal Droughts in Balochistan. Heidelberg (Germany), Springer- Verlag Berlin Heiderberg Alam Md. Eftekharul. (2007). Impact Of Upland Withdrawal Of Ground Water On Shallow-Tub Well Irrigation Bangladesh , Department Of Civil Engineering University of Bangladesh , Bangladesh . UNO.(2006). Water – A shared responsibility, United Nations World Water Development Report Bengali, K. (2009) Water Management under Constraints: The Need for a Paradigm Shift. ln M. Kugelman and R. M. Hathaway (eds.) Running on Empty: Pakistan’s Water Crisis. Washington, DC: Woodrow Wilson International Centre for Scholars. COAG, (2007) ‘Agriculture and Water Scarcity: a Programmatic Approach to Water Use Efficiency and Agricultural Productivity Comparing notes on institutions and policies’ International Water Management Institute ,Colombo. Dr., Ali, S. B. ( 12 December, 2015). The United Nations World Water Development Report Accessed on from, ww.unesco.org. Diwakar H and N Nagaraj (2002), Impact of Water Pollution on Food Security and Environment: Bearing the Brunt, Wasteland News. Enum Naseer (2013) Pakistan’s Water Crisis,Spread head Research Special Report FAO (2010). Enduring Farms: Climate Change, Smallholders and Traditional Farming Communities.FAO, Rome. Government of Balochistan (2008). Agriculture Statistics of Balochistan (1970 through to 2008). Department of agriculture extension, Balochistan, Pakistan. Government of Balochistan and IUCN Pakistan. (2000). Balochistan Conservation Strategy. Quetta, IUCN. Jury, W. A., and H. Vaux Jr. (2005), The role of science in solving the world’s emerging water problems, Proc. of the Natl. Acad. of Sci., Lashari, B. Jennifer M. and Karen V. (2007). Institutional and legal groundwater management framework: lessons learnt from South Australia for Pakistan. International Journal of Environment and Development. 4(1): 45-59. Mustafa, D., Akhter, M. & Nasrallah, N. (2013). Understanding Pakistan’s Water-Security Nexus. Washington, DC: United States Institute of Peace.

- 254 -

M. Khair Syed, J CulasRichard, & Hafeez Mohsin (2010) The causes of groundwater decline in upland Balochistan region of Pakistan, Australian Conference of Economists , Sydney Mogaka, H.; Gichere. S.; Richard D.; and Rafik Hirji (2006). Climate Variability and Water Resources Degradation in Kenya:Improving Water Resources Development and Management (Washington, DC: The World Bank, World Bank Working Paper, No. 69 Pereira, L.S., Corderly, I. and Lacovides, L. (2009) Coping with Water Scarcity: Addressing the Challenges. New York, Springer Science & Business Media. Provincial Disaster Management Authority. (2012) “Droughts in Balochistan”. Annual report, Quetta Relief Commissioner Balochistan.(2002). Annual Report, Civil Secteriate Balochistan Quetta UNDP (2017). Drought Risk Assessment in Selected Districts of Balochistan. Islamabad: UNDP UNDP (2015) Request for Proposals (RFP): Drought Risk Assessment in Selected Districts of Balochistan. Islamabad, UNDP (United Nations Development Programme). UNO (2007), Coping with water scarcity: change of the twenty-first century, New York, USA. UNO (2007a), Coping with water scarcity: change of the twenty-first century, New York, USA. Water and Power Development Authority, WAPDA (1993). Groundwater Resources of Balochistan Province Pakistan. Directorate general hydrology, Lahore, Pakistan. World Bank, (2001) World Development Report 2000/2001: “Attacking.Poverty.” Washington, DC. Zahid, M. and Rasul, G. (2012) “Changing Trends of Thermal Extremes in Pakistan”. Climatic Change, no. 113, pp. 883-896

- 255 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Associated factors of corporal punishment practiced by school teachers in Quetta, Balochistan

Mohammad Yousuf 1 & Abdul Saboor 2 Abstract Exposure to violence is a serious issue in the arena of personality development. Specially, when children are exposed to violence and punishment, their developmental stages may not pass smoothly. The use of corporal punishment in schools increases the risk for poor result outcomes by students, while teachers punish students with intension to bring about improvement in discipline and learning achievements among students. This research study aims to identify the associated factors for the use of corporal punishment in schools. The study is quantitative in nature. A total of 189 teachers were interviewed from government & private and boys & girls schools located in the urban and rural areas of Quetta district. Structured questionnaire, school information checklist and observation were major tools used for data collection. The study identifies and examines the causative factors of corporal punishment related to teachers, schools, family, community, government and overall attitude of society.

Key Words: Corporal punishment, causative factors, school teacher. Introduction:

Corporal punishment is the use of physical force or psychological stress intended to cause pain, but not injury, for the purpose of correcting or controlling children conduct (Straus, 2010). Gershoff gave a brief explanation to corporeal punishment. He explained that it is conduct towards students and that do not cause major damage, for example spanking or slapping, etc. but in opposite, those conduct which give possibility to major hurt like to punch, kick or scorching are measured as physical abuse regularity and harshness of this punishment may contradictorily be elaborated and weighted in different ways by different cultures and societies , it varies from state to state and from condition to condition (Gershoff, 2002) and (Gershoff, 2010). A variety of factors cause teachers to give corporal punishments ranging from individual

1 Lecturer, Department of Social Work, University of Balochistan, Quetta. Email: [email protected] 2 M.Phil Scholar, Department of Social Work, University of Balochistan, Quetta) Email: [email protected]

- 256 - to social norms and practices. The type and nature of society may lower or increase the probability of corporal punishment by teachers to modify the misbehavior of children (Breen et al, 2015).

Giving punishment gives a sense of applying imposition of an undesirable situation which typically contains giving hurt as a result to exercise of penalizing by which a painful situation is imposed and pleasant conduct towards them is decreased for the purpose that any misconduct may not occur again for the next time. These all punitive conducts by teachers or elders or the authoritative bodies bring harsh and resistive thinking in the minds of effected ones, it also play role in the failure of students, and these situations also decreases self-confidence and develop miserable thoughts, which in future have very great negative effects when they become adult (Patel, 2003).

Corporal punishment is a global phenomenon however, more cases of CP are often recorded in poor countries (Khuwaja et al, 2018). In Pakistan, 35,000 children dropout from the school owing to corporeal punishment. Society for the protection of the Rights of the Child reveals that a large number of children dropout of schools every year in Pakistan (SPARC, 2010) (ICRW & Plan International, 2014). The achievable privileges are valuated commission of Pakistan more than 80 percent students are penalized in both government and private schools as a means of correction. Applying of corporeal punishments in institutions cause bodily pain on pupils, then those students adopt impolite and improper conduct for their instructors, Students interest level decreases day by day and they start to remain absents from institutions (NASN, 2010). Corporeal punishment is applied to create pressure on the students which badly affect students’ conduct because in the situation where students are under fear cannot learn positive behavior. In Pakistan, corporal punishment is forbidden in some schools but not in all. According Pakistan Panel Code 1860, under article 89 physical punishments are lawful in schools however, there are merely ministerial instructions at federal and provincial level for teachers not to give such punishments (GIEACPC, 2018). Thus, in legislation the use of corporal punishments in not forbidden. Bills are under process for the prohibition of such punishments. Although, Pakistan has affirmed international treaties of anti-punishments, the incidences of school punishments have been reportedly increased in Pakistan (Arif & Rafi, 2007).

- 257 -

Literature Review

Corporal punishment is a global phenomenon but its practice is more prevalent in developing countries. A number of well-developed states have achieved the target of total prevention of corporal punishments in schools. There is sufficient research material available worldwide regarding effects of CP on children, however, the available scientific information on causative factors of CP in schools is not sufficient enough.

The situation of CP in Pakistan

There is plenty of research work done related to corporal punishments in Pakistan, however, a great paucity is found on the other hand in Balochistan and Quetta district. This research study is one of the pioneer studies of its type conducted at Quetta district. A survey by the Pakistan Paediatrics Association and UNICEF showed that more than four out of five children were vulnerable to physical abuse from parents, elders and teachers, with boys more likely than girls to suffer physical abuse (Human Rights Commission of Pakistan—HRCP, 2004).

A widespread study by Save the Children, UNICEF and Government of the North West Frontier Province (now Khyber Pakhtunkhwa) in three districts of NWFP found that CP was widely used to discipline children in homes and educational institutions. A total of 155 consultations were undertaken, using participatory research techniques, with 3,582 children aged 6-14 years from government and religious schools, 86 consultations with 1,231 parents, and 86 consultations with 486 teachers. Not one child reported never having received CP. Cumulatively; the children identified 28 types of punishment used in homes and 43 in schools. (Save the Children/UNICEF/Schools and Literacy Dept, Government of NWFP, 2005).

A study by Plan Pakistan (2009) in selected districts of Punjab found that 89% of children in rural areas and 92% in urban areas reported being subjected to one or more than one form of CP. Most predominant age when children experienced this form of abuse was between 8 to 13 years, with almost equal number of reports from boys (93%) and girls (91%). Forms of CP included baton beating, standing in humiliating postures, smacking on the face, etc. Institution-wise prevalence was 93% for government schools, 86% for private schools, 83% for madrassas and 70% for non-formal schools (Plan Pakistan and Government of Punjab, 2009).

- 258 -

A study by SPARC (Society for Protection of Rights of the Child) (2010) in five districts i.e. Peshawar, Mardan, Swabi, Charssadda and Nowshera found that CP prevailed in 100% sample schools and all teachers having in-service and pre-service trainings still believed in moderate forms of CP (87%). Parents in the study (76%) also believed that a moderate amount of CP was necessary for correcting children’s behavior (SPARC, 2010). According to SPARC, an estimated 35,000 high school students drop out of the education system each year due to CP.

Studies show alarmingly high prevalence of CP in Pakistani schools, and fairly negative attitudes regarding the use of CP in schools and at homes. However, the news is not all bad. A number of organizations, including UNICEF, have been promoting child-friendly schools in Pakistan. A recent media report described an initiative in which SPARC trained 5000 primary teachers in the five districts of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa on child-friendly schools and alternative to CP. SPARC has declared 75 schools of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa free from CP. One of these schools reported an increase in enrolment from 300 to 560 students (Ashfaq, 2013).

Associated factors causing Corporal Punishment in Pakistan

A lot of research work has been done on the occurrence and negative effects of corporal punishment in schools, homes and work places at global level in general and in the schools of developed countries in particular (Smith et al, 2004). However, there is a great paucity of research on why teachers carry out CP in schools. There is general agreement that human behavior is determined by a host of factors interacting in complex ways, rather than a linear cause and effect relationship between various variables. Hence the phenomenon of CP is likely to be an outcome of the interaction of a host of factors, acting together rather than in isolation (Plan International, 2013).

Research suggests that teachers who have suffered CP in their childhood at home or in schools are more likely to use CP than teachers who did not experience such punishment. A very comprehensive literature review has been conducted by Gershoff (2002) where he has discussed a meta-analysis of up to eighty eight (88) researches in which the association between children’s adjustment and corporal punishment has been brought under deep insight. A number of negative effects of corporal punishment on children were found under this investigation except only one positive side found was the immediate compliance to the commands of parents. It was further documented in the meta-analysis that children, who experience corporal

- 259 - punishments in childhood, are more likely to have adjustment issues in adulthood, for example, antisocial, criminal behavior, aggression, poor metal health and abuse of spouse or children (Gershoff, 2002; Plan International, 2013).

A factor that acts as a facilitator between the experience of CP and its application on others are the attitudes that teachers hold regarding CP of children. Research consistently shows a direct relationship between the attitudes of teachers regarding the use of CP and its practice in the classroom. There is also growing evidence that the attitudes of adolescents and adults towards CP are influenced by their experience of CP in childhood (Deater- Deckard et al, 2003).

A significant variation has been found in the threshold of tolerance of teachers using more or less CP. For example, teachers who have a low threshold of tolerance for student ‘noise’ are more likely to characterize it as ‘indiscipline’, compared to teachers who have a high threshold of tolerance for student ‘noise’, and are more likely to use CP to deal with such ‘indiscipline’. Additionally, Community and parental concepts of children also play a key role in determining the use and acceptance of CP in society in general, and schools in particular. A study by Shah and Pervez (1994) in Charsadda District of Khyber Pashtunkhwa found that children in Pakhtun society were considered as toys when they were very young, and as inferior adults when they started to grow up. There was no concept of the child as an individual with his or her own specific developmental needs. The focus on child development was on obedience and adoption of the values and knowledge provided by adults, rather than on growth, nurturing, creativity, or individuality (Shah and Pervez, 1994).

The availability of facilities in schools for children can decrease the use of corporal punishment to a higher extent. Children who have access to grounds and sports facilities and extra-curricular activities have greater outlets for their energies, compared to children who are confined in small spaces with little or no access to games and other activities. Thus it can be hypothesized that children in schools with limited facilities for outlets of their energies are more likely to indulge in behavior which would fall under the category of ‘indiscipline’. Since the research suggests that teachers tend to use CP more frequently when students indulge in indiscipline, there is a greater likelihood of teachers using CP in schools lacking extra-curricular facilities compared to schools which have such facilities. Thus, there is a significant association

- 260 - between the availability of basic facilities in schools and the use of corporal punishment by teachers.

Overcrowded classroom is another factor that increases the risks of use of corporal punishments in schools. Discipline and classroom management issues increase when the number of children in a class increases, particularly when classrooms are overcrowded. Most teachers use corporal punishment with the intention to discipline the students. Thus teachers are more likely to use CP in classrooms with high as compared to low student-teacher ratios. Additionally, lack of awareness regarding negative impacts of corporal punishments among teachers and parents is likely to increase the use of CP in schools. Several teachers have reported in a study that they used to give harsh punishments to children in schools because they were not aware of the other alternative methods to be used for bringing about positive changes among students. Thus teachers mostly know little about the psychological impacts of severe punishments (Khanal & Park, 2016). Research Methodology The research study is descriptive in nature. A total of 189 teachers were interviewed from 24 schools in the district Quetta of Balochistan. Out of 24 schools, 12 were located government and 12 were private/NGO owned. 14 schools were located in urban areas and 10 were located in rural areas. Field survey was conducted in boys’, girls’ and mix-gender schools. Multiple methods of sampling were implied to select appropriate and true representation of schools and teachers. Data was collected through structure questionnaire, school information checklist and observation. The collected data was analyzed in SPSS and graphical illustrations were made in MS Excel.

Results and discussion Schools Profile The study sought to analyze information related to schools and make a profile of the selected schools. The collected data related to school types and the available facilities was studied and checked if there is any significant association with corporal punishment. The analyzed data is presented in table 1.

- 261 -

Table 1. School information (n=24) Cumulative 5.1 School Ownership Frequency Percent Percent Government 12 50 50 Private/NGO 12 50 100 Total 24 100

5.2 School Gender Frequency Percent Cumulative Percent Boys 8 33.33 33.33 Girls 8 33.33 66.66 Mixed 8 33.33 100 Total 24 Cumulative 5.3 School Location Frequency Percent Percent Urban 14 58 58 Rural 10 42 100 Total 24 100 Cumulative 5.4 School Level Frequency Percent Percent Primary 7 29 29 Middle 8 33 62 High 9 38 100 Total 24 100

A total of 24 schools were selected for field survey in this research study. Maximum efforts were made to ensure equal representation for all types of schools of the universe. The data in table 1 elaborates that out of 24 schools, 12 were government while 12 were private/NGO owned. Similarly, out of 24 selected schools, 8 each schools were selected for boys, girls and mix schools. On the basis of location of schools, 14 schools were selected from urban areas, while 10 were from rural areas. The number of rural schools was less due to the fact that most of areas of Quetta district are urban and secondly the number of private schools in rural areas is lesser than that of urban localities. On the basis of level of schools, 7 schools were primary, 8 were middle and 9 were high. The data in table 1 also elaborates that maximum efforts were made to give equal representation to all types of schools. This ensured to study the causes and effects of corporal punishments in different types, levels, gender and location of schools. Facilities in schools During field survey, the facilities available in schools were sought through a checklist. The information related to available facilities in schools is presented in figure 4.

- 262 -

Figure 1. Facilities available in schools (n=24)

Enough space for play 18 29 53 Enough classrooms 41 29 30 Boundary wall 79 17 4 Classrooms not overcrowded 34 35 31 Furniture for teachers 24 29 47 Furniture for students 34 24 42 Mats for students if children sit on ground) 42 55 3 Reasonable student-teacher ratio 29 41 30 Enough toilets available and used 21 51 28 Drinking water 39 42 19 Electricity 65 31 4 Fans 77 17 6 Lights 56 24 20 Gas / Heating facility 37 29 34 Library available and used 26 21 53 Science Lab. available and used 21 21 58 Computer Lab. available and used 17 19 64 Teaching aids (including black/white… 52 34 14 Teaching materials 14 23 63 Stick/pointer present in each classroom 9 17 74

0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%

Yes To some extent No

Values in figure are in percentage

It was assumed that a variety of factors cause corporal punishments. The facilities available in school can help reduce the risk of giving corporal punishments and may increase the use of CP if facilities are missing. Lack of facilities in school, increase teachers’ frustration and reduces the performance of students which eventually cause corporal punishment. The data in figure 1 shows that several facilities are either completely missing in schools or they are not enough/functional. The missing/inadequate facilities include pointer/stick used as pointer for illustrations, teaching materials for classroom

- 263 - use, furniture for teachers and furniture for students. Additionally, 83 percent schools did lacked computer laboratory or they were not functional, 53 percent schools were missing library and 21 percent were not functional or inadequate. Science laboratory was also missing completely in 53 percent and was not enough in 21 percent of the selected schools. A cumulative of 82 percent schools were having serious shortage of enough space for play/outdoor games for the students. The situation of enough classrooms, overcrowded classrooms, teacher- students ratio and gas/heating facility for classrooms is partially satisfactory as per information collected through schools observation. This reveals that above mentioned facilities were also missing to some extent. The mostly available facilities include, boundary wall, mats for students in case of no furniture, electricity, fans, lights, and teaching aids (i.e. black/white boards). The data in the figure implies that many of the basic facilities are missing in schools. Schools located in rural areas of the district were in miserable condition as compared to urban schools, while except few high schools of government other all government schools lack basic facilities. The situation of private/NGO owned schools was comparatively better in terms of facilities. Lack of basic facilities endangers the teaching-learning environment in schools which ultimately cause the use of corporal punishment. Prevalence of CP in type of school Figure 2. Prevalence of CP in type of school (n=189)

Primary 24 Middle 6

Level High 10 School Equal in all 60 Boys 57 Girls 10

Co.edu 19 School Gender Equal in both 14 Urban 21

Rural 54 School

Location Equal in both 25 Government 64

Private 22 type School Equal in both 14 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

Values in figure are in percentage The study tried to analyze the prevalence of corporal punishment in different type of schools. The collected data is analyzed in figure 2. Data illustrates that 60 percent teachers of the field survey believed the prevalence of CP in

- 264 - equal in all levels of schools. 24 percent thought that since children in primary schools cannot make any complain specially in government schools, therefore, the prevalence of CP is higher in primary schools. A total of 16% teachers claimed higher prevalence of CP in schools above the primary levels. Students of higher classes in several cases do not take the studies serious, they violate school rules & regulations, make pranks, beat other students, and are involved in a variety of discipline related issues, therefore, they are vulnerable to CP. Data also reveals that 57 percent teachers believed that CP is more common in boys schools, while 19 percent said it is prevalence in co-education schools. 14 percent claimed its equal all types. Only 10 percent respondents of the study went with the notion that CP is common in girls’ schools. This implies that the use of corporal punishments is more prevalent in boys’ schools as compared to other types of schools even if teachers are female. 54 percent teachers believed that corporal punishment is more prevalent in schools of rural areas, while only 21 percent said it is common in urban areas. A quarter of respondents claimed that the prevalence of CP is equal both in rural and urban areas. Thus it can be said that since the various factors cause higher use of CP by teachers of schools in rural areas. Similarly, more than two-third (64%) teachers claimed that the prevalence of CP is higher in government owned schools, while 22 percent thought its prevalence is high in private schools. Only 14 percent said it is equal in both government and private schools. The data in figure 2 implies that use of CP is more common in boys’ schools, in rural areas and government owned schools. While on the basis of school levels, its prevalence is common in schools of all levels. Type of teachers who use CP more frequently in schools.

Corporal punishment is more frequently by teachers of some traits and conditions while it is lesser used by teachers with other characteristics. Data in figure 3 & 4 presents that on differences of training; it was found that both trained and untrained teachers (66%) equally use corporal punishments, while again it was found that 29 percent believed that CP is more frequently used by untrained teachers. It reveals that trainings can reduce the frequency of CP among teachers. The data in table figure 7 also states that permanent teachers more frequently (66%) use CP as compared to temporary teachers (17%). The findings also reveals that CP usage is common among permanent and temporary children as observed during field survey (17%).

- 265 -

Figure 3. A-Type of teachers who use CP more frequently in schools. (n=189)

Trained 12

Untrained 29 Teacher

Training of Training Both equal 59 Permanent 66 Temporary 17

Teacher Both equal 17 Job Status of JobStatus Male 49

Female 24 Sex of Sex Teacher Both equal 27

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

Values in figure are in percentage

Male teachers (49%), female (24%) are habitual of using CP while 27 percent teachers believed that it is similarly used both by male and female teachers. As mentioned in figure 8, economically weaker (57%), older in age (45%) and less educated (54%) teachers more frequently use corporal punishments. However, teachers (63%) of the survey claimed that it is equally used by both married and unmarried teachers while the usage is higher among married teachers (23%) as compared to unmarried (14% only).

Figure 4. B-Type of teachers who use CP more frequently in schools. (n=189)

Economically strong 16

of Economically weak 57

Teacher Both equal

Economic 27 conditions Married 23

Unmarried 14 Status Marital Both equal 63 Older 45

Younger 13 Age of Age Teacher Both equal 42 More educated 12

Less educated 54 Level of Level Teacher Both equal

Education 34 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

- 266 -

Values in figure are in percentage Permanent teachers have no fear of being fired from job or any other penalty, untrained teachers are not equipped with modern teaching methodologies, negative effects of CP, and male teachers are less sophisticated as compare to females, therefore, CP is more frequently used the these types of teachers. Similarly, economically weaker teachers have more hurdles in life which force them to get frustrated and punish students consequently. It is amazing to know that older teachers as compared to the young ones use more CP as tool of bringing about discipline among students. While the less educated teachers in terms of qualifications are supposed to use CP more frequently. Opinion of teachers about type of students who receive more CP in schools. The field survey tried to find out perception of teachers regarding types of students who receive more CP in schools. Figure 5. Type of students who receive more CP in schools (n=189)

Average students 10

A. Dull students 79 Equal in both 11 Male students 64

B. Female students 17 Equal in both 19 Children of educated parents 19

C. Children of uneducated parents 51 Equal in both 30 Economically poor students 61

D. Economically better off students 7 Equal in both 32 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

Values in figure are in percentage Data in figure 5 explains that dull students receive more (79%) corporal punishments as compared to average students (10%). Male students get more punishments (64%) as c0mpared to female students (17%). Children of uneducated parents receive more punishments (51%) as compared to children of educated parents (19%) where 30 percent teachers believed that CP has nothing to do with education level of parents. It was inquired if CP has any link with the economic conditions of students, and it was found that 61 percent teachers claimed that economically poor children receive more punishments as compared to economically better off students (7%). A total of 32 percent teachers claimed that CP has nothing to do with the economic conditions of students, it is given equally due to other reasons.

- 267 -

The data in figure 5 reveals that dull, male, children of uneducated parents and economically poor students are more at risk of corporal punishments.

Opinion of teachers regarding justification of giving CP to students who are involved in following different activities The study sought to find out the opinion of teachers for their justification of giving CP to students. The field survey inquired of the kind of activities of students that cause teachers to give punishments to the students. Table 2. Teachers’ justification for giving CP to students (n=189)

Fully Partly Partly Fully Factors Agree Agree Disagree Disagree Who create noise in the class 38 70 19 11 Who tell lies 22 29 29 30 Who steal things from the 34 26 33 7 school/other children Who violate school rules & 25 23 31 21 regulations Who are rude/disobey teachers 33 35 15 17 Who beat other children 25 35 21 19 Who destroy school property 33 29 24 14 Who ask too many questions in 0 5 14 81 class Who are naughty/play pranks 17 12 41 30 Who are late, or absent 12 21 41 26 Who do not learn/memorize 14 22 49 15 their lesson Who do not do home/class work 21 14 33 32 Who destroy children’s things 21 22 35 22 Values in figure are in percentage School teacher give punishments to students on the basis of a variety of reasons. One of the major causative factors is the involvement of students in such activities that are not liked by teachers/school administration. Such activities may be handled by other ways rather than giving punishments to students. In the field survey teachers were given a list of justifications (students’ activities) that may compel teachers to use CP. As presented in table 2, the level of teachers’ agreement to justification for use of CP varies, they have shown more agreement with some factors while more disagreement with other factors. The data in the table illustrates that a cumulative of 70 percent teachers showed agreement with the a strong justification of use of CP for those students who make noise in the class, a total of 68 percent teachers thought that punishments of different types need to be given to those who are rude or disobey teachers. 62 (both fully agree and partly agree) percent teachers are

- 268 - also in favor of giving corporal punishments to those students who damage school property, similarly, a total of 60% (each) respondents expressed agreement of varying degrees with the use of CP for those students who steal things from the school/other children and who beat other children. Final, justification given by half sample of teachers for use of CP in schools to those students who violate school rule/regulations and those who tell lies. On the other hand, teachers have recorded more disagreement with some given justifications for use of CP in schools. For example, a high majority of teachers (95% - fully and partly disagree) believe that CP is not given to those students who ask too many questions in the class. 71 (fully and partly disagree) percent teachers disagree with punishment for those who are naughty/play pranks. Similarly, more 2/3 of sample teachers said that teachers did not give punishment to those students who are late or absent, do not do their class/homework and those who do not learn/memorize their lessons. Finally, a cumulative of 57 percent teachers believed that they don’t punish those students who destroy other students things but 43 agreed. The data in table 2 reveals that some factors are given due importance by teachers as justification for use of CP in schools such as noise by students, rude behavior of students, students who are involved in destruction of school property, violent behavior, stealing, misconduct, etc. while other factors have not been given such importance in terms major causes for use of CP, for example, students who ask many questions, are late/make absenteeism, weak in leaning, or are naughty.

Conclusion: Use of corporal punishment is a common practice in the educational institutes of district Quetta and all over the province of Balochistan. Most important factors that cause corporal punishment in schools include i) teacher factor, ii) school factor, iii) student factors, iv) family and community factor and v) government factor. There are several driving forces that create an enabling environment for the practice of corporal punishment in schools. Such forces include; the attitude about CP by teachers, school heads, officials and family members in particular and the overall society in general. Such attitude is supported by some common myths/beliefs regarding corporal punishment. There is an increasing risk of practicing CP by teachers when they feel frustrated during their job. Study concludes that CP practice is more common by male teachers as compared to female, permanent as compared to temporary, untrained as compared to well trained, less educated as compared to more educated and economically weak teachers as compared to economically better off teachers.

- 269 -

Use of CP is more common in rural schools as compared to urban, in boys’ school as compared to girls and co-education schools’; in government as compared to private schools. Lack of basic facilities in schools increase the risk of CP practice in schools. Additionally, teachers have a parallel belief that the curriculum is too lengthy making it difficult for teachers and students to complete the courses in stipulated time period. Teachers believe that the undesirable behavior on behalf of students cause them practice corporal punishment in schools. Family and community factors are also pivotal in effecting the practice of CP by teachers in schools. Children of uneducated and economically poor parents are more vulnerable to punishments as compared to educated and economically better off parents. Those students receive more punishment whose parents approve CP or remain silent on the punishments received by their children.

References

Arif, M.S., Rafi, S.A., (2007). Effects of Corporal Punishment and Psychological Treatment on Students’ Learning and Behavior. Journal of Theory and Practice in Education, ISSN: 1304-9496, 3(2):171-180 Ashfaq, M. (2013). Corporal punishment keeps children from schools. The Dawn, 24.3.2013 Breen, A., Daniels, K., Tomlinson, M., (2015). Children’s experiences of corporal punishment: A qualitative study in an urban township of South Africa, Child Abuse & Neglect 48. 131–139 Deater-Deckard, K., Lansford, J. E., Dodge, K. A., Pettit, G. S., John, E. B., (2003). The development of attitudes about physical punishment: an 8-Year longitudinal study. Journal of Fam. Psychology. 17(3): 351-360 Gershoff, E. T. (2002). Corporal punishment by parents and associated child behaviors and experiences: A meta-analytic and theoretical review. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 539−579 Gershoff, E. T. (2010). More harm than good: A summary of scientific research on the intended and unintended effects of corporal punishment on children, Law and Contemporary Problems, Vol. 73, No 3/3. 31-56. Available at: https://scholarship.law.duke.edu/lcp/vol173/iss2/3. Access date: 15 Dec. 2018 GIEACPC (2018). Corporal punishment of children in Pakistan. Global Initiative to End All Corporal Punishment of Children, 1-13.

- 270 -

Available at: www.endcorporalpunishment.org (Access date: 2nd December, 2018) Human Rights Commission of Pakistan (2004). State of Human Rights, 2003. Lahore: HRCP ICRW and Plan International, (2014). Are schools safe and gender equal spaces? International Center for Research on Women, Plan International. Khanal, J., Park, S.H., (2016). Corporal Punishment in Private Schools: The Case of Kathmandu, Nepal. Journal of Education and Practice, Vol.7, No. 26, 53-61 Khuwaja, H.M.A., Karmaliani, R., McFarlane, J., Somani, R., Gulzar, S., Ali, T.S., et al. (2018). The intersection of school corporal punishment and associated factors: Baseline results from a randomized controlled trial in Pakistan. PLoS ONE 13(10): e0206032. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal. pone.0206032 NASN (National Association of School Nurses) (2010). Corporal Punishment in Schools: URL: http://www.nasn.org/Default.aspx?tabid=214, (Access date 24. 10 .2014) Patel, D. R. (2003). Corporal Punishment in Schools: Position paper of the Society for Adolescent Medicine. Journal of Adolescent Health, 32, 245-261. Plan International (2013). Why do Teachers use Corporal Punishment in Schools. Pakistan: Institute of social sciences, research report. 1- 78 Plan Pakistan and Government of Punjab (2009). Assessment of Corporal Punishment - A Baseline Study. Islamabad: Plan Pakistan Save the Children/UNICEF/Schools and Literacy Dept, Government of NWFP (2005), Disciplining the Child: Practices and Impacts. Islamabad: Save the Children Shah, M. H., Pervez, M., (1994). Profile of Pre-school Charsadda Child: Entry Cognitive, Cultural and Psycho-motor Characteristics of Pakhtun Children. Primary Education Charsadda District Project Smith, A.B., Gollop, M., Taylor, N.J., Marshall, K., (2004) The Discipline and Guidance of Children: A Summary of Research. Children’s Issues Centre and Office of the Children’s Commissioner, Dunedin and Wellington SPARC (2010). The state of Pakistan’s Children, 2010. Society for the Protection of the Rights of Child, Pakistan. Straus, M. (2010), 'Prevalence, Societal Causes and Trends in Corporal Punishment by Teacher in World Perspective’ and Contemporary Problems, 73, 1-30.

- 271 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Cen tre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Blended/Step-Families and Challenges With Regard To Children

Dr. Ayesha Gul.1 , Dr. Abdul Rahim Changezi 2 Shah Khalid Baloch3 & Huma Zafar4

Abstract Broken families are the one where the parents have segregated or divorced. The risk that children in blended or step families will be left behind, both scholastically, and emotionally, is much greater than it is for children of intact families. Parental remarriage has a detrimental effect on children. According to many researchers step children would likely be exhibit mental, emotional and interpersonal problems. The researcher practiced snowball sampling in order to get through to their respondents. 170 children under the age group 10 to 18 year and selected through simple probability sampling with use of purposive and snowball sampling technique from four of the secondary schools with the help of Questionnaire and Interview Schedule. The study found the adverse effects of step/blended families on youngest and middle age children that they in early age take more negative effects on them and it ultimately effects on their schooling, grooming and socialization as well. The study recommended that parents should pay attention and provide emotional affection to their kids because whatever time they had to spend enjoying has been passed. It’s the children’s who have to grow up and suffer. Key Words: Relationships, Conflict, Step Children, Domestic Arguments, Stereotype, Remarriage, Blended Families, Single Parent Introduction The single most widely studied issue involving stepfamilies has been the effect on stepchildren of living in a stepparent household (Coleman et al., 2000). Some researchers frame this issue as the effects of parental

1 Assistant Professor, Social Work Department, Sardar Bahadur Khan Women’s University, Quetta, Balochistan. Pakistan. (Corresponding Author) email: [email protected] 2 Assistant Professor, Social Work Department, University of Balochistan, Quetta, Balochistan. Pakistan. 3 Lecturer, Gender & Development Studies Department, University of Balochistan, Quetta, Balochistan. Pakistan. 4 Department of Social Work, University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- 272 - remarriage on children or the effects of having a stepparent on stepchildren. Sometimes researchers examine how specific phenomena in the step- household, such as parental conflict, are related to children’s outcomes. The step family or blended family is becoming as common today as biological mother and father. Blended families are complicated and different ways of becoming blended families and living arrangements. Blended families are normally formed through marriages, often after divorce. The death of one parent can also lead to remarriage. (Donald & Cathleen: 2002) Marriage is a practice of binding a couple together for the purpose of reproduction, attention (physical/emotional), and socialization of children. Marriage is a societal and authorized agreement between a man and woman and the state in which they dwell and adjust with their financial and sexual affiliation. (David & Caroline: 2005) In broken family individual is derived from the special experience and security called family. They move on in their lives alone without the understanding of what familial security and bond is. It cannot be denied that the consequences of divorce are often disturbing to the children. A break up home can spoil and confound a person’s whole life. It’s so natural from infancy to teen years because nobody desires to lose those caring sentiment which a family give to his member. (David: 2000) Human being experiences a broad range of emotions to try to pass through. Largely stability has to be contributed by the parents as possible and introduce other set examples/ role models for character building of their child. Parents have to contribute as much stability as feasible and include other responsible role models to provide assistance for their child. It is foremost that the human realize that he is still secure, loved and cherished. Only hard times does not affect the marital relationship but sometimes good times and unexpected opportunities which are available to some people but not others also effects the relationship. (David: 2002) As a matter of fact the main concern over divorce in our culture is a concern over the children. In our small family system the child of divorced parents has nowhere to turn except to one parent or the other. In contrast to a culture with a joint family system, our culture cannot provide a stable domestic milieu that continues after divorce. Divorce is therefore more serious for the child among us that among most cultures. (John: 1944) Mental health professionals perceive divorce as a psychological/mental illness. Sigmund Freud says that when conflict is inherent in the passion of close relationship in any family, it results in divorce. If a person has grown up in a psychological unhealthy family, it can grow worsen. Negligence,

- 273 - suicide, crime, mental retardation and ill manners are common among divorced persons. (Alison: 2006) Remarriage and Blended Families: Remarriages of divorced parents often lead to mingled families bearing stepparent and step children. But Cherlin in 1981 suggested, such blended families can trigger complications and troubles for the parents, step parents, and step children. (E. Mavis: 2009) Statistically, the marriage of divorced people are somewhat more likely to end in divorce than are first marriages, but this does not mean that a given marriage is any less happy than the first. Remarried divorced individuals have more problems than they had in their first marriages. Yet, most of them rate their rebuilt marriages very happily and most of them stay married. (Evelyn: 1977) Popular assumptions are that parental remarriage has a detrimental effect on children. According to many researchers step children would likely be exhibit mental, emotional and interpersonal problems. (Ganong: 1984) Step Children/Step Parents: His children, her children, and their children may all be part of the constituted families of the formerly married. Brothers and sisters, half brothers, half sisters, “own” children and stepchildren all share the home of the parents who has been married before. Some of the step children may be occasionally available according to the visiting privileges of the parent and the age of child. The stereotype of step mother is inconsiderate and lacking in motherliness. We see in our society instances where the step mother relationship has worked out in the best possible way. Even under the most favourable circumstances, however, the role of the step mother is a difficult one. (Oliver: 1956) Step children necessarily have at least three parents and sometimes more, which makes for divided authority and the “you” are not my father/mother type rebellion of the older child. Establishment of good relations between acquired parents and children has been considered one of the most difficult of all human assignments. The general consensus is that very young and growing up children tend to assimilate a new parent more easily than adolescents. Different scholars review that step children and their new parents, such families experience more stress and less cohesiveness than do families broken by divorce. Stepmothers have more difficult roles to play than do stepfathers, especially when there are adolescents in the family.

- 274 -

Stepdaughters tend to have extreme reactions towards their parents. (Evelyn: 1977) Parenting can make or break the family, a society and a civilization. Civilization building is not ending and not a one time job; rather it is a way of life and a dynamic continuous process. It has a beginning but not end. Civilization continuous to grow, continue and develop. When children are raised in a state of fear and oppression, they become afraid to take risks and afraid to make decisions. (Hisham: 2013) Difficulties Children Face: A child behavior is its origin in the attitude, personality and intelligence of his/her parents. Child personality is partly the product of environment. Broadly speaking he/she is also under the strong influence of teacher’s personality and also to the attitude behavior personality of the parents, siblings and other children. (Hisham: 2013) Actually some behaviorists claimed that behavioral problems have their origin before birth and often before conception. Rejection in happiness and lack of love in child’s life may well affect the next generations. A parent who was regularly beaten and he chastised may grow a habit to apply the same treatment on his/her children. The social class in which they are brought up, by the personality and attitude of their parents and by the love and feelings of security or lack of it also affects the children. (Hisham: 2013)Parents, damaging aggressive behavior results in child beating and non accidental injuries. Children are effected by spacing of birth also by the number of siblings, smaller the gap greater the jealousies among siblings. Among the first born there is excess of genius and delinquents. Children, particularly more established Adolescents, can without much of a stretch wind up plainly worried by change, especially when numerous progressions happen on the double. (Evelyn: 1977) Adolescents are regularly the ones most influenced by the mixing of a family: After Children have encountered the separation of their parents; they may think that it’s hard to acclimate to another parent and that parent's new standards, and they may express their dissatisfaction with behavioural or enthusiastic upheavals. A few youngsters may likewise battle with affections for the new parent: Before the mixing, a kid may see a parent's loved one as a companion, yet when the critical different turns into a parent, the child may disdain what he or she sees as a "substitution" of his or her other parent. (Evelyn: 1977) Children may likewise be hesitant to confide in a stepparent, particularly the individuals who may feel surrendered by a natural parent following a separation. Further, when the youngster comes to tend to the stepparent, he or

- 275 - she may battle with the new feelings, as the child may feel that adoration for the stepparent some way or another sells out his or her biological parent. Sibling’s competition can likewise go up against another measurement, as adolescents may feel constrained to seek consideration and predominance in the new family. A child may likewise stress that his or her biological parents may come to incline toward the child's stepsiblings. Sadness can likewise be a factor in the move. At the point when a remarriage happens following the demise of one parent, a kid may at present be lamenting the loss of the other parent and could be additionally activated by the remarriage. Youngsters in these circumstances will frequently require more space and time to complete the lamenting procedure before they can come to acknowledge the new parent. Objectives of The Study: The broad objective of this study was to identify the overall consequences of the step-families on the children. To fulfill this broad objective, the following specific objectives were identified: The effect of step-families on a child’s personality and his/her social development. To explore the consequence of family step-family on achieving education.

Literature Review: Family is the fundamental section of society. A broken home/step-family can damage and confuse an individual’s world. This is natural from infancy through the teen years. Different researchers pointed out broken home and its consequences in their studies. Popular assumptions are that parental remarriage has a detrimental effect on children. According to many researchers step children would likely be exhibit mental, emotional and interpersonal problems. In (1959) Goode gathered interview data from some four hundred divorcees, who were mothers. His conclusion was necessarily tentative. He questioned the assumption that does divorce leads to proper adjustment in children? He summarized that broken home may lead to a child juvenile delinquency. It was found that all mothers were worried about the effects of divorce on their children. (F. Ivan: 1957) Ayodele (2007) stated that the environment where a child finds himself/herself goes a long way in determining his learning ability and ultimately his academic performance in school. (Hadi: 2000)

- 276 -

Finally, a single parent faces doubled responsibilities requiring time, attention and money of the parent. Hence, less attention is paid to the education of the child. The teachers commonly describe children from single parent as more hostile, aggressive, anxious, fearful, hyperactive and distractive than children from intact family. (Bray: 1998) Burton (2012) reports that a recent study by University of Notre Dame and the University of Rochester revealed those parents’ marital problems can leave a lasting impact on their young children. Researchers found that when young children witnessed conflict between their parents, this eventually leads to issues in their teenage years, including depression and anxiety. (Burton: 2012) Paul R. Amato and Alan Booth in (1996) pointed out after divorce, the frequency of contact between children and parent left the house, mostly fathers, is decreased. Children’s relation with mothers is observed as same after separation in most of the cases as before divorce; but in some cases, it is found declining long after divorce. It might be because of guardian mother’s remarriage. This study also shows that the fathers and mothers who later broke up with each other had very harsh attitude with their sons in comparison to the couples who remained together. Children of divorced parents have more behavioral and academic issues than those whose parents never set apart. Additional research has found that mothers have more positive relationships with their own (biological) children than with their step-children, that mothers monitor their biological children more than their step-children, and that mothers experienced more conflict with their biological children than with their step-children. (Henderson: 1999) Dr. Fouzia Khurshi and Sufiana Khatoon in (2012) pointed out in their study that divorce is increasing at alarming rate even in Islamic countries. Addictions of alcohol, gambling or any other such habit can also cause the end of this relationship. Increasing divorce rate is directly proportional to the crime rate in society. Children become morally and emotionally weak and they start showing poor academic performance. Methodology The researcher had used the Quantitative research method. The method of sampling used to carry in this study is purposive and snowball sampling. The sample size for this study consisted of one seventy (170) children under the age group 10 to 18 year from break up and blended families. Purposive and snowball sampling technique includes identifying and selecting individuals or groups of individuals that are especially knowledgeable about or experienced

- 277 - with a phenomenon of interest (Creswell and Plano Clark 2011). The selected universes for the research were, SOS Village, Garrison academy, Iqra School and Darul Falah at Alamdar Road Quetta. Interview Schedule techniques are used for data collection purpose. Researchers used this technique because many of the respondents were children, who had difficulty to fill up the questionnaire. Data Analysis The data collected were analyzed through the use of simple percentages. Tables were prepared through SPSS and frequencies were put in to these tables through bi-variat and multi-variat analysis. Frequency distribution expresses the number of cases within each value of a variable as a percentage or proportion of the total number of cases. It was calculated through following formula. P= F x 100 N Where P = Percentage F = Frequency of Classes N = Total frequency Bivariate Analysis: Helps you analyze the relationship between two variables. Multivariate Analysis: Helps you identify the underlying relationships among sets of variables. The basic purpose of both multivariate regression analysis and bivariate analysis is to find patterns and exceptions in data. Techniques of this type commonly include regression analysis, conjoint analysis, and other modeling techniques.

The inferential statistics was used during bi-variate analysis to explore the association of two variables and the result was verified.

Table -1: Age, Sex and Marital Status of the Respondents

Age Freq. Sex of the Marital Status Total (yrs.) respondents Male Female Single Engaged Married 10-12 13 13 0 13 0 0 13 13-15 66 66 0 66 0 0 66 16-18 91 11 80 60 20 11 91 Total 170 90 80 139 20 11 170

- 278 -

Table-1: Age, Sex and Marital Status of the Respondents:

The table highlights the situation of early marriages in Pakistan even in the urban areas. There can be many reasons of early marriages. In Pakistani context, as soon as a girl becomes of age, she is no more considered as a child and mostly, this happens at the age of 13-15 years. The second reason is that in case of single parent or orphan hood, who is there to protect an orphan or fatherless girl of 16-18 years of age if own parents are not there. In Pakistan such girls are mostly put to work as domestic workers and then every injustice is meted out to them even rape. So why not to marry her out and protect her chastity. The table supports this fact as all the married respondents were girls.

Table-2: Second Marriage/Family of Parents / Frequency of your Visits to them

Do your Freq. How often you visit your other single Total father or parent? mother has Once Once Once in Once Never/ second a a 6 a Don’t family/ week month Month Year Meet Marriage? Yes 101 33 20 39 8 1 101 No 69 0 0 0 0 69 69 Total 170 33 20 39 8 70 170

Second Marriage/Family of parents / Frequency of your visits to them: If we look in the figures the ratio of children who don’t meet their parents is very low but other proportion is also down. Because in childhood it’s very much important that the kids have a proper provision to meet their parents regularly so it can overcome their grievances and negative effects of step family on their personality and character.

Table-3: Respondent’s Status in the Family and Attitude of Siblings towards each other.

- 279 -

Respondents Freq. Respondent’s Attitude of step Total Status in attitude towards siblings towards Family step siblings the respondent

Good Bad Good Bad Oldest 73 48 25 49 24 73 Youngest 61 0 61 0 61 61 Middle 36 0 36 0 36 36 Total 170 48 122 49 121 170

Respondent’s Status in the family and attitude of siblings towards each other:

In this table the status of respondents is shown in family and if we look into the attitude of step siblings attitude towards respondents in oldest 49/73 (67.1%) said well, whereas, 24/73 (32.8%) said badly. In youngest 61/61 (100%) said badly, and in middle number of category students 36/36 (100%) respondents were reported that their step siblings attitude was also bad towards them. This table obviously a feature the unfavorable effects of broken homes and mixed families on most youthful and middle age youngsters that they in early age take more negative impacts on them and it at last effects on their tutoring, prepping and socialization too.

Table-4: How Step Family Impacts on Studies.

Respondent Freq. How does Broken Family Impacts your Studies Total s Gender Lack of lack of Avoid Low None partici- concen- to go grades pation tration school Male 90 35 42 13 0 0 90 Female 80 0 0 32 38 10 80 Total 170 35 42 45 38 10 170

How Step Family Impacts on Studies:

The table highlights the situation that the ratio avoid to go school and low grades of girls is higher than boys due to financial burdens as girls engage themselves in different income resources to overcome the financial crises. On the other hand mothers want their boys to attend the school regularly so they

- 280 -

may support them financially in future. But the figure shows that a high ratio of concentration and participation in studies is low in boys due to lack of mental clarity and disturb minds and they are more exposed to society than girls.

Table- 5: Harassment by Step Parents and its Nature:

Respond Freq. Ever harassed by If yes, nature of harassment Total ents step parents? Gender

Yes No Verbal Physica Sexual l Male 90 90 0 83 7 0 90 Female 80 58 22 0 52 6 80 Total 170 148 22 83 59 6 170

Harassment by Step Parents and its Nature:

In female respondents 52/80 (65%) children were reported physical harassment by their step parents and 6/80 (7.5%) were reported sexual harassment by their step parents. The victim of physical and sexual harassment ratio was high in girl’s respondents. The table features the circumstance that young girls generally live in surroundings of home so they can be effectively casualty of any sort of badgering by their progression guardians. Though, a boy normally live out of the home so they are a casualty of verbal mishandle by their step parents. Younger parents were more likely to abuse children than older parents. However, there was no evidence suggesting that stepchildren were at increased risk for injury.

Results and Discussion The details of the analyses and discussion are narrated as under: Educational impacts of step/blended-family on child academic performance.

- 281 -

The figures highlights the situation that the ratio avoid to go school and low grades of girls is higher than boys due to financial burdens as girls engage themselves in different income resources to overcome the financial crises. Individual especially at the time of disturbance at home cannot study. It can be due to lack of attention towards their children. And also individual they cannot pay attention towards their study as they are very much affected by the fight of their parents. On the other hand mothers want their boys to attend the school regularly so they may support them financially in future. But the figure shows that a high ratio of concentration and participation in studies is low in boys due to lack of mental clarity and disturb minds and they are more exposed to society than girls. Igbinosa (2014) also sentenced that such individuals cannot concentrate towards their studies because their mind is diverted to do anything for their parents and make them unite at any cost. Their focus is only their parents. They make everything else as their second priority. Such individual in their class cannot participate as they are upset and they think of their family clashes all the time. They get scared of every one because they think that if someone has asked about their parents, they don’t have answer of that question that’s why they avoid participating. Usually these individual do not have their separate room because they have to stay with the parent to whom they are living with. Due to this they cannot work on time. They cannot study in their own style as once they were used to with. Patterns of relationship with the family members. In response of pattern of relationship with step siblings and step parents 70.6% respondents replied that their feeling for step siblings and parents is not good and young individuals couldn’t have dreamt to live without their both parents. But when they came to know the cruel decision of their parent’s separation, they have difficulty to accept the reality and they make their own fantasy world. They think that something good will happen soon and everything will be normal. Their lives will turn back to normal and happy and whenever they try to accept the bitter truth. They become frustrated and depressed. Stress in the marital relationship is related to sibling relationship quality in that children respond to their parent’s stress by experience negative emotions such as distress and anger, and these negative emotions are often directed towards others, especially siblings. Anderson (1999) also found that young ladies were more probable than young men to have more watched inspiration in their kin connections (paying

- 282 - little respect to on the off chance that they were full, half, or step kin). Furthermore, young ladies had larger amounts of compassion in their connections than did young men, yet there were no huge contrasts amongst young men and young ladies in the measure of friendship displayed in the kin relationship. The examination directed by Baxter, Braithwaite, et al. (2004) verified that most stepchildren do in certainty fancy closeness with their stepparent. The longing originates from the stepchild's view of what family life ought to be, and at times, enables the stepchild to grasp the new stepparent for offering help and different characteristics that the family needed preceding the remarriage. If we look in the figures the ratio of children who don’t meet their biological parents is very low but other proportion is also down. Because in childhood it’s very much important that the kids have a proper provision to meet their parents regularly so it can overcome their grievances and negative effects of step family on their personality and character.

Patterns of psychological and social alienation faced by the respondents? In response of psychological impacts being in step and blended family 22.9% respondents replied they got aggressive, while 12.9% reply was no, that they never experienced harassment by their parent. Individuals from step home have difficulty in making future relations as they cannot trust others easily. They made strong perception that every marital relation has an end as their parents had. Hence, they may run from commitment and avoid making relationships. In case of polygamy, individual have difficulty to accept a stranger person as their mother or father. They suffer from emotional pain and get disturbed and as well as facing difficulty in adjusting. Most researchers agree that children from divorced families show proper adjustment than their counterparts in non-divorced families. But those experienced multiple divorces are at greater risk. Children in blended families may likewise encounter more anxiety in light of the fact that, as recommended by Cherlin (1978), the parental and stepparent parts need clear definitions. Another conceivable clarification, obtained from transformative brain science, is that parents support their own particular posterity over their stepchildren. Mostly the researchers focus on physically broken homes and indicated that many children are the products of broken families. For example a summary conducted; between (1929) and (1958) reported that children processed by officials for delinquency are almost twice as likely came from physical

- 283 - broken homes. In the (1940’s) a psychiatrist gave psychological tests to one hundred young criminal offenders, and the result showed that many felt hostile, aggressive, and sexually confused as a result of long term exposure to family conflict. Other social scientists indicate that, quarrelling or any form of conflict between parents, is more closely associated with delinquency. There is abundant evidence that children living in stepfamilies are more likely to experience sexual abuse. And children living with unmarried parents are also at risk for abuses including physical, sexual and emotional abuse. However, it has not been clearly established if stepchildren are injured as a result of their abuse more often than biological children. To get a better look at abuse rates among biological and stepchildren, Stewart J. D’Alessio of the Department of Criminal Justice at Florida International University recently examined data from more than 130 cities that was used as part of a larger study on abuse incident reporting. He looked at the biological status of the children, as well as the socioeconomic condition of their environment, as it has been suggested that disadvantaged communities have higher levels of stepchildren abuse. According to this study, in female respondents 52/80 (65%) children were reported physical harassment by their step parents and 6/80 (7.5%) were reported sexual harassment by their step parents. The victim of physical and sexual harassment ratio was high in girl’s respondents. The table features the circumstance that young girls generally live in surroundings of home so they can be effectively casualty of any sort of badgering by their progression guardians. Though, a boy normally live out of the home so they are a casualty of verbal mishandle by their step parents. It is VERY difficult to be a stepchild, more difficult than being a step-parent. Being a stepchild often means you are unwanted and unloved…your place in the family is not a secure one if you have a stepfather/stepmother who hates you and doesn’t want you around. Lot of step-parents is jealous because the child is a constant reminder that their husband or wife used to be with somebody else.

Conclusion This is concluded that family is incredibly significant because it influence our individuality and behavior. The relations and family look after our self- respect and concerned with our prosperity. Family also impart us wisdom, culture and traditions that lead us all through our lives which are the standards we carry universally. Family is the building block of a successful person. Family is the first friend; first brick and first memory of a person. It can either make you or break you into pieces. Family breakup and remarriage

- 284 - of parent has adverse effects on children and whole family. But there are ways to minimize the emotional impact that individual usually feel in these kinds of families. Though study summarizes the troubles and problems crop up due to family breakup. But if the single and re-married parents sincerely put their strength to give a secure, caring and effective setting to their children, it might reduce the strike of a step/blended family.

Recommendations By taking into consideration the above scenario, certain recommendations to further improve the status of broken families and its victims “specially children” the following recommendation have been put: Divorced parents are advised to help their children talk about and share things about each other so that the children can integrate the two parents lives and life style into a whole some, meaningful system of living. Anger, hurt, jealousy, and other negative emotions may make such an adjustment hard for both adults and children. Parents should pay attention and provide emotional affection to their kids because whatever time they had to spend enjoying has been passed. It’s the children’s who have to grow up and suffer. Some things need to be closely monitored. Avoid the excitement to attempt for fixing problems all at once. Time is required for children to adjust with new environment. Natural parents need to initiate many changes with them even in small steps including seeking long-term solutions rather than quick change. As much as possible, provide children stability in rituals and relationships. When parents get divorced or remarry a lot of things changed for children and it is fruitful for them to realize that people are around them who love / care them and have a fun altogether. Kids have a proper provision to meet their biological parents regularly so it can overcome their grievances and negative effects of step family on their personality and character building. Both partners may need to accept the children and respect them, more especially it is needed to own the children. Children need parents who care enough to not only give them warmth and nurturance but also set reasonable limits. After a divorce or separation, parents are as important to children as before the divorce or separation. Divorced parents need to provide children with as much support as possible. Divorced parents can find people who provide practical help and with whom they can talk about their problems.

- 285 -

REFERENCES

Barnes, R. G. (1984). Single Parenting. Wheaton, IL: Tyndale House Publishers. Bray, J. H., & Kelly, J. (1998). Stepfamilies: Love, marriage, and parenting in the first decade. New York, NY: Bantam Doubleday Dell Publishing Group. Burton, N. (2012). Divorce Effect On Kids: Do You Wish Your Parents Had Split? The Huffington Post. http://www.huffingtonpost.com/natasha-burton/divorce-effect-on- kids_b_1601627.html Byrd, E. Oliver, D. M.D. (2005). Family Life Source Book. USA: Stanford University. Cheal, David. (2002) .Sociology of Family Life. London, UK: Mc. Millan Education. Cherlin, A. J. (1978) Remarriage as an incomplete institution. American Journal of Sociology, 4 (3), 634-650. Creswell, J. W. & Plano Clark, V. L. (2011). Designing and Conducting Mixed Method Research (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Duvall, Evelyn Millis. (1977). Marriage and Family Development. New York: J.B. Lippincott Company Philadelphia. F. Ivan, Nye (1957) Child Adjustment in Broken and in Unhappy Unbroken Homes Marriage and Family Living Vol. 19, No. 4 pp. 356-361 Ganong, Lawrence H. & Marilyn Coleman. (1984). The Effects of Remarriage on Children: A Review of the Empirical Literature Family Relations Vol. 33, No. 3, Remarriage and Step parenting, pp. 389-406 Henderson, S. H., & Taylor, L. C. (1999). Parent-adolescent relationships in nonstop-, simple step-, and complex stepfamilies. (pp. 79 – 100). In E. M. Hetherington, S. H. Henderson, & D. Reiss (Eds.) Adolescent Siblings in Stepfamilies: Family Functioning and Adolescent Adjustment. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 64(4, Serial No. 259). Hetherington, Mavis E, Josephine D. Arasteh. (ed) (2009). Impact of Divorce Single Parenting and Step Parenting on Children. Berkeley, California: Psychology Press.

- 286 - https://www.jstor.org/journal/marrfamilivi?decade=1950 Hurwitz, Jane. (1997). Coping in a Blended Family. New York NY: Rosen Publishing Group Khurshid, F. Khatoon S, & Khurshid, N. (2012). Personal, Social and Psychological Factors Leading Towards Divorce. Interdisciplinary Journal of Contemporary Research in Business, 3(11), P. 500-512. http://www.eajournals.org Knox David, Caroline Schacht. (2008). Choices in Relationships an Introduction to Marriage and the Family. USA: Thomson Wadsworth. Musicks, David. (1995) .An Introduction to the Sociology of Juvenile Delinquency. State University of New York: Albany Press. Omoruyi, Igbinosa Victor. (2014). European Journal of Educational and Development Psychology Vol.2,No.2, Published by European Centre for Research Training and Development UK, pp.10-23 http://www.eajournals.org/wp-content/uploads/Influence-of- Broken-Homes-on-Academic-Performance-and-Personality- Development-of-the-Adolescents-in-Lagos-State-Metropolis..pdf P. R Amato, A. Booth. (1996). A prospective study of divorce and parent- child relationships. Journal of Marriage and the Family. Santrock, John W. (2005) .A topical approach to life-span development. Dubuque: McGraw-Hill Higher Education. Talib, Hisham & Abdul Hamid, Abu Sulayman, Omar Alhabib. (2013) .Parent Child Relations: A Guide to Raising Children. Herndon: The International Institute of Islamic Thought London, Washington.

- 287 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

The Role of CPEC (China Pakistan Economic Corridor) in Socio-Economic Development of Balochistan

AmrAdawi Ahmed Adawi1, Allauddin2 Dur Muhammad Pirkani3 & Syed Adnan Latif4

Abstract The socio-economic indicator bestows Balochistan which is the most deprived province of Pakistan. One of the primary reasons for it’s under development is not paying proper attention to this region by thefederal government. The government continuously exploiting the natural resources of the province and did not bother on its socio-economic development. It aroused the anger of the local people, and their grievances further led to the militancy that prevailed since last few decades. The current China Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) is destined to be the changing factor which will minimize poverty of the province. There are alleged attempts made by other major ethnic groups in the country. They tried to divert its routes from the poverty-stricken districts of Balochistan to developed Punjab regions. Research suggests that it should be the prime objective of the Chinese government to make sure the route goes through poor and conflict-ridden areas so that they get develop due to this project. This paper is based on secondary data and the results would be appealing for the concerned policymakers.

Key Words: OBOR, BRI, CPEC, Geopolitics, Gwadar, Pivot of Asia, Strait of Malacca, triangular relations of China with India and Pakistan.

Introduction BRI (Belt and Road Initiativeis) is a mega project started by Xi Jinping, the President of People Republic of China. Objectives of the project are to link

1AmrAdawi Ahmed Adawi, PhD scholar at School of International Relations and Public affairs, Shanghai International Studies University (SISU), shanghai China. [email protected] 2 Allauddin, PhD scholar at School of International Relations and Public affairs, Shanghai International Studies University (SISU), shanghai China. [email protected] 3 Dur Muhammad Pirkani, Research Officer Balochistan Study Center University of Balochistan Quetta. [email protected] 4 M.Phil Scholar, Balochistan Study Center University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- 288 -

China with Indo-Pacific littoral states (Littoral countries located on the shore of Pacific and Indian Ocean), Europe, Africa and CentralAsia (Quora, 2017). BRI is a network of roads, railways, oil pipelines, ports, infrastructural projects and power grids serving as major sources to link China to the world. (Fig. 1) in the 2013 it was announced with an aim to revitalize the Earliest trade route which also “known as the Silk Road or the Silk Route” connecting Asia to Europe (Dusitthani, 2017). BRI project has been divided into two major parts; the ‘Belt’ refers to the land-based “Silk Road Economic Belt” which connects China with Eastern, and Central Asia Western Europe. The ‘Road’ which is sea-based raises to the 21st Century Naval Silk Road’ will link China to Africa, Central Asia and South-East Asia (Sternberg, Ahearn, & McConnell, 2017). Under BRI one maritime route and six economic corridors have been proposed; “China_Mongolia _ Russia Corridor (North China to Eastern Russia via Mongolia), New Eurasian Land Bridge.

(Fig .1) Source: http://www.cpecinfo.com/news/cpec-obor-andstability/NTA4MQ

(Connect Western China to Western Russia), China – Central Asia – West Asia Corridor (Western China to Turkey via Central and West Asia, China – Indochina Peninsula Corridor (Southern China to Singapore via Indo-China), Bangladesh – China – India – Myanmar Corridor (Southern China to India

- 289 - via Bangladesh and Myanmar), China – Pakistan Corridor (South Western China to and through Pakistan), Maritime Silk Road linking Coastal China to the Mediterranean via Malaysia-Singapore, the Arabian Sea the Indian Ocean and the Strait of Hormuz (Aoyama, 2016).” BRI would encompass almost sixty-eight states and an ambitious project. Around one trillion UD dollars of investment has planned in different infrastructural projects providing loans to the states with minimum cost (Pant, 2017). BRI is a rather ambitious one, towards economic development and grooming Information and Communication Technology. This mega project proposes substantial potential in different fields including economic, strategic, political, information technology, and cultural fields, not only for China itself but for the whole of Asia-Pacific and Asian region. BRI may help in developing economic cooperation and technological trade in Asia (Latif, Yang, Pathan, & Jan, 2017). As part of BRI, China develops China Pakistan Economic Corridor which will connect China from Kashgar region with the Gwadar’s port of Balochistan province through the network of railways, highways and pipelines (Ahmad, Asmi, Ali, Rahman, & Abbas, 2017). Objectives and aims of CPEC (China Pakistan Economic Corridor) is to develop and increase the economic development between Pakistan and China through different projects. Thesignificant projects developed by China and Pakistan through dynamic collaboration, include energy power plants, transportation infrastructure, Gwadar port area, and industrial complexes (W. Ali, Gang, & Raza, 2016). This study is a review of China Pakistan Economic Corridor and via this project development and economic growth. CPEC (China Pakistan Economic Corridor)

Plans for CPEC (China Pakistan Economic corridor) extending from the border of China to the Pakistani deep-water port on the Arabian Sea date back to the year 1950, and motivated KKH (Karakoram Highway) construction started in 1959 (Ispahani, 1989). The interest of China in Pakistani deep water Sea port at Gwadar Baluchistan province had been renewed by 1998 and in the year 2002 the Chinese government began the port of Gwadar construction which was finalized in 2006 (G. Ali, 2013). “The present form of this project was first proposed by the then Prime Minister and President of Pakistan) invited the top leadership of all political parties to lunchon the honor of Li Keqiang the Chinese Premier on May 22nd 2013 (Dawn, 2013). The Chinese government announced in November 2014 its intention to backing the Chinese companies as part of China’s 45.6 (now 62) billions USD infrastructure and energy projects of CPEC in Pakistan . In April 2015, “during the state visit of President Xi Jinping to Islamabad, he wrote in an open newspaper stating; “This will be my first trip

- 290 - to Pakistan, but I feel as if I am going to visit the home of my own brother." China and Pakistan signed an agreement to commence work on the 46 billion US dollars agreement on April 20th 2015, which is almost 20 per cent of annual GDP of Pakistan, with roughly 28 billion US dollars’ worth of fast- trackedinitial harvest tasks to be developed soon (CNN, 2015).

Subsequent Developments under China Pakistan Economic Corridor

An international trade route started up in Pakistan by a Chinese vessel transferring products to the Africa and Middle East. The economic corridor is being developed by Chinese government in Pakistan is probable to make a big amount of financial benefits for both China and Pakistan (Ahmed, 2016). CPEC is one of the most significant developments of the BRI mega project started by Chinese government that purposes to integrate China with Africa and Europe establishing a significant state in global economic affairs. China Pakistan Economic Corridor connect Xinjiang, the Chinese north western region with Gwadar deep water port of Pakistan via a Rail, Highways system approximately 2,500 km rail and pipelines and road Route to transport gas, oil and other means (Fig. 2). This investment of 46 billion US dollars (now 62 billion US dollars) by Chinese government is not only limited to rail and roads link but to other infrastructure too which includes international airport in Gwadar, development of Gwadar sea port and various energy projects which will add 10,400 MW in the National Power Grid of pakistan.

( Fig. 2). Source: cpec.gov.pk.

- 291 -

CPEC Benefits to Pakistan

Because of the security situation, Pakistan is presently starving for foreign investment. International companies may establish their distribution networks to come up with local demands after the accomplishments of Gwadar deep sea port (Abid & Ashfaq, 2015). After the successful operation of China Pakistan Economic Corridor, it would be a green signal for international community that Pakistan is truthfully open for trade and business and its fresh educated demographic and low-cost labor is an alternate to Bangladesh, India and South East Asian region (Rabbi, 2017). Nevertheless, China Pakistan Economic Corridor grantees an enduring Chinese presence in Pakistan, that assures the stability of Pakistan. Investments of Chinese government in Pakistan would make very strong Pakistan-China relations which are a good sign for Pakistan’s stability and China will never want an unstable Pakistan because of its interest in the region (Yamada, 2018). China Pakistan Economic Corridor from every count will prove a real game changer and would make China a strong supporter in the security and stability of Pakistan. CPEC is win-win phenomenon for both China and Pakistan and will significantlybroaden the opportunities for stable and sustainable development of the Chinese economic developments (CSIS, 2018). The connectivity of fiber optic from China to Pakistan would be inaugurated. China will extend through China Pakistan Economic corridor different wavelength data services to Pakistan, which will decrease the poor connectivity, squat bandwidth and stumpy speed issues transfer of data to Pakistan (Latif, Jianqiu, Ullah, Pathan, & Latif, 2017). Balochistan is the largest province which almost cover 44 per cent of the land mass of the country and the importance of Balochistan lies in the concentration of several natural resources. Irrespective of this, Balochistan has remained the underprivileged and less developed province in Pakistan. Though it is very rich in natural resources, but the negligence of concerned authorities, lesser and unskilled population is a huge barrier in development of the province and in utilizing those resources. A high rate of unemployment and low rate of urbanization are the real reasons behind little annual growth rate (Wei, Manzoor, & Latif, 2018).

Gwadar deep sea port development has been a significant development in the recent era. Gwadar port would be a real game changer not only for Balochistan but also for Pakistan and the region. It would be an economic center and would contribute in the progress of the province, succeeding in

- 292 - addressing the numerous social and economic issues of Balochistan and further would help in reducing unemployment in Balochistan. Industries at micro and small-medium sized in Balochistan will also contribute towards achieving great benefits for the native people (Hussain, 2017). It is very important for higher authorities in the government to make sure that Bloch and Pashtoons are completely include in the development and are also given opportunities to benefit from these projects (Jameel, 2018).

The Western and Central Routes

China Pakistan Economic Corridor’s central and western routes can also be used by heavy vehicles loaded with goods from Burban. By the end of last year, a new motorway four lane that was supposed to be added with 6 lanes will carry the both central and western Burban to DI Khan in KPK through Mianwali dissect in western part of Punjab, that can further help reducing contemporary 6 to 8 hours of daily journey to about 3 and a half. The 1.36 billion US dollars, 177 mile project was expected to be the part of CPEC but doesn’t seem to have been included in CPEC portfolio even yet construction work is under progress (Times of Islamabad, 2016). This planned motorway would bypass several key industrialized and ethnic Pashtoon population central hubs in KPK province. Peshawar the northwestern city of KPK province is treated as the eastern route part as a matter of fact linking to center Islamabad through the M1. There are no allocations in CPEC to upgrade the N-55 (north south Indus Highway) form Peshawar to DI Khan, which is currently in an extreme bad condition. Government of Pakistan is upgrading north south Indus Highway N-55 using its own funds of 300 million US dollars from Kohat to DI Khan. Starting from Peshawar to DG Khan a longer connectivity would serve both industrial sectors of KPK province and a very poor agrarian part of southern Punjab, and will deliver the fastest and shortest route from Peshawar KPK to Gwadar Baluchistan and Karachi Sindh simultaneously. The central and western routes get split in “DI Khan, KPK. The western route then moves through western region, a part of Balochistan surrounded by mountains and hills, including Zhob to Qilllsifullah and Muslimbagh, and Quetta to Gwadar. The central route travels through southern part of Punjab and interior Sindh to link by east west motorway to the eastern and western routes to the district of Gwadar. N-85 highway from Gwadar to Quetta is almost completed and will be fully operationalize soon. With the funding from CPEC and other global partners, sections are being

- 293 - rehabilitated. While using N-85 the first convoy of Chinese trucks arrived in Gwadar for container shipment in November 2016, use the N-85 Highway, traveling on the China Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) rout from Khunjerab pass in Gilgit Baltistan (GB) to Burhan and move the N-80 towards Kohat in KPK province. From Khyber Pakhtunkhwa,Kohat the route moved along the N-55 towards DI Khan, and then shifted onto highway N-50 towards Zhob, Qilllsifullah and Muslimbagh, and Quetta in Balochistan province. The N-50 highway will be rehabilitated by the loans of both Asian Development Bank (ABD) and Chinese government via CPEC. The convoy from Quetta then took highway N-25 which was upgraded by USAID, through Baloch belt Kalat district into Surab passing through a very short east west highway financed by Chinese government under China Pakistan Economic Corridor linking Khuzdar district and Besima. The convoy then used highway N-85 to travel through Panjgur district to Hoshab, and then, lastly, reached district Gwadar via Turbat district using M8 and the Makran Coastal Highway funded by China. Ministry of Planning Commission clarifies the Central Route as CPEC long term plan’s part”. According to the official map a new high-speed motorway is planned which will connect DI Khan to Shahdadkot in Sindh province, consecutivelylike the present, dilapidated N-55 highway (Dawn, 2018). Presently Chinese government enhances additional assistance to high speed roads network development connecting to the Port of Karachi then moving directly to Gwadar port. Road projects of CPEC dovetailwould further collaborate with funds of other international donors. Such as CAREC(Central Asia Regional Economic Cooperation) program, the ABD (Asian Development Bank) goals to strengthen regional connectivity between Afghanistan, Pakistan and the Central Asian Republics and USAID arealso assistingvarious developmental projects of connectivity between Pakistan and Afghanistan (Rimmer, 2018). These lenders and agencies have to some extent different regional connectivity visions, but they complement China Pakistan Economic Corridor Project. It is also said that CPEC and various projects would not only brand the port of Gwadar, a more trade feasible option for Chinese Government, but will also enhance the attractiveness of Port Qasim and Karachi port.

The Route Controversy Some nationalist Political parties from balochistan began to allege that China Pakistan Economic Corridor’s original route had been shifted (Dawn, 2014). Unlike subsequent variants, the original route had avoided the two

- 294 - largest cities of Pakistan, Lahore and Karachi, and moved through the less developed areas of southern Punjab and Balochistan, and also pass through the central part of KPK, including the capital city of the province. Suggestively also, it was planned in the year 2006, the era of relative security along the “Pakistan-Afghanistan border, similar as Taliban in Afghanistan resurged and before the TTP (Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan) network founding in Pakistan which threaten most of the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province and Federally Administered Tribal Areas by 2009. Hassan Nawaz Tarar, Pakistan’s planning and development secretary informed the committee that “the proposal (to change the route) was on the table,”( Khaleeq, 2014) attributing the change to Chinese government unwillingness to fund an extended route. However, Hassan Nawaz Tarar next day said that the original route had never been discussed with Chinese government yet. Other political parties at that meeting weighed in, either disputing or agreeing to each other’s statements on whether and how Beijing authorities were the part and how and why the route would change”. What accurately triggered the change, in the meantime, is not clear. Political process of Pakistan was then overcome by a sit-in (Dharna) by the PTI (Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf) party, aimed at dismantling the Pakistan Muslim League N (PML N) government for fraud election (The News, 2015). As political tensions lessened in February 2015, the routes debate on CPEC restarted. While recording protest, the parliamentarians of the above said parties whom had reservations walked out from the Senate meeting (Wasim, 2015). President Xi’s visit to Islamabad in April precipitated even harderremonstrations. The then government took sensitive measures to pacify critics, planning a conciliated solution of three routes and one corridor, which was referred to the western, central and eastern routes (Azam, 2015). While publicizing the proposed plan, the PML N government sustained to claim that the real and original route was not changed. The minister for planning Ahsan Iqbal claimed that joint working group on the project special economic zones will be established and they will operationalize the western route first (Dawn, 2015). The second all parties conference was organized in May, followinga combined resolution was called for the restoration of the real and original route but miss presented whatbasically the original route was supposed to be (GEO News, 2015). Along with the restoration of the original route, the protesting parties were also demanding the creation of motorway which connects the major cities of the less developed in balochistan. Moreover, there was no attentionspecified to economic viability of such a route and the trouble in escalating the roads network in physically daunting and dangerous territory. The all party conferences over with the formation of a CPEC parliamentary committee, the committee would have a nonbinding oversight

- 295 - role, and had a commitment that the western route will complete first (Express Tribune, 2015). “It was significant development that appeared to eventually address the foremost contention of the smaller provinces and opposition parties. But over the routes of CPEC continue into now, with contradictory on size and course of the western route, whether this route will be a six-lane motorway or a dual-lane highway, and will this route pass through Peshawar, or divert out of KPK after entering DI Khan? The ministry of planning commission own China Pakistan Economic Corridor maps seems to have changed over the course of 2015 into 2016. While the May 2015 and January 2016 agreements do not seem to have included Peshawar city as the western route part based on the map of the planning commission (Saeed, 2015). In these changes, major cities such as Karak, Kohat and Bannu, where the government of KPK has projected special economic zones (SEZ), are excluded from all three routes of CPEC (Express Tribune, 2016). Senate’s committee on China Pakistan Economic Corridor contended that there “Is considerable substance in the complaint that the province will gain very little from this alignment.” The terminus of western route is at DI Khan, where it joins the central route and is the shortest one to the border with China. People’s fear is that the absence of CPEC direct connectivity will not have positive externalities; the cities which are not in the route directly will then be given inferior priority for transmission and generation of electricity projects, that would also improve potential industrial output (Haroon, Khilji, & Anil, 2017). As noted, the city of Peshawar does link to the eastern route of CPEC, which will advantage from the upgrade of highway linking Lahore Punjab to Karachi Sindh into 6 lanes, high speed motorway. According to the then planning commission minister “Though, is that the closest port to Peshawar is Karachi, not Gwadar. The distance between Peshawar and Gwadar is approximately 1,800 kilometers (1,100 miles) and between Peshawar and Karachi is only 1,400 (870) (Dittmer, 2016).” According to the federal government eastern route will also pass through Dara Adam Khel which is a dangerous region and requires security patrols and convoys, adding security risk, time and cost. The government seems to have pledged to get land for ultimate expansion of the six lane motorway on western route, but it is not clear that whether this kind of road can be built between DI Khan and Quetta in the mountainous region. The opposition parties have demanded that the western and eastern routes be equal in scope and the then government has tried to placate them (Abid & Ashfaq, 2015). They will be disappointed in the future too because the demand for the eastern and western roads equivalent size will never be acceptable for the dominant province Punjab and Islamabad because it will reduce the economic gap between them and others (Butt et al.). An intervention by powerful but

- 296 - nonpolitical voice proved significant. Sun Weigong, the Chinese ambassador issued a rare statement expressing a serious concern about the route dispute and asked the government to resolve the issue (Butt, et, all, 2014).

Baluchistan’s Contribution in China Pakistan Economic Corridor The provincial government of Balochistan is right to fell outraged at CPEC’s findings relevant department cell of ministry of Planning and Development, which show that Balochistan has received a little stake of the whole investment committed under the CPEC’s bouquet of projects. And even the committed projects have seen no determinate progress over the past years Above all, intellectuals and scholars have to understand is that the people of Balochistn are not anti CPEC, but they are asking for their legitimate right/ownership. Why they are not treated as equal and first class citizen of Pakistan? (Dawn, 2015). This paper will also find out how much other federating units (Punjab, Sindh and KPK) are contributing to the CPEC project and how much they are getting benefits and are the division of projects right. National Contribution in CPEC Baluchistan is contributing 50 per cent in the national contribution by means of its roads, pipelines and lands and this means about half of the whole project. On the other hand, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa’s share is 10 per cent, Punjab’s percentage is also 10 and Sindh’s share is 30 per cent. If we compare seaport or the provincial share through sea, then Balochistan’s share is 70 per cent, and Sindh is of 30 per cent, and Punjab and Khyber Pashtoonkhwa have no sea, then their share is zero per cent (Baloch, 2014) same like at the environmental damages to the sea and land by these projects then because the roads and sea of Balochistan will be used 50 per cent then the direct cost to Balochistan will be 50 per cent. Damage of Sindh will be 30 per cent, Punjab’s 10 per cent and Pakhtunkhwa’swill be 10 per cent. In the contribution of minerals in raw materials form, Punjab’s share is again very less which is only 5 per cent, Pakhtunkhwa’s15 per cent, Sindh’s share is 20 per cent and Balochistan is again major which is 60 per cent. In the form of coal, the major one is Sindh which contribute 60 per cent; Balochistan’s share is 30 per cent, Pakhtunkhwa’s5 per cent and Punjab’s also 5 per cent. Balochistan’s share in natural gas is 35 per cent which is the second highest; Sindh’s share is 50 per cent which is the highest, Pashtoonkhwa’s 9 per cent and Panjab only 6 per cent. In whole one can clearly see that Balochistan is contributing the highest which is 395% of a

- 297 - total, Sindh is providing 240 per cent, Khyber Pashtoonkhwa 59 per cent and Punjab only 36 per cent which is the lowest. CPEC Projects Distribution and Its Benefits The total worth of China Pakistan Economic Corridor is now 62 billion dollars and almost half of the amount is invested in different projects till now. Out this Balochistan is getting only 600 million US dollars which is very less because Balochistan’s contribution is highest. Punjab has a lion share of 13 billion US dollars which is not fair, Sindh is getting 4.6 billion US dollars, Khyber Pashtoonkhwa 1.8 billion US dollars, and Gilgit Baltistan is getting 920 million US dollars. In the national benefits the contributions of Balochistan is 60 per cent and the benefit it is getting is only 5 per cent, on the other hand, Punjab share in contributing is only 10 per cent and it is getting 60 per cent. Khyber Pashtoonkhwa share is 10 per cent and getting 10 per cent and Sindh is getting 23 per cent and adding 20per cent. Here it is very clear that the major investors are not getting the significant benefits which show that the distribution is not fair and is alarming. The distribution could be proper if the higher authorities will make their policies based on poverty, underprivileged areas or provinces and not based on population (Baloch, 2016). Conclusion On the basis of area, Balochistan is the largest province comprising 44 per cent of land mass of the country. Along with the above mentioned significance of the Gawadar port, the city is replete with valuable mineral resources like Copper and Gold. Pakistan unfortunately, has not been able to utilize it due to political unrest in the region ever since the establishment of the country. The people of Balochistan complain to have been deprived of their constitutional rights by Islamabad and not treated as an autonomous province but as a colony. The basic complaints have been related to provincial contribution and unfair distribution of funds and projects of CPEC, non-provision of Sui Gas, produced from the area of Sui in Baluchistan, to the residents of the province, and very lesser opportunities in joining the country’s different department jobs and less autonomy to the decisions making of provincial assembly for the province. The major nationalist groups of Balochistan province while the latter ethnic group decided to demand equal rights in the non-violent way. The uprising insurgencies were countered since 1948 to the subsequent years of 1958, 1973 and in 2004. In many cases, the use of force turned the situation towards more chaos in the region.

- 298 -

References

Abid, M., & Ashfaq, A. (2015). CPEC: Challenges and opportunities for Pakistan. Journal of Pakistan Vision, 16(2), 142-169. Ahmad, M. S., Asmi, F., Ali, M., Rahman, M. M., & Abbas, S. M. (2017). China-Pakistan Economic Corridor: In the context of ‘String of Pearl Strategy. International Journal of Business and Social Research, 7(8), 26-42. Ahmed, M. (2016). chinese ship opens new trade route via Pakistan ports.“. The associated press” Available at: https://www. bloomberg. com/news/articles/2016-11-13/chinese-shipopens-new-trade-route- via-pakistani-port. Ali, G. (2013). China’s strategic interests in Pakistan’s port at Gwadar. Paper presented at the East Asia Forum. Ali, W., Gang, L., & Raza, M. (2016). China-Pakistan economic corridor: current developments and future prospect for regional integration. International Journal of Research (IJR), 3(10). Aoyama, R. (2016). “One Belt, One Road”: China's New Global Strategy. Journal of Contemporary East Asia Studies, 5(2), 3-22. Azam Khan, “Economic corridor: In policy statement, govt denies change in route,” Express Tribune, April 30, 2015; Saeed Shah and Jeremy Page, “China Readies $46 Billion for Pakistan Trade Route,” Wall Street Journal, April 16, 2015. Butt, K. M., Butt, A. A., Ahmed, H. Z., Fatima, S., Rafique, S., Idrees, I., & Jamil, A. Academic Session: CPEC: Regional Perspective. Butt, K. M., Butt, A. A., Ahmed, H. Z., Fatima, S., Rafique, S., Idrees, I., &Jamil, A. Academic Session: CPEC: Regional Perspective CNN, “Pakistan lands $46 billion investment from China,” CNN, April, 2015. Dawn, Chinese premier in Pakistan, praises ties. DAWN. Available at; https://www.dawn.com/news/1012968. May 2013. Dawn (2015).Mengal asks govt to hand over Gwadar port to Balochistan. The Daily Dawn. Pakistan.

- 299 -

S. Nihao, “Pakistan, China sign agreements,MoUs on Economic Corridor Plan, maritime cooperation,” Available at: www.nihaosalam. com, May 2017. Dawn, “Senators oppose change in China economic corridor plan,” June 12, 2014. Dittmer, L. (2016). Xi Jinping’s Political Economic Transformation and Its International Implications: A Preliminary Assessment. Romanian Journal of Political Sciences(01), 4-30. Dusitthani, What is One Belt, One Road in China? Dusitthani Sri Lanka. Available at: https://dusitthanisrilanka.com/2017/10/09/what-is-one- beltone- road-china/. October 2017. Express Tribune, “All parties have assured their support for economic corridor: PM Nawaz,” May 28, 2015; AbrarSaeed, “APC gives go- ahead to economic corridor,” The Nation, May 29, 2015. Express Tribune, “Western route of CPEC: KPCCI hails identification of seven industrial zones,” January 14, 2016; Radio Pakistan, “7 Sites of Future Industrial Zones Identified in KP Under CPEC,” January 12, 2016, www.radio.gov.pk/12-Jan-2016/7-sites-of-future- industrial-zones-identified-in-kp-under-cpec. Haroon, U. T., Khilji, S., & Anil, S. (2017). 70 Years of Development: The way Forward. Hussain, M. (2017). China Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC): Challenges and the way forward: Naval Postgraduate School Monterey United States. Ispahani, M. (1989). Roads and Rivals: The Political Uses of Access in the Borderlands of Asia: Cornell University Press. KhaleeqKiani, “China to finance, develop airport in Gwadar,” Dawn, June 13, 2014; Dawn, “Senators oppose.” Latif, Z., Jianqiu, Z., Ullah, R., Pathan, Z. H., & Latif, S. (2017). Application of optical frequency comb in high-capacity long distance optical communication for China-Pakistan economic corridor. Journal of Optical Communications, 38(3), 331-340. Latif, Z., Yang, M., Pathan, Z. H., & Jan, N. (2017). Challenges and prospects of ICT and trade development in Asia. Human Systems Management, 36(3), 211-219.

- 300 -

Pant, H. V. (2017). India Challenges China’s Intentions on One Belt, One Road Initiative. YaleGlobal Online, 22. Quora, What is One Belt, One Road in China? QUORA. Available at: https://www.quora.com/What-is-One-Belt-One-Road-in China.June 2017. Rabbi, M. A. (2017). Global perspective of CPEC regarding economic integration and trade openness. Rimmer, P. J. (2018). China's Belt and Road Initiative: underlying economic and international relations dimensions. Asian‐Pacific Economic Literature, 32(2), 3-26. Saeed, “APC gives go-ahead”; GoPak, “PR No. 2 Islamabad: July 1, 2015,” Press Information Department, Minister of Information, Broadcasting and National Heritage, July 1, 2015, www.pid.gov.pk/?p=4411. Sana Baloch,.China Pakistan Economic Corridors and its distribution of Projects and Funds that are focused only in Eastern Provinces, Punjab and Sindh.https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E8pfu- gjHFQ&list=PLadI5yb3pmjLzPGn5Qt2mG369719qrODs&index=2 Sternberg, T., Ahearn, A., & McConnell, F. (2017). Central Asian ‘characteristics’ on China’s new Silk Road: The role of landscape and the politics of infrastructure. Land, 6(3), 55. U. Farooque, China-Pakistan Economic Corridor and Its Impact on Region. A Medium corporation. Available at: https://medium.com/supply- chain-hubspot/china-pakistan- economiccorridor- and-its-impact-on- region-b18b2aa01cc4. November 2016. Wei, L., Manzoor, F., & Latif, A. (2018). Review of China-Pakistan Economic Corridor and Subsequent Development and Economic Growth. Paper presented at the Third International Conference on Economic and Business Management (FEBM 2018).

- 301 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Gwadar and its Importance for Pakistan and China

Muhammad Salim1 & Professor Dr. Summer Sultana2

Abstract This research paper is a meticulous and thorough work to bring into light Gwadar’s significance as well as its strategic deep-sea port, which is situated on the shores of the Arabian Sea. Gwadar, As it is known that it holds an all important position in the region, due to its deep blue water, geographical location and geo-strategic importance. This research paper elaborate in depth the importance of Gwadar port for the mutual interest of China and Pakistan with an aim to analyses various mega projects initiated by Pakistan and China to uplift theirs economic condition and search for extra and cheaper routes to the international markets. It also focuses on regional connectivity, transit trade and commercial and trade hub, besides, it also analysis the special economic zones intended to foster growth. In fact, the purpose of this study is to show how execution of mega projects opens up the new avenues for China and Pakistan’s economy and bring prosperity to the entire region as well. Keywords: Gwadar, Deep-sea port, Strategic significance, CPEC, Opportunities, Transit trade, Regional connectivity, Special Economic Zones Introduction Gwadar with its long blue coast-line, beautifully located beaches and fascinating bays has been blessed with great socio-economic, politico and strategic importance; it is situated in Mekran division, and is very close to Chabahar port. The latter is believed to be developed and structured as a competing port in the region. Apart from this, it holds border with warm water of Arabian Sea as it’s located at neckline of the Straits of Hormuz, which is the main way and itinerary of oil supply from OPEC to the world, as a result that it can immensely improve logistic activities such as transportation imports and exports, besides linking the regional countries to

1 Ph.D. Research Scholar, Department of Political Science, University of Karachi 2 Chairperson at the Department of Political Science, University of Karachi

- 302 - the rest of the world and deepening their strategic partnership in the field of trade and commerce. It has enormous capacity to dock colossal ships cargos and vessels. Though the upgradation and renovation of the neighboring port of Chabahar is considered to be an act of hostility to counter Gwadar port, but fostering an amicable relationship between both the countries can certainly bolster the economic growth and trade activities, not only for them but also for others in the region and beyond. China Pakistan Economic Corridor that is actually a comprehensive and all- encompassing multi-billion mega project, which not only connects Gwadar with Kashgar in Xinjiang, a backward province of China, but also gives a boost to economic activities that will hugely yield a lasting economic impact in the shape of progress and prosperity. Moreover it not only contributes to the development of Pakistan and China but also expand their clout in the region. Moreover, Gwadar port provides substantive access to the regional countries linking them up to a vast regional markets from China to other Asian countries, the Middle East to the Europe and also African countries by transmuting region into an economic hub which in result accelerate the commercial markets and business activities, furthermore, deep blue water port will be available for working during whole year due to warm water and favorable weather bestowed upon the region. Its key strategic significance will never be dwindled rather will keep on growing and flourishing in this contemporary world. Gwadar plays a key role of the pillars of China Pakistan Economic Corridor, because under CPEC various other projects are to be established, such as International Airport, power plant, economic zones, mineral economic processing zones, Industrial zones, and also East-Bay Expressway has been inaugurated by prime minister Shahid Khaqan Abassi, to keep up the momentum of progress intact. So, all these development projects will indeed contribute to the development of both China and Pakistan. In addition, China is also eagerly planning to establish and spread a road network to connect the free economic zone to the newly constructing International Airport and to the sea port as well, the free zone that is mainstay of the CPEC economic trade and industrialization initiatives will serves as the commercial economic and industrial development of the region. Literature Review Gwadar deep sea port is being developed with the financial and technical assistance of China, which is part of China’s long standing the One Built One Road Initiative (OBOR). For this purpose China needs a transit trade route

- 303 - for its western region to maintain the pace of its economic growth. In addition, China also desires to set up an economic corridor and energy supply line. China also wants to have the hold of Arabian Sea in order to secure its supply line. Moreover Gwadar deep sea port also plays a pivotal role for Pakistan because China is pouring billions of dollars in this project. This Project is going to make Pakistan the gateway of Central Asia (Gichki, 2015). The port of Gwadar would enable Pakistan to advance its naval position in foreseeable conflict with its rival India. Thus India’s naval activities in the region could be kept in check. The airfields, ports and harbors in Mekuran coastline would be protected. Pakistan also glimpse over the movement of India in Arabian Sea (Ahmed, 1992). Pakistan,s coastline will be a pivotal strategic position for Chinese naval which extends Chinese access from Indian Ocean to Persian Gulf and Mediterranean Sea. Gwadar will be the main source of Chinese transportation from China to different regions of glob, because Pakistan lies at the heart of China’s plan for a network of ports pipelines, roads and railways connecting the oil and gas field of this region (Small, 2015). Gwadar port is described as the future of Pakistan. The concept year 2000 was projected that Gwadar on the Mekran coastline, is an untapped treasure of Pakistan. Furthermore, it would connect Pakistan with Gulf Countries, and also become the economic and commercial hub of trade activities (Mir, 2010). Research Methodology This research paper follows a qualitative, analytical, emprical and descriptive methodology. In this research work the researchers glance over the strategic importance of Gwadar deep sea port. The researcher also has a comparative study of Pakistan and China’s interests in Gwadar deep sea port project. The Significance of Gwadar Strategic Deep-Sea Port Gwadar is a small fishing town and a beautiful district that lies in the division of Mekran, the city is located on the shore of the Arabian Sea. It possesses geographically pivotal importance because of its strategic location in the region. It is situated on the west of Pakistan in Balochistan province, more significantly at the mouth of Straits of Hormuz. “from where 36000 ships pass every year”(Hassan, 2014).It is also very close to Iranian border nearly 120 km and holds 600 km long coastline sea along the Arabian sea (Farooq, 2012).

- 304 -

Gwadar due to its impressive economic importance and geo strategic location will serve as a vital source of attractions for the supply chain connectivity and growth and economical activities of the world. It is also visualized as a gate way to South Asia. That generates a massive inflow of money through commercial and transportation activities between Pakistan and china. The Chinese government has shown keen interests for enhancing the volume of trade and investment in the region, because it facilitates transportation to the land locked Central Asian Republics, provides crucial access to the Middle East, African and European countries that acts as a conduit to boost up their economy by flourishing the trade and commerce activities under the umbrella of one built one road initiative. Even though the construction of Gwadar strategic port has been the initiative of China to shorten the trade route, it is extensively looking forward to augment its economic growth, while Pakistan wants to control its chronic energy crises through the projects which is parts and parcel of this mega envisioned project. In this regard Pakistan and Tajikistan have agreed to establish the joint business forum to increase business and commercial activities in the region, in which Tajikistan will supply natural gas to Pakistan through Gwadar port, supplying gas to Pakistan, will greatly overcome energy shortage of Pakistan to a great extent and relieve it of this menacing problem. Gwadar is known as a jewel in the crown of Pakistan’s economy. Its deep-sea port has potential that can increasingly expand the strategic depth owing to its 460 km that is away from Indian border Malik, 2012). It is an obvious fact that Pakistan’s glorious and bright future is attached to Gwadar port, it works like two edged sword, on one hand, there is huge possible economic benefits to reap and on the other hand it also provides a strategic depth in this regard to defend any act of aggression by enemy state. Furthermore, Asian giant China has many ambitions to build an oil refinery, gas pipeline, and naval base in Gwadar. It’s crystal clear that establishing naval base in Gwadar will provide China a great strength to its defense mechanism. Moreover, it not only provides opportunity Pakistan and china to moniter the US military movements in Persian Gulf but also to have a check over the Indian and the US military maneuver in the Indian Ocean. Historically China has been a key political and military ally to Pakistan that largely proves the notion that China and Pakistan not only have broader economic development interests in Gwadar but also both have extensive strategic and defense interests, whereby, they can easily advance their defense strategic designs to confront external aggression if any exist to their national interests, so the port has full-fledged power to increase their defense capability in the region.

- 305 -

The rapidly burgeoning economy of china needs the port facilitates in the region, so that the port makes china capable to carry out trade from Gwadar port to Middle East, African and to Kashgar port in Xinjiang province. As China perceives that Gwadar port is the gateway to china for its western region access because it saves the millions of dollar for cutting down a long sea distance due to Gwadar to Kashgar land route that provides China an alternative instead of Malacca strait where China’s huge oil imports flows. Gwadar being located on top of shipping lane through which nearly 60 per cent of the world oil passes and whereas Dubai is 500 nautical miles from it. It is also Gwadar port which holds strength to handle traffic from parts of Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, East African, Central Asian countries and the Middle East (Haider, 2008; The National, 2018). Gwadar port’s 40 years operational rights has been given to Chinese government (The Express Tribune, 2015). It has been striving to utilize the port as being part of the Gulf Persian trade transportation because 40% of the world’s oil is being extracted from the gulf region (Crisis Group, 2018). Furthermore, Gwadar can tremendously be used for communication and transportation which has long coastline gifted by God, all seasons of the transit trade, on march 22, 2002 an outstanding ceremony of $ 248 million deep-water port made Gwadar the focus of attraction (Sarfraz, 1997). Gwadar port would become a regional hub of transit trade activities and to be backbone of Pakistan’s imploding economy, as it brings great revolution into life of Pakistan’s people in context of economic prosperity. It believes to be safe passage and the shortest route in terms of oil transportation from Central Asian countries to the rest of the world. As Central Asian Oil Pipeline Project (CAOPP) imagined a 1,050 miles 1,323 km oil pipeline from Turkmenistan to an oil terminal at Gwadar (Rashid, 2000, p. 160). An oil terminal will be constructed in Gwadar despite this, Pakistan State Oil (PSO) will install pipeline from Gwadar port to Karachi, even though Gwadar port would enable Pakistan and China to take control over the world energy in Indian Ocean. The deep-sea port of Gwadar will be working during entire year because of hot water and favorable climate of the region, which can be used all over the year for trading, the Shanghais port is nearly 16,000 km away from Chinese industrial areas and sea journey takes an additional two three months this costs a lot in form of taxes and duties as compared to Gwadar port which is only at a distance of almost 2,500 from China, the distance from Kashgar to

- 306 -

Chinese east coast is 3,500 km where is the distance from Kashgar to Gwadar is only 1,500 km(Ghazali, 2009). China Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) China Pakistan Economic Corridor is of a great importance and mammoth economic plan, which stimulates economic growth and provide economic platform, that has far-reaching impact on both China and Pakistan’s national economy. As it greatly makes Pakistan a strategic hub for trade commerce and strengthens its fragile economic condition. While bringing Pakistan and China greatly closer to each other to foster greater regional trade and cooperation and increasingly play a pivotal role in bolstering their trade ties, China being the second largest economic country on the world map has a crucial role in promoting Pakistan’s tottering economy under CPEC’s project. CPEC is a game changer and will change the fate of the people of Pakistan in economic perspective and open the doors of prosperity and business opportunities for the regional trades, similarly it improve the infrastructures of the state to create enormous opportunities of development for the people in the country. It not only changes the destiny of the people of Pakistan rather it is believed to improve the lives of about three billion people around the region as for Pakistan. it is a win-win situation. Moreover, it is a part of the China’s grand one built one road initiative, therefore China and Pakistan have been enjoying a greater friendship but the CPEC has strengthened Pakistan and China’s collaboration more vigorously. CPEC connects China and Pakistan by land route and expedites their economic activities. It consists of highway, railway networks, fiber optic and pipeline that will connect China’s backward Xinjiang province to the rest of the world through strategic Gwadar deep-sea port in province of Balochistan. CPEC has much potential to bring Pakistan on a par with other developing countries and elevate its economic position as well as its sovereign integrity in the region. CPEC initiatives will meet Pakistan’s energy needs and it will facilitate its neighboring countries through its strategic Gwadar port by CPEC. Over and above, Pakistan and China have joined hands together and have pledged to eradicate threats of extremist and militancy in the region affecting CPEC its progress. Pakistan and China have been showing keen interests in materializing CPEC, because CPEC is a mega project, its construction is underway if it is once functional then it will bring massive money to Pakistan and China and their people get overwhelming benefit from this, it also brings

- 307 - the two countries people very close to each other and such interaction and exchanging views and will bring more and more advantages to both sides. CPEC is a multi-billion-dollar project which notably facilitates oil transit from the Middle East to be offloaded at Gwadar and transported to China which can cut down China’s long distance from the Indian ocean in Malacca strait if we compare to Malacca strait transit trade then CPEC tremendously be safer route for Chinese goods and commodities where China confronting pirates in the Malacca, bad weather and political rival, but CPEC will provide a huge boost in transforming China’s economic landscape by linking the oil rich Middle East and other parts of the world in the juncture of the world trade. The 7th Joint Cooperation Committee meeting (JCC) of the China Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) on 21, 2017 approved the long-Term Plan (LTP), former minister for interior and Planning Development “Ahsan Iqbal said”. The Long Term Plan have been finalized to broaden framework for bilateral cooperation especially towards industrialization, furthermore he said that the CPEC first phase is associated with reducing energy and infrastructure bottleneck in Pakistan and make them capable to stimulate economic growth as $ 35 billion out of $ 46 billion portfolio given to the energy sector (Kiani, 2017). CPEC from Kashgar to Gwadar would be energy and telecommunication corridor. “Chinese president Xi Jinpingin in his visit to Pakistan launched a plan on 20 April 2015 with Pakistan for energy and infrastructure projects worth $ 46 billion (Houreld, 2015). As part of the broaden plan, The Government of Balochistan has earmarked 4000 acres for the construction of International Airport and worth $230 million will be granted by China for the construction of Gwadar International Airport(Siddiqui, 2017).

However, CPEC is multi-dimensional project that will be a game changer for Pakistan’s and to bring fortune to increase the geopolitics to geo-economics of the region and bring Pakistan and China into global economic mainstream so Pakistan is doing all-out efforts to convert this golden opportunity into an economic reality. Because it has numerous economic benefits for Pakistan to kick off economic activities and bring economic progress and prosperity for both countries. In addition to that, the CPEC mega projects integrate regional connectivity in the form of road network connectivity and partnerships.

- 308 -

Special Economic Zones Industries play an important role for development of any country bringing on a par with other developed countries, hence the Governments become very energetic for establishing various kinds of industries to put the country on the path of progress and intensify the wheel of economic growth. In the same way Pakistan and China envisages industrial cooperation in various sectors, in order to make special economic zones to meet the demands of Pakistani local markets as well as Chinese industrial companies as China wants its industries to expand into international markets, which provides exclusive access to Chinese companies with foreign companies. so these projects are also the part of the China Pakistan Economic Corridor in the first phase under this mega projects there will be nine special industrial economic zones by 2020. The major financer of these projects is China Development Bank, in which many special economic zones will be established across the country under the CPEC project, the special economic zones and development incentive take place side by side to revamp the Pakistan’s socio-economic condition particularly in the energy and transportation infrastructures, these will be met through Gwadar strategic port, that has the capacity to generate tremendous economic benefits and the estimated revenue would be of $ 40 billion, besides, generation of two million employments which will give stimulus to Pakistan’s nascent economy (Nabi, 2016; Nizamani, 2016). As CPEC becomes cornerstone of Pakistan’s development, a large tract was handed over to the China’s overseas port holding company on lease, an area will incorporate unique zones distribution centers. Except that, there will be produced electricity in Gwadar by development of a 300mw local power plant. Pakistan exchange views with the China National Petroleum Cooperation to build a pipeline from Gwadar to Nawabshah of Sindh. Such projects will adequately meet the requirements of the commercial, industrial and the domestic sector. Industrial cooperation between Pakistan and China will make Pakistan and China a manufacturing hub and nucleus for substantial connectivity in the region. However Chinese side provided its experiences relating to planning, energy, infrastructural projects and development of special economic zones, although the Chinese side agree in the initial phase to set up first phase of development of provincial special economic zones. Thus, Gwadar has been declared as special economic zone (Dawn, 2005). 2.281 acres of land in Gwadar has been obtained to be given to China for

- 309 - setting up there an export processing zone said by Kamran Michael Federal Minister for Ports and Shipping (Shahid, 2015). China encourages its enterprises for initiation of industries in special economic zones, China and Pakistan were agreed to enhance cooperation in different field including textile steel and petrochemical as the energy and infrastructural projects beef up the industrial development. Besides, industrial, fisheries market magnanimously be led by Gwadar port because Gwadar is blessed with ample sea food products, similarly the fishing industries will strikingly be much valuable and worthy, abundant fish to be exported to the Middle East, European States and other states in Asia, thereby attracting a lots of foreign cash inflow in shape of revenue, intrinsically establishing major industrial infrastructure in Gwadar will generate economic opportunities and sufficient jobs to change the current socio-economic scenario. Minister of State and Board of Investment Chairman Miftah while addressing the business community at the regional office of Federal of Pakistan Chamber of Commerce and Industry said that local and foreign companies who want to make investment and establish industries in the Special Economic Zones will be exempted from taxes (PCJCCI, 2018). Joint Working Group has been created regarding agriculture, it will work on drip irrigation technologies and transfer of technology from china to Gwadar under LTP framework, investment will come to the Special Economic Zones, Pakistan will be capable of building up industrial parks and economic zones along with Kashgar Gwadar trade corridor. Likewise industrial zones, warehouses and storage, the tourism industry and an export processing zone will be established. As for as security is concerned, the Government of Pakistan is poised to provide all out security to the investors who desires to set up fish processing units, cold storage houses, crab processing, fawn farming, Ice factories, crab processing, restaurants, port management centers, fisheries training services and so on. Regarding security assurances, the China’s fishing company agreed to come Pakistan to invest in fishing sector, because the Government of Pakistan has declared to make Gwadara Special Economic Zone likewise Export Promotion Bureau also announced to establish its regional office at Gwadar, is also wants to build its network in the industrial city of Gwadar to earn a great number of profits. In addition, Pakistan State Oil Company also will have installation in Gwadar and lay down an Oil Pipeline to link Karachi with Gwadar and so Gwadar port will indeed open new door for the growth

- 310 - of oil business in the region. The deep-water port has the capability to handle the berth of 100000 to 200000 Dead Weight of Tonnage (BWT) oil tankers and large chunk of carriers at a moment(Jamaldini,Shafiq,Inayatullah,2004). Conclusion Once upon a time Dubai port was a small fishing port, with the passage of time huge development projects and myriad business investment made it enormous and attractive bringing it into limelight on world map and changing its status into International city. Likewise billions of trade and completion of many mega projects will turn the small fishing town of Gwadar into a global shipping port and make it commercial hub and international city on the world map, so this magnificent water port significantly connects China and Pakistan with global trade through strait of Hormuz where according to sources nearly 40% of the world oil passes in a year, it just not only connect them with strait of Hormuz but also connects with three very importantly regional land locked Central Asian Countries specially Caspian sea, where a number of mineral resources are reserved, South Asian Countries and Oil-Rich Middle East countries as well as African and European countries. On top of that, CPEC facilitates transit trade by route and rail network to link Gwadar port with Kashgar and specially reduce China’s larger distance from Malacca strait in Indian Ocean where China travels for months which lead to heavy duties on China. In contrary to Malacca strait China considers Gwadar port will be safer for its transit trade. China’s lasting strategy plan CPEC could enable China to establish its politico-economic leverage among the regional states and the new ways for spreading China’s rising power against its competitors. The CPEC is a joint venture of Pakistan and China which makes Pakistan stronger and turns it strategically significance country in the region and brings multifarious development projects and prosperity for Pakistan it also helps Pakistan coping with energy crises. Furthermore, CPEC will assist strengthening China Pakistan’s economy and put them on the track of progress to improve the lives of their people and to augment their position in the region. Moreover, another important thing is that China and Pakistan will be able to use the port for naval patrols and to look after the US and Indian maritime activities in the Indian Ocean and the Persian gulf and to advance their defense system as well. As part of the CPEC remarkable projects, establishing special economic zones in Gwadar will greatly encourage Chinese Industrialists, investors and

- 311 -

Pakistani local entrepreneurs for investing in Gwadar that will also bolster International, local investors business and expedite Industrial activities which will ultimately have positive impact on both countries. In term of prosperity and stability, besides, Gwadar port will help China to have economic control over the world to a great extent.

References

Crisis Group. (2018). China-Pakistan Economic Corridor: Opportunities and Risks. Retrieved December 14, 2018, from https://www.crisisgroup.org/asia/south-asia/pakistan/297-china- pakistan-economic-corridor-opportunities-and-risks Dawn. (2005). Incentives for economic zone at Gwadar sought. Retrieved December 21, 2018, from https://www.dawn.com/news/385626 Farooq, K. U. (2012, September 6). Importance of Gwadar port. Retrieved December 2, 2018, from Pakistan Observer: https://pakobserver.net/importance-of-gwadar-port/ Ghazali, A. S. (2009). India alarmed as China built Gwadar port of Pakistan becomes operational. Retrieved December 16, 2018, from https://defence.pk/pdf/threads/india-alarmed-on-chinese-built-gwadar- port.23017/ Haider, S. F.-E. (2008). Importance of Gwadar port for China. Retrieved December 6, 2018, from www.pakistaneconomist.com Hassan, F. (2014). Military and economic advantages of Gwadar port. Retrieved December 1, 2018, from http://daily mailnews.com,/0713/11/ Editorial column 2.php Houreld, K. (2015). China and Pakistan launch economic corridor plan worth $46 billion. Retrieved December 19, 2018, from https://www.reuters.com/article/us-pakistan-china/china-and-pakistan- launch-economic-corridor-plan-worth-46-billion- idUSKBN0NA12T20150420

Retrieved December 5, 2018, from http://www.ipripak.org/significance-of- gwadar-port/

- 312 -

Kiani, K. (2017). Top cooperation body okays CPEC long-term plan. Retrieved December 18, 2018, from Dawn: https://www.dawn.com/news/1372079 Malik, H. Y. (2012). Retrieved December 8, 2018, from https://www.greatgwadar.com/assets/frontend/assets/docs/Gwadar%20 Port%20-%20Strategic%20Importance.pdf Nabi, I. (2016). Where's the money? Retrieved December 19, 2018, from https://herald.dawn.com/news/1153431 Nizamani, U. (2016). Gwadar: an emerging paradigm for Pakistan and the region. Retrieved December 19, 2018, from https://dailytimes.com.pk/86133/gwadar-an-emerging-paradigm-for- pakistan-and-the-region/ PCJCCI. (2018). Pakistan-China joint chamber of commerce and industry. Retrieved December 24, 2018, from http://pcjcci.org/ Rashid, A. (2000). Taliban: Militant, Oil and Fundamentalism in Central Asia. New Haven: Yale University Press. Sarfraz, H. (1997). Gwadar: A district profile. Retrieved December 15, 2018, from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/271522804_Gwadar_A_Dist rict_Profile Shahid, S. (2015). Over 2,000 acres of land to be given to China for EPZ: minister. Retrieved December 23, 2018, from https://www.dawn.com/news/1206490 Siddiqui, S. (2017). China assures early ground breaking of new Gwadar airport. Retrieved December 20, 2018, from https://pakobserver.net/china-assures-early-ground-breaking-of-new- gwadar-airport/ Tanveer, A. K. (n.d.). A jewel in the crown. Retrieved December 3, 2018, from www.globizavenue.com/article crown The Express Tribune. (2015). China gets 40-year management rights on Gwadar port, access to Arabian Sea. Retrieved December 11, 2018, from https://tribune.com.pk/story/870183/china-gets-40-year- management-rights-on-gwadar-port-access-to-arabian-sea/ The National. (2018). Pakistan's Gwadar aims to be next Dubai. Retrieved December 9, 2018, from

- 313 -

https://www.thenational.ae/business/economy/pakistan-s-gwadar-aims- to-be-next-dubai-1.725696 Baloch, N. G. (2015). In Search of Identity. Wingley’s Washington Londin- Paris. P 274 Ahmed, S. I . (1992). Balochistan Its Importance. Royal Book Company. P 277 Small, A. (2015). The China Pakistan Axis , Asia’s New Geopolitics. Random House Group Limited United Kingdom. P 1 Mir, N. (2010). Gwadar On The Globall Chessboard. Ferozsons ( PVT ) ltd. P 1 Jamaldini.J.K.Shafiq.M.Inayatullah. (2004). Economic Development of Gwadar Deef-Sea Port. Balochistan Review. Journal Vol No. X11- X111.35

- 314 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

NGOs and Women’s empowerment: Challenges and Strategies

Dr. Huma Zafar 1

Abstract

Non-government organizations have been mushrooming in Pakistan with fastest pace since its inception. Its rapid growth in almost every district of Pakistan has made their roles indispensable for human welfare and particularly for women wellbeing. NGOs are in forefront for identifying, discussing and resolving the issues related to women (Awan, 2012) including empowerment, health and education, violence against women, honour crimes, inheritance and family laws (Khoso et al., 2011). Their focus is to bring the women in the mainstream of wellness therefore they are providing physical support in the form of credit or assets and also imparting relevant training to women. On the other hand they are advocating their rights on all forums to make the society’s environment congenial for women. While performing these tasks they have been facing multifaceted socio cultural barriers and to overcome these hurdles they have been devising strategies and thus paving their way forward to work harmoniously. This paper briefly reviews the history of women NGOs in Pakistan. By taking descriptive approach this paper tend to understand the struggle NGOs have been doing to be acceptable in tribal patriarchal society of Baluchistan. In this context, it will further explore the complexities of challenges and counter strategies NGOs have adopted for women empowerment in Baluchistan.

Key words. Non-governmental organizations, women’s empowerment, welfare, community, development.

Introduction

Non-Governmental Organizations are considered as the spinal cord of development activities around the globe. Their existence and functions in any

1 (PhD, Sydney-Australia) Assistant Professor Social Work Department University of Baluchistan, Quetta. Email: [email protected]

- 315 - country specifically in underdeveloped countries are inevitable. Their prime concentration is the welfare of marginalized and vulnerable individuals and communities without any discrimination based on religion, region, culture, and social attitudes. They are the initiators of several new ideas in the field of human welfare and without any dubious, since their inception they have been addressing numerous human issues, such as poverty, health, education, natural calamities, war victims, epidemic diseases, violence, environment and so many.

Rapid growth of NGOs in underdeveloped countries indicates the growing trust of general community on their work efficacy (Bukhari, Jabeen & Jadoon, 2014). They tend to extend their welfare activities to far flung areas because of their well-designed and operative abilities. Furthermore, during the times of natural calamities they were among the fastest relief service providers to the vulnerable (Kahlon, 2015). The reason is that they own resources which enable them to work independently and actively (Werker & Ahmed, 2007). Subsequently, (Kahlon, 2015) with (Tamur & Hmaid, 2013) asserted that they are filling the gap left by the government in providing welfare services. Despite the fact that NGOs become an intrinsic part of country’s development process yet their existence is viewed suspicious, particularly after the American War on Terror in Afghanistan. Apparently, it is due to their suspicious involvement in confidential and security matters of Pakistan (Kahlon, 2015).

In general, NGOs holding frame of women welfare has their own history in Pakistan, the following section gives its brief review.

Women’s NGOs

All Pakistan Women Association (APWA) established under the chairmanship of Begam Rana Liaquat Ali Khan in 1949. It was the first formal service delivery organization in Pakistan which is still working effectively for women’s health, education and financial wellbeing (Haq 2005; Jafar 2011). In 1953, it campaigned for the allotment of 10% seats to women in the National and Provincial Assemblies and also worked for the approval of the Family Law Ordinance of 1961(Awan, 2012) which deals with marital issues, including divorce and polygamy etc. During 70’s large number of various women rights oriented organizations were mushroomed (Shaheen, 2012). In 1975, NGO, Shirkat Gah (SG) was formed to raise awareness about women’s rights, also provided necessary legal and medical assistance to women effected with violence (Jafar, 2011).

- 316 -

The government of Ayub Khan and Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto encouraged women’s literacy; however, the military era of General Zia ul Haq from 1977-1988 was a dark period for both NGOs and women, with the latter suffering legal, social and economic discrimination (Shaheed, 2010). A supporter of religious fundamentalist political parties, General Zia ul Haq set about making Pakistan a ‘fort of Islam’, imposing his own interpretation of Islam (Haq, 2005; Akhter, 2012), which specifically targets women. Any progress hitherto achieved with their participation in different fields, being educated and professional, he took away from them, confining them to the home by utilizing the concept of chaddar or char dewari (veil and home). Furthermore, his government encouraged the people not only to adopt Islamic rules for themselves, but also to impose them on their neighbours. Therefore, the general attitude of people towards women working or going outside the home changed and any women who did so were perceived as deviating from Islam and accused of being Western supporters (Jamal, 2005). During his regime, women were gradually excluded from all active spheres of life, including media, jobs, sports and education, through various government laws banning them from involvement. This ranged from their ineligibility to join the Foreign Service to banking (Jafar, 2011; Critelli & Willet 2012). Subsequently, the military regime punished them for sexual misconduct an example of which is the Zina Ordinance 1979 deals with fornication, adultery, rape, theft, alcohol consumption, and defamation. Under this law a rape victim has to bring four eyewitnesses to court to prove her accusation. Failure to do so leads the victim to be prosecuted for the offence of adultery (Jafar, 2011, p. 33). The punishment for adultery committed by married men and women is stoning to death, and the punishment for fornication is 100 lashes, for both men and women. The law of Evidence 1984 deals with the evidence and capacity of witness. Under this law the testimony of two women is equal to one man (Jafar, 2011, p. 39).This latter on the one hand made women man’s property, as well as being responsible for the family honour, while on the other hand giving them even lower legal status than before. These laws, rather than protecting women, made them more vulnerable to abuse, with a high risk of violence in both the private and public spheres (Haq, 2005; Akhter, 2012). In response to this the women’s organization Shirkat Gah called on other women’s organizations to establish a strong platform, the Women’s Action Forum (WAF) in 1983, to jointly contest these discriminatory laws (Jamal, 2005; Jafar, 2011; Critelli & Willet, 2012; Akhter, 2012). This was the period, 1980 to 1990, when a large number of women’s rights organizations were founded (Critelli & Willet, 2012;

- 317 -

Awan, 2012), seemingly as a direct result of the imposition of biased policies and laws against women in the name of Islam (Haq, 2005). Scholars joined the protest, arguing that Islam advocates equal status for men and women (Jamal, 2005). This women’s movement was met with strong opposition from the government because under martial law, all political demonstrations were banned; many activists of these protests were sent to prison. As a result of the high level of protest, the rule according to which testimony of one man was equivalent to that of two women was slightly changed. In the amendment the same law was made compulsory in only financial matters while in other cases this was not mandatory but left to the discretion of the judge (Jafar 2011, p. 39). Although the governments of Banazir Bhutoo and Nawaz Sharif, after Martial Law, did not offer much growth in NGOs (Critelli & Willett, 2012) but then change was observed in NGOs growth with General Musharraf’s Military government, established in October 1999 (Jafar, 2011). Musharraf’s stand on the ‘War on Terror’ in September 2001 attracted substantial international funding for NGOs in Pakistan, a sign of their support for his government (Bano, 2012, p. 139). The issue of Hadood Law was again raised by NGOs, and since Musharraf was keen to present a liberal image of Pakistan to the international community, he introduced the Women’s Protection Bill in 2006 it declared sexual acts against women as offences. Men committing rape are punished with death or twenty five years imprisonment and repealed laws discriminating against women (Noreen & Musarat, 2013). He also encouraged the participation of women in politics, allocating 33% of seats in local government to women and 17% in National and Provincial Assemblies. Afterwards the Protection against Harassment of women at the Workplace Act 2010, Acid Control and Acid Crime Prevention Bill 2012 were also passed. The efforts of NGOs, particularly working for women’s rights are undeniable in the enactment of these legislative measures for upholding the women status in Pakistan (Awan, 2012). Currently, women NGOs are playing an important role in bringing awareness to women through their programs of advocacy, education and economic wellbeing. However, Critelli and Willett (2012) argued that NGOs will only make a real difference when the grip of the patriarchal structure is loosened. They have also noted that most of the NGOs are based in urban areas and run by educated and well off females who do not effectively represent the situation of most women hampered with numerous issues. Furthermore, NGOs are still not successful in devising strategies to address the diverse socio-cultural characteristics of the region. It is also noteworthy that most of the Pakistani women live in poor rural areas and are illiterate. They are not in

- 318 - position to get access to the material published by NGOs nor do they have enough resources to purchase such material (Awan, 2012). While admitting this fact it must be noticed that NGOs are receiving their project budgets from the donors. They are in principal bound to publish the relevant material and disseminate it to the maximum audience though any mean which could be feasible for them. They are also required to prepare the project reports and share them with the donors for their accountability and performance evaluation. These reports or record could be beneficial for other NGOs or government bodies who would be planning for any future projects. NGOs, specially working for women’s welfare in Pakistan are facing several challenges which will be discussed in the following section.

NGOs and Challenges

Fundamentalism or threat of fundamentalism is a foremost challenge facing by NGOs in Pakistan where a contributing factor is its strong patriarchal structure, which labeled women’s free movement, decision making and education as western ideology (Kahlon, 2015). Therefore all projects addressing female education, employment, polio vaccination and family planning are met with strong opposition from some religious groups, who argue that having less number of children and girls’ education is not Islamic. The increasing opposition of fundamentalist groups to these projects has resulted in attacks on NGOs and the murder of health workers (Zia, 2009; Janjua, 2019). Anyone including government officials or religious leaders, supporting women’s rights is constantly threatened by these groups (Critelli & Willett, 2012). NGOs are also being accused of spreading vulgarity, especially among the women in Pakistan, and thus their work is seen as challenging the traditional values of Islamic society (Siddique & Ahmad, 2012; Mehdi, 2018). The fundamentalist groups demands NGOs to be silent on women related issues, including Hadood laws, honour killing, domestic violence and so on. It is because by highlighting these matters NGOs are tarnishing the image of Pakistan (Critelli & Willett, 2012). The opposition of these extremists is not confined to protest against NGOs but they pose serious threats to the life and property of NGOs staff. Their staff are being harassed, kidnaped and even killed. For instance, in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa-Pakistan, a fundamentalist threw a hand grenade at NGO office and set fire to an NGO- administered girls’ school (Jafar, 2011). Jafar (p.56) further elaborated that during her study in Loralai (district of

- 319 -

Baluchistan), she came across a religious declaration (fatwa) passed by local Islamic scholars against local NGOs. She quoted some of its words: In NGO offices, men and women gather without purdah (a veil, or physical separation between the sexes). They travel in one car without purdah. They entice people with sewing machines, dams, and latrines. Women workers of NGOs go to people’s homes and say to the women: ‘Come to our office. We will train you in keeping a clean and healthy house and children. You live in such poverty. You should become an NGO worker. You will be paid very well.’ But NGO workers real purpose and agenda is to lead them astray from Islam. This demonstrates that NGOs are also accused due to their working environment where men and women sit together, work together and travel together which is completely against the cultural norms of Baluchistan. NGO activities in Baluchistan have also been challenged by the political instability which poses a threat to their survival in the region. Eventually, this has severally affected the NGO operations in different areas. As confirmed by the European Commission [EU] (2006, p. 1): ‘level of insecurity has forced agencies to withdraw, reduce their activities in certain regions, or change their operational approach’. Currently, another challenge facing by the NGOs is that government strictly doing scrutiny of INGOs working in Pakistan. Generally in many countries, NGOs have to go through the security check and thus need to declare their objectives and funding. They need to register with the state laws and follow rules while operating in the country. This is necessary to avoid the conflict of interest between the state agencies and NGOs. Quite recently, government of Pakistan felt a dire need to regulate the NGOs and streamline their activities and funding according to the interest of state and its citizens. For this a policy was introduced in 2015, which requires INGOs to register themselves with the interior ministry. Out of 140, 66 NGOs are allowed to carry on their activities in Pakistan on account of their welfare projects. Whereas other 49 NGOs are ordered to windup their work from Pakistan as they were found guilty of being involved in anti-state activities (Sukhanvar, 2018). On one hand this act is appreciated because it’s the right of any country to ensure its sovereignty while on the other hand this has posed challenges to INGOs as well as their local partner NGOs. INGOs now have to go through the formal process of approval with the Federal government while issuing the grants/funds. Usually this process takes lot of time that results in lapse of funds for some projects as the allocated funds have to be utilized within the specific period of time. Thus as a result sometimes an INGO completely

- 320 - withdraws their support for a project (Mehdi, 2018). This further affects the efficiency of their local NGO implementing partners who fail to provide result oriented mandated services to the communities due to lack of funds. Despite above mentioned challenges, NGOs adopted different strategies which has helped them to work for the empowerment of women in Baluchistan. NGOs working strategies Patriarchal tribal society of Baluchistan makes it a difficult place for NGOs to work in for women (Paterson, 2008; Awan, 2012). NGO projects cannot confront traditions because by attempting to do so, they risk failure. Certainly, in order to secure women’s participation in projects, NGOs cannot avoid the socio-cultural context of the region. Kahlon (2015, p 195) accentuate that NGOs can only be operative and beneficial for the community when they understand the regional culture and ideologies. With this acknowledgement they can develop workable approaches to ensure beneficiaries’ participation and gain wider acceptability among the community which in turn enables NGOs to work competently for the women. For working efficiently NGOs need to develop social support and adopt a flexible approach towards the projects that can change according to the current situation. Furthermore, Ahmad, Hemlata and Narayana (2015) recommended that schemes should be devised to encourage women’s participation and this will increase when the adopted strategy go parallel to the societal system. For example, they suggested that to deliver training to women, the location and timing of trainings should be considered, as this may facilitate more participation. In Baluchistan, due to cultural barriers NGOs focus on initiating such projects which requires least or even no mobility of women from their homes and least exposure to strange men. For this they commenced home based income-generating activities such as embroidery, poultry farming, home gardening, and cattle rearing etc. to address the issue of female’s low mobility. The relevant trainings or informatory sessions are also being organized within the locality of participant women. Moreover, only NGOs female staff interacts with the local women about their projects.

Besides, devising projects based on the need and according to local scenario NGOs vigilantly tend to develop the consensus in the community about their work and for this they use the term Mobilization. Social mobilization depends on the community’s social and cultural situation and on the general image of the NGOs, as well as on the nature of the NGO project. There are

- 321 - several reasons of doing mobilization and usually this is the very step every NGO takes before formally initiating project. This is also continued throughout project duration, as the aim is to get community acceptance and the ongoing participation of beneficiaries. It is also to address their concerns and to mitigate with any objection raised by them on the project or on the method of project delivery.

Social mobilization is inevitable in the work of NGOs; it is a continuous process which involves a dialogue between mobilizer and community members/individuals/key community persons. Due to cultural barriers and a negative impression projected about the NGOs it is deemed necessary to first take the community in confidence that the NGO initiated project is for their well-being and help resolve their problems. In this regard, the Social mobilizer arranges meetings with the key people in the community to briefed them about the project and develop a consensus. These key people are mostly local tribal leaders, political representatives, school teachers, the Imam (religious cleric) at the local mosque or any elder of the community who is well known to most of the community people. After their satisfaction NGO arranges meetings with rest of the community. The aim is to aware them, to build consensus, to address any apprehensions; to gain their support and thus to develop a congenial environment for project implementation. The men attending these meetings discuss about the project activities at home and eventually their women gain first information about the projects. Female social mobilizers then hold individual talks with women, providing further information about project activities. Following this mobilization strategy, NGOs also arrange local area workshop as a strategy to get more approach to the community women. These workshops are usually arranged at the home of any local women where the women in the neighborhoods have easy access. These workshops provide a forum to women for getting information about their general issues including primary health and hygiene issues, women rights, adult literacy etc. This also provides an opportunity to women for establishing contacts with other women, form networks and achieve confidence, which in the long run can give them negotiation power at home (Taimur & Hamid, 2013; Ngo & Wahhaj, 2012). On account of these flexible strategies, community people accept such projects and allow their women to participate. These projects have made more space, however slowly, for women in the patriarchal structure. It is essential for NGOs to devise projects for women’s empowerment which encourages men to allow their women to participate.

- 322 -

Subsequently, NGOs are also focusing on women’s awareness about their rights as well as provide legal assistance. For example, Shirkat Gha and Aurat Foundation are providing legal assistance to women victims of violence. They also prepare case studies, reports and publish research studies regarding different forms of violence being faced by women in different parts of Pakistan. Through these researches they highlight the gender disparities and violence against women, bring into the knowledge of government machineries about the concern areas to address for women development. They also motivate political parties to highlight women distresses in their manifestos as half of Pakistan’s population consists of women. The projects of community development and women empowerment though slowly but definitely are bringing change in the status of home bound women by equipping them with the awareness about their rights and assisting them to become earning member of the family. Several studies results demonstrated that women earning bring positive change in their own status as well as in their family situation. For example, Khan and Bibi (2011) from their study in Baluchistan affirmed that earning status of women has contributed in raising their social status at home. In similar vein, another study conducted by Jan and Hayat (2011) at Khyber Pakhtunkhwa observed that earning of women has empowered them to take decision in household matters related to children’s education and family’s health. Similarly, Paterson (2008) and Shah (2015) verified from their researches conducted in Baluchistan about the effectiveness of NGOs intervention on women as their objective is to equally distribute the resources for women’s progress (Taimur & Hamid, 2013). In the context of women’s empowerment, NGOs are likely to give more attention to women’s economic well-being (Shaheen, 2012) because their financial status is one of the main factors contributing to their low status at home in Baluchistan. Therefore, many prominent organizations have designed different projects and parallel strategies to make the women earning members of their family. It is further endorsed by Ahmed (2007) that development organizations can facilitate women in acquiring empowerment by initiating such projects, which encourage their participation, acquisition of skills, decision-making capacity, and control over available resources. Conclusion NGOs despite of facing a hard situation in the form of traditional patriarchal society, people’s resistance, security concerns and funding issues have secured an inevitable and unavoidable position in Pakistani society. It is because of their steadfast and result oriented approach which is depicted in their timely service delivery to far flung areas, maximum outreach to local

- 323 - people and gaining optimum involvement of general public in their projects. In doing so the flexible and workable strategies they adopted for obtaining people participation ensured their projects beneficial for community. Government also recognizes and admires their part in supporting welfare programs. On other hand, NGOs are also keen to maintain and develop their relationship with the government to work according to their defined line of operations and thus gaining their support. With regard to women empowerment the endeavors of NGOs since Pakistan’s inception are certainly noticeable. Gradually, however they are attempting to bring little but positive change in the current socioeconomic status of women in Baluchistan which is a dire need of women in the 21st century.

References Akhter, M. (2012). Feminists…in Pakistan, The Feminist Wire. Retrieved from http://www.thefeministwire.com/ 2012/10/ feminists-in-pakistan/. Ahamad, T., Hemlata, Narayana, A. (2015). Role of NGOs in women’s empowerment: With special reference to Uttar Pradesh, International Journal of Applied Research, 1(10), 115-118. Retrieved from http://www.allresearchjournal.com/archives/2015/vol1issue10/Par tB/1-9-48.pdf. Awan, SZ. (2012). Role of civil society in empowering Pakistani women. Research Journal of South Asian Studies, 27(2), 439-458. Retrieved from http://pu.edu.pk/images/journal/csas/PDF/9.%20Shahzadi%20Zamrru rd_V28_no2_12.pdf. Bano, M. (2012). Breakdown in Pakistan how aid is eroding institutions for collective action. Stanford Economics and Finance, Stanford University Press, Stanford. Retrieved from http://site.ebrary.com.ezproxy.uws.edu.au/lib/sydney/detail.action?do cID=1053926 5. Bromideh, A.A. (2011). The widespread challenges of NGOs in developing countries: Case studies from Iran. International NGO Journal, 6 (9), 197-202. Retrieved from https://academicjournals.org/journal/INGOJ/article-full-text- pdf/117960141095.

- 324 -

Bukhari, I.S, Jabeen, N & Jadoon, Z.I. (2014). Governance of third sector organizations in Pakistan: The role of advisory board. Governance, 29(2), 579-92. Retrieved fromhttp://pu.edu.pk/images/journal/csas/PDF/15._Iman_Saleem_v2 9_no2_2014.pdf. Critelli, F.M & Willett, J. (2012). Struggle and hope: Challenging gender violence in Pakistan, CriticalSociology,39(2).201–221.Retrievedfrom http://crs.sagepub.com.ezproxy.uws.edu.au/content/39/2/201.full.pdf+ html. European Commission (2006). Security Collaboration Guide. Retrieved from https://www.eisf.eu/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/0640-Bickley-2006- NGO-Security-Collaboration-Guide.pdf. Farooq, A.,& Waseer, W.A. (2017). Role of NGO’s in Implementation of women’s right in Pakistan, International Journal of English Literature and Culture, 5(4), 100-103. Retrieved from https://www.academicresearchjournals.org/IJELC/PDF/2017/June/Far ooq%20and%20Waseer.pdf. Haq, F. (2005). Women, Islam and the state in Pakistan. In H, Moghissi (Ed.), Women in Islam, critical concepts in sociology, 3, (pp. 198- 205). Routledge, London, Islam, Z. (2000). NGOs: What are and what are not?: NGOs: Kia hain or kia nahi’,Christian study Centre, Rawalpindi, Pakistan. Jafar, A. (2011). Women's NGOs in Pakistan, Palgrave Macmillan, New York. Jamal, A. (2005). Transnational feminism as critical practice: a reading of feminist discourses in Pakistan, Meridians: feminism, race, transnationalism, 5(2), 57-82, Retrieved from https://muse.jhu.edu/article/181382/pdf. Janjua, H. (2019, April 26). Polio vaccine worker shot dead is third killed in Pakistan this week, The Telegraph. Retrieved from https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2019/04/26/polio-worker-shot- dead-pakistan-third-killed-latest-vaccination/.

Jan, I. & Hayat, S. (2011). Empowerment of rural women through microcredit by rural support programs in Pakistan, World Review of Business Research, 1(3),46-60.

- 325 -

Kahlon, T.Mulk. (2015). Governance in Pakistan: legitimacy regime of NGOs, Journal of NDU, National Defence University, vol. XXIX,181-196, Retrieved from https://ndu.edu.pk/issra/issra_pub/articles/ndu-journal/NDU-Journal- 2015/09-Governance-in-Pakistan.pdf.

Khan, A.R & Bibi, Z. (2011). Women's socio-economic empowerment through participatory approach: a critical assessment, Pakistan Economic and Social Review, 49(1),133-48. Retrieved from https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/e111/fae7c63de4641a905530ce968f3 5c8445920.pdf?_ga=2.144332914.655575997.1561573475- 1834982741.1549096084. Khoso, I., Shafiq, K., Abdi, A.R., & Shaikih, F.M. (2011).Problems and challenges faced by the rural women: A case study of Baluchistan, Asian Culture and History, 3(1),158-65. Retrieved form http://www.ccsenet.org/journal/index.php/ach/article/view/8921/656 6.

Mehdi, T. (2018, November 19). Why NGOs in Pakistan are at the brink of extinction. Herald. Retrieved from https://herald.dawn.com/news/1398721/why-ngos-in-pakistan-are-at- the-brink-of-extinction.

Ngo, T.M.P., & Wahhaj, Z. (2012) Microfinance and Gender Empowerment. Journal of Development Economics, 99(1),1-12, Retrieved from http://www.sciencedirect.com.ezproxy.uws.edu.au/science /article/pii/S0304387811000915. Noreen, N., & Musarat, R.(2013). Protection of women rights through legal reforms in Pakistan, Journal of Public Administration and Governance, 3(4), 119-142, Retrieved from http://www.macrothink.org/journal/index.php/jpag/article/ view/5059/_8. Pasha, A.G., Iqbal, M.A., Mumtaz, S. (2002). Non-profit sector in Pakistan: government policy and future issues [with comments], The Pakistan Development Review, 41(4), 879-908. Retrieved from https://www.jstor.org/stable/41263385.

- 326 -

Paterson, R. (2008). Women's empowerment in challenging environments: A case study from Baluchistan, Development in Practice, 18(3), 333-44, Retrieved from https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09614520802030383. Qureshi, N., & Shaikh, B.T. (2007). Women's empowerment and health: The role of institutions of power in Pakistan/Autonomisation de la femme et sante: le role des lieux institutionnels de pouvoir au Pakistan, Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal, 13(6), 1459-1465. Retrieved from https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/117397. Qureshi, S.(2004). Pakistan: Education and gender policy—girls’ education: a lifeline to development, Center for Policy Studies, Central European University, Budapest, Hungary. Retrieved from http://www.humanitarianlibrary.org/sites/default/files/2014/02/quresh i.pdf.

Siddique, M.H., Ahmed, A.A. (2012). Variables affecting fieldworkers of NGOs in Pakistan, Development in Practice, 22(2), 1-228. Retrieved from http://www-tandfonline com.ezproxy.uws.edu.au/doi/pdf/10.1080/09614524.2012.642341.

Shah,T., Memon, I.N., Noonari, S., Ahmed,W.S., Mengal, A., Wagan, S.A., Sethar, A.A. (2015) Impact of microcredit on agricultural development in District Mastung Balochistan: A case study of Baluchistan Rural Support Programme (BRSP), Journal of Poverty, Investment and Development,9.21-36.Retrievedfrom http://www.iiste.org/Journals/index.php/JPID/article/viewFile/20378/ 20782.

Shaheed, F. (2010). The women’s movement in Pakistan: Challenges and achievements In A, Basu (Ed.), Women’s Movements in the global eara: the power of local feminism (pp. 89-118).Westview Press, USA, Retrieved from https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/57a08b29ed915d3cfd0 00b92/Shaheed_Womensmovement.pdf.

Shaheen, A. (2012) Civil society, democratic governance and development: The case of Pakistan, Pakistan Perspectives, 17(1), 63-107. Retrieved

- 327 -

from http://search.proquest.com/openview/baf31f5d8f9802715f161ec7bb3d 4b35/1?pq-origsite=gscholar. Sukhanvar, A. (2018, October 14). Chaining NGOs, Pakistan Today. Retrieved from https://www.pakistantoday.com.pk/2018/10/14/chaining-ngos/.

Taimur, I., and Hamid, S. (2013). Determinants of women empowerment: The role of microfinance in the devastated areas of Pakistan, Journal of Business Strategies, 7(2), 39-52. Retrieved from http://search.proquest.com.ezproxy.uws.edu.au/docview/1535664221? accountid=36155&rfr_id=info%3Axri%2Fsid%3Aprimo.

Werker, E.D., Ahmed, F.Z. (2007). What do Non-Governmental Organizations do?, 1-38. Retrieved from http://www.hbs.edu/faculty/Publication%20Files/08-041.pdf. Zia A.S. (2009). Faith-based politics, enlightened moderation and the Pakistani women’s movement, Journal of International Women’s Studies, 11(1) 225–245. Retrieved from http://vc.bridgew.edu/jiws/vol11/iss1/15/.

- 328 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Portrayal of Women in Pakistani Drama, An analysis of selected dramas

Hasrat Babul1 & Dr. Babrak Niaz2 Abstract Now-a-days in spite of cyber revolution, television plays a pivotal role in influencing society. Women role has been changed in several fields around world like politics, academics, advertising etc. Women are also distinguishing themselves as professionals in various walks of life, but changing times with new ways of expressing social power is being fashioned which mostly target the weaker component of society which is women. Women have been projected negatively which resulted in framing negative portrayal of women in Pakistani private sectors television dramas. This study is based on mixed method of qualitative and quantitative content analysis of four popular Pakistani private sector television channel dramas. It has been found that women are presented as fashionable way, portrayed stereotypically and never emancipated, intelligent characters.

Introduction Background Human beings can influence each other’s opinions, perception, and attitudes about the situations, even way of relationships, whether corporately or individually. Worldview of a community is consequently a result of such influence. In today’s modern society, television is fit placed to apply such influence that what we read, hear and see in television; finally take into our belief system which is reflection of selected views and priorities of television. Television is one of the most powerful sources in this cyber age which is known to shape the opinion and attitudes among the people, importance of television would not be underestimated in this modern world where it is playing a magical multiplier role in the process of the development. Accelerating the process of development by persuading, transforming, involving people and it has been proved that television is one of the most important tool of social change in Pakistani society. Television is effective and powerful tool for shaping the mindset of audience (Ali et al. 2015). Television is not only known as mirror of a society but it is an instrument of

1 M.Phil scholar, Balochistan Study Center, University of Balochistan, Quetta 2 Assistant Professor, Department of Media Studies, University of Balochistan, Quetta

- 329 - economical, political, social and cultural change. Television aim is not only to spread ideas of people and thought, feelings, expression and other aspects but also helps to eradicate discrimination, race, gender, color, inequality, social evils and other source which create violence in society (Adhikari, 2014). Women in television Over the years women role has been changed in several fields around world like politics, academics, advertising etc. Women are also distinguishing themselves as professionals in various walks of life, but changing times with new ways of expressing social power is being fashioned which mostly target the weaker component of society, that is women. Women have been projected negatively which resulted in framing negative portrayal of women (Sharma, 2012). Selection and style of presenting certain stereotypes assumption regarding women’s status and role in the society which affects the manner women are portrayed in media especially in television. The research context Television plays a vital role in influencing society. Now-a-days in spite of cyber revolution, television manages to influence our society. As what we see, we believe, (Sassatelli, 2011) stated that whatever we watch on screen of television should and could be interpreted as bearing a partly hidden and latent, reflecting , meaning, the profound concerns of the culture it emerges from, thus eliciting, pain, pleasure and emotions. Since with the introduction of television in 1964 Pakistani drama got started and dramas given us a lot of extraordinary serials such as Dhoop Kinaray, Khuda ki Basti, Tanhaiyan, Dhuwan, Parchaiyan, Aankahi and many more. These dramas were not only popular in Pakistan but also across the border but with the passage of time it has lost its legacy due to script and plots quality of the drama, old dramas portrayed true picture of the society whereas recent dramas are not portraying the real picture of our society, the language, makeup, and dressing representing another culture of Pakistani society, specially focusing on female character. Female character is never justified on screen because in some dramas she is presented as oppressed but on the other hand it is shown negatively (Huda, 2015). Portrayal of women throughout drama has been controlled to their apperences, generally women are presented as commodities, objects of physical beauty and a source of attraction and enjoyment for men. Women representation in media has been confiscated throughout media history (Isanonic, 2006). For further examining the representation of women in Pakistani drama this research will examine four dramas namely Sher-e-Zaat from Hum TV which

- 330 - was telecasted in the year 2012, Rangbazz from Express TV on aired in the year 2014, Besharam from ARY Digital TV year 2016, and Baaghi from Urdu 1, on aired in 2017. Mass media is playing key role and it is a powerful tool of interpretation, enjoyment, surveillance. This research tries to find out whether women are sensationalized and trivialized in Pakistani dramas. According to Gallagher (1981) media treatment about women can be best described be as a narrow since women’s interest and activities in general go no further than confined of the home and family, essentially women are characterized as romantic, active, and fictional material in electronic media. This research will focus on the portrayal of women in four selected Pakistani television dramas and will answer the following objectives.  To identified the portrayal of women in Pakistani dramas.  To examine the positive and negative images of women through selected dramas of Pakistan.  To identify the language, dialogues along with makeup and costumes which is being used in Pakistani dramas. It is assume that, women are always portrayed stereotypically by the Pakistani dramas and women are not portrayed positively by the Pakistani dramas. Moreover, Costumes and makeup of Pakistani dramas are totally adopted from western culture.

This study has set some research questions that states, how the dramas do portrays women’s characters. What themes are prevalent in dramas? Does the current dramas content resonate with old dramas in portraying women?

The study is guided by two of the main theories which are: Agenda setting theory by McCombs and Shaw.

Agenda-Setting Theory Agenda-setting theory says media is seen for setting plan for the advanced society completely through making light of, featuring, barring and always concentrating on any issue, in this manner such an issue transforming into an open motivation. Theory places countless impact by media on spectators by the decision which stories and how much space and unmistakable quality are given to that or them, thus impact the general conclusion. This theory likewise contends that "media impacts individuals not too much with respect to what they think however concerning what they consider." as such, media is responsible for the photos in eyes of the eyes of their crowds. Media

- 331 - consistently sets a plan for individuals what to think about and request of significance of such musings. Agenda-setting theory’s fundamental argues is the transfer of vital items on mass media agendas to public agendas, thus influencing people’s worldviews and perception (McQuail and Windhal, 1993) as shows in figure 1. Agenda- setting theory conjectured that issues showed unmistakably and accentuated as often as possible in broad communications which will be respected particularly significant by media shoppers. It appears the most a lady is depicted in a show, the more significance it appears to open.

Agenda-setting theory has reasonably clarified why individuals with parallel media presentation will put significance on same issues. In spite of the fact that diverse individual may feel distinctive about issue nearby, the greater part of the individual feel a similar issue is significant, by and by, open motivation can impact media as well. The same, plan Agenda-setting theory is to some degree roundabout naturally.

In view of such hypothetical worldview, the investigation fundamentally examines the electronic media's about depiction of women in Pakistani dramatizations setting. For instance, how the ladies are depicted in electronic media in Pakistan? What position ladies do hold in show and how this thinks about evident picture ground and society? Who control and possesses the media advertise? Relevant Studies In today’s modern age women are considered as strong and independent character in Pakistani dramas that are seen as role model by the girls, because most active viewers of dramas are women therefore they relate themselves with the characters. Identified the active image shown on television drams where women role keep changing the findings were analysis by five Malaysian television dramas (Ibrahim, 2017). Similarly Mishra, D. (2015) argue that media have a huge socio- cultural influence on society, women shown in soap opera and advertisement are worsened over time, the paper emphasis that women who wear modern cloths, appear more confidence on counterpart not-so-modern. Collins (2011) studies about gender roles in the media, with content analysis where she found common themes and women are underrepresented in media and usually portrayed negatively. Her study concludes that women are depicted in every level lower than man. Kaul and sahni (2010) investigates portrayal of women characters in Indian television serials and its impact on the viewers of Jammu. For collection of data researchers used interview method, where findings suggest

- 332 - that a small variety of reality is founded in projecting Indian women in serials. The analysis opened up that several respondent among women agreed that Indian serials had a huge impact on thoughts and also admitted that they learnt and gained confidence by the serials. Qaiser, S. (2008) examine the portrayal of women in Pakistan television (PTV) where the researcher studied whether portrayal of women in PTV dramas are showing stereotypical image. In conclusion researcher found that PTV dramas comprehensively brought forward the women’ issues positively.

Research Design

This research is a qualitative cum quantitative content analysis study to collect data from the theme, social roles, dialogues, costume and make up style with a special focus on the projection of women. The data is mainly analyzed under two sections: social roles and appearance. Data is categorized and analyzed to see the differences found in the portrayal of women in the four selected television dramas. For this study four dramas namely Sher-e- Zaat from Hum TV in the year 2012, Rangbazz from Express TV year 2014, Besharam from ARY Digital TV year 2016, and Baaghi from Urdu1 2017 of Pakistani Private TV channels are selected.

Data collected through content analysis. Harold Lass introduced Media Content analysis in 1927 and used it to study propaganda and became a systematic way to study the mass media. Content analysis is used because it can be the easiest way to describe and inference in mass media and this method easily examine the coverage and portrayal of women (Berger 1991). Content analysis is a tool which is used to establish the existence of certain concepts or words within the sets of texts. Analysis and quantification of the meanings, presence, or relationships of such concepts and words that makes inferences about messages with the writer(s), texts, the audience, even the time and culture of which they are parts, texts is defined as books, essays, speeches, conversations, headlines, articles, theatre, dramas, informal conversations, or any communication language occurrence (Omari, 2008). Conducting a content analysis of any data the data is coded into manageable categories of a variety of levels like words, words sense, phrases, theme or sentence. It is examined by one of basic content analysis method i.e. , relational analysis and conceptual analysis. Qualitatively, content analysis is comprised of analysis that where communication content are in speech, written, text, interviews, images, moving picture, classified and categorized.

- 333 -

Content analysis enables researchers to research and examine a large amount of information, data and systematically identifies their properties, for instance, frequency of keywords used to find out more important structures of communication content.

Findings and Results Table no 1. Role portrayed as Portrayed as Beauty Religious Entertainer House wife Shehr-e-zaat 3 1 2 1 RangBaaz 4 1 4 2 Besharam 5 2 5 1 Baaghi 3 1 4 3 Total 15 5 15 7 100% 55% 18% 55% 25%

In table no. 1 reveals that 55% of women characters are portrayed as beauty in dramas whereas 5% are shown as religious and 55% as an entertainer and 25% as in house wives. Table no 2. Appearance Appearance Sexual Thinness Attractive Simple Shehr-e-zaat 3 3 3 1 RangBaaz 4 4 4 1

Besharam 5 5 5 1 Baaghi 6 6 6 1 Total 18 18 18 4 100% 66% 66% 66% 14%

Table no. 2 illustrates that 66% of women characters are shown as sexual thinness and attractive in Pakistani private sector television drama serials whereas 14% are shown as simple according to appearance.

- 334 -

Table no 3. Behavior Behavior Victim Weak Strong Emotional Bold Independent Dependent Shehr-e-zaat 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 RangBaaz 4 2 2 1 3 1 2 Besharam 2 2 3 2 4 3 2 Baaghi 4 3 2 2 4 2 5 Total 12 9 9 7 13 8 11 100% 44% 33% 33% 25% 48% 26% 40%

Table no. 3 reveals that 33% of women characters are shown as strong, 48% as bold and 26% as independent characters, likewise 44% women are shown as victims, 33% as weak, 25% emotional and 40% dependent.

Analysis and discussion Four private sector Pakistani television dramas which are selected for study have different genre, “Besharam” comes under the genre of drama, “Rangbaaz” comes under the love and romance genre, “Baaghi” comes under the drama, romance and biographical genre, and “Shehr-e-zaat” comes under the spiritual romance. In these all dramas, women are represented as strong characters in leading and supporting roles. As this study is based on mixed method of qualitative and quantitative content analysis, it has been observed that in the selected drama chronic theme of dramas are mostly portraying women with great determination and in a strong character. Moreover, Pakistani private television dramas are portraying the women’s image, which are seen to be in dual image of orientations, either audience are bored with the good and positive portrayal of women or it is thwarted with portrayal of negative and bad image of women in drama. The characters do have a dominant role in drama but mostly end up with death, mishap, and disaster. They are portrayed as successful and beautiful but unlike the main leading characters they are shown evil. Sara (shown as having extra marital affaires) who is the mother of Mashal is not presented as a perfect mother, because she plotted and schemed with her elder son-in-law to destroy her younger daughter’s marriage life. Her dialogue is evidence,” main in medal class families ko apne bete ki zindagi main rehne nahen don ge, main b dekte hon k kitni dino tak ye dono saath rehty hain, main ne apne bete ko bohut nazoon se pahla hai.” (I know such kind of medal class family and will not allow to spent my daughter’s life with them, I will see how with how many days they will stay together, and I have brought up my daughter pampered.

- 335 -

Raangbaaz is a story of five women, who get married by the same person. Every women character of this drama serial is focusing where women are shown as materialistic and fond of plotting and scheming about next women. The Bela character is shown as having extra marital affairs also portrayed as witchcraft lady. And the most powerful dialogue of the drama serial which is stereotypical” Aurat kabhi sachi tareef kar hi nahen sakti, aurat sirf khud se pyar karti hai, jab wo kisi ki tareef karti hai, tu samj lo k koi lalich hoti hai ya koi raaz.” Means (women never praises any one, women just love herself, if she praises it means she is greedy or may has a secret). Shehr-e-Zaat story revolves around a self centered beautiful and day dreamer girl Falak, who is the only child of her rich parents, seem to be empathetic and vulnerable in spite of her flaws. Beauty, social status and wealth blinded her from reality of the world. She hates ugliness and couldn’t see human unseen grime of poverty. She falls in love with a man Salman, who later on does extra marital affaires with other women. Kanwal Baloch in Baaghi died in tragic death after where her brother killed her, her character is found in these words,” jooti izzat aur be-maani girat ne mujh jisay kahi kandilon ko waqt se phely boja deya, samajne aur badalne ka jo haq khuda ne mujhe deya tha, wo aap ne cheen leya, main maashere k leye karab thi, logon k iqlak k leye khatra thi, main jisi b thi, aap ki dunia se chale gayi, apne ko b safahi pash kiye bager, main sirf ye pochna chahte hon, k, ab tu borahi katam ho gaye na.. Logon k iqlak b bach gaye, mashra. s ka kiya howa? Mashra teek hogaya? ( Fake respect and meaningless dignity of yours towards me, has vanished so many Kandeels (Lantern) like me and you have snatched the right, that was given to me by God to be on right track and to understand, I was wrong for the society and I was danger for people morality, whatever I was, I am gone from your world. I will not argue with you that I was right, but I ask you that after me everything is on track, is people moral intact, evils deeds are finished…. people morals survived, society, what happened to it? Does society become good?) Beautiful and sexy Kanwal Baloch was plotted to be killed by her brother in the name of honor killing. Study found that even if women’s representation in dramas rise above with the passage of time but portrayal remains same that defines the image either absolutely evil or bad, or perfectly good. To some extent the selected Pakistani private sector television dramas have showed a number of empowerment elements that can reflect through dominant portrayal of women which showed strong will women where they fight to stand to their own values and beliefs. This research also found, women’s job status, social class and status, character traits and level of education are depicted neutral

- 336 - more than before, nonetheless the portrayal of supporting characters in dramas presented stereotypical, mostly supporting characters of women have negative orientations. Conclusion Private Television drama content which portray women’s issues and women, needs to be reoriented, present day programs and coverage especially on women be likely to emphasize the five F’s, food, fashion, fun, furnishing and family which spell out to be femininity. Programs and drama should devote more upon people, cultures, lifestyles, values and attitudes, dramas should be rational, future oriented, inspiring, educational and highly informative which could empower and inspire women in our society. There should be serious check and balance at media contents, both news and entertainment, there is a serious need to inspect all dramas carefully to make ensure that producers and directors and writers don’t portray women in stereotype and derogatory image, because media is known as powerful tool for social change and education. Media has the capacity to define, record, preserve the human history and culture. Nonetheless, because of insensitivities content which are produced be likely to project stereotypical generalizations portraying women image. Media should picture moralistic impulse and wide ethical decent contents in society for better roles for women. There should not be any vulgarity and obscenity in drama. Women should be shown working in extensive multiplicity career settings. Women should be projected as in various roles in drama such as liberated, emancipated, self-sufficient, decision maker but according to the light of existing society. Present position of media especially television in private sectors is more commercial. Media should sensitize issues in their perspective. Drama should present survival stories of female that are struggling among several roles and different kinds of obligations which today’s society imposes on them.

- 337 -

References

Berger, A. A. (1991). Media research techniques. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications. Ibrahim, F., Yunus, N., Ilias, M., & Mokhtar, A. H. A. (2017). Portrayal of Women's Images in Television Dramas: A Malaysian Case. In SHS Web of Conferences (Vol. 33). EDP Sciences. Isanovic, A. (2006). Media Discourse as a Male Domain: Gender Representation in the Daily Newspapers of Bosnia and Herzegovina, Croatia and Serbia. In N. M. Bamburac, T. Jusic, and A. Isanovic (eds), Stereotyping: Representation of Women in print Media in South East Europe. Mediacentar Sarajevo. Qaiser, S. A., & Jabeen, F. (2008). Portrayal of women’s issues in PTV drama serials: An overview. BODHI: An interdisciplinary journal, 2(1), 211-218. Sassatelli, R (2011). "Interview with Laura Mulvey: Gender, Gaze and Technology in Film Culture." Theory, Culture & Society 28.5: 123-43.

Ali, A. Syed Ali Hassan & Ayesha (2015) violence against women in Pakistani feature films. .Adhikari Sharda. (2014). Media and Gender Stereotyping: The need for Media Literacy” International Research Journal of Social Sciences. Vol. 3(8), 43-49. Gallagher, M. (1981). Unequal opportunities: The case of women in the media. Paris: UNESCO. McQuail, D., & Windhal, S. (1993). Communication models for the study of mass communication (2nd ed.). New York: Longman. Krippendorff, K. (2004). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks: Sage. MISHRA, D. D. (2015). Portrayal of Women in Media. Journal of Higher Education and Research Society, 12-128. Collins, Rebecca L. (2011). “Content analysis of gender roles in media: where are we now and where should we go?” sex roles 64:290-298 Sharma, A. (2012). Portrayal of women in mass media. Media watch, 4(1), 2.

- 338 -

Omari, B. P. (2008). Portrayal of Women in Kenya's Print Media: a Study of Daily Nation, the Standard, and Kenya Times, June 2002 to June 2003. Huda, A. R. U., & Ali, R. A. (2015). portrayal of women in Pakistani media. International Journal of Academic Research and Reflection, 3(1), 12-18.

- 339 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

The Rise of the Afghan Taliban

Dr. Fida Bazai1 & Ruqia Rehman2, Dr. Hussan Ara Magasi3 & Dr. Rubeena Batool4

Abstract This is a descriptive analysis of the Afghan Taliban’s movement re- emergence after 9/11. The rise of the Taliban’s phenomenon in Afghanistan is significantly important for the regional balance of power between Pakistan and India, which could unleash a new period of proxy war between two neighbouring states armed with nuclear weapons. Therefore, it is essential to highlight the key features of the Taliban’s movement in Afghanistan and present a rigorous analysis of their progress since 9/11. This paper consists of eight sections. The first section of the paper discusses short history of the Taliban’s occupation of Afghanistan before 9/11. The second part of the paper discusses the re-áemergence of the Taliban in Afghanistan. The third one discusses the strategic importance of Kandahar and Helmand to the Taliban movement. The fourth one of the paper is about the establishment of shadow governance system of the Taliban. The fifth section analyses the Taliban’s strategy of killing high profile leaders in Afghanistan. The sixth section is about the external support to the Taliban in Afghanistan. The seventh section discusses the Taliban’s relationship with Al-Qaeda and the last part is conclusion of the paper. This paper is primarily based on archival data, interviews with policymakers, law enforcement officers and tribal elders of Quetta. It also extensively engaged the literature published on the subject. It uses neo-realist theoretical framework to analyse the issue that how the Taliban’s control over Afghanistan could threaten the regional peace. Key Words: Quetta Shura of the Taliban (QST), Shadow Governance, High Profile killing, Mujahideen, Al-Qaeda. The Afghan Taliban

1 Dr. Fida Bazai, Assistant Professor, Department of International Relations, University of Balochistan, Quetta. 2 PhD scholar Department of Disaster Management and Development, University of Balochistan. 3 Department of Political Science, University of Balochistan, Quetta. 4 Lecturer, Gender & Develoment Studies, University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- 340 -

1.1 Introduction This paper discusses the rise of the Afghan Taliban after 9/11. It is immensely important to understand the Taliban’s insurgency in the present context, because it does not only have strong ramifications for the peace in Afghanistan, but also has the potential to affect balance of power in the region. If the United States of American and the international community do not succeed to defeat the Taliban’s movement in Afghanistan and fail to establish a standing army and a governance structure, it will raise serious questions on the credibility of them to accomplish a nation building project, which could jeopardise the United Nations’ legitimacy to overthrow a repressive and brutal regimes in future. Secondly, the success of the Taliban’s movement in Afghanistan could further encourage the waves of Islamic terrorism and extremism in Middle-East to challenge the writ of states. The rise of the Taliban’s phenomenon in Afghanistan is also significantly important for the regional balance of power between Pakistan and India, it could unleash a new period of proxy war between two neighbouring states armed with nuclear weapons. Therefore, it is essential to highlight the key features of the Taliban’s movement in Afghanistan and present a rigorous analysis of their progress since 9/11. This paper consists of eight other sections. The second section of the paper discusses short history of the Taliban’s occupation of Afghanistan before 9/11. The third part of the paper discusses the re-emergence of the Taliban in Afghanistan. The fourth section discusses the strategic importance of Kandahar and Helmand to the Taliban movement. The fifth section of the paper is about the establishment of shadow governance system of the Taliban. The sixth section analyses the Taliban’s strategy of killing high profile leaders in Afghanistan. The seventh section is about the external support to the Taliban in Afghanistan. The eighth section discusses the Taliban’s relationship with Al-Qaeda and the last part is conclusion of the paper. 1.2 Taliban’s Occupation of Kabul before 9/11

Following the Soviet withdrawal in 1989, Afghanistan deteriorated into a brutal civil war between rival Mujahideen groups and warlords. Different groups and warlords occupied several regions, but no organisation succeeded in occupying large part of the country. The Taliban – emerged from the Pakistani madrassas, Afghan civil war and refugee camps in Pakistan – captured Kandahar by exploiting differences between rival groups, co-

- 341 - optation, and backing of Pakistan’s ISI (Bajoria, 2011). The Taliban’s movement run by Mullah Mohammad Omar expanded throughout the country within two years and occupied Kabul in May 1996. One of the major factors in the speedy success of Taliban in Afghanistan was the support from Pakistan’s ISI. According to US intelligence report, “U.S. intelligence indicates that the ISI is supplying the Taliban forces with munitions, fuel, and food. The Pakistan Inter service Intelligence Directorate is using a private sector transportation company to funnel supplies into Afghanistan and to the Taliban forces" (Elias-Sanborn, 2012, Doc15). The Taliban-ruled Afghanistan soon became a sanctuary for other terrorist groups. Osama bin Laden was already present in Afghanistan before the Taliban occupied Kabul. According to The 9/11 Commission Report (pp. 63-65), “When bin Laden first returned to Afghanistan in May 1996 he maintained ties to Gulbadin Hekmetyar as well as other non-Taliban and anti-Taliban political entities. However by September 1996 when Jalalabad and Kabul had both fallen to the Taliban, bin Laden had solidified his ties to the Taliban and was operating in Taliban-controlled areas of Afghanistan” (Elias-Sanborn, 2012, Doc18). The United States was consistently forcing the Taliban to shut down terrorist camps and oust Osama from Afghanistan. There were also other terrorist camps in Taliban-controlled Afghanistan. An unnamed British journalist reported to the U.S. Embassy that her visit to two terrorist training camps in Paktia province, near the Afghan-Pakistan border on November 14th, 1996 revealed that both camps appear occupied, and her “Taliban sources” advise that “one of the camps is occupied by Harakat-ul-Ansar (HUA) militants,” the Pakistan-based Kashmiri terrorist organization. The other camp is occupied by “assorted foreigners, including Chechens, Bosnian Muslims, as well as Sudanese and other Arabs” (Elias-Sanborn, 2012). The Taliban were finally removed from Afghanistan in October 2001, when they refused to hand over Osama bin Laden to the United States, who was responsible for the terrorist attacks on September 11th, 2001. 1.3 The Re-emergence of the Taliban movement After the fall of the Taliban regime in 2001, its leadership re-located to Pakistan's side of the Durand line (a border line separating Pakistan's Pashtuns from Afghanistan's). They allegedly regrouped and gathered in the Pakistani town of Quetta (capital of the Pakistani province of Balochistan, sharing a border with southern Afghanistan); and are therefore generally referred to in literature as “The Quetta Shura of Taliban” or Quetta Consultative body. In March 2003, when the United States successfully accomplished its initial mission in Afghanistan (which was to overthrow the Taliban and to restore a democratic dispensation in Kabul) and created an

- 342 - environment for attacking Iraq, renowned Pakistani journalist Rahimullah Yusufzai received a call from the Afghan Taliban military commander Mullah Dadullah announcing a Jihad against the United States (Peters, August 2009, p18). This period is considered as the beginning of the Taliban resurgence in Afghanistan. Three months later, Mullah Omar appointed a ten- man Shura (Ruling Council) to lead the resistance in Afghanistan. Jalal-uddin Haqqani, known as the Haqqani Network, was named to control the south-eastern region (Khost, Paktika and Paktia), Mullah Dadullah was made commander of the south (Kandahar, Helmand, Zabul and Farah) and Gulbadin Hekmetyar was assigned the eastern flank (Nuristan and Kunar) (Peter, August 2009, p18). Mullah Mohammad Omar headed the Quetta Shura Taliban (QST), he was considered as the “leader of the faithful”. The QST continues to call itself the legitimate government of Afghanistan in exile and still considers itself being the head of the Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan. The Taliban’s war rhetoric is as much based on Afghan nationalism as it is on Jihadism. These two principles are the most valued rhetoric in Afghanistan's resistance against foreign forces throughout history. The Quetta Shura is the ideological and intellectual foundation of Afghanistan's insurgency, providing them with strategic guidance, and also recruits insurgents from a large pool of fighters from Madrassas and refugee camps in Pakistan; they are exclusively focused on the Afghan theatre and are not involved in any kind of sabotage activities inside Pakistan. Although the Taliban are more of a network than a hierarchical organisation, the Quetta Shura Taliban represents the core group of the Taliban, which ruled Afghanistan from 1996 to 2001. Almost every other insurgent group has sworn its allegiance to the Quetta Shura Taliban led by Mullah Mohammad Omar. (Katzman, 22nd November 2011). 1.4 The strategic importance of Kandahar and Helmand The Quetta Shura Taliban are actively involved in terrorist activities throughout Afghanistan, but their main objective is to secure the Kandahar and Helmand provinces, which are strategically significant and politically important for the Taliban. Kandahar is the spiritual home of the Taliban, as this was the movement’s birthplace; it has been very important in Afghanistan historically as well (Kandahar was the capital of the Taliban movement in 1990s until they occupied Kabul in 1996). The Quetta Shura Taliban is also sometimes called the “Kandahari Taliban”, because most of their leadership is from the Kandahar province. It is a city of more than one million people, overwhelmingly dominated by Pashtuns (the largest ethnic group in Afghanistan) who form most of the Taliban (Forsberg, December 2009). The second profoundly important province is Helmand, which is also

- 343 - exclusively a Pashtun province and amenable to the Taliban. It produces more than 40% of the opium in the world and is the financial hub of the Taliban's insurgency. The Afghan government and coalition forces are facing a dilemma in Helmand: when they move against the poppy cultivation, it forces farmers and traders in the opium industry to join the Taliban. Not only do the Taliban provide them with protection against the government and coalition forces, but they also facilitate their smuggling to Pakistan; in return, the Taliban are collecting taxes on the poppy cultivation. Drug and criminal syndicates are the major financial sources of the Taliban's insurgency (Dressler, September 2009). Kandahar and Helmand provinces were the main priority of the United States’ surge in troops in 2009. The Obama administration’s new Afghan policy’s key objectives are to reverse the momentum of the Taliban and to secure the main population centres from the insurgents. The surge was a blow to the Taliban in the south, but it was difficult to sustain. According to ISAF report “it is ISAF’s assessment that the momentum achieved by the Taliban in Afghanistan since 2005 has been arrested in much of the country and reversed in a number of important areas. However, while the security progress achieved over the past year is significant, it is also fragile and reversible” (Petraeus, 2011). (MAP: 1)

(MacDonald, February 2011)

1.5 The establishment of shadow governance system The other significant aspect of the Taliban's insurgency is a successful shadow governance structure. It is proliferating very fast, as the Taliban now

- 344 - have shadow governors in almost every province. The Taliban governors’ primary functions include coordinating the efforts of the commanders working in his province and administering and providing oversight of Taliban finances and judicial mechanisms (Nijssen, September 2011). The Taliban are popular in areas under their control, as they provide quick justice and dispute resolution mechanisms – which are traditional and based on Islamic and Pashtun traditions. For example, the Taliban's justice system does not need any formal judicial training or an extensive infrastructure network; neither does it require any prosecution or defence attorneys, judges or juries: a three-man Shura listens to both parties’ grievances and examines evidence, quizzes witnesses and renders a decision on the spot. It may seem absurd, but this is a very popular mechanism of resolving disputes between parties in Afghanistan. This millennia-old system, called Jirga, is valued in Afghanistan mostly because people are poor: they cannot afford expensive attorneys or long judicial processes, which may be taking several decades to resolve a civil dispute between parties. “One local farmer reported that the Taliban courts in Maiwand and Zhari ‘deal with a number of cases: land disputes, family disputes, loan disputes, robbery, killing, fighting... and the people are happy with them’” (Forsberg J. D., 21st December 2009, p8). The Taliban’s provision and enforcement of justice has become a key source for building legitimacy in Kandahar. Aoorcing to Forsberg, “Anecdotal evidence suggests Taliban courts are more efficient and transparent than are government-funded courts, and that many locals prefer them, not only are local courts corrupt, but they are also inadequate for the size of Kandahar’s population” (Forsberg J. D., 21st December 2009, p8). The ultimate objective of the Taliban’s shadow governance is to discredit the Afghan government backed by the international community and provide an effective alternative system to the people of Afghanistan.

- 345 -

(Dorronsoro, 2009)

1.6 The Taliban’s Strategy of High Profile Killing The Taliban's strategies are like other terrorist groups that include assassinating effective Afghan government officers, tribal chiefs, governors, and other high profile figures assisting the government (Jones, 2008, p.53). Their primary objective is to discredit the government’s institutions and kill all the people who are effective at either the district or provincial levels. The Taliban are particularly targeting law enforcement agencies’ personnel including the police and the National Directorate of Security (NDS). The NDS is a domestic intelligence agency, and a very functional one at that by Afghanistan standards. It seems that the Taliban are more strictly following General Petraeus' counter-insurgency doctrine (which secures major population centres and uses effective propaganda tools) than the Afghani and coalition forces. The Taliban boast a very dynamic propaganda machinery and are busy in successfully establishing the perception that they are winning the war; it has a tremendous effect on the population’s attitude toward the insurgents and the government (Ledwidge, 14th September 2011). A friendly population plays a critical role in an insurgency. According to Mao Tse- Tung, insurgents are like fish that need a sea in which to swim in (Jones, 2008, p11): “Popular support is a common goal for all actors in an insurgency. Both winning support and preventing insurgents from gaining support are critical components of any counterinsurgency. With popular support comes assistance – money, logistics, recruits, intelligence, and other aid – from the local population” (Jones, 2008, p12). The Taliban are also focused on heavily-populated cities in southern Afghanistan, Kandahar and Helmand. If they succeed in alienating the population from the government and acquiring its active support, then they are more likely to win the war in

- 346 -

Afghanistan. Unfortunately, the Afghan government and the coalition forces have failed to provide security to both key population centres and important tribal and government figures. The key afghan leaders killed by the Taliban include Ahmed Wali Karzai – a brother of Afghanistan's president who was also chairman of the Kandahar Provincial Council – and Barhan-ud-din Rabbani – an ex-president of Afghanistan and head of the Afghan Peace Council; it shows that they are successful in targeting many high profile figures in Afghanistan and gives an impression that the government has failed to provide even simple security to its top officials. The primary target of the surge of the US troops in Afghanistan was to reverse the Taliban's momentum and win the people’s confidence in the Afghan and coalition forces. (Insurgent Targets, 2002–2006) (Figure:1)

(Jones, 2008,p.53) 1.7 The External Support to the Taliban’s insurgency in Afghanistan The Afghan Taliban's sanctuaries in Pakistan are considered as the most important factor for the survival of insurgency and the failure of counterinsurgency in Afghanistan (Jone, 20 March 2007). It is argued that one of the first principles of a successful counter-insurgency is a closed border; it is also an established fact that insurgencies with external support are more likely to succeed than the ones without. Theoretically, insurgencies are highly dependent on sanctuaries. According to Rand report, “[t]hose insurgencies

- 347 - that received support from external states won more than 50 percent of the time, those with support from non-state actors and Diaspora groups won just over 30 percent of the time, and those with no external support won only 17 percent of the time. Support from state actors and non-state actors, such as a diaspora population, criminal network, or terrorist network, clearly makes a difference” (Jones, 2008, p 21).

(Figure: 2)

(Jones, 2008, p.21) Insurgencies usually enjoy two kinds of external support. The first one is a direct support, when a state or non-state actor has a declared policy of supporting an insurgency that includes providing training, recruiting insurgents, giving money, weapons and strategic guidance. During the Cold War, Pakistan and the United States were displaying a clear policy of supporting insurgency in Afghanistan against the Soviet-backed regime in

- 348 -

Kabul; the CIA and ISI also collectively provided every possible support and successfully ousted the Soviet Union from Afghanistan in 1989. Similarly, Pakistan openly supported Kashmir's insurgency against India during the 1990s and even risked a nuclear war during the Kargil crisis in 1999. The second kind of support is a passive one, when insurgents have freedom to use the territory of any state as a sanctuary; there could be several reasons for that: either the insurgents may have a tacit approval of the state or the state may be too weak to take effective actions against the insurgents, or both (Jones, 2008), ( Asia report No207, 27 June 2011). There are different opinions regarding Pakistan's behaviour toward the Afghan Taliban. It is very important to explore the support for the Taliban in Pakistan at various levels. There is a consensus in the literature and among policy makers in Washington, Kabul and New-Delhi that insurgents are using Pakistan's territory as a sanctuary, which has devastating effects on the success of counter-insurgency in Afghanistan; although they cannot agree on whether the Taliban have the support of Pakistan's government, Army and ISI. It is very important to precisely determine the level of support for the insurgents in Pakistan and identify the actors involved in supporting insurgencies. Non-state actors are very strong in weak states such as Pakistan; it is possible that some non-state actors such as religious political parties, religious schools (Madrassas), Afghan refugee camps, criminal syndicates, Afghani Diaspora, rogue elements in Pakistan’s institutions (especially in the Army and ISI) and some government officials are involved in supporting insurgencies at various levels. Therefore, the need for a thorough investigation and intelligence cooperation between Pakistan and US is essential, in order to arrest the real culprit and stop the flow of fresh insurgents into Afghanistan. Pakistan has always been interested in Afghanistan's domestic affairs for various reasons. Pakistan's dictator-cum-president, General Zia-ul-Haq (1977-1988), once told ISI's then-head General Akhtar Abdur-ur-Rehman that “the water [in Afghanistan] must boil at the right temperature.” Pakistan's involvement became more intense after the Soviet’s withdrawal from Afghanistan; as it had been supporting its proxies very actively in Afghanistan and eventually opted for the Taliban in 1992 (Jone, 20 March 2007). Pakistan's ISI was the chief administrator of its Afghan policy and had an absolute control over it. There are several reasons for Pakistan's support of a proxy and insurgents in Afghanistan. Some scholars argue that the Army has an institutional interest in Afghanistan; others say that Afghanistan is very important for the regional balance of power between Pakistan, India and Iran: therefore, Islamabad will always support a friendly regime in Kabul

- 349 -

(Grare, July 2007, Tellis, Winter 2004-2005). Another important argument is regarding Pakistan's ethnic fragmentation. A large number of Pashtuns are living on both sides of the Pakistan-Afghanistan border, and it is very difficult to keep them apart for any lengthy period of time. There is a real possibility that once Afghanistan becomes a stable country, Pakistan will face an existential threat from its second largest minority, Pashtuns; thus Pakistan's security establishment does not compromise on the alienation of the Taliban (Synovitz, 26 September 2012 ). In light of the concerns above, it is not difficult to conclude Pakistan's state apparatus has been supporting the Taliban in Afghanistan. Islamabad cannot afford an Afghan nationalist government which does not recognise the Durrand line (Pakistan-Afghanistan border, separating the Pashtuns of Afghanistan from those of Pakistan). Zalmay Khalilzad, an ex-American ambassador to Afghanistan said: “Mullah Omar and other Taliban leaders are in Pakistan. [Mullah Akhtar] Usmani, one of the Taliban leaders, spoke to Pakistan’s Geo TV at a time when the Pakistani intelligence services claimed that they did not know where [the Taliban leaders] were. If a TV company could find him, how is it that the intelligence service of a country which has nuclear bombs and a lot of security and military forces cannot find them?” (Khalilzad, 18th June 2005). Evidence suggests that Pakistan may or may not support the Quetta Shura of the Taliban; in either case, the Pakistani state does not disrupt the running of the Quetta Shura. The state has complete control over Quetta, which has one of the biggest military complexes and is also home to the Quetta Staff College, a military training academy for high-ranking officers. Factors other than the inability to do so enter in Pakistan's lack of cooperation with the United States against Quetta Shura of the Taliban. 1.8 The Taliban’s Relationship with Al-Qaeda The Afghan Taliban have relationship with Al-Qaida and other international Jihadist groups. It is important to understand that the Quetta Shura Taliban’s relationship with Al-Qaida is less explicit and visible (Waldman, 10 September 2012). Al-Qaeda has a strong relationship with the Pakistani Taliban, the Haqqani network and militants in Pakistan (Dressler, October 2010). One of the major reasons was probably due the locations where they operated from. Al-Qaida did not have as high level of freedom in Quetta as they enjoyed in North Waziristan, which was under the de facto control of the Haqqani network and the Pakistani Taliban. The Quetta Shura Taliban were living in southern Balochistan before the start of their movement in Afghanistan. It is very difficult to differentiate them from genuine inhabitants, except through intense intelligence cooperation from the local community. On the contrary, Al-Qaeda members are usually foreigners that

- 350 - imply they could be easily recognised and arrested in Quetta. The second reason might be Pakistan's security establishment concerns regarding the presence of Al-Qaeda in a politically volatile province; the state may have signalled to the Quetta Shura that Al-Qaeda will not be tolerated in the province. A third factor could be a change of mind among the Taliban's leadership. The Quetta Shura Taliban is the legitimate face of the Afghan Taliban and there are chances that there will eventually be a political settlement in Afghanistan (Forsberg, 21 December 2009). The Quetta Shura Taliban may want to increase their credentials as a responsible group that is acceptable to international community. However, this does not mean that the Taliban do not have any relationship with Al-Qaeda. The Taliban are at war with the United States and will not miss any opportunity to inflict massive damage on their opponents. There are intelligence reports that suggest Al-Qaeda has been helping the Afghan Taliban at tactical, operational and strategic levels in Afghanistan's insurgency (Jones, 2008). The Afghan Taliban became more lethal after their intense cooperation with the Al-Qaeda and Iraqi insurgent groups. They are now frequently advocating suicide-bombing; and their use of sophisticated IEDs (Improvised Explosive Devices) also show that they are receiving training from Al-Qaeda members in North Waziristan. Al-Qaeda is also financially helping the Afghan Taliban, by collecting money from wealthy individuals in Gulf countries such as the United Arab Emirates, Qatar and Saudi Arabia (Dorronsoro, 2009). The Afghan Taliban’s relationship with Al- Qaeda may not be as strong as that of the Haqqani network and of the Pakistani Taliban, probably because of a physical proximity, but they are sharing a common goal: to defeat international and domestic forces in Afghanistan. 1.9 Conclusion The situation in Kandahar and Helmand provinces are the parameters to check the status of insurgency in southern Afghanistan. These two provinces are both politically important and strategically significant for the success of the insurgency, as they were the focus of the United States’ forces and the Taliban. These provinces are profoundly important for the survival of the Taliban as well, if they are defeated in these two provinces, they would not have any significant presence in any other part of Afghanistan; this is especially true for the Quetta Shura Taliban. There were several reports about the successful ground progress of the Afghan forces in Kandahar and Helmand provinces; the Taliban had therefore changed their tactics (Forsberg, December 2009, MacDonald, February 2011, Petraeus, 2011). The Taliban still are influent in rural areas of Kandahar and Helmand, and also

- 351 - exert control on portions of some major roads connecting Kandahar and Helmand with the rest of the country and Pakistan. One of the major challenges for the Afghan forces and international community in southern Afghanistan is weak infrastructure and governance. There are strong suspicions that once the support of the United States and Britain withdraw from Kandahar and Helmand, the Taliban will again occupy major centres in both provinces. The Afghan army and police are not trained enough to resist the Taliban forces in their strongholds such as Kandahar and Helmand. Proper arrangements have to be made to save these two provinces from the Taliban's occupation; otherwise all efforts will go in vain. It is a major test on the capabilities of the Afghan forces and government to stop the Taliban from capturing Kandahar and Helmand again.

References Anon., 2010. National Security Strategy. [Online] Available at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/rss _viewer/national_security_strategy.pd[Accessed 25 January, 2017]. Anon., June 2008. Combatting Terrorism: increased oversight and accountability needed over Pakistan reimbursement claims for coalition support funds, Washington, D.C: United States Government Accountability Office. Bajoria, J., 2011. The Taliban in Afghanistan. [Online] Available at: www.cfr.org [Accessed 19 January 2017]. Cohen, C., August 2007. A Perilous Course: U.S. Strategy and Assistance to Pakistan, Washington, D.C: Center for Strategic and International Studies. Curtis, L., 14th September, 2012. Combating the Haqqani Terrorist Network, Washington, DC, United States: The Heritage Foundation. Dorronsoro, G., 2009. The Taliban's Winning Startegy in Afghanistan, Washington DC, USA: Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. Dressler, J. A., September 2009. Securing Helmand: Understanding and Responding to the Enemy, Washington, DC, USA.: Institute for the Study of War.

- 352 -

Dressler, J., October 2010. The Haqqani Network, Washington, DC, UK: Institute for the Study of War. Elias-Sanborn, B., 2012. The Central Intelligence Agency's 9/11 File. [Online] Available at: http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB381/ [Accessed 28 December 2012]. Epstein, S. B. & Kronstadt, K. A., 7th June 2011. Pakistan: U.S. Foreign Assistance, Washington: Congressional Research Services. Forsberg, C., December 2009. The Taliban's Compaign for Kandahar, Washington, DC, USA: Institute for the Study of War. Forsberg, J. D. &. C., 21 December 2009. The Quetta Shura Taliban in Southern Afghanistan, Washington, DC, USA.: Institute for the Study of war. Gopal, A., 1st June 2009. The most deadly US foe in Afghanistan , Washington: The Christian Science Monitor. Grare, F., July 2007 . Rethinking Western Strategies Toward Pakistan: An Action Agenda for the United States and Europe, Washington, DC, USA: Carnegie Endowment. Hamilton, Thomas H. Kean and Lee H.;, 2004. National Commision on Terrorist Attack upon the United States. [Online] Available at: http://www.9-11commission.gov/report/index.htm [Accessed 5 January 2017]. Hayder, J. T. &. M., 15 August, 2009. Tribal Dynamics of the Afghanistan and Pakistan insurgencies. Combating Terrorism Centre. Jacob Townsend, H. M., 15th August 2009. Tribal Dynamics of the Afghanistan and Pakistan insurgencies, Washington: Combating Terrorism Center. Jan, R., 2011. Diversified, Not Diminished: Al Qaeda in Pakistan Since 9/11. [Online] Available at: http://www.criticalthreats.org/al-qaeda/jan-qaeda- pakistan-diversified-not-diminished-september-20-2011 [Accessed 8 January 2013]. Jone, S. G., 20 March 2007. Pakistan's dangerous game. Survival, 49(01), pp. 15-32.

- 353 -

Jones, S. G., 2008. Counterinsurgency in Afghanistan, Washington: RAND Corporation. Katzman, K., 17 August, 2005. Al Qaeda: Profile and Threat Assessment, Washington: Congressional Research Service. Katzman, K., 22 November 2011. Afghanistan: Post-Taliban Governance, Security and the U.S. Policy, Wasgington, DC.: Congressional research Services. Ledwidge, F., 14 September 2011. The Taliban are winning Afghanistan's information war. The Guardian. MacDonald, N., February 2011. Afghanistan Transition:dangers of a summer drawdown, Washington, DC, USA: The International Council on Security and Development. Makelvey, T., 2012. A Former Ambassador to Pakistan Speaks Out. The Daily Beast, 20 November, p. .. Nijssen, S., September 2011. The Taliban's Shadow Dovernment in Afghanistan, Washington, DC, USA: Civil Military Fusion Centre. No207, A. R., 27 June 2011. The Insurgency in Afghanistan's heartland, London: International Crisis Group. Peter, G., August 2009. How Opium Profits the Taliban, Washington, DC, USA.: United States Institute of Peace. Petraeus, G. D. H., 2011. International Security assistance forces and US forces in Afghanistan. [Online] Available at: http://www.govtrack.us/congress/committees/HSAS [Accessed 03 January 2017]. Philp, C., 2012. Pakistani linnks to Haqqani Militants again Under Spotlight. Times Online, 16 January, p. ... Sanger, David E. (11th January 2009), “Obama’s Worst Pakistan Nightmare”, the New York Times. Sanger, David E. (6th May 2009), “Pakistan Overshadows Afghanistan on US Agenda”, The New York Times. Sanger, David E. (19th May 2012), “Charting Obama’s Journey to a Shift on Afghanistan”, The New York Times. Synovitz, R., 26 September 2012 . Afghanistan: 'Pashtunistan' Issues Linger Behind Afghan-Pakistani Row , Washington: Radio Free Europe.

- 354 -

Waldman, M., 10 September 2012. Why it's time for talks with the Taliban, London: The Guardian. Warrick, J., 2008. Al-Qaeda Said to Use Regional Strife to Tighten Grip in Pakistan. Washington(United States): The Washington post. Woodward, Bob, (27th September 2010), “Military thwarted president seeking choice in Afghanistan”, The Washington Post. Woodward, Bob, (28th September 2010), “Biden warned Obama during Afghan war review not to get ‘locked into Vietnam’”, The Washington Post. Woodward, Bob, (29th September 2010), “Obama: ‘We need to make clear to people that the cancer is in Pakistan”, The Washington Post.

- 355 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Socio-Economic Ailment of Apple Growers and Production Practices in Balochistan: A Gender Based Concern

Shahida Habib Alizai,1 Dr. Kamleshwar Lohana2 & Ahmed Ali Mengal 3

Abstract Present study was sought to define the socio-economic determinants of apple growers and production practices in Kalat district Balochistan, Pakistan. A descriptive research method was used. Structured inquiry form as survey was utilized. A sample size as target population was one hundred twelve (112) farmers through random sampling. Cronbach’s Alpha used however, in this connection reliability coefficients oscillated from .80 to .83. The information were analysed by statistical software (SPSS). Further, inferential statistics was applied so that detect comparison between farmers groups perception. Finding revealed that (55%) farmers were uneducated. However, 55% fall in age group up to 31 years. Most (66%) of the respondents by gender were male. The rank order was estimated based on mean score so as to find out the relative ranking of each category. Agronomic practices, advice for the utilization of pesticides and insecticides and advice for plant protection measures were on 1st, 2nd and 3rd rank, respectively. Following was recommendation study. The researchers were observed that poorer marketing square was existed especially for female due to the social and tribal limitations at district level, therefore it should be suggested that proper marketing square was developed on priority bases so as to enhance the farming communities socio-economic condition. Keywords: Apple, Balochistan, Kalat, Production practices, Socio-economic. Introduction Apple cultivation is limited in the upland zones of Balochistan province. Balochistan province is the major contributor of apple producing approximately “438,000” tonnes of Apple, which constitutes the seventy seven percent of production (Bashir et al., 2001). Slightly the cultivation of apple is confined in the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa and hilly tracts of Punjab. However, the Balochistan province yields an extensive variety of fruits as

1 Gender Study Department, University of Balochistan 2 Assistant Professor Mehran Engineering and Technology University Sindh Jamshoro 3 Agribusiness, Agriculture Research Institute ARI, Sariab Quetta Balochistan

- 356 - well as quite sizeable volumes of vegetable as well. Therefore, in this regard the Balochistan province legitimately named as fruit basket of country. Due to very little precipitation during fruiting season particularly in the upland areas the high quality deciduous fruits like apricots, almonds grapes, apples and plums are grown. The total country cultivation and production of apple is “1, 13,100 hectares with annual fruit production of 566,700 tonnes”, respectively. However, 7,500 cultivars of apple at worldwide known. In this regard, diverse cultivars have different tastes and uses for the purpose in cooking, eating and cider production. The Government of Balochistan has taken step to enhance the apple production based on scientific research techniques and proper intensive farming methods.

Figure-1, Conceptual framework • Improve

Marketing producation skill

dynamics • Improve marketing

skill

• Better links with Cascading market dynamics Farmers aspects • Timely access the market

• Delivery of better agronomic practices Institutions • Awareness and adoption dynamics

Problem statement There was a huge gap between potential and actual yield, “which indicates the gap between technology dissemination and adoption processes”. “As a result, the socio-economic condition of the farming community has not yet improved”. “The questions that come to mind are whether the technology is sufficiently profitable to provide the incentive for its adoption, and what socio-economic factors affect its adoption in the study area”. However,

- 357 - marketing was another obstacle for apple crop (Abdul, 1994). The female farmers was very restricted role in agriculture sector. Therefore, the present research was conducted so as determine the socio-economic determinants of the intended beneficiaries in the district Kalat, Balochistan. The “general objectives were to: describe the socio-economic characteristics of apple growers (by gender) and evaluate their influence on apple technology adoption, assess the extent to which farmers use the technology in the study area”. The specific objectives are as under: Objectives  To explore the socio-economic features of apple growers;

 To determine perceived perceptions of respondents by gender regarding socio-economic conduction;

 To develop the concrete recommendations for policy-makers and planners.

Methodology A descriptive research method was used. In this regard. “A structured questionnaire was used as research instrument. However, this structured questionnaire was administered through interview. Instrument was pre-tested for the validity and reliability for 10 farmers”. Cronbach’s Alpha was used in the present study so that to check the reliability of research instrument (Ary et al., 1996). However, in this connection the reliability coefficients oscillated from .80 to .83, which showing that reliability of questionnaire was superb (Nunnally & Bernstein, 1994; and Rothbard & Edwards, 2003). A sample size as target population was one hundred twelve (112) farmers among them 66 male farmers and 46 female farmers in the district Kalat were selected and by using the sample random sampling. Sample size as target population was measures the table of Wunsch (1986) “selecting sample sizes from given population”. Information was analysed by statistical software (SPSS). Further the inferential statistics was applied so that measures the comparison between farmers groups perception. “The t-test analysis were applied. Before t-test application total recommendations regarding awareness & adoption were computed through SPSS”.

- 358 -

Results The demographic profile which is one of the imperative aspects of the present study. In this regard, the educational dynamics and age composition of the respondents were determined by using the SPSS software. Figure-2, Educational level distribution of respondents (n=112).

60 55%

30 22% 20 12% 12% 10 8% 3%

0 Uneducated Primary High Intermediate Graduate Others

The educational dynamic data were collected as shown in figure-2. More than half (55%) the farmers were uneducated. Whereas 22% the farmers were had primary level of schooling. Only, 8% the farmers having Intermediate level of education. Figure-3, Age distribution of respondents (n=112).

- 359 -

Up to 18 19%

Up to 31 55% 19 to 30 26%

Up to 18 19 to 30 Up to 31

The age composition was reflected positive within the term of decision- making process. In this regard, the raw data were gathered as shown in figure-3. Most 55% of farmers was in age composition up to 31 years, while 26% farmers was fall the age category (19 to 30). Figure-4, Gender distribution of respondents (n=112).

46% Male

66% Female

Most (66%) of the respondents by gender were male and remaining (46%) of the respondents by gender were female as shown in figure-4.

- 360 -

Table-1 Relative ranking regarding recommendations of agronomic practices used by farmers.

Weighted Ranked Agronomic practices Mean SD Score Order Advice for the utilization of 1136 1st 3.66 1.19 pesticides and insecticides Advice for plant protection 1117 2nd 3.60 1.18 measures Suggestions for fertilizer 1108 3rd 3.57 1.22 requirement Suggestions for irrigation 4th 1056 3.41 1.14 applications Recommendations for seed 5th 1036 3.34 1.24 rate/ seed treatment Recommendations for new 6th 1021 3.29 1.18 varieties Advice for soil and water 7th 984 3.17 1.21 testing “Recommendations for proper 8th grading/packing/ harvesting/ 903 2.91 1.25 storage of fruits & crops” Guidance for integrated pest 9th 737 2.38 1.13 management (IPM)

The rank order was estimated based on mean score as shown in table-3. Agronomic practices, advice for the utilization of pesticides and insecticides and advice for plant protection measures were on 1st, 2nd and 3rd rank, respectively. “While recommendations for proper grading/packing/ harvesting/ storage of fruits & crops” and guidance for integrated pest management (IPM) on the bottom of the ranking.

Conclusion and recommendation The province of Balochistan is blessed with enormous natural resources. On the other hand, the agriculture sector contributes more than 52% of GDP and constitute the 65% of work forces of province. The province is contributing 90% of cherry and grape, 34% of apple, 70% of dates and 60% of peach. Nearly 80% of quality apples are exported from province, but the socio-economic ailment farmers not hitherto enhanced. Keeping in the view, importance of socio-economic acceleration of the farming

- 361 - communities following recommendation put forwarded. The researchers were observed that inferior marketing square was existed at district level, and female participation in this regard null and void, therefore government should be initiative the steps regarding the framed and proper marketing square mechanism on priority bases so as to enhance the farming communities socio-economic condition particular, female farmers thought the effective marketing mechanism.

References

Ary, D., Jacobs, L. C. & Razaveieh, A. 1996. Introduction to Research Education. (5th Ed.). New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc. Abdul, S., 1994. Marketing problems faced by small farmer. Proceeding of National Workshop on Agricultural Product Marketing Extension, Feb. 7-10, Quetta.

Bashir, M., J. Iqbal and S.M. Khair, 2001. Marketing margins for tor kulu apple produced in Pishin. Pak. J. Agric. Econ., 4: 77-88. Nunnally, J.C., & Bernstein, I. H. 1994. Psychometric theory (3rd Ed.) New York: McGraw-Hill. Rothbard, N. P., & Edwards, J. R. 2003. Investment in work and family roles: A test of identity and utilitarian motives. Personnel Psychology: (56):699-729. Wunsch, D.R. 1986. Forum Feature: Action Research in Business Education. Business Education Forum, 5, 31-34.

- 362 -

Bi-Annual Research Journal “BALOCHISTAN REVIEW” ISSN 1810-2174 Balochistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta (Pakistan) VOL. XL NO. 1, 2019

Partnership, Power and Policy in Social Marketing: Reflections and Conceptions from Pakistan

Dr. Mir Sadaat Baloch1

Abstract Social business has to do with the elimination of poverty and enhancement of human welfare – and a priority therefore for practical policy in the area of social business must be to discovery means to tackle imbalances in health and social care in a poor population poorly served with social infrastructure such as Pakistan. Currently policy in this arena is promoting partnership. Yet we wish to discuss a pertinent problem inherent in this focus. The developing world considers partnership as the new façade of power, whereas the developed world mandates it as a way to empower the powerless. The discrepancy between the two parts of world makes it fundamental to address the issue of power in partnerships. We conclude that the issue can be addressed by developing an ‘upstream’ approach to social marketing. We plan to use such a framework to examine empirically power relationships in partnerships in Pakistan.

Introduction Practical welfare policy in the area of social business is currently being addressed in Pakistan through developed and developing country partnership to address inequalities in health and social care. Currently policy in this arena is promoting partnership without really surfacing assumptions behind the policy and behind the word and practice ‘partnership’. So we wish to discuss a pertinent problem inherent in this focus. The developing world considers partnership as the new façade of power, whereas the developed world mandates it as a way to empower the powerless. The discrepancy between the two parts of world makes it fundamental to address the issue of power in partnerships. We discuss function of social marketing in this arena. Question arises how we can study power in a social marketing partnership? If social marketing partnerships are seen as a solution to provide greater human welfare in

1 University of Balochistan, Quetta.

- 363 -

Pakistan this discrepancy deserves attention by social marketers in this arena. In reflecting on this we have seen that power is under-theorised and overlooked in practice. We address this by reflecting and conceptualising this issue of partnership, power and policy. In order to scrutinise the claim that partnerships are driven by power not by the process of partnership, it is fundamental to examine the concept of power in partnership. The developing world considers partnership as an opportunity to exercise unequal power, whereas the developed world sees it as a way to empower the powerless. The discrepancy between the two parts of world makes it fundamental to address the issue of power in partnerships. The question arises how we can study power in a social marketing partnership? There is a positive notion attached to partnership (Gregory, 2005), and on the other hand negative notion is attached to power (Bentz et al., 2005). Hence, it is difficult to explain why partnership can be effective when power differences are inherited in it (Ellersiek and Kenis, 2007). Social Marketing Explained The conception of social marketing as a theoretical term is not clear, Helmig and Thaler (2010) claim that sociologists focused on the term in 1950s, whereas, MacFadyen et al. (2003) point out that a differentiated field of marketing emerged after Kotler (1969) and Kotler and Zaltman (1971) started a debate to broaden the concept of marketing. However, utilisation of marketing concepts in social ideas is traceable to family planning programmes taking place in the United States in the 1960s (Andreasen, 2002a) and is therefore clearly pertinent to health and social welfare programmes in Pakistan today. There is a lack of definitional clarity about the concept, which has created confusion within the field of marketing and outside the discipline as well (Alves, 2010). Social marketing professionals have emphasised that what differentiates social marketing from these concepts is its stress on voluntary behaviour change Andreasen (2002a) and the aim is welfare of individual instead of the organisation (Donovan, 2011). Andreasen (2002b) asserts that the social marketers have to expand their focus beyond products associated with behaviour change, but did not explain how this focus can be shifted. Hastings (2003) imparts the notion of relation in the subject and claims that relational thinking is not a tool but it is fundamental to social marketing. He identifies all the possible relational aspects in social marketing and develops a multi- relationship model of social marketing, which is an effective tool to analyse relationships. So the social element is clear: this has to be done with rather than done to. Although power is not referred to, this is clearly an issue of

- 364 - power. A further extension to the concept of social marketing was made by Stead et al. (2007) focussing on its effectiveness in behaviour change management. They claim that social marketing is also effective in upstream activity, whereas, the usual criteria used to judge the effectiveness of a campaign only has four Ps (Product, Place, Price, Promotion). They develop the mnemonic of three further Ps: Policy, People, and Partnership, to express what upstream means. We understand that the way forward for social marketing is to expand the scope from downstream programmes to upstream interventions using these 3Ps of social marketing.

What is Partnership? Stern and Green (2005) define partnership as a preceding environment for the activities downstream. They refer to it as something that exhibits traits such as mutual trust, high level of commitment, equivalent proprietorship and strive for a common goal. Lister (1999) indicates that partnership is a process where ‘mutual support, mutual trust, reciprocal accountability, joint decision making, long-term commitment and financial transparency happen. It is also explained as the vibrant collection of units across different segments that can endeavour to deliver people with ‘public good’, such as clean air, clean water, education and health care, (Seitanidi, 2010). What each of these approaches to partnership has in common is an unarticulated assumption that there is no imbalance as each partner enjoys equal rights and responsibility and they equally help one another to accomplish a collective goal. This coheres with the developed world’s understanding of partnership with the developing world in welfare programmes.

But other researchers, such as Crawford (2003) writing from the developing world’s perspective, in this case from Indonesia, assert otherwise that power differentials tend to emerge in the process of partnership. Currently the mainstream conceptualisation defines the term partnership whilst ignoring the aspect of power differentials.

Why Partnerships? Here we discuss and reflect upon current thinking and writing on partnerships for social welfare. It can make it probable to adapt development ventures to indigenous desires and interests, thus leveraging the expansion proficiency and capitals of foreigners. Extensive capability building improves the capacity of partners to produce and grow their services - while dropping expenses and rising validity with indigenous governments(Lister, 1999)

- 365 -

This implies that partnership can make it possible for a resource incompetent local government to leverage on the resources and expertise of outsider that ultimately results in cost reduction. This implication raises three issues: first before engaging in a partnership one party has less power in terms of resources or expertise, secondly, why would one party allows the other party to leverage on its resource and, finally a partnership is not a guarantee for cost reduction unless it turns out successfully. These three implications are what we want to encourage reflection upon. Many years ago Elliott (1987) argued that claims might be made for transparency or mutuality of a partnership but that there is an asymmetry of power that is hard to be removed through discourse – by mere words, perhaps he meant. When there is an asymmetry of power then the powerful can use the partnership to advance its objectives and can also limit the leverage of resource usage.

This is surely an issue of disparity of power leading to a less legitimacy locally. Yet Lister also comments that the powerful might in promote their own institutional survival and that such action would make it hard to reach the common objectives on which the partnership is created (Lister, 1999). Why is this not developed? We instead have a history to draw upon where power remains hidden and partnership, as one practical outcome of continuing concern to develop Pakistani welfare more widely, continues to be practised in an atmosphere of Western optimism. When the orientation of partnership turns to institutional survival and advancing of organisational objectives rather than common objective achievement then partnership is surely deemed to be ineffective in longer run. Dowling et al (2004) suggest that the success of a partnership should be judged not on its completion but how much change it will bring after its completion.

Yet again from a developed world perspective, Stern and Green (2005) assert that each partner has a different incentive to engage in a partnership, a community takes part to become part of decision-making process, with the public sector there to act as gatekeeper. And in this setting communities may be taken in as partners but they are expected to accept the existing rules and structures and they become part of the whole process but their impact may be negligible (Lister, 1999). This clearly indicates the presence of power, and a tacit acknowledgement of its presence, even, but there is no problematisation of the issue of power; it is not addressed. Each partner is understood to enter into a partnership with a different motivation and during the process they mainly focus to accomplish their objectives. And yet this is the very thing that propagates uneven power relations. This has even been seen as organisational culture and therefore somehow given. Through the use of

- 366 - procedures and language power is exercised by power holders are unaware of their ways because it’s embedded in their organisational culture (Hodge and Greve, 2007). The issue of why partners engage in partnership and why they are created is addressed in research but how these partnerships are shaped through power dynamics is unexplored. As we have seen the presence of power may be identified and unequal power relations are often mentioned; but it is not an issue. The question as to how these power relations are developed is missing. As is, therefore, any attempt to provide an answer. Partnerships that exist in developing counties not only involve these two partners private and public sector interests but there is third partner called the international development agencies (IDAs) (Lefebvre, 2011). Nowhere have we seen any reflection upon how the concept of partnership is viewed and practised differently in the developing world from in the developed. Nor have we seen serious concerns raised about the resulting Private-Public Partnerships (PPPs).

Partnership - the latest façade of power? Yet PPPs have become more powerful and the developing world has noticed. Now, in the environment of developing world’s wide socioeconomic gaps and decentralizing states, when regimes fails to deliverer, then PPPs are allowed to function as the “Trojan Horses” of progress (Miraftab, 2004). Private sector organisations contact native regimes and their needy societies with the significance of power sharing, but once the development is in motion the interests of the public are often overcome most powerful member of the partnership—the private sector firms (Miraftab, 2004:89).

Partnerships formed are seen as flawed from the beginning and as being driven by power not by the process of partnership. We reflect that in fact, in order to understand the process of partnership it is necessary to examine the power relations that emerge in partnership. The focus must be on the process of developing power and the relations that are thus created.

Crawford (2003), still from the Indonesian perspective, sees this practice of partnership in developing countries as the means through which IDAs intervene in the domestic reform processes to perplex power asymmetry. He terms this “the latest facade of power”. Partnerships in practice operate to the first world’s agenda and are used as an instrument to penetrate more effectively into a county’s development path and choices, and may very effectively side-line opposition. He considers that the role that partnership processes play, therefore, can be seen as a ‘mystification of power

- 367 - asymmetry’ (Crawford 2003:142). We reflect that this is why there is a lack of confidence for the process of partnership in the developing world and instead of viewing it as an effective tool for management it is viewed as a manipulative tool for management.

A key reason for this mistrust about the partnership may well be that the local partners are not often given an equal chance in decision-making process. This in turn generates demotivation in the local partners and ends the sense of ownership for them. Importantly, secondly, the concept of partnership may be seen a foreign idea to locals. In a worst-case scenario this can be life threatening. Indeed it recently has been. We take the example of the polio campaign in Pakistan. In December last year eight health workers of the polio campaign were killed in 48hours, out of eight dead six were females, and a radical group has taken the responsibility of killings (Ahmad, 2012) . The reason they killed those workers is that they were working against their interest. The government while creating partnership has not taken into account the power of such groups, and today the campaign faces serious jeopardies in Pakistan.

Why study power in partnership? As we have already noted, in recent times there has been a progression in the amount, size and scope of partnerships in private and public sectors. There has been considerable research on the issue of partnership. Yet power which is central issue in partnership, is extremely rarely tackled (Ellersiek and Kenis, 2007). In the literature of partnership, power is no issue because partnering is reflected as a ‘win-win’ for all those involved (Ellersiek and Kenis, 2007). Perhaps another explanation of this is that power differentials are seen as insuperable hence researchers rule out any form of understanding it in partnerships (Miraftab, 2004). This means the issue of power in partnership still needs to be addressed.

Is partnership to do with ‘win-win’? How can the powerless be enabled within the prevailing societal mandate minus any damaging effect to the powerful (Ellersiek and Kenis, 2007). This zero sum conception of power resonates with the conception of Foucault (1982) where a society lives in harmony on defined rules, however such effects are not possible in a conflictual society like Pakistan. We argue therefore that the issue of power is naturally present in the concept of power and managing the power difference is a challenge for partnership management and without addressing the subject of power any partnership will remain symbolic rather than real (Mutch, 2011, Jensen and Sandström, 2011, Seitanidi, 2010, Clegg and Haugaard, 2009).

- 368 -

Conclusion If the issue of power is addressed and to some extent understood it will certainly make the management of partnership more realistic. There is a positive notion attached to partnership (Gregory, 2005), and on the other hand negative notion is attached to power (Bentz et al., 2005). Hence, there is an issue here to be uncovered by reflection and conceptualisation. How best can the issue of different perspectives be surfaced? For we have clearly demonstrated that the developing world considers partnership as an opportunity to exercise unequal power, whereas the developed world sees it as a way to empower the powerless. The discrepancy between the two parts of world makes it fundamental to address the issue of power in partnerships. Future course of action We consider that if we indeed broaden out social marketing into a more upstream set of concerns, focused on the 3Ps of policy, people and partnership a framework for analysis of power can be developed. We aim to develop a framework that captures how power relations are developed in partnerships. We foresee examining what type of power relations surface in a partnership process in Pakistan and how analysis of those relations can help in nurturing the confidence of the developing world towards partnership.

- 369 -

References.

Ahmad, J. 2012. Three more polio workers shot in Pakistan; eight dead in 48 hours. Reuters Alves, H. 2010. The Who, Where, and When of Social Marketing. Journal of Nonprofit & Public Sector Marketing, 22, 288-311. Andreasen, A. R. 2002a. Marketing social marketing in the social change marketplace. Journal of Public Policy & Marketing, 3-13. Andreasen, A. R. 2002b. Marketing Social Marketing in the Social Change Marketplace. Journal of Public Policy & Marketing, 21, 3-13. Bentz, J. W., Dorfman, L., Denniston, R. & Novelli, W. 2005. Opportunities for Social Change through Upstream Partnerships. Social Marketing Quarterly, 11, 17-25. Clegg, S. R. & Haugaard, M. (eds.) 2009. The Sage handbook of power: SAGE Publications Limited. Crawford, G. 2003. Partnership or power? Deconstructing the'partnership for governance reform'in Indonesia. Third World Quarterly, 24, 139-159. Donovan, R. J. 2011. The role of marketing in public health programs . Australian Review of Public Affairs 10, 18. Ellersiek, A. & Kenis, P. Power in Cross-Sector Partnerships: An Analytical Framework and Literature Review. Colloquium on Corporate Political Activity, Paris, 2007. Elliott, C. 1987. Some aspects of relations between the North and South in the NGO sector. World Development, 15, 57-68. Foucault, M. 1982. The subject and power. Critical inquiry, 777-795. Gregory, R. N. 2005. Stretching the limits of social marketing partnerships, upstream and downstream: Setting the context for the 10th Innovations in Social Marketing Conference. Social Marketing Quarterly, 11, 9-15. Hastings, G. 2003. Relational paradigms in social marketing. Journal of Macromarketing, 23, 6-15.

- 370 -

Helmig, B. & Thaler, J. 2010. On the Effectiveness of Social Marketing— What Do We Really Know? Journal of Nonprofit & Public Sector Marketing, 22, 264-287. Hodge, G. A. & Greve, C. 2007. Public–private partnerships: an international performance review. Public Administration Review, 67, 545-558. Jensen, T. & Sandström, J. 2011. Stakeholder theory and globalization: The challenges of power and responsibility. Organization Studies, 32, 473-488. Kotler, P. & Zaltman, G. 1971. Social marketing: an approach to planned social change. The Journal of Marketing, 3-12. Kotler, P. L., S. J. 1969. Broadening the Concept of Marketing The Journal of Marketing 33, 6. Lefebvre, R. C. 2011. An integrative model for social marketing. Journal of Social Marketing, 1, 54-72. Lister, S. 1999. Power in partnership?: an analysis of an NGO’s relationships with its partners. MacFadyen, L., Stead, M. & Hastings, G. B. 2003. Social marketing. The Marketing Book, 5th edn. Butterworth Heinemann: Oxford, 694-725. Miraftab, F. 2004. Public-Private Partnerships The Trojan Horse of Neoliberal Development? Journal of Planning Education and Research, 24, 89-101. Mutch, N. E. 2011. Does Power Imbalance Matter in Corporate-Nonprofit Partnerships? , University of Otago. Seitanidi, M. M. 2010. The politics of partnerships: a critical examination of nonprofit-business partnerships, Springer. Stead, M., Gordon, R., Angus, K. & McDermott, L. 2007. A systematic review of social marketing effectiveness. Health Education, 107, 126- 191. Stern, R. & Green, J. 2005. Boundary workers and the management of frustration: a case study of two Healthy City partnerships. Health Promot Int, 20, 269-276.